Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

44th Annual Convention; San Diego, CA; 2018

Program by Day for Sunday, May 27, 2018


 

Special Event #179
ABAI Program Board Meeting
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Cortez Hill A-C
Domain: Theory
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

A meeting of board members to discuss the annual convention program.

Keyword(s): ABAI Program, Program Committee
 

AAB Applied Animal Behavior

Susan D. Kapla (Northern Michigan University), VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University)
 

AUT Autism

NICOLE HEAL (Melmark New England), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
 

BPN Behavioral Pharmacology and Neuroscience

MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
 

CBM Clinical, Family, Behavioral Medicine

Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
 

CSS Community, Social, and Sustainability Issues

TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC), Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
 

DDA Developmental Disabilities

ERIC BOELTER (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
 

DEV Human Development

R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

EAB Experimental Analysis of Behavior

ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England, Australia)
 

EDC Education

Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Robin Codding (University of Massachusetts Boston)
 

OBM Organizational Behavior Management

JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth), Doug Johnson (Western Michigan University)
 

PCH Philosophical, Conceptual, and HistoricalIssues

DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), David C. Palmer (Smith College)
 

PRA Practice

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
 

SCI Science

DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas)
 

TBA Teaching Behavior Analysis

Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong), GABRIELLE T. LEE (Chongqing Normal University)
 

VRB Verbal Behavior

JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
 
 
Special Event #179A
Fun Run With the Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Main Lobby
Chair: Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC)

Join the Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG for a fun 3-5 mile run on Sunday, May 27. We will meet in the lobby of the Hyatt and head out for anywhere from 3 to 5 miles (less is welcome too!). Let us know if you can join on our Facebook event (https://www.facebook.com/events/409829599475470/) or email hsf.abai@gmail.com. We'll split up in pace and distance groups and head out the Hyatt's red Embarcadero route. All paces welcome. Run/walk and strollers welcome as well!

 
 
Panel #180
CE Offered: BACB
An Expanded Analysis of Joint Attending and Social Referencing: Toward a Functional Taxonomy
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN)
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Joint Attending and Social Referencing (JA/SR) most often involves two or more people simultaneously attending to the same constellation or elements of an environmental event. As a critical "learning-to-learn" repertoire, JA/SR is an important foundation for learners to acquire and master. By definition, JA/SR is a social phenomenon; however, it is also solipsistic in that joint attending may occur within the individual as a fusion of "speaker/listener" repertoires that allow for self-referencing and self-talk that guides what an individual attends to at any one time. This panel will present a draft taxonomy of JS/SR intended to formalize and categorize the variables responsible for the emergence and growth of JS/SR competencies throughout a person's lifetime.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners who are interested in how to organize and delivery effective programming to develop extended joint attending and social referencing repertoires in their clients.

Learning Objectives: To reference and locate individual joint attending/social referencing programs within a taxonomy of functional relations that influence the emergence, generalization and application of such skills in a progressive, organized manner.
 
 
Symposium #181
Examining Effects of Research-Based Strategies to Effectively Train Parents in Home-Based Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica R. Everett (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Barbara O'Malley Cannon (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Parent training models have been shown to improve effectiveness of intervention for individuals with autism (Leaf, Cihon, Weinkauf, Oppenheim-Leaf, Taubman, & Leaf, 2017). Research has shown that various types of support, education, and training improved skills of both caregivers and learners with autism across domains. This symposium will present further evidence of applying evidence-based practices to effectively train parents to implement intervention procedures with their children with autism. One symposium will focus on sleep training, while the other examines effects of latency of video modeling to train a parent to accurately implement teaching procedures. Data presented will support treatment outcomes for both parents and learners, and procedural details will be provided through the use of descriptions and videos. Discussions of implication of results as they related to sleep training and using video modeling to train parents, as well as future directions, will be included.

Instruction Level: Basic
 

Does Delay Matter: Effects of Increasing Latency on Parent Training via Video Modeling

(Applied Research)
JULIYA KRASNOPOLSKY (Melmark New England; Endicott College), Devann Patterson (Melmark New England; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Effective parent training procedures require competent trainers, extensive training time, and often occur in clinic settings. Video modeling has successfully been used for staff and parent training across various skills (Catania, Almeida, Liu-Constant, & Reed, 2009; Vladescu, Carroll, Paden & Kodak, 2012; Hancock, Kaiser & Delaney, 2002). Despite its effectiveness, the literature is limited, necessitating a component analyses to determine variables essential for most effective and efficient training that yield to generalization of caregivers' skills. The purpose of this study was to implement video modeling to train a grandparent to accurately teach new skills to her grandson with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Additionally, effects of increasing latency between watching the video model and implementing the teaching procedure on grandparent's accuracy of implementation in the home environment were studied. A multiple-baseline design across 4 skills was used to train a grandparent to teach reading, spelling, adding, and copying to a 5-year old. Data indicate increase in caregiver's performance and child's acquisition across skills. Generalization probes, treatment integrity, and social validity data will be presented.

 

Lullabies Are Not Enough: Teaching Parents to Sleep Train a Child With Autism

(Service Delivery)
ANNA LINNEHAN (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Disturbances in sleep patterns for individuals with autism are commonly reported (Sweeney & Botts, 2008). Issues reported by caregivers include sleeping in bed with the child, frequent night waking, and higher rates of challenging behaviors due to lack of sleep. The purpose of this study was to enhance the establishing operations and discriminative stimuli for behavioral quietude and to weaken the contingencies for sleep-interfering behavior (Piazza & Fisher, 1991). An individualized treatment package was developed based on Jin, Hanley, & Beaulieu (2013). Components of the intervention included three antecedent strategies: reducing sleep onset latency by establishing a bedtime corresponding to natural sleep patterns; a period of highly stimulating activities (e.g. access to physical/verbal attention in the form of game play, screen time), followed by a period of quietude (bedtime routine including shower, tooth brushing and story time). Specific procedures/responses to sleep-interfering behaviors will be discussed. Data indicate a stable trend for sleep onset latency, and decreasing trend of duration.

 
 
Panel #182
CE Offered: BACB
The Meaning of Mattering: Values in Applied and Clinical Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Evelyn R. Gould, Ph.D.
Chair: Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
EVELYN R. GOULD (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
JOSHUA PRITCHARD (Southern Illinois University)
EHREN J WERNTZ (Arizona Autism United)
Abstract:

Interventions that focus on fostering contact with values and building values-consistent patterns of behavior have been shown to increase awareness of and openness to aversive experiences, as well as effective, committed action in the presence of those experiences. These findings suggest a powerful role for values in facilitating desirable behavior change � not only for clients but also family of clients and even practitioners themselves. As a result, values-interventions are increasingly included in clinical behavior analysis (often explicitly, as in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Behavior Activation Therapy for Depression). However, much of the research on values interventions focuses on psychotherapeutic definitions of the term and applied contexts. Given the growing role of values interventions in behavior analytic practice, it is important to conceptualize them in behavior analytic terms so that they may be studied with precision, scope and depth. The aim of this panel is to examine values from a behavior analytic perspective, then discuss their application and usefulness in traditional behavioral interventions.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts or behavior therapists with an interest in values as behavioral phenomena or values-based interventions.

Learning Objectives: Define values in behavior analytic terms. Describe the potential usefulness of values interventions in behavior analytic practice. Demonstrate an understanding of how to utilize values interventions to affect desired behavior change in behavior analytic practice.
Keyword(s): Acceptance-and-Commitment Therapy, Clinical-Behavior-Analysis, Relational-Frame-Theory, Values
 
 
Panel #183
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Curiosity: Discussion of Behavioral Approaches to Fostering Creativity and Philosophical Skills
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D.
Chair: Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning)
KENDRA B. NEWSOME (Fit Learning)
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Many people outside of behavior analysis believe that creativity and philosophical skills are innate talents and cannot be taught to students without such talent. Fine arts and philosophy faculty generally agree that creativity and philosophical thought can be shaped to at least some degree with specific forms of practice. Consistent with those and behavior analytic assumptions, research has shown that students can develop an ability to engage in creative and philosophical behaviors. Teachers would likely more effectively arrange practice for students to gain these skills using teaching techniques derived from behavior analysis than from traditional approaches. This panel will discuss definitions of creative and philosophical behaviors, the importance of these skills, teachers' role in the development of such skills, and behavioral approaches to teaching them. Through this panel, we hope to develop future research ideas of how best to assess these behaviors, modify the classroom environment, and foster teacher-student interactions that are conducive to furthering the growth of students' creativity and philosophical skills.

Target Audience:

Service providers, higher education instructors, school professionals, teachers, people interested in philosophy and/or creativity

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1) Define and provide examples of creative and/or philosophical behaviors 2) Describe behavioral approaches to teaching creative and/or philosophical behaviors 3) Describe potential research projects that would add to our knowledge about methods of teaching creative and/or philosophical behaviors
Keyword(s): creativity, philosophy, skill acquistion
 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: BACB
Pay For Performance: Lessons From the Field
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Barbara R. Bucklin (Ardent Learning, Inc.)
Discussant: Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Nicholas Weatherly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will showcase the application of a Pay for Performance Systems in a Class Action Settlement organization and an ABA company. Attendees will learn about the benefits of Pay for Performance and rationale for implementing this type of system, based on data going back several decades. Presenters will walk attendees through this case study illustrating the process steps: initial behavioral systems analysis interviews and recommendations; designing weighted scorecards for the organization, departments, and individuals; collecting data (baseline, measurement, and pay for performance phases); analyzing data and sharing with the relevant departments and individuals; and finally providing coaching and feedback to individuals based on scorecard results. Presenters will also share lessons they learned related to designing, implementing, and sustaining a pay-for-performance system.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Organizational supervisors, managers, or owners; any one who manages employees/staff.

 

Pay for Performance: Lessons From the Field

Barbara R. Bucklin (Ardent Learning, Inc.), Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.), TROY HOFFMAN (Simpluris)
Abstract:

This presentation will showcase the application of a Pay for Performance System in a Class Action Settlement organization. Attendees will learn about the benefits of Pay for Performance and rationale for implementing this type of system, based on data going back several decades. Presenters will walk attendees through this case study illustrating the process steps: initial behavioral systems analysis interviews and recommendations; designing weighted scorecards for the organization, departments, and individuals; collecting data (baseline, measurement, and pay for performance phases); analyzing data and sharing with the relevant departments and individuals; and finally providing coaching and feedback to individuals based on scorecard results. Presenters will also share lessons they learned related to designing, implementing, and sustaining a pay-for-performance system.

 

Don't Pay for Time, Pay for Performance: Designing and Implementing an Ethical Pay for Performance System at an ABA Company

ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.), Jill M. Hollederer (KGH Consultation & Treatment)
Abstract:

Many companies in the applied behavior analysis (ABA) arena utilize payment structures that focus on completion of billable hours versus incentive based systems that target improved quality and outcomes for their clients. With healthcare costs at an all-time high and an insurance industry poised to change to value-based models of care, the time is now for ABA organizations to move away from time-based pay formats and into the realm of performance-based pay. This talk will chronicle the journey of one ABA company through the development and implementation of a pay for performance system that balances business and financial goals with ethical strategies. The presentation will include details on the initial assessment of the company's performance, identification of performance measures, design of the performance improvement system in accordance with the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, and implementation challenges and successes.

 
 
Panel #185
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Thinking Outside of the Skinner Box: Ethically Addressing Barriers to Learning Using the Evidence-Based Practice Model
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan Miller (FSU CARD; Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA)
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting, LLC)
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Barbera Behavior Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are frequently trained to implement specific procedures found within behavioral and educational journals. However, practitioners frequently encounter situations that do not exactly apply to this literature base. This panel will discuss how to ethically apply the science of behavior analysis using an evidence-based practice model focused on clinical expertise, the individual client, and the best available research. Panelists will discuss how they have successfully applied this model to address common barriers to learning such as weak motivation, escape maintained challenging behavior, prompt dependence, and developing instructional control. Each panelist has significant experience and expertise with applying the science of behavior analysis as a whole and determining the most effective intervention for each client based on the methods and principles of this science as opposed to broadly and generically applying popular procedures with each client. Audience members will be given the opportunity at the end of the panel to ask the panelists for their expertise in ethically addressing common barriers to learning.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is most appropriate for intermediate level or higher behavior analysts who have been practicing for several years and wish to learn more about how to enhance the scientific application of behavior analysis within the practitioner setting.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify how at least one section of the Code applies to the use of the evidence-based practice model Participants will be able to explain how to modify popular behavior analytic procedures based on the needs of their individual clients Participants will be able to explain how to individually assess barriers for each learner and develop interventions based on this assessment.
Keyword(s): EBP, Escape Extinction, Prompt Dependence
 
 
Panel #186
CE Offered: BACB
A Panel Discussion on Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support: So Happy Together
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D.
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida; Florida Center for Inclusive Communities)
JODIE SORACCO (University of Nevada, Reno)
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University)
LAUREN DIANE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This session will be a panel discussion of the impact and perceptions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) within Positive Behavior Support (PBS). Upon entry into the panel, audience will be provided a link to a polling website to select from a per-determined list of questions/topics they would like to panelists to discuss. Audience can also contribute additional questions via the polling site. Questions will be selected based upon highest to lowest ranking of scores and the panelists will alternate responding or each be given a chance to respond, depending on the nature of the question. Questions will be derived from the following topics: (a) Foundations of ABA will be explored from a vantage point of classically trained behavior analysts who practice within PBS frameworks. Early history of ABA influencing applications of PBS along with debates from both sides will be discussed. (b) ABA and PBS in practice will highlight how PBS practices are rooted to behavior analytical principles. Multi-tiered systems of support will be examined from the perspective of behavior analysis and PBS terminology will be viewed through the lens of behavior analytical verbal behavior. Key points will be to enlighten attendees that although terminology may be different, foundational principles are the same. (c) Debunking the Myths of ABA and PBS will explore the common misconceptions held by practitioners who may not have a rich understanding of each contributing discipline. ABA and PBS are not strangers to each other, yet many practitioners maintain common misinterpretations and misunderstandings (e.g., ABA is only consequence-bases; PBS does not apply any consequences; ABA is only for autism; PBS is ABA-light, etc.). By debunking these fallacies, more accurate information will be disseminated along with a more thorough appreciation for behavior analytical principles as essential in the application of PBS.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners, Educators, Supervisors, Researchers, University Faculty, Graduate Students

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify historic foundations of ABA that influence application of PBS 2. Discuss and compare PBS and ABA terminology 3. Select a minimum of 2 PBS and/or ABA misconceptions and explain why it is a misconception
Keyword(s): ABA, PBS
 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
A Systems Approach to Training Clinicians and Increases in Clients' Learning in Clinic Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University)
CE Instructor: Dolleen-Day Keohane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We will present research based on the application of a systems approach to instruction that places the learners at the center of the matrix and emphasizes on-going rule-governed communication among the component parts. In this model the data generated through the measurement of each client's responses drive the system. Clinicians are trained through modules that provide in situ opportunities specifically related to the accurate implementation of Clients' programs, choice of strategies and tactics, materials and selection of new short term and long term objectives. The composition of the curriculum for the clients is logical and empirical and based on verbal development milestones. Assessments that identify learning rates, pre-requisite skill deficits and missing verbal developmental capabilities are used to pinpoint the potential source of each client's instructional problems and suggest rule-governed approaches to remediation. The results of the studies we will present show that the implementation of a rule governed organizational matrix to train clinicians supports increases in academic literacy, communication and social skills for pre-school and elementary school age clients diagnosed with autism and related communication disabilities in 1:1 settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clinical Training, Supervision
Target Audience:

Teachers, BCBA's, School Supervisors, Clinic Supervisors, Staff Trainers

 

A Clinic Wide Approach to Training Clinicians Through Research-Based Modules and In-Situ Training

DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Lauren Becnel (Touchstone Center), Tricia Clement (Touchstone Center), Paula G. White (Touchstone Center), Danica Reaves (Touchstone Center)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of a clinic wide systems approach to supervision including the completion of PSI (Personalized System of Instruction) modules based on increasing levels of verbal complexity, and in-situ training. The clinic provided 1:1 services for preschool to school age clients and used the CABAS (Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling) model of supervision. The clinics' mentors provided support, modeled scientific tacts and intraverbals in response to clients' instructional problems in situ, provided instructional resources and collected and analyzed clinic wide data. The dependent variables for the clinicians were the completion of modules, the number of errorless TPRA's (Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy), the number of errorless strategic and tactical decisions made and the number of errorless scientific tacts, intraverbals and research based tactics they implemented pre and post intervention. The independent variables consisted of a treatment package that included strategic questions and answers related to learn unit presentations, the visual display of data and instruction in using a rule governed algorithm to analyze instructional problems. Results showed increases in the clinicians' use of scientific tacts, intraverbals and research based tactics post intervention, as well as increases in clients' learning across the curriculum measured.

 

Methods of Effective Supervision

MARA KATRA OBLAK (Seattle Behavior & Therapy), Jenny Cronier (Seattle Behavior & Therapy)
Abstract:

ABA service providers recognize the need to develop supervision practices that produce quality outcomes. Complex interactions between supervisors and clinicians should result in effective treatment through accurate instruction and delivery of behavioral interventions. This paper offers a procedure to implement an individualized supervision model and a measurement system to analyze the quality of the products with a focus on the interlocking contingencies within the system. The CABAS model has provided a science of teaching that can be applied across settings and provides a system to measure student and teacher behavior. We sought to develop and implement a standardized system of individualized instruction for supervisors and clinicians utilizing components of the CABAS model in an established private ABA clinic. The clinic provides home, school, and clinic-based services to clients between the ages of 2 to 22. This paper describes the system and components currently in place, a method for implementation, and outcome data analysis.

 

Effects of a Rule Governed Algorithm on Clinicians' Analysis of Instructional Problems and Clients' Learning

KELLY KING (Nicholls State University; Touchstone Center), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of a rule-governed algorithm in situ and line technicians' analysis of instructional problems and clients' learn units to criterion. We used a multiple baseline design across six participants who worked at a private center and provided 1:1 instruction for preschool to school age clients diagnosed with autism. The participants showed an interest in learning about the scientific vocabulary used at the center. The independent variable was the rule governed algorithm with scientific questions and answers related to an analysis of the learn unit in context. The dependent variables were the number of intact learn units presented, pre- and post-probe data for responses to scientific questions as selection and production responses for the line technicians and responses to learn unit presentations and learn units to criterion for the clients taught. As the participants became more proficient in utilizing the vocabulary of the science they began to think through instructional problems and became self-observers of the instruction they presented to their clients. Results showed a significant increase in the line technicians' analysis of instructional problems utilizing scientific tacts, increases in correct responses and decreases in learn units to criterion for the clients taught.

 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Unleashing Applied Animal Behavior: Dissemination of Behavioral Science Through Practice Part Two
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Janie A. Funk (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
CE Instructor: Janie A. Funk, M.A.
Abstract:

Demonstrating the efficacy of behavior analysis with respect to real-world problems is one key to dissemination of our science. Accomplishment of this objective requires presentation of our science in a manner obviously relevant to and easily understood by potential consumers. One emerging movement that has been successful to this end is within the area of applied animal behavior. Last year, leaders of this movement provided accounts of their efforts within special settings, and provided recommendations for addressing potential challenges likely to present during interdisciplinary collaborations. This year, the discussion will be continued with new accounts of collaborative efforts that have advanced our science in under-served areas of applied animal behavior. Further suggestions for extending our reach to new populations, and discussion of techniques for doing so, will be provided. While presented in the context of applied animal behavior, invaluable information will be provided for anyone interested in sharing the science of behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): animal training, community outreach, dissemination, interdisciplinary collaboration
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts and others who aspire to extend the reach of behavior analysis through practice, especially in, but not limited to, the area of applied animal behavior.

 

Improving the Quality of Life for Zoo Animals With ABA

SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

ABA principles, procedures and ethical standards are directly relevant to improving the quality of life for zoo animals. A basic course was developed to improve zoo keepers ABA knowledge and skills. In this presentation, the course learning objectives will be discussed along with three case studies in which the fundamental tools of ABA (e.g., functional assessment and intervention design), were successfully applied to a self-injuring elephant, a fearful rhino, and an orangutan surrogate mother roughly handling a young baby.

 

Improving the Quality of Life of Zoo Keepers With ABA

KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Antioch College)
Abstract:

As speakers in this symposium will demonstrate, the principles, procedures and ethical standards of ABA are relevant to improving the quality of life for zoo animals. But as in most animal settings, to increase the well-being of an animal in a zoo, you must first engage with their humans. This presentation will take a look at a typical day in the life of an animal caregiver, and discuss how this knowledge should inform how scientists approach and effectively engage with these institutions. There is great potential in the collaboration between behavior analytic researchers and captive animal environments. The goal of this presentation is to share some approaches that have yielded both effective and ineffective means for this type of collaboration.

 

A Top-Down Strategy to Equine Behavior Education

ROBIN L. FOSTER (University of Puget Sound)
Abstract:

Horses have a long history as domestic livestock and working animals, which has shaped and continues to influence policies and management practices. A growing demographic of horse owners have demanded change, and applied animal behaviorists are stepping up to meet that demand. Horse owners are typically dispersed, living in rural areas, and they seek advice about behavior issues from their local veterinarians, farriers, or trainers, very few of whom have received education in equine behavior. A top-down approach to disseminating information about ABA can help address these challenges. We teach an e-course on resolving fear-based behaviors in horses, and have marketed it to professionals by offering continuing education units. The course also has practical value to equine professionals; flight is horse's primary defense, thus fear-based behaviors are common and can impact the horse's health and performance, create a risk of serious injury to horses and humans, and result in lost revenue and increased expenses. An advantage to a top-down approach is that most equine professionals already have the skills and experience to successfully implement methods taught remotely. In addition, the course increases recognition of the role behaviorists play in equine care, distinct from veterinary care and training.

 

Training the Guide Dog: An Untapped Opportunity for the Behavior Scientist

JANIE A. FUNK (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Melia Shamblin (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Nearly 20 organizations nationwide are responsible for training guide dogs. Overwhelmingly, they report less-than-ideal behavioral outcomes. In fact, the nation's most successful guide dog organization report that the majority of dogs are dismissed from their training program secondary to problem behaviors that are not medical or so-called species-specific. This is problematic because poor behavioral outcomes limit the extent to which the visually-impaired may engage safely with their communities. This presentation will provide an account of the gaps found in the literature addressing guide dog training, and offer behavior scientists suggestions for further developing a pragmatic line of research. Additionally, this presentation will discuss opportunities for the behavior scientist to contribute to development of assessment and training methods that aim to improve the quality of life of the guide dog, its trainers, and its consumers. Finally, with such ambitious objectives towards influencing the training of guide dogs, strategies for amicable collaborations will be provided.

 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism and Related Disorders
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (Aclan Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno )
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium examines procedures for teaching social skills to children with autism and related disorders, including the utilization of group reinforcement contingencies, behavioral skills training, curriculum-based instruction, and the establishment of rules. The first paper is a data-based discussion regarding the use of an interdependent group contingency to increase the social interactions and motor skills of children with autism spectrum disorder and their typically developing peers during indoor rock climbing sessions. The second presentation examines the efficacy of behavioral skills training and group contingencies to teach various social skills to elementary-aged boys diagnosed with autism in a clinic setting. The third paper presents outcome data on the utility of curriculum-based, group training targeting age-appropriate social skills for children diagnosed with autism and related disorders. The second and third papers also will address data collection and experimental design challenges that may be encountered during group service delivery. The fourth paper is a literature-review, which will discuss recent research on rule-governed behavior in applied settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, group contingencies, rule governance, social skills
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians, students in the field of ABA or related disciplines

 

Being a Social Climber: The Effects of a Rock Climbing Intervention on the Social Interactions and Motor Skills of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
GEOFFREY BROWNING (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are often less physically active and involved in the community than their typically developing peers. This is a concern given the many detrimental outcomes of a sedentary lifestyle, as well as the consideration that individuals with ASD may face challenges with many forms of physical activity. Indoor rock climbing may be a good option for children with ASD due to the sport's physical and social characteristics. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine the effects of an interdependent group contingency on the social interactions of children with ASD and their typically developing peers. The dependent variable was the rate of positive, negative, and neutral social interactions between the participant and peer; the independent variable was the group contingency, wherein reinforcement was provided for the participant and peer reaching predetermined climbing goals. The participant's motor proficiency was also measured. Results suggest that participants engaged in more positive and neutral social interactions during the interdependent group contingency, and a brief reversal showed some generalization to a new peer in the absence of the group contingency.

 

The Use of Behavioral Skills Training and Group Contingencies to Teach Social Skills to Elementary-Aged Children Diagnosed With Autism

(Applied Research)
ALLISON ROSE BICKELMAN (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.; Endicott College), Marla Saltzman (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism generally present with deficits in social skills, including talking and playing with peers, making eye contact, and appropriately responding to the emotions and preferences of others (Centers for Disease Control, 2017). Behavioral skills training (BST) and group contingencies are evidence-based interventions used in treatment (Hood et al., 2017; Peter & Thompson, 2015; Speltz et al., 1982). Six males diagnosed with autism participated in an eight-week social skills group in which BST (i.e., oral instructions and rules, adult modeling, and practice with feedback) and interdependent and independent group contingencies were used to teach a variety of social skills. Most participants mastered the skills taught and all participants demonstrated improvements on a post-intervention skill assessment. Social validity questionnaires completed by the children's parents demonstrated that parents thought the group was helpful for their child and resulted in meaningful progress. Issues and limitations associated with using group contingencies with young children, forming social skills groups based on client age and skill-level, and employing experimental designs in a service-delivery setting will also be discussed.

 

The Value of Curriculum-Based, Group Social Skills Training: A Behavior Analytic Perspective

(Applied Research)
PASHA BAHSOUN (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Many individuals who demonstrate social delays participate in structured "play groups." Some play groups claim to target the development of social skills, but often are unstructured or over-reliant on contrived training opportunities. Unlike typical play groups, more formalized programs that aim to improve age-appropriate skills, are supported by Regional Centers and insurance agencies in California. There is a paucity of research on outcomes for these programs, however, and limited information about the extent to which they measure progress, promote generalization or maintenance, and provide caregiver training. Curriculum-based, group social skills training seeks to address these concerns across various domains including: having or joining conversations, using social media and the internet, or dealing with bullies. The purpose of this presentation will be to review the progress of 12 individuals with autism or related disorders who partook in a curriculum-based, group social skills program. Participants ranged in age from 6 to 16 years and demonstrated significant social delays. Outcome data from four groups will be presented, and the variables associated with group contingencies and rule governance also will be discussed.

 

A Review of Research on Rule-Governed Behavior: Implications for Future Research and Practice

(Theory)
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

A substantial amount of evidence from basic research has shown that rules can effectively control behavior, even when they conflict with actual contingencies of reinforcement. However, relatively few studies have evaluated rule-governed behavior in applied settings. This presentation consists of a literature review of research on rule-governed behavior in applied settings. The effects of interventions incorporating rule-governed behavior will be discussed, as well as their potential for creating behavior change that is generalized across populations and settings. Given the potential power of rules, it is surprising that rule-governed behavior has not received more attention in the empirical literature. The presentation concludes with recommendations for both practitioners and researchers.

 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Improving the Efficiency and Accuracy of Abbreviated Functional Analyses
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A large body of research has demonstrated the benefit of conducting a functional analysis (FA) prior to initiating the treatment of destructive behavior. For example, multiple studies have shown that when function-based treatments are used, reinforcement-based procedures are more likely to be effective and punishment procedures are often unnecessary (Greer, Fisher, Saini, Owen, & Jones, 2016; Kuhn, DeLeon, Fisher, & Wilke, 1999; Pelios, Morren, Tesch, & Axelrod, 1999; Smith, Iwata, Vollmer, & Zarcone, 1992). Although research has repeatedly shown the benefits of FA, many clinicians continue to use less reliable assessment methods to identify the function of destructive behavior, in part due to their ease of implementation. The purpose of this symposium is to explore the efficiency and accuracy of a number of functional analysis variations. The presentations will cover (a) a translational investigation of individual versus synthesized contingencies during FA, (b) structured criterion used to investigate the efficiency of various FA types, and (c) the progression from brief to more extended FA methods.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): efficacy, efficiency, functional analysis
Target Audience:

clinicians, clinical researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to describe various functional analysis methods 2. Audience members will be able to describe the accuracy of various functional analysis methods 3. Audience members will be able to describe the efficiency of various functional analysis methods
 
Exposure of Single-Function Responses to Combined Reinforcement Contingencies
LEAH JULIA KOEHLER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: A common feature of almost all functional analysis (FA) variations reported over the past 30 years has been use of an experimental analysis to isolate a specific contingency that maintains problem behavior. Hanley et al. (2014) proposed a noticeable departure, initially called the synthesized functional analysis (SFA). The procedure typically involves combining contingencies, and results across studies have shown a preponderance of multiple control. By contrast, major reviews of published FA data have reported that multiple control is a relatively uncommon outcome. Given this discrepancy, the purpose of our study was twofold: (a) to replicate and extend the general findings of the Fisher et al. (2016) comparative analysis using a translational preparation, and (b) to expose responses with unique and known histories of reinforcement to test conditions containing single versus combined contingencies. An analogue response was established under a specific reinforcement contingency and then was exposed sequentially to conditions similar to those of a standard FA and an SFA. Seven subjects have completed the study. Data for three of the four subjects whose target responses were maintained by a single social contingency showed a false positive outcome for multiple control when exposed the combined contingencies, as seen in the attached graphs. Data for the three subjects whose target response was maintained by automatic reinforcement showed insensitivity to social consequences when presented either singly in the regular FA or in the combined test condition. Clinical implications of the findings will be discussed.
 

Ongoing Visual-Inspection Criteria for Interpreting Functional Analyses

VALDEEP SAINI (Upstate Medical University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Research has evaluated the reliability and validity of structured criteria for inspecting functional-analysis (FA) results on a post-hoc basis (i.e., post-hoc visual inspection (PHVI). However, most behavior analysts inspect FAs using ongoing visual inspection (OVI), and the validity of applying structured criteria during OVI remains unknown. We evaluated the validity and efficiency of applying structured criteria on an ongoing basis by comparing the interpretations produced through OVI with (a) PHVI, (b) authors' post-hoc interpretations (PHAI), and (c) the consensus of these two post-hoc analyses. Ongoing visual inspection predicted the results of (a) PHVI and the consensus interpretations with a very high degree of accuracy and (b) PHAI with a reasonably high degree of accuracy. Furthermore, the PHVI and PHAI results involved 32 FA sessions, on average, whereas the OVI required only 19 FA sessions to accurately identify the function(s) of problem behavior. Findings are discussed relative to other methods designed to increase the accuracy and efficiency of FAs.

 

Efficiency in Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior: A Quantitative and Qualitative Review

BILLIE RETZLAFF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Originating in the mid-1960s, functional analysis (FA) has become the gold standard method for understanding the environmental variables that come to shape and maintain problematic behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, and property destruction. Over the decades a number of studies have refined FA methods, attempting to influence the overall efficiency of the analysis, including experimental design and procedural modifications. In the present review, we used ongoing visual-inspection criteria and basic probability theory to compare and analyze levels of efficiency across FA types. We found the pairwise design, multielement design, and synthesized analyses to be about equally efficient with respect to the average number of sessions conducted per function tested, and found the trial-based and synthesized contingency analysis to be the two most efficient with respect to the average duration per function tested. We discuss the implications of these findings in the broader context of efficiency and provide recommendations for maximizing efficiency during an FA. We also discuss other qualitative procedural details that may influence the overall efficiency of an FA.

 

Integration of Functional Analysis Procedural Advancements: Progressing From Brief to Extended Experimental Analyses

Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), JUSTINE HENRY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Robert LaRue (The Douglas Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Tracy L. Kettering (ABA Center for Excellence), Dana M. Gadaire (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Despite the utility of functional analysis methodology, not all functional analyses produce differentiated results. Factors such as interaction effects, multiple control, or methodological inefficiencies may compromise obtaining differentiated outcomes. Vollmer et. al. (1995) proposed an assessment sequence for progressing from brief to extended experimental analyses. Since this publication; however, various studies have addressed other methods to improve the efficiency and efficacy of functional analysis methodology. The purpose of the current study was to update and extend the assessment sequence proposed by Vollmer et. al. (1995) for progressing from brief to extended experimental analyses. Specifically, our assessment model incorporated several procedural refinements developed over the years since the Vollmer et. al. (1995) model was proposed. The current model incorporated five phases including extended ignore, brief functional analysis, extended functional analysis, extended ignore, and reversal. We conducted assessments with 20 participants diagnosed with autism or other related disabilities. Participants were referred to 3 different clinics for functional analyses due the occurrence of various topographies of problem behavior. Overall, results validate previous assessment modifications proposed in the literature, support the utility of the updated model, and provide new and valuable insight regarding the assessment of problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Social Skills Instruction With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A qualitative characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) includes deficits in social skills. It is important that practitioners address social skill deficits effectively to enhance social interactions. This symposium will highlight innovative methods to assess and enhance social skills with individuals with ASD. The first paper will present on the effects of video modeling on scripted statements with dyads of individuals with ASD during mastered leisure activities. The second paper will discuss the use of a packaged intervention consisting of video modeling and video feedback for teaching social skills to adolescents with autism during leisure. The third presentation will discuss an innovative approach using textual prompts via text messaging to increase conversational skills with individuals with ASD. The fourth and final paper will discuss the use of an assessment and a training program to enhance social interactions with individuals with ASD. Limitations, clinical implications and areas of research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ASD, social skills, video-based instruction
Target Audience:

undergraduates, graduate students, parents, and practictioners

Learning Objectives: To discuss deficits of social skills specific to individuals with ASD To discuss use of video-based instruction to target impairments of social skills To discuss use of textual prompts on social skills instruction
 

Using Video Modeling to Teach Play Comments to Dyads With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ESSMA EZZEDDINE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Jessica Lynn Amador (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display deficits in social and conversational skills. Methods to address social deficits include the use of video modeling. There is dearth of research targeting conversational skills using video-based instruction with individuals with ASD as conversational recipients. We evaluated the effects of video modeling on scripted statements during leisure activities to dyads of children with ASD using a multiple probe across activities design. Video modeling alone was found to be effective for three of the participants. Video modeling with tangible reinforcement was needed for one participant to learn scripted statements whereas tangible reinforcement and additional prompts were needed for two participants. Generalization was assessed across novel peers and data were variable across participants. Results were found to maintain across one and three weeks after mastery and goals and outcomes were reported as socially valid. Limitations and areas of future research will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of Strategies for Teaching Social Skills During Leisure Engagement

CHANTAL LITTLE (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University ), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Erin Jarvis (The New England Center for Children), Matthew Darcy ( The New England Center for Children )
Abstract:

Teaching relevant social skills during engagement with leisure activities may promote natural interactions and enhance the benefits of leisure. The present study evaluated the effect and generalization of a treatment hierarchy starting with a video modeling and video feedback package (VMVF) for teaching social skills to adolescents with autism during leisure. Participants were between the ages of 15 and 21 with ASD and attended a residential school. Six target social skills determined to be important in typical leisure based interactions were divided into three domains: (a) initiating joint participation, (b) conversation relevant to activities, and (c) prosocial interactions. Experimental control was demonstrated using a multiple-baseline within participants design. Participants were shown one of the video models twice successively at the start of the session. Following the session, participants were shown the video recording and given feedback in the form of praise or suggestions for improvement. Additional treatment components of the package included naturalistic prompting and arbitrary reinforcers. Although VMVF alone had limited success, the additional treatment components produced an increase in targeted social skills. Interobserver agreement was calculated in 40% of sessions with a score of 94%.

 

The Effects of a Text Message Prompt on Conversational Speech on Dyads of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JULIA BLANCO (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

The present study used a multiple baseline design across 4 dyads of children with autism spectrum disorder to assess the efficacy of a text message prompt on smartphones to teach conversational speech during play time. During treatment, each child was taught to use text messages that prompted conversational phrases sent to their smartphones positioned beside them during dyad play. These texts were sent in, during real time play, by experimenters seated just outside the play area. The texts were then faded out, and the smartphones were then gradually removed from of the play area. Results indicated that each dyad maintained appropriate conversations with each other. Generalization of both previously scripted and unscripted phrases with non-trained peers and across untrained settings occurred. The results are discussed in terms of using simple texting on cell phones to occasion conversational speech for children with autism.

 

Assessing and Enhancing Social Behavior of Individuals Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder

TRACEY TORAN (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is characterized by impaired social interaction and communication. Skill deficits are most noticeable in social behavior and these deficits may be related to atypical responsiveness to social stimuli. The current study sought to examine how individuals with an ASD allocated their behavior in the presence of others pre and post social exchange training and to evaluate the qualitative changes in social behavior following training. One adult and three children with an ASD participated. Relative preference for social interaction and the qualitative state of social engagement during social interaction were measured. Participants then received training to initiate and sustain a social exchange. Prompting and reinforcement, in the form of preferred social consequences, were provided. Following social exchange training, the results suggested an increased preference for social interaction for some participants and a qualitatively richer state of social engagement for all participants. All sessions were videotaped and more than 33% of sessions, across both assessment and training, were scored by 2 trained observers. Interobserver agreement (IOA) ranged between 84% - 100%. Social validity data indicated that the obtained coordinated joint interaction state of engagement of the study participants was reflective of the states of engagement in typically developing persons.

 
 
Symposium #192
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Operant Demand Analysis: Toward Best Practice for Demand Assessment and Quantification
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Steven R. Hursh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The subdiscipline of behavioral science known as "operant behavioral economics" (hereafter termed simply "behavioral economics") integrates concepts from microeconomic theory and behavior analysis. Behavioral economics provides scientists, researchers, practitioners, and policy makers with unique insights into motivation and reinforcer efficacy. Of particular noteworthiness is the influence of behavioral economics in the domains of addiction, behavioral pharmacology, and empirical public policy. Central to behavioral economics' success is its unique demand curve analysis that quantifies the degree to which an organism/agency defends its baseline rate of consumption of a target commodity (i.e., its blisspoint). Recent advances in data collection for demand curve studies, as well as the quantitative modeling and analysis of subsequent data, have advanced both the theoretical interpretations and practical applications of behavioral economic principles. This symposium highlights these recent advances in both data collection for and quantitative analyses of demand curves. Contributors will provide data-based recommendations for best practices in this line of research.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand curves, operant demand, quantitative analysis
Target Audience:

Advanced; Researchers with an interest in behavioral economics or quantitative analysis.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe behavioral economic demand parameters. Attendees will be able to identify the competing models of behavioral economic demand. Attendees will be able to describe advances in behavioral economic demand analyses and assessment from these presentations.
 

Toward Best Practice of Quantifying Unit Elasticity: Theoretical and Slope-Based Pmax Approaches

(Basic Research)
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

In the application of behavioral economic principles to issues of societal importance, a critical unit of analysis is unit elasticity—termed Pmax—which represents the price value at which inelastic demand shifts to elastic. The Pmax price point may thereby serve as a target price for excise taxation, price regulation boundaries, or understanding how consumers value commodities against real-world market prices. Quantifying Pmax is dependent on quantification of demand to generate demand curve parameters. Recent advances in demand analysis have yielded competing models of demand, but the extent to which these models influence Pmax has not yet been explored—this is particularly alarming given the proliferation of Pmax applications to inform federally funded projects tasked with informing regulatory policy. This study extracted existing data from seminal articles containing demand curves for substances of abuse. The exponential and exponentiated demand models were used to generate best-fit parameter values, which were input into Hursh's (2014) exact Pmax equation, as well as slope-based Pmax values independent of a theoretical model of unit elasiticty. We identified alarming discrepancies in Pmax across the exponential and exponentiated models, suggesting the field must address modeling issues before proceeding with applying these analyses to inform policy-level decisions.

 

Effects of Market Price Anchoring in Purchase Tasks: Comparisons of Unit Elasticity and Essential Value

(Basic Research)
RACHEL NICOLE FOSTER (University of Kansas), Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas), Joshua Harsin (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The alcohol purchase task has been considered a gold standard tool for measuring demand for alcohol. Although different alcohol purchase tasks have been used in many experimental studies, there is no research on the procedural differences between the different versions of alcohol purchase tasks that have been used to measure demand. The present study sought to examine the extent to which market price anchor placement in purchase task price sequences influence demand. We recruited 298 participants from Amazon Mechanical Turk to complete an alcohol purchase task with four different possible price sequences. Price sequences represented standard, left, right, or center placement of market values. We stratified participants across the four different price sequences. Nonsystematic data were removed (trend: 8.7%; bounce: 3.0%; reversals from zero: 3.6%); we analyzed remaining data using exponential and exponentiated demand equations. Exponential analyses indicate no significant differences in demand between responses in any of the four price sequences; whereas exponentiated analyses indicate a significant difference between groups. This research is valuable in considering how purchase tasks are used to inform public policy and used to guide creation of clinical scales for alcohol demand. Implications for best practice will be discussed.

 

The Double-Blind Drug Purchasing Task

(Applied Research)
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Behavioral economic demand offers a multi-dimensional evaluation of drug reinforcement and abuse liability. However, generating demand curves with self-administration is time consuming and costly. Human researchers sometimes use hypothetical drug purchasing tasks as quick, cost-efficient alternatives, in which a participant self-reports how many units of a described drug he/she would purchase at a range of prices. Two limitations of typical purchasing tasks are: 1) commodities are described rather than experienced, and 2) inability to control for expectancy (placebo effect). We developed the Double-Blind Drug Purchasing Task, a hybrid task in which we administered drugs and placebos in separate double-blind sessions. Participants then made hypothetical purchase decisions at the conclusion of each session in reference to the drug/placebo administered. We administered this task to 56 users of either cocaine, methamphetamine, or alcohol. Drug purchasing decreased reliably as an orderly function of price. Drug was reliably purchased more than placebo. Elasticity tended to be negatively correlated with clinically relevant variables: money spent on drug and use frequency. Ongoing research is comparing the novel task against operant laboratory demand methods in tobacco users purchasing/earning cigarettes. The DBPT may serve as an efficient method for determining drug demand under pharmacologically rigorous, placebo-controlled conditions.

 
A Framework to Integrate Behavioral Economic Demand and Discounting Tasks
(Applied Research)
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute, Virginia Tech), Brent Kaplan (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute, Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Behavioral economic methodology has advanced in recent years; specifically, there has been increasing use of the Hypothetical Purchase Task to examine commodity valuation and Delay Discounting tasks to examine devaluation of delayed rewards. While both assess valuation processes, these two measures have typically been analyzed as distinct. Extending these methodologies, the current study sought to integrate these commodity valuation measures with a novel Delayed Purchase Task. Participants were recruited from Amazon Mechanical Turk and read a scenario similar to previous Cigarette Purchase Task studies. Before reporting how many cigarettes they would purchase, participants chose between two options: one option included a “Local” cigarette store that delivered cigarettes relatively immediately and another option included an “Online” cigarette store that delivered cigarettes after various delays. After choosing the store from which they would like to purchase cigarettes, participants indicated the number of cigarettes they would purchase. Analyzing the proportion of choices towards either store revealed orderly delay-associated shifts such that switching occurred at higher prices when delays associated with the Online store were longer. The results suggest a potential method for extending the behavioral economic delay discounting and purchase task literature towards integrating aspects of delay as an economic cost.
 
 
Symposium #193
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts and Psychotherapy: Examining Common Scientific Roots
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amanda M. Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Yors A. Garcia, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Clinical behavioral psychology and behavior analysis are tightly related. Though political differences have left a gap between these areas of behavioral science, many empirically supported psychotherapy approaches are based on behavioral principles. This symposium will present behavioral-oriented clinical interventions whose theoretical foundations rely on behavior analysis and contextual behavioral science. We will present the achievements and scope of Behavioral Activation, Dialectical Behavioral Therapy (DBT), Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), and Parent Training. We will provide evidence connecting behavioral principles and clinical practices, and the future areas of research in which behavior analysts and clinical psychologists could collaborate to improve therapeutic services by conducting translational and applied research. We will discuss scenarios where the implementation of therapeutic tools from these therapies could be utilized by behavior analysts to boost their interventions and some others where referral to clinical psychologists are needed. We seek to build a bridge between clinical psychologists and behavior analysts to reduce the burden of both professional areas and promote collaboration to strengthen behavioral science. Behavior analysts in interdisciplinary settings will learn how their mental health colleagues apply a behavioral perspective to complex human action.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral-Oriented Psychotherapies, Interpersonal/Mood Dysfunction, Parent Training, Therapeutic Services
Target Audience:

Target audience for this symposium are graduate students, post-doctoral researchers, behavior analysts and clinical psychologist working in private practice and academia.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify conceptual and procedural differences in all four behavioral-oriented therapies ; (2) learn how different components of each behavioral therapy is applied in clinical settings and ; (3) identify behavioral principles that can be utilized for behavior analysts and clinical psychologist alike in their current research and practice.
 

Back to Basics With Behavioral Activation

CORY STANTON (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Behavioral activation (BA) is one of the most widely researched and disseminated treatments for clinical depression. Originally formulated as a component of cognitive-behavioral therapy, BA has emerged as a cost-effective, efficacious, and portable stand-alone intervention. The theoretical roots of BA are planted firmly in the operant work of Skinner and Ferster. Early empirical research by Lewinsohn inspired a wave of behavior therapists, including those who researched similar yet divergent treatment delivery methods. As behavior therapy widened its scope and considered the role of affect and cognition, research has continued examining the core behavioral processes thought to be the heart of BA, including collaboratively identifying reinforcers, structured activity scheduling, and weekly evaluation. While multiple iterations of BA have augmented treatment with modules such as relaxation training, social skills training, and values or long-term goals assessment, basic behavioral principles remain the engine under the hood. Behavior analysts will find the theoretical grounds of BA to be familiar territory, while contemporary empirical findings will provide an updated assessment of where BA can go next.

 

Taking a Dialectical Behavioral TherapyApproach: Applications and Implications of Dialectical Behavioral Therapy for Behavioral Analysts and Psychotherapy

ANDREW AHRENDT (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Numerous research has shown DBT to be an effective treatment for a wide variety of disorders including but not limited to borderline personality disorders, substance use and dependence disorders, depression, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and eating disorders. DBT involves teaching and training clients through the use of behaviorally based skills which implemented across a variety of settings and situations. Particularly, DBT has developed guidelines to teach clients to tact their emotions based on the discriminative stimulus in the environment where these are evoked. This therapy also promotes effective interpersonal behaviors with the aim of improving clients global functioning. Due to its widespread applicability knowing, and the utility of its basic skills for a wide variety of clients, DBT can prove to be an invaluable addition to behavior analysts interventions. This presentation will address the achievements and scope of DBT, its application across a variety of settings and situations and the potential implications of its tools for behavioral analysts.

 

Parent Training: Applications and New Findings

YORS A. GARCIA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Behavioral Parent Training (BPT) is characterized for using traditional behavioral procedures such as differential reinforcement, extinction, and time-out to modify problem behaviors, and to establish more appropriate behaviors in children. Although these procedures have been very effective in establishing new behavior, the fact is that important areas in parent training have been left behind. For example, addressing the impact of private events in dealing with stressful events, values, and mindfulness methods. Therefore, the objective of this presentation is two-fold. First, provide a state of the art of the behavioral intervention to parents with neuro-typical children and children with intellectual disabilities. Second, describe the evidence of these new methods to parents training. Behavior analyst have been very reluctant to implement values and mindfulness procedure in to their practice. We will provide some guidelines how to do it in their clinical work.

 

Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: Behavior Analysts and the Therapeutic Relationship

AMANDA M MUNOZ-MARTINEZ (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a behavioral principle-driven intervention focused on promoting therapeutic changes within the context of therapeutic relationship. FAP primary goal is enhancing social functioning while reducing socially ineffective behaviors through modifying clients' social contingencies of reinforcement in-session. Functional analysis is the foundation of FAP, and based on that, therapists evoke, redirect, reinforce, and generalize clients' clinically relevant behaviors. Although FAP represents the natural transition from applied behavior analysis to clinical behavior analysis in the therapeutic relationship context, FAP is not widely known by researchers and practitioners in behavior analysis. Based on that, this presentation seeks to expose the potential utility of FAP for applied behavior analysts and prospective areas of collaboration between researchers from both fields. On the applied area, a FAP-approach would particularly benefit for applied behavior analysists who interact with high-functional clients and family members, enhancing their therapeutic relationship and social connection. On the research field, a translational research agenda that explores the link between FAP-applications and its basic roots, the parameters of reinforcement within the clinical setting, the role of motivational operations in the therapeutic relationship, so forth. would help to extend the scope of behavioral science to other human-relevant areas.

 
 
Symposium #194
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Using Large-N Designs and Quantitative Analyses to Study Behavioral Treatments for Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: David M. Richman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Function-based treatments for problem behavior are well studied using single-subject designs, but there is less research using larger samples. While single-subject designs are an important cornerstone of behavior analysis, larger sample sizes allow us to answer different questions and disseminate results to novel audiences. Two of the studies in this symposium analyze resurgence and relapse in clinical populations. These concepts are well studied in basic research but the prevalence in applied settings is unclear. These studies used consecutive-case review designs to answer this question and identify the prevalence in patients undergoing treatment for problem behavior. The third study also used a consecutive case series design to analyze treatment results for inappropriate sexual behavior, which is an incredibly problematic, but understudied, topography. By using a large-N design, the researchers were able to assess treatment efficacy in a format that easily disseminates to professionals outside of our field. The last talk focuses on a literature review for automatically-maintained problem behavior. In using this large sample found in past research, they identified trends in assessment that may predict the types of treatment components necessary. The implications of use of large-N designs in these projects allowed for solving novel and important research questions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): case series, meta-analysis, problem behavior, treatment
Target Audience:

Professional clinicians and researchers in the field of psychology and behavior analysis who work with children who engage in problem behavior. I also believe this presentation qualified for psychology CEUS (PSY), but this was not an option listed above.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will describe how resurgence and relapse might affect treatment outcomes with children who engage in problem behavior. Attendees will identify the most commonly used assessment and treatment strategies for individuals with inappropriate sexual behavior. Attendees will describe the importance of considering functional analysis outcomes for automatically-maintained problem behavior when selecting treatment strategies.
 

Resurgence During Thinning Steps in a Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement

(Applied Research)
ALEXIS CONSTANTIN PAVLOV (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

A consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) was used to examine resurgence of problem behavior during implementation of a multiple schedule of reinforcement and during subsequent thinning steps. Multiple schedules signal the availability of reinforcement by correlating a unique stimulus with the presence or absence of reinforcement following a targeted response (Saini, Miller, Fisher, 2014). Resurgence was defined as the occurrence of problem behavior at a rate that exceeded levels observed during baseline or the prior multiple-schedule thinning step in at least one of the next 10 sessions (Volkert, Lerman, Call, & Trosclair-Lasserre, 2009). Data were collected from clients of an intensive day treatment program over an eight year period whose treatment for problem behavior included a multiple schedule component. Resurgence was coded after the multiple schedule was introduced and following each subsequent thinning step. Data were collected on a variety of different participant characteristics including: age, topography of problem behavior(s) (e.g., aggression, self-injury, pica), and confirmed function(s) of problem behavior. Implications for thinning the schedule of reinforcement in a multiple schedule will be discussed.

 

Prevalence of Renewal During Generalization of Treatments for Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Rodrick Leary (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

This study used a consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) to examine the prevalence of renewal when treatments for problem behavior were generalized. Renewal is defined as the reemergence of a previously extinguished response when the stimulus context changes (Kelley, Liddon, Ribeiro, & Greif, 2015). For example, when renewal is applied to the treatment of problem behavior, problem behavior is initially observed in the home. Next, treatment is implemented in a different setting and problem behavior decreases or extinguishes. Finally, when treatment is generalized back to the home, problem behavior may reemerge. This treatment relapse effect has significant implications for clinicians generalizing treatments for problem behavior. Data were analyzed from all clients over a six year period who were admitted to a day treatment program for the treatment of problem behavior. Renewal was coded if problem behavior was observed at a rate in the first 10 sessions in the new stimulus context higher than that of the 10 sessions preceding generalization. Data were also collected on participant and treatment characteristics including: topography(s) of problem behavior, identified function(s) of problem behavior and treatment components. Implications for the treatment of problem behavior and generalization are discussed.

 
Assessment and Treatment for Inappropriate Sexual Behavior in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(Applied Research)
CLARE LIDDON (University of North Florida), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Inappropriate sexual behavior is a response class performed within an environment that deems the behavior unacceptable by societal standards (Davis et al., 2015). Inappropriate sexual behavior is problematic because of the potential negative consequences and is commonly exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. However, because of the sensitive nature and ethical challenges in this area, little empirical support exists for behavioral interventions. Therefore, the purpose of the current studies was to evaluate assessment and treatment procedures for inappropriate sexual behavior for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. More specifically, we examined records of functional analysis outcomes and treatment evaluations for inappropriate sexual behavior. Treatment selection and function of inappropriate sexual behavior are discussed. Davis, T. N., Machalicek, W., Scalzo, R., Kobylecky, A., Campbell, V. . . . Sigafoos, J. (2016). A review and treatment selection model for individuals with developmental disabilities who engage in inappropriate sexual behavior. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9, 389-402.
 
Predicting Treatment Effects for Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement: A Quantitative Review
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: Results of recent research suggest that patterns of responding during functional analyses (FAs) of self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement predict the efficacy of reinforcement-based treatment procedures. However, it remains unclear whether this finding holds true for all topographies of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Thus, to replicate and extend these findings, we conducted a quantitative review of published FA and treatment data sets for all topographies of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Data from 142 participants in 83 studies indicated that relative levels of responding during automatic reinforcement test and control conditions of FAs predicted the effects of subsequent interventions based on antecedent (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement, or environmental enrichment) but not consequent (i.e., differential reinforcement, extinction, punishment) or combined (i.e., multi-component) manipulations. These results indicate that control condition responding during FAs of automatically reinforced problem behavior may have prescriptive value. General recommendations for research and practice will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #195
CE Offered: BACB
Training Paraprofessionals to Implement Evidence-Based Interventions
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective training of paraprofessionals is critical in creating behavior change for children with developmental disabilities, yet many paraprofessionals receive limited professional development or support in implementing behavior plans. Therefore, it is necessary to examine the training procedures for paraprofessionals to identify the most efficient, cost-effective approaches to increase a paraprofessional's ability to implement a behavior plan with fidelity. The research included in this symposium addresses a variety of approaches to training, including behavioral skills training and practice-based coaching to increase paraprofessionals' skills in implementing behavior change procedures. These studies note the marked increases in treatment fidelity after training as well as reductions in challenging behavior and increases in adaptive skills in the children the paraprofessionals work with in home, school, and community settings. In sum, these studies outline several evidence-based approaches to training paraprofessionals in executing behavior plans with fidelity. Limitations and future areas of research will also be addressed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): paraprofessionals, treatment fidelity
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working with paraprofessionals

 

Impact of a Teacher-as-Coach Model: Improving Paraprofessionals Fidelity of Implementation of Discrete Trial Training for Students With Moderate-to-Severe Developmental Disabilities

RAIA ROSENBLOOM (University of Kansas), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Alana Schnitz (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Ensuring educational progress for students with moderate-to-severe developmental disabilities requires exposure to well executed evidence-based practices. This necessitates that the special education workforce, including paraprofessionals, be well-trained. Yet evidence regarding effective training mechanisms for paraprofessionals is limited. A multiple baseline design across five teachers was used to evaluate the impact of online instructional modules and a Practice-Based Coaching (PBC) model with teacher-as-coach on their paraprofessionals' fidelity of discrete trial training (DTT). Implementation of the instructional modules yielded little to no change in paraprofessionals' DTT fidelity, however, a clear functional relation between PBC and improvement in paraprofessionals' fidelity of implementation of DTT was demonstrated.

 

Learning Language Through Play: Coaching Paraeducators in the Preschool Classroom

REBECCA FRANTZ (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Tracy Jane Raulston (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Extensive research suggests naturalistic approaches, including Enhanced Milieu Teaching (EMT), improve the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of communication skills among children with developmental disabilities (DD). Limited research has examined professional development for paraeducators, particularly related to communication interventions. The current study uses a randomized, single-case multiple baseline design across participants to address the impact of a training package on paraeducator's use of EMT with a child dyad and subsequent child communication gains. Data is presented for four paraeducators and seven preschool children with DD. A visual analysis of the data is presented, in addition to an interpretation of Tau-U and Hedge's g effect sizes. Results indicate increases in paraeducator's fidelity of implementation of EMT, with large effects. There were increases in child communication, with large effects for prompted communication and small effects for independent communication. Paraeducators were able to generalize their use of strategies across additional students in the preschool classroom. The results of the study have promising implications regarding successful training procedures for paraeducators working with young children with DD. Future research should continue to examine effective, yet more cost-effective training programs for paraeducators.

 

Analysis of a Multilevel Consultation Model to Support Paraprofessionals' Implementation of Behavioral Interventions in Preschool

JAKE MAHON (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Paraprofessionals spend the most time with the neediest students, but receive the least amount of training and support. All target students in the study had developmental disabilities, were between the ages of three and five, and had a history of challenging behavior. Paraprofessionals in the study were recruited because they had the least experience and training administering behavior support plans (BSPs) in their setting. A multi-level consultation model was used to train paraprofessionals to implement individualized BSPs. First, paraprofessionals were trained in a one-on-one setting how to implement the BSPs using behavioral skills training. Next, adherence to the BSP was monitored by independent observers and additional support was delivered contingent on meeting an adherence criterion. Through a cascading logic, data showed that paraprofessionals engaged in immediately and substantively higher levels of BSP adherence following application of the multilevel consultation model, and as a result, students engaged in immediately and substantively lower rates of challenging behavior (d = -1.5 to -4.4), which maintained over time. With minimal training provided to each paraprofessional across the study (M = 151.2 minutes), and dramatic observed changes in challenging behavior, the multilevel consultation model proved highly efficient and effective.

 

Teachers Coach Paraprofessionals to Implement Functional Communication Training in Preschool Classrooms

Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to train teachers to coach paraprofessionals in the use of FCT to treat challenging behavior in young children with disabilities. Our first set of participants included a preschool special education teacher, a paraprofessional, and a child aged five years. We utilized a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three paraprofessionals to examine the effects of practice-based coaching on (a) FCT treatment fidelity of the paraprofessional, and (b) challenging behavior and appropriate communication of the child. We trained teachers in FCT and coaching procedures, after which the teachers trained their paraprofessionals in FCT and provided coaching throughout the intervention phase. Our preliminary results with the first set of participants indicated the paraprofessional was able to implement FCT independently with high fidelity, which led to a decrease in challenging behavior and increase in appropriate communication in the child. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #196
Behavioral Gerontology Applications From Basic to Applied Research in Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University)
Abstract:

The research in behavioral gerontology is a small but important line of behavior-analytic research. A growing aging population with growing prevalence of diagnosed neurocognitive disorder means that this line of research is essential, and will help to identify the role that applied behavior analysis can play in treatment of behaviors associated with neurocognitive disorder. Successful treatment should result in increased quality of life for older adults diagnosed with the disorder. This symposium will include four talks across a range of topics including: Topic 1: Mand training for an older adults with a communication deficit Topic 2: The Effects of Reinforcement and Extinction on Responding by Older Adults with Cognitive Impairment Topic 3: Maintenance of matching-to-sample performance in a woman with neurocognitive disorder Topic 4: Reducing inappropriate spitting in an older adult with vascular dementia

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology, Neurocognitive Disorder
 

The Effects of Reinforcement and Extinction on Responding by Older Adults With Cognitive Impairment

(Basic Research)
JORDAN BAILEY (Western Michigan University), Sandra Garcia (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The effects of extinction have been demonstrated in community dwelling older adults (Plaud, Plaud, & Duvillard, 1999), but to date, the effects of extinction have not been empirically demonstrated for older adults with neurocognitive disorder. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to examine whether withdrawal of a reinforcer from a previously reinforced behavior would result in behavior change for this population. Preferred stimuli (pictures) were identified prior to implementation through use of a preference assessment followed by reinforcer assessment. The effects of the schedules were assessed with a computer program on a tablet PC. Conditions were signaled by the presentation of various shapes along with the buttons. The effects of reinforcement were compared with extinction and/or non-contingent reinforcement schedules. The experimental arrangement consisted of a presentation of two buttons that (a) would activate a preferred picture; (b) produce nothing (in the extinction condition); or (c) produced nothing (but pictures were available on a time-based schedule). These data will be discussed with respect to the implications for both basic and applied research. This study is a replication of a previous study conducted by Baker, Seefeldt, Hathaway, Fairchild, Hood, Beattie, and Ringdahl (2013).

 

Maintenance of Matching-to-Sample Performance in a Woman with Neurocognitive Disorder

(Applied Research)
ANETTE BROGÅRD ANTONSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

In the present study an 89-year old woman with the neurocognitive disorder, Alzheimer disease, participated. The purpose of the experiment was to study stimulus control issues and to study how the relations between stimuli were maintained over time. The participant was presented for different types of sorting tests and matching-to sample (MTS) training and tests for emergent relations. The stimuli used were pictures of her relatives, their names, and their family relation. Furthermore, the participant was presented for two follow-up tests. The first follow-up test nine months later including sorting tests. In the second follow-up, the participant was presented for both MTS training and tests, as in the conditions she was presented for one year earlier. The results from the follow-up tests showed that the percentage of correct sorting of stimuli decreased as a function of time. However, the results from the MTS training were maintained in the second follow-up condition.

 

Reducing Inappropriate Spitting in an Older Adult With Vascular Dementia

(Applied Research)
SANDRA GARCIA (Western Michigan University), Andrea Perez (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In the presence of neurocognitive impairment, older adults often engage in behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD; verbal or physical aggression, wandering). To address these behaviors, researchers have implemented behavioral interventions to reduce BPSD (Baker, Hanley, & Mathew, 2006; Buchanan & Fisher, 2002); however, no study has implemented an intervention to reduce inappropriate spitting. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to reduce the frequency of spitting on the floor during meals. The participant was a 74-year old male diagnosed with vascular dementia and as deaf. Results from an antecedent functional analysis demonstrated a higher rate of spitting per minute when the participant had access to food and drink in the dining room. The effects of the intervention were evaluated using a reversal design. During this presentation, we will discuss the results and the clinical implications of this study.

 

Verbal Behavior Assessment and Intervention for an Older Adult With Neurocognitive Impairment

(Applied Research)
ANDREA PEREZ (Western Michigan University), Sandra Garcia (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Older adults diagnosed with neurocognitive disorder often have difficulties with communication. There is a growing literature base that is applying Skinners analysis of verbal behavior to remediate communication deficits among older adults with neurocognitive disorders. Previously, researchers have evaluated intervention strategies aimed at teaching this population picture-based (Trahan,Donaldson, McNabney, and Kahng, 2014) as well as vocal mands (Oleson & Baker, 2014). The efficacy of such training is likely predicated on identifying an existing repertoire or teaching a new repertoire to engage in the mand response. In the current study, we, sought to teach mands to an older adult with neurocognitive disorder. He was diagnosed as deaf, but had never been taught sign language. Additionally, he was reported to have no communicative responses as a result of a traumatic brain injury. During this presentation, we will discuss and review data on the assessment process that helped identified repertoires that we could then use for mand training. This presentation will also focus on the clinical implications for verbal behavior assessments that can inform interventions for older adults with neurocognitive disorders.

 
 
Symposium #197
On Time: An Exploration of Factors Influencing Temporal Control
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Lewis A. Bizo (University of New England)
Discussant: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Every event occurs in the context of time, but time is more relevant for some events than for others. When events occur regularly at a particular time after a marker event, behavior comes under control by time elapsed since the marker event. Yet even when the correlation between time and events is perfect, control by time is imperfect. This symposium explores factors that influence the strength of temporal control, including the duration to be discriminated, the reinforcers associated with particular times, and the time-based contingency itself. We discuss procedures where time is a discriminative stimulus for when to begin responding, to stop responding, to withhold responding, or to change between different responses, as well as procedures in which time signals the non-contingent occurrence of a reinforcer. We assess similarities between control by time and by other stimuli that are exteroceptive, discretely different, or intermittently present, across a range of subjects including pigeons, rats, and dogs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Adjunctive behavior, Modeling, Stimulus control, Timing
 

A Test of Canine Timing

LEWIS A. BIZO (University of New England), Jessica Cliff (The University of Waikato), Surrey Jackson (The University of Waikato), James McEwan (The University of Waikato)
Abstract:

Domestic dogs completed a temporal bisection procedure that required them to respond to one lever following a short-light-signal duration and to another lever following a longer light-signal duration. The durations of short and long stimuli were varied across four conditions (0.5 2.0 s, 1.0 4.0 s, 2.0 8.0 s and 4.0 16.0 s). Intermediate durations, along with the original training stimuli, were presented during generalization tests. The dogs bisected the intervals near the geometric mean of the short and long stimulus pair. Weber fractions were not constant, instead they were well described by a U-shaped function. These results replicate the findings of Church and Deluty (1977) where the points of subjective equality also close to the geometric mean, as well as Bizo et al. (2006) and Zeiler (1991) who also demonstrated departures from Weber's Law.

 

Numbers Over Time

SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

How do reinforcers affect control by time-based contingencies? Four pigeons worked on a two-key concurrent schedule where the reinforcer ratio reversed once a fixed amount of time had elapsed since the most recent reinforcer. Thus, one response was more likely to produce a reinforcer before the reversal, while the other response was more likely to produce a reinforcer after the reversal. Across conditions, the percentage of reinforcers arranged before the reversal was manipulated from 5 to 95%. The magnitude of the change in choice around the reversal was greater when reinforcers were more equally distributed before and after the reversal, but the speed with which choice changed, and the time at which it reversed, was much less affected by the reinforcers. Thus, numbers of reinforcers appeared to influence discrimination of the contingency before and after the change, rather than the time of the reversal.These findings are not consistent with theories that assume that reinforcers alter discrimination of time itself, but can be understood in terms of discrimination of the relation between responses and reinforcers in time and space.

 

Potential Roles of Adjunctive Behavior in Temporal Regulation

RICARDO PELLON (Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia), Gabriela López-Tolsa (Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia)
Abstract:

Organisms exposed to intermittent reinforcement schedules display behaviors that consistently occur throughout the inter-reinforcement intervals, even when no overt contingency has been arranged between those behaviors (adjunctive) and reinforcer occurrence. The most studied example of adjunctive behavior is schedule-induced drinking, characterized by an elevated licking to a waterspout when food is intermittently delivered. Under different experimental protocols we have been examining if adjunctive drinking serves time estimation, by means of performance under fixed interval schedules and peak probes, the bi-peak or bisection procedures. Results are generally consistent with a role of chaining of adjunctive behavior that serves organization of behavior in time rather than actual time estimation. A further role of adjunctive behavior that needs to receive some consideration is the subjective shortening of the pass of time while awaiting for the reinforcer.

 

On the Sensitivity of Two Time-Based Response-Withholding Tasks to Non-Timing Variables

CARTER DANIELS (Arizona State University), McAllister Stephens (Arizona State University), Jason Newbern (Arizona State University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

In two experiments, male and female C57 mice were trained to withhold a response for either 3 or 6 s under a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) schedule of reinforcement, or under a fixed minimum interval (FMI) schedule. In DRL, reinforcement (sucrose pellet in Experiment 1; diluted sweetened condensed milk in Experiment 2) was contingent on the interval between two consecutive lever presses (LP mice) or two consecutive nose-pokes (NP mice). In FMI, reinforcement was contingent on similar intervals, but terminated with a head entry into the feeder. In DRL, but not in FMI, performance varied between LP and NP mice, between levels of deprivation, and between types of reinforcers. These results are consistent with previous data from rats, suggesting that FMI provides measures of response-inhibition capacity and timing that are more robust to motivational and sensorimotor variables than DRL. We suggest these difference between FMI and DRL are likely due to the differential discriminability and function of responses between DRL and FMI.

 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Applying Behavior-Analytic Instructional Strategies in Higher Education Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Higher education is an excellent setting for the application of behavioral technologies. This symposium will include four data-based presentations on behavior-analytic procedures with college students. Two presentations will focus on improving student performance in college classrooms, and two presentations will focus on teaching interviewing and public speaking skills. In the first presentation, Cynthia Nava will present an evaluation of concept programming using student-generated exemplars in a behavior analysis course. Next, Dr. Megan Heinicke will present a comparison of two types of response card systems in an upper-division psychology course. In the third presentation, Vinthia Wirantana will present an evaluation of behavioral skills training to train career resource center staff to use behavioral skills training to teach job interview skills. In the final presentation, Christina Montes will present an evaluation of awareness training to decrease speech disfluencies during public speaking. The symposium will conclude with a discussion by Dr. Jennifer Austin.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): career preparation, college students, higher education, teaching
Target Audience:

Researchers, teachers, and resource providers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: (1) describe how concept programming is used to teach advanced behavior analytic topics, (2) identify effective and preferred methods of active responding in a college classroom, (3) apply a behavior skills training approach to train others on the application of behavior skills training, and (4) identify the effective components of habit reversal.
 

Evaluating the Effect of Peer-Generated, Multi-Media Examples of the Behavioral Principles in an Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis Undergraduate Course

Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), CYNTHIA NAVA (California State University, Northridge), Sandy Jin (California State University, Northridge), Priya Kumar (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Many of today's leading scholars and practitioners of behavior analysis were once undergraduate students learning the foundational concepts for the first time in a college classroom. Few studies exist on instructional strategies to improve the acquisition of behavioral concepts (e.g., positive reinforcement) in college students. Those that do exist (e.g., Miller & Weaver, 1976) were conducted before web-based technologies became a staple of college life. Our study extends existing research by systematically evaluating the effects of "concept programming" using multi-media examples of the behavioral principles generated by graduate students. First, we assigned graduate students to create examples (pictures/videos, captions, and descriptions) of the behavioral principles in their everyday lives. Next, we curated an online bank of these multi-media examples corresponding to four topics (respondent conditioning, reinforcement, antecedent control, extinction and punishment) taught in an undergraduate behavior analysis course. We used a multiple probe and between-group design to evaluate the effects of access alone and access with probes for critical thinking on concept formation. We also assessed student preference for multi-media, peer-generated examples compared to traditional textbook examples. Results of the study will be discussed in the context of instructional design, student preference, and culturally responsive practices in higher education.

 
A Comparison of Preprinted and Write-On Response Cards in a College Classroom
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Sharon Furtak (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: This study compared the benefits of preprinted vs. write-on response cards in an upper-division psychology course using an alternating treatments design blocked by exam schedule. We compared the effects of each response card type with a standard lecture control condition on students’ exam performance on both multiple-choice and fill-in-the-blank items, learning gains (i.e., number of questions answered incorrectly in class then correctly on exams), retention gains (i.e., number of learning gains maintained on a post-test), retention scores, in-class participation, and attendance. We also measured students’ self-report of preference for response cards using a satisfaction survey. We found significantly higher learning gains and retention scores for write-on over preprinted response cards. Students’ satisfaction scores were also significantly higher for the write-on response cards over the preprinted. However, we did not find significant differences in attendance or in-class participation. Overall, our results support that write-on response cards may be a preferred strategy to improve students’ exam performance. Recommendations for assessment in higher education and future research are discussed.
 

Using Behavioral Skills Trainingto Train Career Resource Center Staff to Use BST to Teach Job Interview Skills to College Students

COREY S. STOCCO (University of the Pacific), Vinthia Wiryananda Wirantana (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) has been shown to improve job interview skills of college students (Hollandsworth, Glazeski, & Dressel, 1978; Stocco, Thompson, Hart, & Soriano, 2017). Students can receive interview training through college Career Resource Centers (CRCs), but it is unclear if CRCs use BST. Subsequently, if BST is not used, it is unknown whether BST produces better outcomes than a typical CRC training or whether professionals in those settings would embrace the use of BST. To address these gaps in the literature, we taught CRC staff to use BST when teaching college students to answer interview questions; we measured the number of BST steps used in comparison to a baseline that consisted of typical CRC training. In addition, we measured the percent of appropriate answers provided by college students during simulated interviews conducted after typical CRC training and BST. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across three staff-student dyads to evaluate the effects. Results thus far show that CRC staff use some, but not all, BST steps during typical training. So far, after receiving training on BST, staff increased the use of BST steps, and we have observed collateral improvement in student performance during simulated interviews. However, data collection is only complete for one of the three dyads. Following the completion of all dyads, we will collect staff and student data on the social validity of procedures and outcomes.

 

Using Awareness Training to Reduce College Students' Speech Disfluencies in Public Speaking: A Replication and Extension

CRISTINA MONTES (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle Geierman (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Past behavior-analytic research has focused on reducing speech disfluencies, such as "um" or "like," via punishment procedures. More recently, Mancuso and Miltenberger (2016) found habit reversal was effective in decreasing speech disfluencies. However, habit reversal can be a lengthy intervention package and the specific components responsible for behavior change are often unknown. Spieler and Miltenberger (2017) also evaluated awareness training, one component of habit reversal, as a stand-alone treatment and found the procedure was only effective with additional booster sessions. We systematically replicated these prior investigations by evaluating awareness training as a sole intervention with more stringent mastery criterion with four college students. We also measured collateral effects of treatment on participants'use of additional, untargeted filler word topographies and rate of speech. We found awareness training was effective for all participants without the use of booster sessions, and covariation between targeted filler words and secondary dependent variables was idiosyncratic across participants.

 
 
Symposium #199
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
The RBT "Bottom Line:" Recruitment, Training, and Retention
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emaley Bladh McCulloch (Relias Learning)
Discussant: Amy D. Smith Wiech (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii)
CE Instructor: Amy D. Smith Wiech, M.Ed.
Abstract:

As demand grows for behavior analytic services so do requirements and standards from various stakeholders. Attracting, onboarding and retaining front-line staff is becoming increasingly complex. Given all of the relevant standards and expectations BCBAs/BCaBAs are expected to be familiar with (both within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's [BACB's] scope and those of external groups), service provider organizations are uniquely positioned to provide support to their own team members. This group of professionals in Behavior Analysis, business and Human resources will review the successful implementation of recruiting, onboarding and credentialing Registered Behavior Technicians.

Target Audience:

Behavior Analyst that oversees training and onboarding processes

 
Preparing Board Certified Behavior Analysts for the Registered Behavior Technician Credential
(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE BATES (Autism Home Support Services)
Abstract: Ensuring Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs) are prepared for the introduction of the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) credential is of utmost importance as various stakeholders are increasingly expecting to see this credential through the course of service provision. Given all of the relevant standards and expectations BCBAs/BCaBAs are expected to be familiar with (both within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s [BACB’s] scope and those of external groups), service provider organizations are uniquely positioned to provide supports to their own team members. Through our own practice, we analyzed the effects of a training strategy to address the following 3 topics: 1) BCBAs/BCaBAs understanding of the RBT credential and the impact it can have on their field, 2) the overall expectations for team members obtaining and maintaining their RBT credential, and 3) consistent implementation of the competency assessment. The target dependent variable assessed was interobserver agreement data between BCBAs’ scoring of the competency assessment items based on the modality of training their received. The results showed that video-based training was equally as effective as and more efficient than live training.
 
Training Front Line Staff to Become Registered Behavior Technicians
(Service Delivery)
CELESTE PLAUTZ (Autism Home Support Services)
Abstract: Front line staff are the crux of nearly all applied behavior analysis service providers, as they are the ones actually providing the day-to-day therapy. With the advent of the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) credential, the field has added an additional layer of protection for the clients by working to standardize the training and supervision requirements for these staff. In doing so; however, service providers are having to adjust their training programs to align to these requirements, which can be cumbersome if they did not already have a robust training program. We’ve evaluated our own training program to assess the impacts of the timing of training and experience on overall team member success with this credentialing process. We looked at time to complete the credentialing process, number of contacts with a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA), and time to complete the competency assessment specifically, and found no statistical differences based on team member experience. Funding: No funding was received for this project
 
The Impact of Training Methods and Modalities in RBT Exam Pass Rate and Job Readiness
(Service Delivery)
EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Relias)
Abstract: There is a 40-hour training requirement for staff to be credentialed as a Registered Behavior Technician (RBT). The Board Analyst Certification Board (BACB) leaves the modality and training methods of that 40 hr training requirement to the discretion of the Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) trainers and supervisors. There are many options of how to structure the 40-hour training requirement. What modalities are preparing staff to pass the RBT Exam and to apply their new skills on the job? Results of a survey of RBTs that completed blended learning (part online and part face-to-face) will be presented and discussed.
 

Pay Attention to Retention:Five Tips for Retaining Your Talent

(Service Delivery)
Alexis Dreyer (Love 2 Learn Consulting), RENEE KEISMAN (Love 2 Learn)
Abstract:

Hiring and retaining talent is critical to the success of every organization. We have all heard the phrase "The War on Finding Talent" but we are fighting an even bigger war within our organizations in trying to keep our talent. When an employee becomes disengaged, they are less productive and start to look elsewhere for job satisfaction. Although turnover is inevitable, there are preventative strategies we can implement to reduce "agency hopping" and increase our employee tenure. Do you know which of your employees are engaged and committed to your organization? Do you have a plan for those who are not? It's more efficient to retain a quality employee than recruit, train, and orient a replacement. We will identify key drivers of employee engagement, retention and performance and develop a loyal and committed workforce. This presentation will give you 5 strategies you can implement immediately to increase engagement, decrease turnover, and maximize your contributions positively to your bottom-line.

 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: BACB
Research and Application of Behavior Analytic Principles and Brain Injury
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Mozzoni Associates LLC)
CE Instructor: Chris M. Schaub, M.Ed.
Abstract:

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention an estimated 2.5 million people nationwide sustain a brain injury each year, with myriad implications and complications for the individual, their family and the rehabilitation community. As the incidence of brain injury is increasing so too is the need for effective assessment and treatment, as well as public awareness and education. This symposium will feature four presentations from the experimental and applied realms of behavior analysis intended to address these needs. In the first study, findings from a replication and extension of a previous inquiry into the functional independence of verbal operants will be presented. The second paper will describe function-based interventions for two individuals that reduced "exiting" behavior and increased participation, respectively. In the third paper a differential reinforcement procedure to address agitated and aggressive behavior maintained by negative reinforcement will be presented, including video. In the final presentation, three cases will be reviewed where token economy-based interventions were utilized to reduce challenging behaviors maintained by positive and negative reinforcement. Discussion of the utility and implications of these papers will be presented as a demonstration of the effectiveness of behavior analysis for treatment of individuals with traumatic brain injuries.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, rehabilitation, token economy, verbal operants
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium includes practitioners in the rehabilitation fields, individuals working with survivors of TBI, as well as those interested in translational research.

 
The Rehabilitation of Verbal Operants Following Acquired Brain Injury
DANI LEIGH BUCKLEY (California State University, Sacramento), Kimberly Magat (CSUS), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Verbal deficits are major concerns for individuals following a traumatic brain injury (TBI). However, behavior-analytic research on language training in neurorehabilitation settings is extremely limited. The purpose of this study was to extend the work of Sundberg and colleagues (1990) in which the authors evaluated functional independence of verbal operants in adults following TBI by assessing which verbal operant (i.e., tact, mand, or intraverbal) would be acquired first and whether direct training of one operant would lead to transfer of untrained verbal operants. We are using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across behaviors to assess acquisition rates of each verbal operant, while conducting generalization probes for others not being directly trained. Thus far, one participant with severe TBI has completed the study, and three participants with moderate to severe TBI are currently in the data collection phase. Our first participant acquired all verbal operants, and we observed the greatest amount of transfer of function in the mand condition. Following the completion of all participants, we will compare rates of acquisition for each verbal operant as well as functional independence across participants.
 
Catastrophic Impact of Brain Injury on Behavior and Community Reintegration: A Case Review
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills), Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: Unique behavior challenges can complicate recovery from traumatic brain injury. This case study review will focus on a 49-year-old male who was involved in a motor vehicle accident. Significant impairments were observed following his injury, including deficits and excesses in physical, cognitive, and neurobehavioral domains. Neurobehavioral complications included verbally declining to participate, yelling, pushing, and swatting at others during activities of daily living with episodes lasting three to four minutes in duration. These incidents occurred in the home and community settings. Upon admission to a neurorehabilitation program, problematic behaviors persisted during therapies and transitions with a hypothesized function of escape. Use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, reduced demand, hand-over-hand guidance, and a low-stimulating environment facilitated improvements with therapy participation and yelling. Data from baseline to current time, including a one-day reversal, will be reviewed and discussed, as will limitations. Video evidence will assist in the review.
 

Planning Your Escape: Environmental Approaches to Behavior Change

ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills), Randy Spence (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract:

Disruptive behavior including attempts to escape challenges and access tangibles are frequently seen after traumatic brain injuries (TBI). The first case study will be presented on a 60-year-old male who was involved in a motor vehicle accident (MVA) who suffered a TBI. Problematic behaviors such as nonparticipation, confabulations, elopement, and posing a high safety risk warranted functioned-based treatment. An "Early Departure" program was implemented to address exiting and refusals baseline levels of (e.g., 13% exiting and 50% refusals across twelve weeks) to 0% exiting and 25% refusals at discharge. The second case study will be presented on a 38-year-old-female with an acquired brain injury secondary to anoxia. Problematic behaviors included kicking, hitting, biting, nonparticipation, and major sleep-wake disturbances. Implementation of rapport building, planned ignoring, hand-over-hand and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors resulted in observed participation levels at 100% from 0% at baseline. Additional improvements and positive outcomes will also be discussed. Data and graphical analyses will be presented, along with limitations.

 

Utilizing and Adapting Token Economies to Address Challenging Neurobehavioral Sequelae for Adults With Traumatic Brain Injury

CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), Jennifer S. Croner (ReMed)
Abstract:

Token economies, through establishing and utilizing conditioned and generalized reinforcers provide a highly effective conceptual and procedural framework in which behavior analysts can work to manipulate types and schedules of reinforcement to produce behavior change. A well constructed token economy can meet essential immediacy requirements to promote the acquisition of behavior as well as allow for the systematic adjustment of types and schedules of reinforcement to strengthen and maintain behavior over time. These properties are especially well suited to addressing challenging behavior in the adult brain injury population. In brain injury rehabilitation, the behavior change process is often complicated by organic deficits such as frontal lobe impairment, memory impairment, anosognosia, etc. The utilization of token economies in working with adult survivors of brain injury with neurobehavioral complications will be discussed, and data will be presented for three adult subjects that demonstrate the efficacy of token economies in implementing differential reinforcement of other and alternative behavior procedures to reduce key target behaviors, including at risk mobility, sexually intrusive behaviors, aggression, etc. Each case will illustrate individualized interventions as well as rehabilitation goals.

 
 
Invited Panel #201
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Is Evolution Science the Umbrella? Creating an Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting, and Influencing Human Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
CE Instructor: Michael J. Dougher, Ph.D.
Panelists: YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University), ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), DAVID SLOAN WILSON (Binghamton University)
Abstract:

Since before Skinner’s “Selection by consequences,” behavior analysts have acknowledged the natural alliance among the sciences that commonly rely on selection as a fundamental cause and sufficient explanation of behavior. In that vein, several behavior analysts have explicitly called for a closer integration of evolution and behavior science, and some have incorporated evolutionary principles in proposed expansions and modifications of behavior theory. However, it is only recently that a fully integrated, data-driven, evolution-based science of behavior has emerged with both conceptual and empirical implications for behavior scientists. A fundamental assumption of this approach is the reciprocal influence of evolution on behavioral processes at multiple levels of analysis, individual, symbolic and cultural. The participants in this panel are the principal architects of this integration, and each will discuss their specific conceptual and empirical contributions. A panel discussion format was selected specifically to allow audience participation in the discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: PENDING
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Dr. Barnes-Holmes is a professor in the department of Experimental Clinical and Health Psychology at Ghent University. Her interests include relational frame theory, contextual behavior science, and acceptance and commitment therapy.
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute. He is the author of The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve our Lives and Our World. Dr. Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure. In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he is helping to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon. Information about Dr. Biglan’s publications can be found at http://www.ori.org/scientists/anthony_biglan.
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Dr. Hayes received his Ph.D. from West Virginia University and currently serves as professor in the behavior analysis program in the Department of Psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno. Dr. Hayes has a record of voluminous research and substantial impact, within behavior analysis and beyond, with 43 books and more than 600 publications. He is one of only three behavior analysts in the world with an h-index above 100 in Google Scholar (www.webometrics.info/en/node/58). He is the principal developer of relational frame theory and acceptance and commitment therapy, highly influential behavior analytic approaches to language and cognition, and evidence-based intervention, respectively, that have generated considerable research and achieved widespread adoption. Dr. Hayes’s contributions to teaching and service have also been exemplary. He served as department chair at UNR, and with Linda Hayes launched the behavior analysis program there. Dr. Hayes has held many influential service (e.g., president of Division 25, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science [ACBS], and the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies [ABCT]) and editorial (e.g., AE of JABA) positions, and has received numerous awards for his work (e.g., the SABA Awards for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis and the Impact of Science on Application, the APA Don Hake Award, and the Lifetime Achievement Award from ABCT). His contributions span philosophical, methodological, basic, and applied domains with remarkable breadth and depth.
DAVID SLOAN WILSON (Binghamton University)
David Sloan Wilson is SUNY Distinguished Professor of Biology and Anthropology at Binghamton University and President of the Evolution Institute, a nonprofit organization that formulates public policy from an evolutionary perspective. He has made foundational contributions to evolutionary theory and is widely credited for helping to revive Multilevel Selection Theory, which explains how adaptations can evolve (or fail to evolve) at any level of a multi-tier hierarchy of biological or human social units. He has also been influential in expanding the study of evolution beyond the biological sciences to include all aspects of humanity, both inside and outside the Ivory Tower. His books include Darwin's Cathedral: Evolution, Religion, and the Nature of Society (2002), Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin's Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives (2007), The Neighborhood Project: Using Evolution to Improve my City, One Block at a Time (2011), and Does Altruism Exist? Culture, Genes, and the Welfare of Others (2015). His next book, titled This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution and Evolving the Future, will be published in 2019.
 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
In Search of Effective Training Models for Staff and Caregivers: Utilizing Evidence-Based Practice to Improve Client Outcomes
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Patricia I. Wright (Rethink Autism)
CE Instructor: Patricia I. Wright, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Training direct service providers to implement programming with fidelity is integral to the success of any program within the field of behavior analysis. In addition, we recognize the caregivers? key role in ensuring consistency in the daily life of clients outside the direct service provision environment. With an understanding that both of these roles are equally important to the overall success of programming from acquisition to maintenance, the authors in this symposium seek to improve training modalities for both parties through evidence-based, behavior analytic procedures. These studies employ both single-subject and group designs to answer empirical questions about the most effective ways to ensure direct service providers and caregivers alike, are equipped with the knowledge and tools they need to facilitate the most optimal outcome for each client.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavior Technician, Parent Training, Staff Training, Telehealth
Target Audience:

The content of this symposium is appropriate for all levels of training and certification.

Learning Objectives: Identify effective and evidence-based training modalities for direct service staff and caregivers. Develop staff training programs that are efficient and effective. Develop behavior analytic parent training programs/goals. Discuss the need for more research on effective, evidence-based training for both direct service staff and caregivers.
 

Comparative Analysis of Performance Outcomes Between Active Student Responding and Didactic Online Training Modules for Registered Behavior Technicians Using a Modified Solomon Four-Group Design

LAUREN LESA LANIER (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education; Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Janet A. Schaefer (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

In behavior analytic practice, it is imperative that consumers receive programming as quickly as possible to ensure maximum effects (Reichow, Barton, Boyd, & Hume, 2012). In addition, it is vital that the individual delivering these services are adequately trained. The purpose of this study is to compare two CBI methods, one didactic and one active responding, to evaluate the effectiveness of knowledge acquisition in individuals seeking the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) certification. Participants included eight individuals seeking certification for the purposes of either working in a home-based agency delivering applied behavior analysis (ABA) programming to individuals on the autism spectrum, or for application in a public school district classroom. The authors randomly assigned participants to one of four groups, which included training in either a didactic model or an active student responding (ASR) model, utilizing a modified Solomon four-group design.

 

Increasing Positive Feedback in School Staff through a Five-Hour Training

KAREN E. HANS (The University of Kent), Glynis Murphy (Tizard Centre)
Abstract:

There is a large body of research indicating that when positive behaviour support is implemented within schools, there are decreases in school discipline referrals and challenging behaviour Carr et al., 1999; Dunlap & Carr, 1997, Gore et al., 2013; LaVigna, Christian, & Willis, 2005). There are only two studies that have used school wide positive behaviour support in a school where the majority of students have been diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. This study implemented positive behavior support school wide for a school with the majority of students diagnosed with an intellectual disability using validated measures and direct observations with both school staff and students. Results indicated increases in positive feedback to students were achievable after five hours of training in positive behaviour support. Additionally, student incidents were lower for five of the six students observed in this study. Individual data, limitations, barriers, and future directions will also be discussed.

 

Fidelity and Outcome Measures From a Parent-Mediated Social-Communication Intervention for Toddlers With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JAMIE HUGHES-LIKA (Summit Autism Services), Julie Beadle-Brown (Tizard Centre, University of Kent)
Abstract:

As more children are being diagnosed with ASD prior to the age of three, early intervention is recommended and considered best practice. While the nature of parent involvement can vary across approaches, it is essential that parents learn strategies to implement at home during everyday activities (CDC, 2017). This paper will examine the feasibility of implementing a parent-mediated naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention for young children with ASD, in the home setting. The researcher developed a 12-week intervention program, and used Behavior Skills Training (BST) to train parents to fidelity, on the six motivational procedures of Pivotal Response Training (PRT) during everyday routines. A multiple baseline design was used across nine parent-child dyads. Results of the study show that in addition to parents achieving fidelity with the intervention procedures, there were also improvements in social communication behaviors, and a decrease in challenging behaviors for all child participants. Additionally, parents reported lower levels of stress and were overall satisfied with the intervention.

 

Fidelity of Behavior Technician Performance Following Training via Telehealth

BRITTNEY FARLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Telehealth includes various forms of technology that can be used in the behavior field to train, supervise and consult. Current research supports the use of telehealth in consultation, parent training, and behavior technician training, however fidelity of performance is a common limitation across studies (Fisher et al., 2014; Suess et al., 2014; Wacker et al., 2013). The present study utilized a delayed multiple baseline design across three participants to measure the fidelity of behavior technician performance following telehealth training. Pre-test and baseline probes were used prior to training to assess participant's initial knowledge of Precision Teaching. Following telehealth training, a series of three competency assessments were administered to probe participants post knowledge, along with a generalization and maintenance probe that included role-playing. Results indicate that prior to telehealth training participant's performance was 40% correct or below and following telehealth training participant's performance was at 85% correct or above for competency. Participant performance was maintained during maintenance and generalization phases with scores between 80% and 100% correct.

 
 
Panel #203
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Working With Caregivers: Challenges and Triumphs
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D.
Chair: Laurie Tarter (Encompass Behavioral Health/Sunny Days of California)
JANET VASQUEZ (World Evolve Therapy)
KIMBERLY D WOOLERY (World Evolve Inc.; Sunny Days, Inc.)
KARELIX ALICEA (Lotus Behavioral Interventions)
Abstract:

Chair: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D., BCBA Presenters: Karelix Alicea, M.S., BCBA, Janet Vasquez, M.S., BCBA, Kimberly Woolery, M.S., BCBA Behavior analytic service delivery not only involves the participation of the client, but their parents and caregivers as well. There are several factors that impact the outcome of Applied Behavior Analysis services for clients. Some factors include various parenting styles, the level of buy-in, and the caregivers' willingness and availability to participate in Applied Behavior Analysis sessions. The panel will discuss the paramount role of parents and other caregivers within the Applied Behavior Analysis service delivery system from several different perspectives, including business policies, ethical considerations, method of service delivery (i.e., in-vivo vs. telehealth) and also incorporating the family systems perspective. Each panel member will address and present on a particular area of expertise, all while sharing personal stories and insights on their challenges and triumphs in working with caregivers in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience are those who supervise ABA programs for clients with caretakers or parents. It will also target those who might run an ABA agency from a business standpoint.

Learning Objectives: N/A
Keyword(s): ABA services, Caregiver, Parents
 
 
Panel #204
Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Virtual Reality
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andres Chavez (BehaviorMe, Inc.)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
T. V. JOE LAYNG (ChangePartner, Inc.)
ABBY LEWIS (Columbia Teachers College)
Abstract:

According to Gartner research, 5.5 million new devices will connect every day this year and contribute to the Internet of Things (IoT). An estimated 6.4 billion IoT devices were expected to be used globally in 2016 alone. With forecast estimates of up to 20.8 billion IoT devices by 2020, analytics and data science professionals will need new and improved tools to explore and make sense of these massive datasets. Similarly, Goldman Sachs reports that VR software development for healthcare alone is set to reach revenues of approximately $5.1 billion by 2025 and market adaptability set to begin at the enterprise level. Two areas that will be of importance to the world, and arguably the future of behavior analysis, are artificial intelligence and machine learning. Behavioral Science can contribute immensely towards these areas given our reliance on a coherent and systematic approach to philosophy, theory, experimental analysis, and practical applications to real-world issues. This panel seeks to address the potential avenues to pursue this future. The presenters will discuss their personal views and promising avenues for pursuit. Following will be an open discussion with attendees on inviting other perspectives and future directions and implications for the scientist-practitioner.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Technology, Virtual Reality
 
 
Symposium #205
CE Offered: BACB
Fluency Based Instruction in University Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas)
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Precision Teaching and fluency-based instruction provide valuable behavioral engineering to produce effective student learning. University instructors may find it difficult to incorporate some aspects of fluency-based instruction in their courses due to various administrative behavior-environment contingencies that are imposed on them that are not present in other educational settings. Some of these contingency arrangements can include the number of days per week that classes meet, students who have learning histories associated with accuracy-only assessment measures, and the time associated with trying to make chart-based decisions for each individual student. This symposium address curricular design considerations that may make it easier to include Precision Teaching and fluency-based instructional in higher education courses. The first presentation examines procedural implementations of SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled; fluency cards). The second presentation covers an adaptation of SAFMEDS using a see-type learning channel (TAFMEDS), a fluency-based extension going beyond a see-say learning channel. Both sets of researchers comment on the curricular considerations as evaluated through standard behavior measures of student success.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): college teaching, fluency-based instruction, Precision Teaching, SAFMEDS
Target Audience:

university faculty and course instructors

 

An Evaluation of Practice Opportunities and Frequency of Checkouts on Undergraduate Students' SAFMEDS Performance Frequencies

TOMAS URBINA (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Research into the fluency-building tactics named SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled) has implications for instruction at all academic levels. Several researchers have studied the effects of SAFMEDS in undergraduate courses; however, not all of the salient variables, or their relationships, have been fully analyzed. In the current investigation, experimenters collected behavioral data across four semesters of undergraduate introductory behavior analysis courses. The effects of two procedural manipulations were evaluated in relation to undergraduate students' performance frequencies (N = 305) on weekly checkouts with two to four decks of see term/say definition SAFMEDS. One procedural manipulation explored the differences in performance frequencies when students practiced four times a week (summer semesters) as compared to two times a week (fall semesters). The other procedural manipulation analyzed the comparative effects of two or four cumulative stability checkouts per semester. Results suggested that students' performance frequencies improve as a function of repeated practice regardless of the frequency of cumulative stability checks. The results are discussed in the context of fluency-building strategies that support undergraduate student performance, and the pragmatic considerations course instructors might consider when adopting fluency-building tactics in the college classroom.

 

Promoting Fluency With Behavior Analytic Terminology in an Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Class Using SAFMEDS

ELIZABETH LOVITZ (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Precision Teaching and fluency-based instruction are have been used effectively in many educational settings. University settings present some challenges compared to K-12 settings: most classes do not meet daily, yet daily practice has been asserted to be an important component for producing fluency. Instructors often incorporate SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled) flashcards in their courses but instructors are unable to monitor students' practice outside of class sessions. An alternative to the see-say learning channel of SAFMEDS may be the see-type learning channel in the less explored TAFMEDS (Type All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled). We arranged a point contingency on daily, timed-practice of TAFMEDS with undergraduate students enrolled in an introductory behavior analysis course. Behavior analytic terms were divided into four sets of 18 terms. Students' performance frequencies were assessed daily. Daily practice culminated in four checkouts in which students engaged in activities related to the TAFMEDS regarding their endurance, application, stability and performance in different learning channels. Results showed that daily practice correlated with higher daily performance frequencies. The findings are discussed in terms how to incorporate fluency-based instruction in university settings and how TAFMEDS practice might better prepare students for more traditional university-based assessments.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #206
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

On the Search for Verbal Mediation in Delayed-Matching-To-Sample Arrangements and Emergent Relations

Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Dr. Erik Arntzen received his Ph.D. from University of Oslo, Norway, in February 2000. Arntzen's dissertation focused on variables that influenced responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. He also holds a degree in clinical psychology. He is currently a full-time professor in behavior analysis at Oslo and Akershus University College (OAUC). His research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on research in relational stimulus control and verbal behavior. Lately, he has started research projects with a focus on (1) remembering functions in patients with dementia and (2) conditional discrimination of melanoma detection. He has also been interested in ethical considerations and core values in the field of behavior analysis. Furthermore, he has ongoing research projects within the areas of gambling behavior and consumer behavior. He also runs a behavior analysis lab at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen has published papers in a number of different journals including Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), The Psychological Record, Behavioral Interventions, European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA), Experimental of Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, Analysis of Gambling Behavior, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease and Other Dementias, and Psychopharmacology. Dr. Arntzen has served as the president and past-president of the European ABA (2008–2014). Dr. Arntzen has been a member of the board of the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis from 1987–1993 and from 2006 to present, holds the position as the secretary of international affairs. Dr. Arntzen is a trustee of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has presented papers at conferences worldwide. Dr. Arntzen has been recognized with awards, including the SABA award for the dissemination of behavior analysis, ABAI award for outstanding mentoring, the research award at Akershus University College, and publication award at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen is one of the founders and the editor of European Journal of Behavior Analysis. He has also served as the editor of Behavior & Philosophy. He has served on the editorials board of several journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Psychological Record, International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, The Behavior Analyst, and The Behavior Analyst Today.
Abstract:

The presentation will tell a research story about the search for verbal mediation in delayed matching-to-sample arrangements and emergent relations. By telling the story, a series of experiments will be presented. Terms as simultaneous and delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) and emergent relations will be discussed. Research using DMTS procedures has shown that equivalence class formation has increased as a function of increasing delays between sample and comparison. For example, a 9-s delay enhanced equivalence class formation more than a 0-s delay. So, the question "why" has been asked. Thus, in research on DMTS, it has been argued that the naming the stimuli in the delay might bridge the gap between the sample offset and the comparison presentation. Therefore, we have tried to influence the matching performance by introducing a variety of distracting tasks in the delay between the sample offset and the comparison onset. The main findings from such experiments have shown how the tasks presented in the delay influenced the responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. Finally, experiments employing "silent dog" and talk-aloud procedures have accumulated valuable information of what participants are talking about in the presence of the sample, in the delay, and when the comparisons are presented.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss different matching-to-sample procedures; (2) discuss emergent relations as stimulus equivalence; (3) define silent-dog method; (4) define talk-aloud procedures.
 
 
Symposium #207
Innovations in Parent Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Reaching New Populations and Skills
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Rachel Seaman (Emory University)
Abstract:

A large and growing body of literature is available on effective interventions to address the core deficits of autism spectrum disorder and related comorbidities (i.e., challenging behavior). For young children with autism, however, it becomes important to target these behaviors through the training of natural change agents like parents to implement these supports. Parent training on strategies to improve social communication and decrease challenging behavior is of particular interest to increase overall family quality of life. This symposium will present a series of studies using innovative methodologies to train parents on core deficits and co-morbidities of autism spectrum disorder, including parents who may typically be at risk of missing out on critical services. This symposium will include results of a study that trained parents to complete brief functional analyses to better understand challenging behavior taking place at home, a parent training on increasing parent child interactions for Hispanic parents of children with autism, a home-based parent training for early social communication skills for young children with autism, and a parent training delivered via telehealth for families in rural settings. Implications for overcoming barriers to parent training and tailoring parent training practices to unique populations will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, parent training, social communication, Telehealth
 

Parent-Implemented Brief Functional Analysis in the Home

STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Gabriela Juanita Rivera (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Children often engage in different patterns of challenging behavior with their parents as compared to professionals. For this reason, it is important to include parents in the assessment of challenging behavior if the intended intervention agent is the parent. The purpose of the present study was to assess the accuracy and feasibility of a parent-implemented brief functional analysis in the home setting. A parent-implemented brief functional analysis, using a brief reversal design, was implemented with each participant. Following the functional analysis, the experimenters conducted a treatment evaluation utilizing an alternating treatment design. The conditions in the alternating treatment design were functional communication training and baseline. Results from the first participant indicate that the brief functional analysis led to the development of an effective function-based intervention. In addition, the brief functional analysis required fewer than 90 minutes and the parent rated the brief functional analysis as socially valid. Data collection is ongoing and we plan to conduct the procedures with at least two more parent-child dyads, for a total of three parent-child dyads. We anticipate that data collection will be complete in February 2018.

 

Initial Results From a Brief Telehealth Parent Training Package: Feasibility of the Program, Impact on Parent Knowledge, and Reported Parent Stressors

LESLIE NEELY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Amarie Carnett (University of North Texas), Chelsea Hardt (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The field of telehealth has emerged as a potential means of disseminating applied behavior analytic services to rural communities and underserved areas. The purpose of this project was to provide parent-directed treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder with supervision and training provided by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst—Doctoral Level via telehealth. The two-year project aims to train 550 parents of children with autism in ABA techniques to address a priority problem for their family. The project is now in the second year and initial data collected regarding the feasibility and usability of the program, program impacts on parent knowledge of targeted skill, and reported parental stressors will be presented. Preliminary results indicate statistically significant change in parent knowledge of targeted skills following training (p < .001). There were also significant correlations between moderators like education level and family size with both pre-test and post-test scores (p < 0.05). Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 

Teaching Hispanic Parents of Children With Autism to Deliver a Responsive Interaction Communication Intervention

RUSSELL LANG (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University), Caitlin Murphy (Texas State University)
Abstract:

Parental involvement in early behavioral intervention for children with autism has been shown to improve outcomes; however, there is limited research involving Hispanic parents. We taught six Hispanic mothers to provide a child-directed naturalistic behavioral intervention package that emphasized responsive interaction with their young children with autism. A concurrent multiple baseline across parent-child dyads and standardized measures of child language outcomes were used to evaluate parents' treatment fidelity and children's response to intervention. Social validity data were also collected. Results suggest parents acquired the intervention skills and that children's verbal utterance frequency and mean length of utterance improved. Although experimental control was evidenced in the multiple baseline design, there was no statistically significant difference in the standardized assessments of expressive and receptive language in the children. Social validity data suggested the training program and intervention procedures were acceptable, effective, and efficient. Child outcomes were rated as meaningful improvements. The importance of replication and extension with understudied populations is discussed with emphasis on social validity measures. Limitations to the current study are noted and addressed in suggestions for future research.

 

Parent-Implemented Early Social Communication Skill Intervention

BUKET ERTURK (University of Oregon), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Megan G. Kunze (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Numerous developmental difficulties are noted to differentiate young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) from typically developing children and these developmental disabilities center on social and communication skills. These skills include but are not limited to imitation skills, manding, and joint attention. In the current study, we used a multiple baseline design across these three behaviors for two child-parent dyads to investigate the effectiveness and generalization of a parent-implemented social-communication intervention. Parents received training on the use of least-to-most prompting strategies as well as general strategies and coaching until they reached the criterion for treatment fidelity. Results indicated that parents' fidelity of implementation increased following parent training and coaching. In addition, there was an increase in child participants' imitation, manding, and response to joint attention skills. Both parents and children were able to generalize the increased skills to novel stimuli. The results of the study are discussed regarding the impact of parent behaviors on generalization and maintenance of child behaviors. Implications for future research and practice are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #208
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Instructional Considerations When Establishing New Skills for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium includes four talks that broadly address instructional considerations when establishing new skills for learners with autism spectrum disorder. The first talk evaluated the acquisition of imitative responses that did and did not produce a permanent product. Parallels to basic research and clinical implications for imitation training will be discussed. The second talk evaluated the acquisition and generalization of yes and no responding across verbal operants. Results will be discussed in light of previous related studies. The third talk evaluated the effects of three instructional set sizes on the acquisition of tacts. Variables that may influence the optimal set size and considerations for clinical practice will be presented. The fourth talk evaluated the usefulness of a equivalence-based instruction to establish WH-concepts. Collectively, these studies support consideration for aspects of instruction to promote acquisition of new skills for learners with autism spectrum disorder.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): equivalence, generalization, motor imitation, set size
Target Audience:

Practitioners of behavior analysis and school psychology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify whether the relative benefits of tasks that do and do not produce a permanent product for teaching imitative responses for learners with autism spectrum disorder; (2) describe how to arrange training to produce generality of yes and no responding across verbal operants; (3) describe how instructional set size may influence acquisition of tacts; and (4) identify how equivalence-based instruction may be used to establishing WH-concepts.
 
Evaluations of Object Motor Imitation Training
MEGHAN DESHAIS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display serious deficits in imitative behavior relative to their typically developing peers (Williams, Whiten, & Singh, 2004). Our current line of research aims to elucidate features of targets that might influence acquisition during object imitation training. In Study 1, with two subjects, we compared rates of acquisition for target imitative behavior that did and did not produce a permanent product in a simple discrimination arrangement. In Study 2, with two subjects, we conducted the same comparison in a conditional discrimination arrangement. The results of Studies 1 and 2 suggest that targets that did not leave a permanent product were more rapidly acquired in both simple and conditional discrimination arrangements. In Study 3, we conducted a follow-up experiment with three subjects in which we manipulated the variables that we suspected might be responsible for the differential rates of acquisition. Our findings suggest that the rapid acquisition of targets without permanent products in Studies 1 and 2 might have been due to auditory feedback and repetition inherent to the imitated response. Parallels to basic research and clinical implications for object imitation training for children with ASD will be discussed.
 

Training and Generalization of Yes and No Responding Across Verbal Operants

DAYNA COSTELLO (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

We sought to replicate and extend Shillingsburg, Kelley, Roane, Kisamore, and Brown (2009) by examining the acquisition and generalization of yes and no responses across verbal operants (mand, tact, and intraverbal). Three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated. We identified four yes and four no targets per verbal operant (12 stimuli total) and used a multiple baseline design across verbal operants to teach yes and no responses as mands, tacts, and intraverbals. Training consisted of massed, 10-trial sessions with a progressive prompt delay of one yes and one no target response from the targeted verbal operant. Targets were considered mastered based on three consecutive correct probe trials, conducted each day before training sessions. Following mastery of each target, generalization sessions of that response (yes or no) across verbal operants was examined. We extended Shillingsburg et al. by conducting additional generalization sessions that included varied trials (yes and no targets alternated randomly within a session) across verbal operants following mastery of each operant. Our extension aims to address a limitation of previous research by examining the effects of varied yes and no generalization probes across verbal operants and the discriminability that single-response training promotes.

 
The Influence of Instructional Set Size on the Acquisition of Tacts
Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), LAUREN GOODWYN (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University)
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of instructional set size on the acquisition of tacts for three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We taught responses to 12 targets in each of three conditions. The 3-stimuli condition consisted of 4 sets, the 6-stimuli condition consisted of 2 sets, and the 12-sitmuli condition consisted of 1 set. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the effect of different instructional set sizes on the acquisition of tacts. Training consisted of 12-trial sessions with a 5-s constant prompt delay. Sets were considered mastered in the instructional set size of three, six, and 12 once the participant demonstrated unprompted correct responding during 100% of trials for one, two, and four sessions, respectively. Following mastery of a set, the next set in that condition was introduced until all sets in that condition were mastered. Our evaluation aims to provide recommendations for selecting instructional set sizes that result in efficient skill acquisition.
 

Teaching WH-Concepts to a Child With Autism Using Equivalence-Based Instruction: A Case Study

KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We used a pretest/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching conditional relations among stimuli representing WH-concepts on the emergence of untaught relations, receptive and expressive identification of WH-concepts in sentences, and sorting tasks. Match-to-sample was used to train the conditional discriminations using a simple to complex training protocol and a linear training structure. Pretests for all relations were below 50%, with the exception of C-B, and posttest scores were at or above 80% for all relations. We also observed the emergence of sorting and receptive and expressive identification. Although new relations emerged following EBI and the task for sorting pictures into WH categories emerged as well, the participant still could not demonstrated other receptive or expressive identification tasks to criterion levels when the WH-concepts were in the contexts of sentences. Future training sets might include sentences as equivalence stimuli used during training. Implications for the limits of EBI with this learner will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #209
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Healthy Eating and Physical Activity With Reinforcement, Goal Setting, Multiple Stimulus Exposure, and Gamification
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Steven W. Payne, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There are multiple health concerns linked to a poor diet and lack of physical activity, including diabetes and heart disease (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2015). Furthermore, in the United States, people are failing to meet dietary and physical activity guidelines at an alarming rate. The field of Behavior Analysis has conducted some research to increase healthy eating and exercise but more work is needed. The current symposium will present recent advances in this area, including optimal uses of goal setting and reinforcement contingencies for exercise and utilizing gamification and stimulus exposure to increase healthy food selection and consumption. First, Hernandez et al. will present on the differential impact of a negative reinforcement contingency versus goal setting on step count. Peck's study will also target step count, but with adults with a mental health disability, and evaluate the effects of daily goal setting and positive reinforcement. The third study by Assemi et al. looks at healthy food selection, specifically at the effects of health information on shopping behavior and implicit and explicit measures of verbal responding. Finally, the study by Chavira et al., evaluates the effects of gamification and taste exposure on elementary school children's preference for and consumption of fruits and vegetables.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): goal setting, healthy eating, physical activity, taste exposure
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts and others working with adults or children on improving physical activity or healthy eating

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. describe the relative influence of reinforcement and goal setting on physical activity; 2. identify how the IRAP measures relational responding and how educational interventions influence food selection and relational responding; 3. describe examples of taste exposure and gamification interventions and how they influence healthy food consumption.
 

Comparing the Effects of Negative Reinforcement Contracts and Goal Setting on Increasing Adults' Physical Activity

(Applied Research)
DAVID HERNANDEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

In general, American adults understand that physical activity is good for their health, yet it has been estimated that less than 5% of adults actually meet CDC recommendations of 150 minutes of moderate-intensity physical activity per week, an exertion level equivalent of a brisk walk. Contingencies that promote problematic behaviors make it difficult for individuals to engage in behavior that would benefit them in the long term. Thus, the application of contingency management strategies in which immediate consequences for healthy behaviors are contrived to compete with problematic competing contingencies, may be effective in increasing behaviors that produce positive cumulative effects. The aim of this study was to compare the effectiveness of experimenter funded negative reinforcement contingency contracts and feedback with a goal setting with feedback intervention. A Fitbit Zip device was used to measure the frequency of daily step total goals met. Goals were individualized and calculated by averaging the steps taken during a screening period increased by a negotiated percentage of a minimum of 20-25% in experiment 1, and a minimum of 50% in experiment 2. Results indicated that participants met their daily step goals more often and on average had higher daily step counts during the contract condition. These findings support the use of negative reinforcement monetary contracts in physical activity interventions.

 

Using a Fitbit Treatment Package to Increase Physical Activity Engagement in Adults with Mental Health Needs

(Service Delivery)
KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Haley Ciara Hughes (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

One of the greatest threats to the well-being of mentally-disabled adults is their sedentary lifestyles. In fact, approximately half of all individuals living in community settings do not engage in any type of regular leisurely physical activity (Draheim, Williams, & McCubbin, 2002). As such, research is needed to help increase activity engagement among this population. In 2014, LaLonde et al. increased daily steps of young adults diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder using goal-setting and contingent incentives. The current study aimed to replicate LaLonde et al. (2014)'s findings, and increase the daily steps of six adult individuals with a mental health disability. These adults ranged in age from 25-80 years. Participants were each given Fitbit tracking device, and tools to assist with tracking steps and preserving the Fitbit. After a baseline period with no goal in place, researchers set a goal based on each individual's average steps per day during baseline. Intervention consisted of setting a daily step goal, and then providing a reward and increasing the goal by ten percent each time it was met. Results showed that the majority of participants were able to double their average steps per week during the course of the study.

 
The Effect of Educational Videos on Virtual Food Selection and Relational Responding
(Basic Research)
KIAN ASSEMI (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Many interventions for healthy eating include some form of health education. However, while exposure to educational materials changes how people report they feel or behave with respect to healthy eating, it may not improve selection, preparation and consumption behaviors (Peterson, Jeffrey, Bridgewater & Dawson, 1984). The current study assessed how exposure to multiple short videos on either the positive or negative aspects of the macronutrient fat impacted selection behavior in a simulated shopping environment. In addition, implicit and explicit relational responding (verbal behavior) measures were taken before and after treatment. For the explicit measure, participants were given a survey that inquired about their attitudes towards fat. To assess implicit relational responding, participants completed the Implicit Relational Responding Procedure (IRAP) which is a computer-based assessment that presents stimuli on a screen and asks individuals to quickly respond to the relationship between the stimuli. Results of the study indicated that shopping and survey responses changed in the expected direction following the intervention, but implicit relational responding did not. In fact, there was very little correspondence between the IRAP and other results. Implications of this finding will be discussed with respect to the impact of educational interventions on healthy eating and relational responding.
 
The Effects of Gamification and Taste Exposure on Vegetable Consumption in Children
(Applied Research)
AMANDA GENEVA CHAVIRA (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: In 2013, it was reported that 42 million children around the world were considered overweight or obese (Centers for Disease Control [CDC], 2015). This is a major problem considering childhood eating patterns are predictive of adult eating patterns (Lake et al., 2006). Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to increase healthy eating in school-aged children using gamification via the FIT Game and repeated taste exposure of non-preferred vegetables. Previous research has demonstrated a significant increase in fruit and vegetable consumption using the FIT Game, but these effects have not always maintained (Joyner et. al., 2015). Therefore, it is important to investigate additional strategies, such as taste exposure, that may help sustain healthy eating. The current study conducted a 10-week version of the FIT Game that targeted vegetable consumption with 3rd-5th graders. Taste exposure sessions were run concurrently with 13 students who demonstrated low preference and consumption of vegetables. Results of this study demonstrated that while FIT Game students consumed more vegetables than the control group, the addition of taste exposure sessions resulted in greater increases in consumption and increased preference even for non-targeted vegetables.
 
 
Symposium #210
Investigations of Choice
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Daniel Bell-Garrison (West Virginia University)
Discussant: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
Abstract:

This symposium discusses human and animal research related to a wide variety of contexts that can be considered as choice situations. The speakers' research includes the identification of conditions that induce deliberation between relatively similar choice options in pigeons, investigations of variables affecting the choice of pigeons in concurrent ratio schedules of reinforcement, behavioral economic analyses of the impact of constant versus qualitatively varied reinforcers on responding by humans and rats, and the control of saccadic eye movements of humans under concurrent schedules of reinforcement. While these studies differ widely in the selection of species and procedures, together they contribute to a better understanding of the conditions under which choice is sensitive to environmental manipulations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, Choice, Concurrent Schedules, Human Behavior
 

Covert Deliberation in Pigeons?

Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University), FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Latency to choose between alternatives appears to increase with smaller differences in value in primates, but not in birds. This differential effect across species indicates a potential route to investigate the evolution of covert deliberation. We investigated the effect of value differential on choice latency in pigeons, varying either just the delay of reinforcement associated with each alternative (Experiments 1-3), or varying both the delay and amount of reinforcement (Experiment 4). Latency to choose the sooner of otherwise equivalent reinforcers did not vary systematically with delay differential. However, latency to choose the preferred delay-amount combination increased as preference approached indifference. These results suggest that covert deliberation in pigeons emerges when multiple dimensions of reinforcement compete for control over choice.

 
Choice Dynamics in Concurrent Ratio Schedules
DANIEL BELL-GARRISON (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: A long history of research has shown that choice behavior on concurrent variable-interval schedules is well-described and predicted by the generalized matching law. When responding between ratio schedules is of interest, however, the matching law only superficially describes choice because the probability of reinforcement does not increase through time for both alternatives as it does for interval schedules. When two variable-ratio schedules are arranged dependently, such that responses to one option simultaneously increments the ratio counter for both options, animals’ allocation of responses approximates matching. The extent to which choice is sensitive to changes in changeover delays or other common manipulations remains unknown. This series of experiments investigated effects of some variables commonly used in concurrent variable-interval schedules on choice in concurrent ratio schedules. Experiment 1 parametrically assessed effects of changeover delays of varying lengths on response allocation. Experiment 2 compared choice under concurrent variable- and fixed-ratio schedules of reinforcement. Experiment 3 investigated effects of scheduling concurrent variable-ratio schedules interdependently (e.g., Stubbs & Pliskoff, 1969).
 

A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Choice Between Constant and Qualitatively Varied Reinforcers

ALICIA ROCA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Frida Montserrat Lira (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

During behavioral interventions, practitioners commonly use a variety of reinforcers to maintain behaviors. Despite the ubiquity of this practice, few studies have compared the effects of varied and constant reinforcers on responding. Furthermore, the studies yielded mixed results. Varied reinforcers do not consistently maintain higher relative response rates. The origin of such mixed results could be the interaction among the stimuli used as reinforcers (the degree of substitutability).The effects of varied versus constant reinforcers on response rates and choice were determined in the present study. Two experiments were conducted with either human participants or rats as subjects. In both experiments, the degree of substitutability between pairs of stimuli was determined using concurrent operant arrangements. After identifying pairs of substitute and complementary reinforcers, the effects of constant versus varied reinforcers on response rates was determined using multiple schedules of reinforcement. During a final condition, choice between constant and varied reinforcers was assessed using a concurrent schedule. Results showed that varied reinforcers generated higher response rates and were preferred over constant reinforcers when complementary reinforcers were used. The results suggest that only certain types of reinforcers endow each other with reinforcing properties, resulting in higher response rates relative to constant reinforcer presentation.

 

One Can Choose One's Own Saccadic Reaction Times

CÉCILE VULLINGS (Universite Lille Nord de France, Sciences Cognitives et Sciences Affectives), Laurent Madelain (Universite Lille Nord de France)
Abstract:

Saccade latencies are conventionally viewed as reflecting the accumulation of information underlying decision-making processes. However, we have previously shown that latency distributions may be strongly affected by reinforcement contingencies (Madelain et al., 2007). Here we further probe whether one can control one’s own reaction times. In a first series of experiments, participants had to choose between “short” and “long” saccadic latencies (80-300ms range) in a set of concurrent interval schedules. The relative proportions of latencies matched the relative proportions of reinforcers earned from each option (sensitivity up to 0.95), following the generalized matching law (Baum, 1974). In a second series of experiments, we assessed whether “short” and “long” latencies (80-500ms range) could be placed under discriminative control in a visual search task. We used a latency-contingent display in which finding the target was made contingent upon specific saccadic latencies. In probe trials we found considerable differences in latency distributions depending on the discriminative stimuli (on average 72ms). Altogether, our results reveal that learned contingencies might considerably affect the allocation of saccades in time and provide strong evidence of the ability to choose when to saccade, extending saccade triggering well beyond conventional information accumulation hypothesis.

 
 
Symposium #211
Innovative Procedures in the Study of Stimulus Control
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton)
Abstract:

Our understanding of the development of simple and conditional discriminations has accelerated over the last two decades because of innovations in the procedures we use to arrange and study behavior-environment interactions. This symposium presents four more examples of innovations in the study of stimulus control. The first paper, by Braaten and Arntzen, describes the development of selective attention during identity matching training with compound stimuli. The results document the development of selective attention under different training conditions. The second paper, by Ayres-Pereira and Arntzen, examines the effects of two different training structures on the development of large (9-member) stimulus equivalence classes. They report that training structures are differentially effective in producing equivalence relations. The third paper, by Niland and Vaidya, asks if common reinforcers in two-term, stimulus-reinforcer and response-reinforcer, arrangements are sufficient to produce emergent simple discriminations. The results are related to Sidman's theory of equivalence relations. Finally, the fourth paper, by Wiist and Vaidya, asks if differential outcome procedures are more or less effective than nondifferential outcomes in establishing audio-visual conditional discriminations in children with diagnoses of ASD. The results are interpreted in terms of Sidman's theory of equivalence relations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): common reinforcers, compound stimuli, differential outcomes, training structures
 
On the Role of Compound Stimuli in a Matching-to-Sample Procedure
(Basic Research)
LIVE FAY BRAATEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Behavior is often guided by compound stimuli. When attributes of discriminative compound stimuli are presented separately failure to respond correctly to both elements may occur. This differential responding can be called selective attention. Present experiments investigate selective attention in humans using compound stimuli. In Experiment 1, 20 participants were trained in a zero second delayed identity matching to sample procedure with four compound stimuli prior to a test. In the test eight stimuli, all aspects of the compound stimuli were presented. Results show that eight participants respond systematically to only one aspect of the initial compound stimuli. In Experiment 2, twenty participants in two groups were trained in the same manner as in Experiment 1. Group 1 was trained with zero second delay and Group 2 with three seconds delay. In the test, each compound element, shape and color, were separated and participants had to respond to the two stimuli in each test trial, one trial per compound stimuli. Results show that six and four participants in Group 1 and 2, respectively, respond systematically to one aspect of the compound stimuli.
 

Many-to-One Versus One-to-Many: Training Structures and the Emergence of Three 9-Members Equivalence Classes in Adults

(Basic Research)
VANESSA AYRES PEREIRA (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

This experiment compared the outcomes of two training structures, One-to-Many (OTM) and Many-to-One (MTO), on the emergence of three 9-member equivalence classes in college students. Forty-two adults participated in the experiment, half of them were exposed to the MTO and the other half to the OTM training structure. Both groups trained 24 baseline relations and were tested for the emergence of 192 derived relations under a simultaneous protocol. The OTM group trained the baseline relations AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, AH, and AI, and the MTO group trained BA, CA, DA, EA, FA, GA, HA, and IA. The test evaluated the emergence of symmetrical and equivalence relations, and the maintenance of baseline relations. All participants responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence, wherein one showed delayed emergence after the MTO and three showed delayed emergence after the OTM training structure. Preliminary analysis did not show significant differences between groups in the average number of trials required to learn the baseline relations, but in the number of correct responses in the test (see Table 1). Participants in the MTO group scored significantly more in equivalence test trials, than participants in the OTM group.

 

Common Elements in Contingencies Can Facilitate Emergent Simple Discriminations

(Basic Research)
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

By most accounts, a stimulus must be correlated with reinforcement for a response in order for the stimulus to acquire discriminative function; however, sometimes stimuli acquire control over responses which have never been reinforced in their presence. How and why does this occur? Morse and Skinner (1958) demonstrated that a stimulus can acquire some discriminative properties when a response-independent reinforcer is provided in its presence and later that same reinforcer is presented contingent on a specific response in the absence of that stimulus. The purpose of this study is to systematically replicate Morse and Skinner (1958) to explore the possibility of emergent simple discriminations with human subjects. Preliminary data from six subjects indicates that when the stimulus and response share a relation to a common element, response rate and resistance to extinction in the presence of that stimulus is greater than rate and resistance in the presence of a stimulus which does not share a common element with the response. These results lend themselves to a discussion of how and why some stimuli acquire discriminative function and provides some evidence for the argument that reinforcers and responses are members of the equivalence class and can facilitate emergent behavior.

 

The Effects of Differential Outcomes on Audio-Visual Conditional Discriminations in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
CATHERINE E. WIIST (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The differential outcomes effect (DOE) refers to an observed increase in rates of acquisition of simple or conditional relations when the contingencies of reinforcement arrange for reinforcers to be uniquely correlated with a particular stimulus or response relative to conditions where the reinforcers are not uniquely correlated with either stimulus or response. This effect has been robustly documented in the literature with nonhuman subjects. This study asked whether the DOE would be observed with children with ASD learning audio-visual conditional relations. Two participants learned two sets of 3 audio-visual conditional relations. For one set, the training conditions arranged for each of the three conditional relations to be uniquely correlated with a particular reinforcing stimulus (hereafter, the DO condition). For the second set, the training conditions arranged for the same reinforcer to be used for all three audio-visual conditional relations (hereafter, the NDO condition). Early results show that audio-visual conditional relations were acquired faster under the DO condition relative to the NDO outcomes condition (accuracy in DO condition was 30.8% higher on average than in NDO condition). These data suggest that differential outcomes should be more thoroughly investigated with children with diagnoses of ASD.

 
 
Symposium #212
Gamification and Group Contingencies in the College Classroom
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Undergraduate student success and preparedness are top priorities in higher education. Behavior analysis has a clear home in the college classroom, but experimental analyses in this domain are relatively rare. The current symposium highlights several innovative approaches to the application of behavior analysis in the college classroom and presents data on their efficacy. First, Dr. Debra Berry Malmberg will provide an overview of the manner in which gamification was applied to a large, online course in the psychology major. Second, Jose Solares will present the outcomes of a study comparing a traditional online section to a gamified online section of that same online psychology course. Third, Dr. Kristy Park will present a study on group contingencies and the use of a digital scoreboard in a special education teacher preparation course. Fourth, Elizabeth Krulder will present a study evaluating the gamification of an electronic voting system in an undergraduate history of psychology course. The symposium will conclude with a discussion from Dr. Gregory Madden.

Keyword(s): gamification, group contingencies, teaching higher-education
 

Game On! Gamification of an Online Undergraduate Course

(Applied Research)
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Jose Rafael Solares (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Despite the steady growth of online courses in higher education, debates persist regarding the impact of this platform on learner outcomes when compared to traditional face-to-face courses. Published research on this topic has occurred largely outside of the behavior analytic community. However, the incorporation of educational strategies rooted in behavior analysis undoubtedly influence the efficacy of online instruction. Gamification is one strategy based on behavioral principles that has been used in various contexts with great success (e.g., health, sustainability), though little research exists on its application in higher education settings. Gamification is using elements of games in non-game contexts, and we identified key elements of gamification that could be used in an online course: narrative, choice, levels, badges, goals, challenge, and enhanced feedback. In this project, we designed these elements within a learning management system to provide a gamified asynchronous online course. This presentation will review these applications and positive findings of social validity from students in the course.

 
Evaluating the Effects of Gamification of an Online Undergraduate Course
(Applied Research)
JOSE RAFAEL SOLARES (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The goal of this study was to evaluate the effects of gamification on numerous student outcomes in an online undergraduate course. Participants were 238 undergraduate psychology majors who were simultaneously enrolled in two sections of a fully online course. We evaluated the effects of gamification on course performance (e.g., quiz scores), course motivation (e.g., meeting recommended early deadlines), professional engagement (e.g., reported likelihood to seek a faculty mentor), and overall satisfaction (e.g., course and instructor evaluations). Both short-term and long-term outcomes were analyzed using a group design. Both sections of the course received identical content, but one section also received the following elements of gamification: narration, choice, levels, badges, goals, challenge, and enhanced feedback. Gamification was shown to improve course pacing and various aspects of course and instructor satisfaction. The implications of the study for the adoption of gamification in higher education and online learning settings will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Gamifying an Electronic Voting System on Undergraduate Student Quiz and Exam Scores
(Applied Research)
ELIZABETH VIRGINIA KRULDER (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Increasing the number of active responses a student engages in during a class meeting has been shown to increase student academic scores. However, not all methods of increasing active responses have been shown to be consistently effective, including the electronic voting system (EVS). One feature that the EVS lacks when compared to other empirically supported methods of active responding is social consequences. Students are anonymous when answering on an EVS, versus answering out loud in front of peers as is seen in choral responding or response cards. One possible solution may be to incorporate gamification, which is the addition of game elements and social consequences to a non-game activity. The current study examined the effects of gamifying an EVS on academic scores using a counterbalanced treatment reversal design across two undergraduate course sections. Specifically, we looked at how placing students in small groups to compete against each other for extra credit points would impact reading quiz scores and unit exam performance. The effects of gamification versus a standard EVS will be discussed, at both the group and individual level, and other secondary effects and social validity of both approaches evaluated.
 
 
Symposium #213
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Applied Practice With Basic Concepts, Contextualism, and Rejection of Blind Rule-Following
Sunday, May 27, 2018
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Diana J. Walker (Trinity Services; Illinois Crisis Prevention Network; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Diana J. Walker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will describe how behavior emitted by practitioners and their clients follows fundamental laws of behavior discovered in the basic laboratory. The presenters take a radical-behaviorist approach to explaining interesting behavior of their clients, as well as of themselves and other practitioners, in the context of applied practice. The purpose of this symposium is to illustrate the utility of conceptualizing behavior in terms of basic concepts, and of applying those concepts in conceptually systematic ways to applied problems. Such practices can lead to more efficient treatment and better outcomes for clients, yet many practitioners do not follow this approach. Instead, they use techniques based on topography and function, without necessarily considering the context in which behavior occurs, or they follow rules about techniques they should and should not use, such as differential reinforcement and punishment, respectively. Many practitioners are fluent in function-based approaches but do not consider behavioral concepts that are less salient for them, such as the Matching Law, conditioned motivating operations, complex schedules of reinforcement, adjunctive behavior, response generalization, and Skinner's (1953) analysis of emotion. Specific conceptualizations, applications, and case studies will be presented, and implications of a contextual, fundamental approach to practice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): applied practice, basic concepts, contextualism, radical behaviorism
Target Audience:

Masters-level and doctoral-level behavior analysts who are applied practitioners or who are interested in how basic concepts apply to human behavior; behavior analysts interested in basic, applied, and translational research; radical behaviorists

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will state one example of how basic behavioral principles discovered in the nonhuman laboratory can inform applied practice. 2. Attendees will state one example of a complex schedule of reinforcement operating in applied practice. 3. Attendees will state one reason why excluding punishment from their applied practice might be more harmful than keeping it as an option. 4. Attendees will define conditioned motivating operation and state how motivating operations might affect problem behavior of a human.
 

The Analysis of Behavior in Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspectives of an Experimental, Radical-Behaviorist Practitioner

(Service Delivery)
DIANA J. WALKER (Trinity Services; Illinois Crisis Prevention Network; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In 1960 Isaacs, Thomas, and Goldiamond used behavior-analytic techniques and chewing gum to get two "psychotic" patients to speak after 14 and 19 years of not speaking at all. The report was amazing, yet one behavior analyst reader reacted that there were a lot of limitations: there was no preference assessment or functional analysis or control over other variables in the environment. The authors had effected socially significant behavior change using behavioral techniques and gum, that likely improved the patients' lives immeasurably, yet the reader was concerned that they did not follow the rules that this reader had been taught to follow. This presentation will argue that going back to basics, to basic laboratory findings and to the early days of behavior modification, can significantly improve the practice of applied behavior analysis. Interesting behavior that is difficult to explain in a technological and conceptually systematic way will be conceptualized in terms of basic behavioral processes, and effective treatments based on that interpretation will be presented. The take-home point is that unexpected, inexplicable behavior is simple—it follows the laws of behavior. Sometimes it follows obscure laws and sometimes lots of them at the same time, but it is lawful nonetheless.

 
Schedules of Reinforcement in Applied Settings: Micro- and Macro-Contingencies
(Service Delivery)
KYOSUKE KAZAOKA (Illinois Crisis Prevention Network)
Abstract: This presentation will discuss the importance of schedules of reinforcement in applied settings, from simple schedules maintaining individual behavior to complex schedules at a macrocontingency level, such as obtaining funding for increased support. In the field of developmental /intellectual disability, behavior analysts are typically called in to decrease the frequency and intensity of challenging behaviors, as well as to establish or increase adaptive behavior. Typically, behavior analysts start by developing a measurement system to track the challenging behavior, assess the functions of the behavior, conduct preference assessments, develop function-based interventions, and train clients’ caregivers to implement interventions. While training caregivers, behavior analysts often discuss the importance of using a fixed-ratio (FR) 1 schedule to establish a new behavioral repertoire and the use of intermittent schedules to maintain it. They also address the dangers of intermittent schedules of reinforcement, such as a variable-ratio (VR) schedule, for challenging behavior. This presentation will extend this discussion to other types of schedules of reinforcement that might be in effect in the applied setting, such as variable-interval (VI) and complex schedules, using actual cases that this presenter has encountered in microcontingencies (e.g., client – family interactions) and macrocontingencies (e.g., funding agencies).
 
The Avoidance of Punishment in Applied Behavior Analysis: More Unethical Than Punishment Itself?
(Service Delivery)
BRIAN MORGAN (Trinity)
Abstract: Basic and applied research has shown that response-contingent punishment can lead to a rapid decrease in the frequency of punished behavior and in some cases complete response suppression (Lerman & Vorndran, 2002). Despite advantages to utilizing punishment to decrease severe challenging behaviors, the applied field continues to avoid using this evidence-based approach. Instead, practitioners utilize positive reinforcement procedures, such as differential reinforcement, noncontingent reinforcement, and token economies. Such procedures have been used even when behaviors are dangerous and have potentially fatal outcomes, such as self-injurious behavior, elopement, and physical aggression. The time it takes to see a treatment effect on dangerous behavior using positive reinforcement procedures is a concern. In the time it takes to reinforce safe alternative behaviors, significant damage can be done. Positive reinforcement procedures are also commonly combined with psychotropic medications to treat severe challenging behaviors, even though side effects of the medications are known to be harmful. Lerman and Vorndran argued fifteen years ago for further research on punishment. This presentation will argue that eliminating punishment from one’s repertoire of behavior-change techniques is unethical, and in some cases, punishment of dangerous behavior may be more ethical than reinforcement-based procedures.
 
Beyond Screws and Screwdrivers: The Conditioned Motivating Operation and You
(Service Delivery)
SHANNON ORMANDY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Now discussed as “motivating operations” (MOs), these antecedent variables are defined as those that increase or decrease the value of a consequence and the probability of behavior that has been followed by that consequence in the past (Laraway, Snycerski, Michael, & Poling, 2003). Although the precise terminological framework has been subject to multiple revisions and absent for much of our field’s existence, the conceptual framework has been with our field from its inception. In his landmark book, Science and Human Behavior, Skinner (1953) asserted that the proverbial horse could indeed be made to drink water and discussed emotions as environmental variables that alter the value of a consequence. However, without a precise terminological framework for much of our field’s existence, many early and basic examples of MOs have been overlooked or miscategorized. This presentation will give an overview of MOs, including the three types of conditioned MOs, and discuss some previously overlooked early basic research examples as well as contemporary, applied examples. The importance of conditioned MOs in the applied setting will be discussed, including implications for treatment and problems that may arise from a failure to recognize the role of conditioned MOs in problematic and adaptive behavior.
 
 
Symposium #214
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Automatically Maintained Stereotypy in Clinical and Community Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Gleit (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Gleit, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The occurrence of automatically maintained challenging behavior presents a number of clinical problems related to efficiency in selecting interventions, as well as insuring effective interventions can be carried out in the natural context. Although a number of interventions are present in the literature, many of these demonstrations are carried out in tightly controlled clinical contexts. The following papers will provide suggestions for the efficient selection of interventions for automatically maintained behavior, as well as demonstrations of intervention methodologies that may be amenable to implementation in naturalistic contexts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment, automatic reinforcement, Intervention
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be practitioners who are working with clients/learners that engage in automatically maintained challenging behavior. Researchers interested in the assessment and treatment of automatically maintained behavior will also benefit from attendance.

 

The Effects of Noncontingent Music and Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy

ASHLEY GLEIT (Georgia State University; Kiddo's Clubhouse), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy is a commonly occurring challenging behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that is frequently maintained by automatic reinforcement and often interferes with skill acquisition. Matched stimulation (MS), and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) are two interventions that have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing the occurrence of vocal stereotypy with participants with ASD. Although both are effective, they may be limited by interrupted data-collection methods, and the cumbersome nature of the procedures. In the current study, a combination of MS in the form of noncontingent music and RIRD was more effective at reducing vocal stereotypy to support on-task behavior than RIRD alone when continuous data-collection procedures were implemented. The results suggested that the combined intervention resulted in greater suppression of vocal stereotypy and increased occurrences of on-task behavior in both participants. Additionally, RIRD required fewer implementations and had a shorter duration when combined with MS. Data suggest that the combination of MS and RIRD may be an effective intervention outside of controlled experimental settings.

 

Treatment Efficacy for Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy Based on Patterns of Responding in Assessments

LAUREN BEST (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Recent literature suggests categorizing behaviors maintained by an automatic function may increase treatment efficacy by allowing for faster identification of interventions that are likely to be effective. This has been demonstrated with automatic self-injurious behaviors (Berg, et al., 2016; Hagopian et al., 2015). To assess the generality of the model used by Berg et al., (2016), the current study examined its effectiveness for automatically maintained stereotypy in children with a diagnosis of autism. A functional analysis was conducted to determine that the stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A concurrent operants assessment was also conducted with each participant as needed. An intervention based on the resulting pattern of responding was implemented, and data were analyzed to determine if the model's treatment recommendation was effective. The results varied, but the intervention prescribed by the pattern of responding was not always the most effective. The implications of and future directions for the application of this model to other topographies of automatically reinforced behaviors, such as stereotypy, will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Multiple and Chain Schedules on Stereotypy and Task Completion During Response Interruption and Redirection

Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Dylan Zimmerman (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Jacqueline Smith (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Kyung Mo Nam (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), ALLISON HAWKINS (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is a common treatment used to decrease levels of automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy. During RIRD, when a learner engages in vocal stereotypy, they are interrupted and required to engage in a series of responses, which are incompatible with their vocal stereotypy (answering social questions, engaging in echoic responses), before being redirected to their current activity (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007). The current available literature on RIRD supports the efficacy of RIRD in controlled setting, but less is known about the effectiveness of RIRD during typical academic and vocational tasks in the natural environment (Martinez and Betz 2013). Using stimulus control procedures implemented in a classroom, Slaton and Hanley (2016) found that blocking motor stereotypy was more effective when chain schedules were used rather than multiple schedules. The purpose of the present experiment is to replicate Slaton and Hanley (2016) using RIRD to decrease levels of vocal stereotypy in students with Autism Spectrum Disorder during academic and vocational school-based sessions. Results suggest that chain schedules are more effective at increasing task completion and decreasing stereotypy for participants.

 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Samantha Russo, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Approximately 25 % of self-injurious behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. This function of self- injurious behavior is significantly less understood than self-injury maintained by social reinforcement (Hagopian, Rooker & Zarcone, 2015). In 2015, Hagopian, Rooker & Zarcone conceptualized various subtypes of self injurious behavior based on patterns of responding during functional analyses and the presence of self restraint behavior. The current symposium will incorporate these seminal findings into applied research regarding the assessment and treatment of self- injurious behavior.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): "Automatically maintained", "Competing stimulus", "Self-Injury", "Self-restraint"
Target Audience:

Practitioners in applied settings.

Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the conceptualization of the subtypes of automatically reinforced self injurious behavior 2. Understand in greater depth the subtype 3 conceptualization of self-injurious behavior 3. Analyze differences in self- restraint reduction methodology
 

Decreasing Self-Injurious Behavior and Self-Restraint in an Adult With Autism

SAMANTHA RUSSO (Endicott College; Eden Autism), Christopher Tallmadge (Eden Autism)
Abstract:

Self- injurious behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement can be categorized into three different subtypes. These subtypes are conceptualized based on the presence of self-restraint and patterns of responding during functional analysis (Hagopian, Rooker & Zarcone, 2015). In this conceptual framework, subtype 3 is the presence of self-restraint behavior. This specific subtype is often most resistant to treatment. Hagopain, Rooker & Zarcone (2015) found that of the 39 individuals with automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior, only 20.5% met the criteria for subtype 3. Banda, McAfee & Hart (2012) published a single case study in which an ABAB design was used to establish that rates of self-injury were significantly lower when self-restraint was allowed. Systematic fading of the self-restraint materials resulted in low rates of self-injury and no self-restraint. The current study replicates and extends on the work of Banda et al., (2012) in order to decrease severe self-injurious behavior and the use of self-restraint materials in an adult male.

 
Reduction of Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior Using Combined Differential and Noncontingent Reinforcement
CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by non-social (automatic) reinforcement is an especially pernicious form of maladaptive behavior because the reinforcement obtained by the individual cannot be directly withheld. Hagopian, Zarcone, and Rooker (2015) described a model for subtyping automatically reinforced SIB (ASIB) based on unique response patterns in the functional analysis (FA). They determined that Subtype-3 ASIB, characterized by the presence of self-restraint, appears highly resistant to treatment. Recent research we conducted examining the performance of participants with ASIB on a human operant task targeting an arbitrary response using contingent reinforcement produced unexpected reductions in SIB. When this differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) component was combined with other treatment components in the context of a treatment evaluation targeting SIB, further reductions in SIB were observed. We speculate that the mechanism for response suppression involved both response competition (as a function of the DRA component), reinforcer competition (as a function of the NCR schedule), and sensory extinction or punishment (via response blocking and arm splints). Although the findings are preliminary and require further replication and refinement, they point to the potential for including additional schedule components aimed at increasing responses that may be incompatible with or disrupt the occurrence of SIB.
 

Identifying Stimuli That Compete With Self-Restraint and Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior

MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) have been used for nearly two decades to identify stimuli that effectively compete with automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (ASIB; Fisher, O'Connor, Kurtz, DeLeon, & Gotjen, 2000; Jennett, Jann, & Hagopian, 2011). Competing stimuli are identified by comparing the rate or percentage of occurrence of ASIB in a control condition absent of any external sources of stimulation to conditions in which a stimulus is present. Stimuli that reduce ASIB to clinically significant levels are then characterized as competing stimuli. Some individuals who engage in ASIB also engage in self-restraint (SR), behavior that is incompatible with or prevents SIB (e.g., sitting on one's hands; Oliver, Murphy, Hall, Arron, & Leggett, 2003). If SR effectively eliminates ASIB, the identification of competing stimuli for ASIB becomes difficult. In those cases, measuring SR as the dependent variable and observing how stimuli alter both its occurrence and the occurrence of ASIB may be a viable option. The current study describes the use of a CSA to identify stimuli that compete with both SR and ASIB, and will discuss how covariation in SR and ASIB in a CSA might inform us about the relation between these responses.

 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing Variables That Affect Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
CE Instructor: Joseph M. Vedora, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Educational and behavior analytic programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorders and developmental delays often target discrimination training with auditory and visual stimuli. Several procedures may facilitate the acquisition of conditional discriminations. This symposium reviews three studies conducted with individuals with autism spectrum disorders that evaluated procedures, specifically different stimulus presentations, used to teach conditional discriminations. The first two studies compared the effectiveness of a sample-first and a comparison-first stimulus presentation. These studies were systematic replications of Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016). The third study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations in sets of two, three, and four auditory-visual stimuli pairs. The implications of these procedures for practitioners and recommendations for future researchers will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts providing and supervising ABA services for individuals with ASD.

 

A Comparison of Sample-First and Comparison-First Procedures During Receptive Label Training

Tiffany Barry (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center), KAITLIN HENDRICKX (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

This study evaluated two different stimulus presentations were during auditory visual discrimination training. Acquisition during a sample-first procedure, in which the sample stimulus was presented before the comparison stimuli, was compared to a comparison-first procedure in which the sample presentation was delayed and presented after the comparison stimuli. We extended prior research by a) evaluating the efficiency of the two stimulus presentations for two teenagers with Autism Spectrum Disorders, b) conducting the evaluations in tabletop format, and c) incorporating a prompt delay procedure. The results indicated that both participants learned more quickly in the comparison-first condition, a finding that differed from Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016) and recommendations derived from laboratory research. In the second phase, we evaluated if systematic exposure to stimulus presentations affected responding during subsequent comparisons. The role of individual learning histories and their effects on learning with different stimulus presentations is discussed.

 

Stimulus Presentation Order During Receptive-Identification Instruction: Are We Doing It Right?

BAILEY DEVINE (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Receptive identification trials involve reinforcement of a particular comparison selection (e.g., pointing to a picture) conditional upon the presence of a specific sample stimulus (e.g., a spoken word). Consistent with common laboratory practices and related clinical recommendations, Petursdottir & Aguilar (2016) found a reliable sample-first advantage when they taught children to identify birds and flags. More recent unpublished data suggest that this sample-first advantage may be less reliable when error correction is implemented. Our follow up studies investigated the use of picture prompts during error correction and have produced mixed results. Notably, all of our previous studies were conducted with typically developing children via laptop computers. Such questions about procedural minutia may not greatly affect acquisition for these children, thus the purpose of the current study is to compare acquisition under sample-first and comparison-first conditions (with error correction) for children with ASD using table-top teaching methods as is typically performed in EIBI settings. Participants were two boys (8 years, 5 months and 6 years, 7 months) with limited receptive and expressive repertoires. Results show a significant comparison-first advantage for both participants, and follow up data collection is recommended.

 

An Evaluation of Stimulus Set Size During Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Becca Fire (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Clinicians and researchers use several teaching strategies that vary in terms of the number of comparison stimuli during training (e.g., blocked-trials procedure, the conditional-only method). Sidman (1987) argued that instructors should include more than two comparisons during conditional discrimination training to reduce the likelihood of false positive or false negative results. Researchers have yet to evaluate how the size of the comparison might affect the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. The purpose of the study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations in sets of two, three, and four auditory-visual stimuli pairs. Two children aged 3- and 6-years old who had been previously diagnosed with ASD participated in the study. The experimenter taught 12 relations in each of the experimental conditions. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare efficiency and effectiveness of teaching conditional discriminations in different set sizes. The results will be discussed in terms of clinical implications and directions for future research.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #217
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

Psychedelics: Mechanisms and Therapeutic Potential

Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
ROBIN CARHART-HARRIS (Imperial College London)
Robin heads the Psychedelic Research Group within the Centre for Psychiatry at Imperial College London, where he has designed a number of functional brain imaging studies with psilocybin (magic mushrooms), LSD, MDMA (ecstasy) and DMT (ayahuasca), plus a clinical trial of psilocybin for treatment resistant depression. He has over 50 published papers in peer-reviewed scientific journals; two of which were ranked in the top 100 most impactful academic articles of 2016. Robin's research has featured in major national and international media and he has given a popular TEDx talk.
Abstract:

This presentation will introduce the latest thinking on the mechanisms of action of psychedelic compounds such as LSD and psilocybin. Dr. Carhart-Harris will present the results of his functional brain imaging work with compounds such as psilocybin, LSD, and DMT, and discuss what these findings tell us about how these drugs alter brain function to alter consciousness. He will also presenthis latest findings on psilocybin with psychological support for treatment resistant depression, including brain imaging findings suggesting how the treatment is working.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the basic pharmacology of psychedelic compounds; (2) discuss current thinking on the latest brain imaging results on psychedelics; (3) discuss the latest work on therapeutic potential of psychedelics.
 
 
Panel #218
CE Offered: BACB
Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis in China: Ethical Challenges and Practical Application
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D.
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (George Mason University; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University)
FAN-YU LIN (Robert Morris University)
PATRICIA I. WRIGHT (Rethink)
Abstract:

Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis is in an early development phase in mainland China. Service providers, higher education institutions, and practitioners are building capacity within the population dense country that has clearly identified needs for the science. This session will address the ethical challenges of dissemination of the science and practical strategies the panelists have utilized to address these challenges. Disseminating knowledge of applied behavior analysis and engaging in behavior analytic service where the science is emerging is rewarding, yet challenges unique to providing intervention in low resources geographical regions as well as cross-cultural requirements of those engaging in the dissemination work exist. The application of maintaining ethical professional and scientific relationships within the construct of cultural differences will be addressed. Participants on the panel include native and non-native professionals to China, all who have worked in-country for multiple years. Success will be shared as well as challenges that continue to exist.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCABA and other interested attendees.

Learning Objectives: Review current data available regarding autism prevalence and autism treatment within mainland China Evaluate current models of autism service/treatment considering culture with a focus on mainland China Identify challenges and solutions to incorporating cultural humility into service in accordance with the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct
Keyword(s): dissemination, international
 
 
Symposium #219
CE Offered: BACB
Issues of Stimulus Control in People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and Major Neurocognitive Disorder (Dementia)
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Zoe Lucock (Bangor University)
Discussant: Andrew Buchanan (The Columbus Organization)
CE Instructor: Zoe Lucock, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has made contributions in the development of evidence-based interventions for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and there is a growing evidence base for behavior-analytic interventions for older adults with dementia (now called major neurocognitive disorder). The increased prevalence of dementia in people with IDD means that behavior analysts are likely to encounter people with a comorbid diagnosis in their work, and this under-represented population in the literature warrants further study. There is emerging evidence that a deterioration in stimulus control occurs in people with dementia. However, there is a paucity of applied and basic research specifically evaluating the factors influencing how stimulus control may change, and how these changes can be ameliorated. We may need to consider certain interventions that rely on unimpaired stimulus control, or ensure the salience of stimuli used during interventions. This symposium is comprised of two papers assessing issues of stimulus control in people with dementia and IDD. The papers will be followed by a discussion addressing the current applied and basic evidence for stimulus control deficits in this population, and possible directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): dementia, developmental disabilities, stimulus control
Target Audience:

Behaviour analysts and behaviour analytic researchers interested in behavioural gerontology.

 
Influence of Supplemental Stimulation on Stimulus Control in Delayed Matching-to-Sample
LAUREL M. CIAVARRI (Simmons College)
Abstract: This study examines the influence of supplemental stimuli on the response accuracy of individuals with Down syndrome of an age where neurodegeneration characteristic of dementia of the Alzheimer’s type is typically present. Participants with a previously demonstrated decline in performance as a function of delay in a computer-based match-to-sample task were exposed to conditions in which a mediating response (Rm) was trained and/or inhibited, and matching accuracy, measured as percent correct, was evaluated. Effect of the modality of the Rm was also assessed by examining matching accuracy when a manual Rm or a vocal Rm was performed. It was hypothesized that the trained Rm would function as a supplemental stimulus, and contribute to the control of response by the sample stimulus. Results support the view that mediating behavior may function as precurrent behavior as defined by Skinner (1968) in that performance of a sample specific mediating response functions to increase the likelihood that the current operant (comparison selection) will fall within the required performance criteria for reinforcement. Results are discussed in terms of implications for a behavioral interpretation of remembering, stimulus control, join-control and in terms of treatment implications for conditions with significant degradation of remembering as a defining feature.
 

"Taking Stock" of What We Know and Adapting What We Do With People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and Dementia

ZOE LUCOCK (Bangor University), Rebecca A. Sharp (Bangor University), Robert Jones (Bangor University)
Abstract:

We conducted a review of the last 20 years of behavioral gerontology research with people with IDD who develop dementia and found a total of six behavior-analytic studies. The six studies were analyzed based on the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis as articulated by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) to determine overarching themes, and to conduct an analysis of the audiences likely reached by these publications. Based on the unique challenges we identified for behavior analysts working with people with IDD that develop dementia, we implemented a study to assess an alternative to functional analyses with this population. Experimental functional analyses require discrimination, which can be in deficit in people with dementia. Therefore, we will present the results of the use of conditional probability analyses as an alternative method of assessing challenging behavior. Although conditional probability analyses are correlational, functional analyses may not produce clear results due to discrimination issues.

 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
Using the IISCA to Inform Functional Analysis and Treatment Development
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
CE Instructor: James Chok, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will describe the application of Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) to the development of functional analyses and function-based treatments. The first presentation will examine the predictive validity of open-ended interviews to develop hypotheses that are tested in experimental analyses to determine the function of problem behavior. The second presentation will review a treatment designed to address a problem behavior maintained by multiple reinforcers, one of which cannot be easily removed/terminated (access to a pool). The final presentation will compare the effectiveness of different procedures used to thin the schedule of reinforcement for an FCT program derived from an IISCA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): FCT, Functional Analysis, IISCA, Schedule Thinning
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for professionals who are board certified in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: By the conclusion of the talk, participants will be able to: 1) Describe findings related to the predictive validity of open-ended interviews as they relate to functional analysis development 2) Identify how to modify treatments when the functional reinforcer is not easily removed/terminated 3) Compare different methods for thinning schedules of reinforcement
 

The Predictive Validity of Open-Ended Interviews to Inform Functional Analysis Design

KELLY UBDEGROVE (Surrey Place Centre), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College)
Abstract:

Some researchers have argued against the use of indirect assessments such as interviews as the primary method to inform functional analysis design because interviews often yield inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the conditions under which problem behaviors occur. However, much of the extant literature on interviews has come from interview methods that involve close-ended questions (i.e., respondents are required to make a binary yes/no response). The extent to which open-ended interviews are limited in a similar manner is unknown and thus we investigated whether open-ended interviews could be used to inform functional analysis design. Four children who engaged in severe problem behavior participated. First, two raters independently interviewed a single caregiver for each child to determine if the open-ended interview would yield reliable correspondence between raters. Second, hypotheses generated by the two raters based on their respective interviews were tested in an analogue functional analysis. We found generally positive correspondence between raters as well as with functional analysis outcomes suggesting that open-ended interviews may have good predictive validity when designing functional analyses.

 

Assessment and Treatment, Using IISCA, for Two Individuals Who Refuse to Transition Away From the Pool

ART GLENN DOWDY (Melmark Pennsylvania; Temple University), Amanda Marie Finlay (Melmark Pennsylvania), Rebekah Hinchcliffe (Melmark Pennsylvania), Jay Salee (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

Children are required to transition from one location to another throughout their day. Problem behavior (e.g., tantrums, refusal) is often the result when children are asked to transition between activities in school (MacDuff, Krantz, & Mclannahan, 1993), between bedtime routines (Mindell, Kuhn, Lewin, Meltzer, & Sadeh, 2006), or from rich-to-lean environments (see e.g., Jessel, Hanley, Ghaemmaghami, 2016). We completed an Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) for two individuals diagnosed with autism who engaged in refusal behavior when asked to leave the pool area. The results of the IISCA suggest that pool refusal behavior was maintained by social negative reinforcement in the form of escaping the demand to leave the pool and maintained by positive reinforcement to continue to access the pool area. Treatment consists of allowing brief escape (10 seconds) when pool refusal behavior was emitted plus reinforcement. The effectiveness of preferred edible items and tangible items delivered to the participants' contingent upon leaving the pool area and entering the changing room were evaluated during treatment. This study extends the literature in two ways. First, the study evaluates the efficacy of a function-based treatment following the completion of the IISCA for transition refusal behavior in novel context (i.e., pool area). Second, the study evaluates the effectiveness of delivering competing reinforcement (i.e., edible and tangible items) when a preferred location (i.e., pool) cannot be removed.

 
A Comparison of Contingency-Based Reinforcement Thinning Procedures
Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), CHARLENE AGNEW (Queens College)
Abstract: Reinforcement thinning is an integral component of the treatment of problem behavior because it reduces the rate at which reinforcers are delivered to a practical and manageable point for caregivers. There are multiple different procedures that have been used to thin reinforcement with some including a response requirement during the delay (i.e., contingency-based) and others re-presenting the reinforcer solely on the passage of time (i.e., time-based). Contingency-based reinforcement thinning has the added benefit of teaching appropriate skills during the delay. We conducted this study to compare two variations of contingency-based reinforcement thinning procedures. The problem behavior of three participants with autism was first assessed during a functional analysis and treated using functional communication training (FCT). Following successful reductions in problem behavior during FCT, the reinforcement was thinned by progressively increasing (a) the number of instructions the participant must comply with or (b) the duration in which problem behavior cannot occur. Greater reductions in problem behavior were observed and leaner schedules of reinforcement were achieved when the contingency was dependent on appropriate behavior in comparison to the absence of problem behavior.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #221
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Developing Reading Skills in Mainstream Education

Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D.
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University)
Julian Leslie obtained his doctorate from Oxford University in 1974 since when he has been in academic posts in Northern Ireland. He published behaviour analysis textbooks in 1979, 1996, 2000, 2002 (the 1996 volume was reprinted until 2008 and remains in print, and the 2002 text also remains in print). As well as teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses, he has successfully supervised 48 Ph.D. students in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, applied psychology. Three recent Ph.D.'s are concerned with behavioural strategies to address environmental issues. In 1977 he was co-founder of the group, Behaviour Analysis in Ireland which is a chapter of ABAI. In 2004, the group became the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland, and he is currently the Division chair. Julian Leslie organised the Third European Meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour in Dublin, Ireland 1999, and has co-organised 11 annual conferences of the Division of Behaviour Analysis from 2007 to 2017, variously in Dublin, Galway and Athlone. He was a keynote speaker at the European Association for Behaviour Analysis in Milan in 2006, and in Crete, Greece in 2010, and also a keynote speaker on behavioural strategies to address environmental issues at the Brazilian Association for Behaviour Analysis, Salvador 2011. From 1984 to 1994 Julian Leslie was head of the Psychology Department, and from 2008 to 2015 head of the Research Graduate School, Faculty of Life & Health Sciences, Ulster University. In 2014, Julian Leslie was awarded a Doctorate of Science by Ulster University for career research on the experimental analysis of behaviour. From 2014 he has given a series of papers on behavioural accounts of consciousness, including an invited address at BABAT 2017. Much current research involves developing skills of children in the classroom.
Abstract:

Many countries, including the US, the UK andNorthern Ireland, face continuing problems in developing literacy and reading skills in primary education with substantial numbers of children missing national literacy targets. Behaviour analysis of human development focusses on the need to specify key skills that comprise any higher-order activity and then train them explicitly in a program that is individualised for every child. In the case of reading, there is widespread agreement that key skills are phonemic awareness, use of phonics, fluency, guided oral reading, and acquisition of new vocabulary words. The Headsprout Early Reading program, developed by behaviour analysts, is an online package which targets each of the skills through intensive systematic phonics training. It thus makes use of computer-based instruction which, when used effectively, promotes higher levels of student engagement and enjoyment. A number of published studies of use of Headsprout have shown efficacy and efficiency in increasing the reading skills of individuals with autism and with typically developing learners within the classroom and home based settings. We have carried out several studies within mainstream schools in Northern Ireland using Headsprout to improve the reading skills of child at risk of failing to achieve literacy targets and have obtained encouraging results. The next stage is to achieve school district-wide implementation of this type of intervention. This requires us to meet many challenges in sustaining behaviour-based interventions in schools. Some of these will be outlined, and it will be suggested that, to improve our progress in this important task, we can draw on the huge literature on how to make interventions for autism effective and sustained.

Target Audience:

All those interested in delivering behavior programs in mainstream education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the behavior-analytic approach to skill development; (2) describe the use of behaviour-based computerized packages for teaching reading; (3) discuss the issues in delivering school-wide interventions and how these may be addressed.
 
 
Symposium #222
Factors That Enhance and Disrupt Timing Processes
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Cristina Dos Santos Thibodeau (University of Minho)
Abstract:

The ability to time accurately is important in a range of circumstances, from choosing in situations where time since a past event dictates where reinforcers are likely to be in the present, to choosing between reinforcers that will occur in the future. Time exerts relatively strong control over behaviour, even when other stimuli provide more reliable information about reinforcer availability. However, accuracy and precision of timing depends on a variety of environmental factors. This symposium explores factors that enhance or disrupt timing. We discuss timing processes underlying behavior in a variety of procedures, when timing is the most reliable stimulus signaling the likely availability of reinforcers, and when stimuli other than time are more reliable cues for the likely availability of reinforcers. Talks investigate how timing processes depend on other cues such as location, reinforcer rate, and how timing in the present is affected by past experience under time-based contingencies. We discuss the implications of findings for theories of timing, and for understanding the role of time in self control.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Reinforcers, Stimulus control, Timing
 

Learning-to-Time in the Midsession Reversal Task

CRISTINA DOS SANTOS THIBODEAU (University of Minho), Marco Vasconcelos (University of Aveiro; Center for Environmental and Marine Studies), Armando Machado (University of Minho)
Abstract:

In a midsession reversal task animals are required to do a simultaneous color discrimination between S+ and S-, and half way through the session contingencies are reversed. Typical performance of anticipation and perseveration errors around the reversal point, suggests that the effect of reinforcement is modulated by the time elapsed from the beginning of the session. In this task, some manipulations of the reinforcement rate produce biases in pigeons' performance consistent with the idea of time-regulated behavior. Other manipulations of the reinforcement rate seem to disrupt timing and enhance the control of local cues. These results can only be accounted by hybrid models of learning that take into consideration the combined effect of reinforcement and time over behavior. The Learning-to-Time model accounts for performance in this task when behavior is under temporal control and accurately predicts the observed biases. Altogether, model simulations and experimental data suggest important implications for current learning theories.

 

Competition for Stimulus Control: TimeVersus Location

RENATA PENNA BORGES NUNES CAMBRAIA (University of Minho), Marco Vasconcelos (University of Aveiro; Center for Environmental and Marine Studies), Armando Machado (University of Minho)
Abstract:

Recent research has supported a notion of time as a stimulus dimension that competes for control over behavior with other dimensions, such as location. In this experiment, pigeons were exposed to a temporal bisection task, with side keys associated to short and long stimulus durations (i.e., 3 s- left, 12 s- right). Then, intermediate durations were also presented without reinforcement. Keys were spatially set apart in a long operant chamber, and floor panels recorded location throughout trials. After acquisition, movement patterns were stereotypical in long-duration trials: Birds would go to the short side and, after about 4.5 s, leave for the long side. When differential reinforcement was provided for correct "long" and "short" key pecks, animals switched to the long side earlier when the "long" response produced more reinforcement, and later when it produced less. These manipulations also disrupted the stereotypical pattern: after leaving for the long side, pigeons returned to the short side depending on their location in the moment the duration ended (i.e., stimulus turns off). It is likely that location gained behavioral control because the differential payoff reduced the probability that the animal engaged in timing. However, the mechanisms behind this effect are still unclear.

 

Differential Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Low RateDuration on Timing Precision in a Peak Procedure

MATTHEW LELAND ECKARD (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
Abstract:

Timing processes have been implicated as potential mechanisms of interventions hypothesized to improve self-controlled choice. Specifically, exposure to delayed reinforcement and interval-based schedules has been shown to reduce subsequent impulsive choice while also improving temporal discrimination. However, the mechanism behind these interventions remains unclear. If improvement in timing processes is an underlying factor in previous intervention studies, then it is likely that similar timing improvements will occur when timing is assessed in isolation. In the current study, timing was assessed using a peak procedure prior to and following exposure to a differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedule in mice. Across three treatment groups, mice experienced a DRL schedule that was the same value, half the value, or one and a half the value of the fixed-interval schedule used in the peak procedure. A control group remained on the peak procedure. Following the DRL intervention, timing was reassessed using the same peak procedure. In contrast to previous reports, the DRL intervention produced a transient degradation in timing precision via increased peak spread. It is possible that previous DRL interventions may have functioned to decrease sensitivity to immediacy in some circumstances leading to alterations in impulsive choice.

 
 
Symposium #223
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in the Workplace: An Examination of Conflict, Turnover, and Satisfaction
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There are many known disadvantages to employee turnover such as decreased consumer satisfaction, increased effort to maintain clinical intergrity and increased costs to an organization to name a few. Given this, there are many advantages to knowing more about the factors associated with retention. In the presence of such information, directors of behavior analytic service organizations could begin to identify the precursors that lead to turnover and implement antecedent interventions that increase employee retention and satisfaction. The three papers in this symposium will focus on factors associated with employee turnover. Specifically, employee satisfaction, work place conflict and staff turnover will be the topics of the individual presentations. All presenters will share their data based results while highlighting the implications of their results on staff turnover and satisfaction in the workplace. In addition, each presenter will share suggestions for future research so that these important topics can continue to be addressed given the larger implications of efficient service delivery to our consumers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): employee retention, employee satisfaction, staff turnover
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practicing behavior analysts

 

The Impact of Staff Satisfaction and Turnover on Caregiver Satisfaction With Behavioral Services

Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Laura Beavin (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Hannah Stark (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Abstract:

This study took place as a post-hoc analysis in the context of a national accreditation process, designed to measure organizational health and clinical quality. A total of 68 service providers—who collectively employ approximately 6,000 clinical staff and service approximately 5,000 clients—were evaluated on over 50 clinical quality indicators. Two quality indicators explored are staff satisfaction with employment and caregiver satisfaction with behavioral treatment provided. The purpose of this analysis was to investigate the relationship of overall staff job satisfaction to compensation, career development, work engagement, relationship management, work environment, and scheduling. Staff satisfaction was also correlated with caregiver satisfaction with their child's treatment program, scheduling, staff, caregiver involvement and their child's progress. Trends in relation to caregiver ratings of providers and staff satisfaction will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Workplace Conflict on Voluntary Turnover and Lost Cases for BCBAs

CHELSEA CARTER (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Steve Hakim (California State University, Northridge), Christina Saez (California State University, Northridge), Shelby Jones (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Workplace conflict is prevalent in healthcare and education, and has been correlated with lowered job satisfaction and burnout. In this study, we distributed a survey to 600 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA's) through the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) to determine the rate and impact of workplace conflict for behavior analysts. Participants reported that they experienced the highest rate of workplace conflict with teachers, caregivers, colleagues, and supervisees. We found that the likelihood of voluntary turnover and lost cases are significantly related to self-reported rates of workplace conflict. BCBA's who are more likely to leave their current job report higher rates of conflict than those who are less likely to leave their job. Furthermore, BCBA's who report having lost clinical cases report higher rates of unresolved workplace conflict compared to those who have not lost a case. Also, there was no difference in the self-reported rate of workplace conflict for BCBA's who have been credentialed for a greater number of years, indicating that more years of experience in the field alone is not sufficient to reduce the likelihood of conflict. The results of our survey indicate that BCBA's would benefit from receiving formal training on how to resolve conflict that occurs in the workplace.

 

An Examination of Employee Satisfaction Within a Behavior Analytic Service Organization

GINGER R. WILSON-RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), John M. Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Cameron Milstein (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Employee satisfaction is a recognized factor that promotes increased retention of team members. With retention, increased consistency can be offered to consumers. Service organizations that offer services to children with autism have a particularly vested interest in producing this outcome given the deficits characteristic of learners on the spectrum. In addition, we have access to the principles of our science and tools offered by organizational behavior management (OBM) to examine employee satisfaction. Despite this, little research has examined these factors. This presentation will discuss the results of employee reported satisfaction, measured throughout the implementation of specific interventions aimed to increase satisfaction. Data were collected on satisfaction throughout baseline and intervention phases and intervention was evaluated with the use of a multiple baseline across service locations within the same organization. The data reveal that satisfaction, within our organization, was variable across the clinical positions with more senior team members reporting increased satisfaction and the specific variables that produced these outcomes were difficult to isolate. These results will be discussed in detail while reporting additional data that were collected on other measures of interest, such as attendance and retention. Future directions for those examining employee satisfaction will also be detailed.

 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
Romantic Love, Altruism, and the Self in Behavior Analytic Perspective
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While behavior analysts have focused their attention on a variety of socially important topics over the years, relatively less attention has been given to other topics, especially those which involve what may be considered complex human behavior. The first presentation focuses on one intersection of some of these topics, and addresses the topics altruism, selfishness, and the self. In particular, the first presentation aims to re-conceptualize the common distinction between altruistic and selfish behavior as well as the more general distinction between the self and others. While many topics are avoided because of their complexity, other topics may even be seen as beyond the scope of what a science of behavior could possibly address. The second presentation focuses on one such topic, that of Romantic Love. Indeed, while the topic may seem to be too difficult, complex, or in some way beyond that which the science of behavior could address, the second paper provides an alternative view. The discussant will provide commentary, identify common themes, and point to additional research needed such that an increasingly comprehensive natural science of behavior may continue to develop.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Advanced graduate students, BCBAs interested in complex behavior, researchers, teachers, etc.

 
Altruism, Selfishness, and Finding Your Self
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: While definitions of altruism vary, altruistic behavior may be broadly defined as behaving for the benefit of others, with no apparent benefit to the individual engaging in the altruistic act. The notion that behavior might occur in the absence of a clear reinforcer (i.e., without “benefit to the individual”) is contrary to behavioral thinking, however, especially that derived from common operant paradigms. The present presentation considers definitions of altruism and reviews behavior analytic treatments of the topic. In doing so, behavior that is engaged in for the benefit of one’s own self, selfish behavior, is also considered. Finally, as both of these topics pertain to the broad construct of the self, specific attention is given to the conceptualization of the self in behavior analytic perspective. In particular, the distinction between one’s self and others is considered, called into question, and reconstructed. In providing this alternative construction of the self the distinction between both altruistic and selfish behavior is also reconsidered.
 
Romantic Love in Scientific Perspective
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Complex psychological events, particularly those with substantial emotional components such as love, grief and rage, have received relatively little analytic attention from behavior scientists. This lack of attention is defended on several grounds. First, emotional actions are too poorly conceptualized as to make their incorporation into the analyses of complex problems profitable. Other legitimate difficulties arise from the need to find suitable units of analysis and useful metrics given both the complexity of such circumstances and the fact that more than one person’s behavior is typically at issue. Some reasons for the neglect of such events are without merit, however. For example, behavior scientists have claimed that the pattern of behavior we call love, while subject to scientific analysis, is nonetheless shrouded in mystery – a mystery that cannot be dispelled and is best left alone. The aim of this paper is to take issue with this argument, and to do so through a scientific examination of romantic love.
 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Automatic Measurement of Behavior Using Inertial Measurement Units
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: Erich K. Grommet (Troy University)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We assessed a novel method to measure behavior frequency. Utilizing the Life Performance Research's Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) device and a data filter, we counted response frequency derived from Euler angle and linear acceleration data associated with instances of simulated self-injurious behavior. When compared to a frequency counts of trained observers, the response rates were equivalent. Visual inspection of graphs showing Euler angle, linear acceleration, and temporal location (determined by observers and the data filter) show the filter is accurate when compared to observers. The measurement procedure successfully differentiated between hits to the head and leg, as well as less forceful touches to those same areas. Taken together, the data show the feasibility of automatic measurement of behavior with the potential to improve aspects of research and practice in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): inertial measurement, measurement
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts,

 

Automatic Measurement of Behavior Using Inertial Measurement Units

NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Gary Woo (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert W. Worsham (Self Employed), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jason Coderre (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Tristan Webbe (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Asli Unver (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

We assessed a novel method to measure behavior frequency. Utilizing the Life Performance Research's Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) device and a data filter, we counted response frequency derived from Euler angle and linear acceleration data associated with instances of simulated self-injurious behavior. When compared to a frequency counts of trained observers, the response rates were equivalent. Visual inspection of graphs showing Euler angle, linear acceleration, and temporal location (determined by observers and the data filter) show the filter is accurate when compared to observers. The measurement procedure successfully differentiated between hits to the head and leg, as well as less forceful touches to those same areas. Taken together, the data show the feasibility of automatic measurement of behavior with the potential to improve aspects of research and practice in behavior analysis.

 

Developing IMU Filters and Measuring Behavior in Applied Settings

DYLAN PALMER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Simmons College), Joseph Tacosik (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Developing Filters Using data generated from inertial measurement (IMU) units is a difficult, time consuming, and essential exercise. Here, we summarize the steps taken in developing a filter for one self-injurious response. We review raw IMU data and illustrate the process of identifying threshold values for counting. Once an IMU filter is created, there are a number of practical problems that must be solved. Battery life, Bluetooth connectivity, data storage, IMU placement, and many other variables affect the utility of measurement. Finally, we summarize our experiences with artificial intelligence filter development and various inertial measurement devices.

 
 
Symposium #226
CE Offered: BACB
Finding Truth in Workability: Analyses of Common Behavior-Analytic Practices in School and Clinic
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Zoey Watts (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Madison Jameson, M.A.
Abstract:

Philosophical doubt is one of the core attitudes upon which science should be based...and yet, we often hesitate to question what "is" within our field and science. The present symposium provides preliminary investigations to common practices within our field and provides analyses as to their viability in a field geared towards efficiency couched in evidence-based practice.

Keyword(s): Differential Reinforcement, OBM, Video prompting
Target Audience:

The target audience is RBTs and BCBAs who are beginner-moderate in their levels of experience specific to behavior-analytic practice.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn about the ways in which they may promote more reliable, real-time data collection methodologies with their staff/employees. 2. Participants will learn of the viability of DNRO as an intervention in isolation vs. additive, component-based approaches. 3. Attendees will be exposed to preliminary video prompting methods and how the ABA community should consider redefining what is entailed in our descriptions of video prompting/modeling if when these are accompanied by other prompting strategies.
 

Words Mean Something: A Parametric Analysis of Video Prompting

(Applied Research)
RODRIGO ESTEBAN MENDOZA (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Traditional video modeling and prompting accounts often supplement said interventions with stimulus and response prompts to promote the acquisition of some behavior. The present study investigated the extent to which video clip length alone impacts the acquisition of a novel skill via video prompting (i.e., in the absence of additional prompts). Results suggest that longer durations of clip length facilitated skill acquisition, yet gains were diminishing as the response requirement increased in the absence of additional prompts for four of four participants. The implications of video prompting are discussed.

 

Organizational Behavior Management in a Supported Living Setting: Increasing Daily Data Collection

(Applied Research)
JOHN GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services), Madison Jameson (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) uses principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and applies it to the fields of business and industry. Within the human services field, there tend to be many skills deficits in direct support staff members. The use of strategies derived from behavior analysis and organizational behavior management can be applied to aid the performance of staff members within this field. In the current study, OBM strategies were used to increase daily data completion of several direct support staff members in an adult supported living organization in central Missouri. A multiple baseline across participants experimental design was utilized. Staff members increased daily data collection completion to near 100%, following antecedent and consequence interventions by behavioral staff members. Staff were provided with personally selected reinforcers for appropriate data completion. Keywords: organizational behavior management, human services, and direct support workers

 

The Effect of Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behavior on Tolerance to Aversive Stimuli

(Applied Research)
Mario Lanuza (Arizona State University), ADAM HAHS (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to extend the research on Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DNRO). The procedure involved the removal of a stimulus (i.e., glasses in this case) contingent on the absence of a behavior that increases the probability of those alternative behaviors occurring in the future. Results indicate that the implementation of DNRO alone didn't facilitate acceptance of glasses-wearing behavior but required an additional reinforcement-based component to increase said behavior. The implications and viability of DNRO procedures alone are discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #227
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Reasoning From Basic Principles: Translating Behavioral Research Into Large Scale Applications

Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
T. V. JOE LAYNG (ChangePartner, Inc.)
T. V. Joe Layng has over 40 years of experience in the experimental and applied analysis of behavior with a particular focus on the design of teaching/learning environments. In 1999, he co-founded Headsprout. At Headsprout, Joe led the scientific team that developed the technology that forms the basis of the company's patented Early Reading and Reading Comprehension online reading programs and science sequence for which he was the chief architect. Recently, Joe co-founded ChangePartner, a company combining basic behavior analytic principles with artificial intelligence to integrate constructional behavior change at scale throughout large organizations such as hospitals. Joe earned a Ph.D. in Behavioral Science (biopsychology) at the University of Chicago. At Chicago, working with pigeons, he investigated animal models of psychopathology, specifically the recurrence of pathological patterns (head-banging) as a function of normal behavioral processes. Joe also has extensive clinical behavior analysis experience with a focus on ambulatory schizophrenia, especially the systemic as well as topical treatment of delusional speech and hallucinatory behavior. Joe is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and Chairman of the Board of Trustees, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology.
Abstract:

Elon Musk, Steve Jobs, and others have brought us innovation that both surprise and delight us. They not only produced new widgets, they are responsible for changing the way people live and work. Both advocated as essential the application of basic principles of science, engineering, and design in the creation of new technologies. Contrasted to reasoning from basic principles is reasoning from analogy. Much of what is created comes from this approach. In our initial design attempts we search for how others approached the problem. How did company X build an electric car? Reasoning from analogy may limit what we can do and prevent us from applying the full power of our science and technology in solving fundamental problems. Three products created at Headsprout, Inc. from 1999 to 2010 and the current approach taken by ChangePartner, Inc. today represent efforts to build applications at scale that rely on reasoning from basic principles. These efforts will be used to illustrate the power of the approach and suggest that searching for analogs, including, at times, previous applied research or applications, may be detrimental to applying the experimental and applied analysis of behavior at scale to new and interesting areas and problems.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between reasoning from basic principles and reasoning from analogy; (2) describe how reasoning from basic principles guided the development of the Headsprout instructional products; (3) describe how reasoning from basic principles is guiding the development of large scale organizational behavior change in hospitals.
 
 
Symposium #228
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Strategies to Promote Active and Meaningful Learning in Higher Education
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew Bulla (Armstrong State University )
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that only roughly 63% of students beginning college complete a bachelors degree within 6 years (Berkner, He & Forrest Cataldi, 2002). Some proposed explanations of these data resort to blaming the types of students enrolled in college, stating that more high school students with lower achievement are being accepted into university settings (Berliner & Biddle, 1995). To better help educators, the Association of American Colleges and Universities (AAC&U; 2007) specified goals and objectives for undergraduate educational outcomes. Behavior analysis poses a solution to this problem by offering a variety of methods that have demonstrated increases in academic achievement in higher education (Bernstein & Chase, 2013). The first presentation will focus on analyzing instructional content and arranging teaching strategies to promote concept learning in higher education. The second presentation will discuss the effects of SAFMEDS on college students performance as compared to practice multiple-choice questions, demonstrating one way to include fluency based instruction in the classroom.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Instructional Design, SAFMEDS
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is any professional in the field of behavior analysis who is interested in or currently teaching behavior analysis, either at the university level or training level.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the symposium, attendees will be able to 1.) State what SAFMEDS are and how to use them 2.) Discriminate examples of conceptual teaching vs. non-examples of conceptual teaching 3.) State two behavioral strategies that can be applied to higher education
 
Teaching Complex Concepts in Higher Education: An Analysis of Instructional Material and Strategies to Promote Conceptual Learning
(Theory)
ANDREW BULLA (Armstrong State University)
Abstract: For many, the goal of higher education is to teach beyond general understanding and promote critical thinking as well as conceptual understanding of material. Skinner defined a concept as a set of stimuli that share more than one property, and all members within that class control the same response (Skinner, 1974). Tiemann and Markle (1990) further analyzed what a concept is and defined concepts in terms of critical features (i.e., those properties that must be present for the stimulus to control the response), and variable features (i.e., those properties that are irrelevant for membership in the stimulus class). Concepts are most often acquired through direct instruction. Research in instructional design principles specify optimal conditions to teach concepts including, but not limited to, teaching using a set of far-out examples and close-in non-examples, a sufficient amount of practice, and testing for conceptual learning with novel stimuli that differ from your teaching stimuli (Tennyson & Park, 1980; Tiemann and Markle, 1990; Markle, 1990). The current presentation reviews the available research on concept instruction and provides recommendations for teaching complex concepts in higher education. Additionally, specific strategies for teaching and assessing conceptual information will be shared.
 

Outcomes of Fluency-Based Practice: Using Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) With College Students

(Applied Research)
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Catherine Stephens (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Techniques aimed at building fluency are thought to promote efficient learning and retention (Quigley, Peterson, Frieder, & Peck, 2017). One method for gaining fluency is a specialized method of studying flashcards called Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS). The aim of the current study was to evaluate the extent to which using SAFMEDS affected performance in a traditional college course. We compared exam grades of students assigned to study SAFMEDS to those of students assigned to practice multiple-choice questions. The participants were undergraduate students enrolled in an introductory course on behavior principles. Students were assigned home and in-class practices of either SAFMEDS or multiple-choice questions, and they were graded on fluency and accuracy during in-class performances. Nearly three times as many students enrolled in the multiple-choice sections received low exam grades (D or F letter grades) compared to students enrolled in the SAFMEDS sections. These differences occurred despite no significant differences in the GPA or academic standing of participants across groups. This research demonstrated a meaningful outcome of using SAFMEDS with college students and presents one method for arranging fluency activities in a traditional college course.

 
 
Panel #229
CE Offered: BACB
Doctoral Training for Behavior Analysts: A New Community of Reinforcement Awaits Today's Practitioners
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, M.A.
Chair: Megan G. Kunze (University of Oregon)
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon)
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University)
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University)
Abstract:

The indicators of high quality training of behavior analysts who will work as practitioners remain somewhat controversial. Some researchers argue that faculty research productivity is correlated to improved practitioner training (Dixon, Reed, Smith, Belisle, & Jackson, 2015) while others have argued for alternative quality indicators of training programs including exam pass rates (e.g. Ahearn, Green, Riordan, & Weatherly, 2015). An inescapable reality is that high quality doctoral training programs provide the essential faculty to enter into the training pipeline and as such promoting practitioner entry into doctoral training programs should be a consideration for improving the quality of practitioner training. Doctoral training programs in applied behavior analysis and related fields provide future scholars with advanced coursework, but also apprenticeship in research design and supervised college teaching. A panel of faculty from doctoral training programs in special education and educational psychology discuss the following topics: (a) if and why practitioners should consider a Ph.D., (b) selection of a Ph.D. program and faculty advisor, (c) developing a competitive application for doctoral programs, (d) funding Ph.D. program, and (e) life after the Ph.D. as faculty.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

board certified behavior analysts; graduate students; faculty in doctoral degree granting programs

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. verbally articulate the reasons why practitioners should consider obtaining a Ph.D., 2. discuss strategies for selection of a Ph.D. program and faculty advisor, 3. list the components of a competitive application for a research intensive doctoral program
Keyword(s): doctoral training
 
 
Symposium #230
Establishment of Naming Skills in Preschool Children With Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Discussant: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Children without naming skills may have to learn new speaker and listener behavior through the direct reinforcement and/or corrections by other people. Naming allows children to learn these verbal functions from incidental experiences. Experiments trying to clarify the basic processes of how children acquire naming could both contribute to a greater understanding of determinants of language development, and to the development of effective procedures for use in applied settings. We present two research projects related to establishment of naming in preschool children with autism. The first paper reports using an operant discrimination procedure to condition social stimuli as reinforcers as intervention to acquire naming skills. Then, the operants included in naming were exposed for these consequences through singular exemplar instruction. The second paper reports the effects of a sufficient exemplar training procedure in establishing naming in three children. The results showed that training one exemplar at a time to mastery could be an effective procedure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Conditioned reinforcement, Naming, Sufficient exemplar
 
Establishment of Naming Through Conditioning of Reinforcers
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: Naming is a behavioral verbal cusp that involves the ability to learn new object-name relations from incidental experiences. Component naming skills comprise listener responses, echoics, and tacts. These skills are typically maintained by conditioned social reinforcers, such as smile, nods, acknowledgements, change of visual focus, and so on. Often, however, these social stimuli do not function as reinforcers for the behavior of children with autism. The purpose of the present study was to condition relevant social stimuli as reinforcers through operant discrimination training as the intervention to improve naming skills and, next to reinforce the operants included in naming with those conditioned reinforcers. The operant conditioning procedure of social reinforcers resulted in an increased frequency of responses upon which these stimuli were contingent. Through Singular Exemplar Training, using those conditioned social reinforcers, all participants acquired operants included in naming: Three of four preschool participants with autism demonstrated full naming after social stimuli were conditioned as reinforcers, whereas one participant showed only the listener part of naming. This study adds to the literature that shows the importance of establishing relevant social conditioned reinforcers to improve complex social behavior in children with autism, such as naming.
 

Effects of Sufficient Exemplar Training on Naming Skills in Children With Autism

ROY SALOMONSEN (University Hospital of North Norway), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

Naming is defined as a verbal capacity where a child will respond both as a listener and as a speaker after hearing and observing another person give name to a stimulus. A common way to teach naming is training sets of exemplars concurrently. The aim of the present study was to examine whether a sufficient exemplar procedure, training listener and speaker behavior for one item at a time, could result in naming. Naming probes were conducted prior to training of each untrained exemplars to see if generalization to new exemplars occurred. The probes consisted of the experimenter first tacting an item while the participants were observing, and then conducting listener and speaker probes to see if the participants could identify the item. Generalization probes were conducted to observe if generalization from training to other settings and people occurred. A non-concurrent multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effect of the intervention for three pre-school children with autism. Results showed that two out of three participants showed naming skills, and the third participant improved her performance. The results suggest that a sufficient exemplar training procedure is effective in establishing naming. Sufficient exemplar training seems especially suitable for monitoring generalization effects during intervention as it allows for a large degree of individualization.

 
 
Symposium #231
Integrating Human-Animal Interactions into Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: AAB/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Susan G. Friedman (Utah State University)
Abstract:

With the rapid expansion of interventions integrating therapy dogs into behavioral and educational programs with children in recent years, research into these interventions has not caught up. This symposium will cover human-animal interactions from both the child and the dog perspective. Three talks will present research on the impact of animal-assisted interventions on children and one on therapy dogs' welfare and perceptions of these programs. Discussions will include strategies of integrating human-animal interaction research into the principles of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): animal-assisted, children, therapy dog
 

Effectiveness of Animal-Assisted Social Skills Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

COURTNEY JORGENSON (University of Missouri), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

The use of Animal-Assisted Interventions (AAI) with individuals with developmental disabilities is becoming increasingly popular and often targets social skill deficits, one of the main concerns associated with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To date, there is little evidence to support the use of AAI to improve social skills for children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to critically evaluate AAI using a therapy dog to increase social skills in young children with ASD. Participants were ages 3-8 years, diagnosed with ASD, and able to speak in short sentences. Alternating treatments and reversal designs were used to compare conditions in which (1) a therapy dog was not present, (2) access to a therapy dog was noncontingent, (3) access to a therapy dog was contingent on interacting with a therapist, and (4) access to another preferred item was contingent on interacting with a therapist. Results varied across participants. While contingent access to the therapy dog did increase social interactions for some participants, it was the most effective intervention for only one participant. These results have important implications for the field. Practitioners should be aware that some clients may be better-suited for AAI than others.

 

A Comparison of Three Methods of Integrating Therapy Dogs Into ABA-Based Educational Sessions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KIRSTEN LEATHERWOOD (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University), Megan Elizabeth Arant (Texas Tech University), Breanna Harris (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that therapy dogs may function as reinforcers for some children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD); however notable limitations in the original study design warranted a partial replication and extension of the results. In Experiment 1 we measured changes in the rate of responding correctly to educational tasks across five conditions in a multielement design with five children with ASD. The conditions were contingent praise (negative control), contingent leisure item (positive control), contingent therapy dog, noncontingent therapy dog, and a combined contingent leisure item and noncontingent therapy dog. We assessed preference for items/dog before and after the experiment as well as preference for conditions at the end of the experiment. Saliva samples were collected from each child before and after every session for determination of cortisol concentration. Experiment 1 did not reveal clear trends as data for most participants were not differentiated across conditions. In Experiment 2, we used a reversal design with six children to ease discrimination of conditions and to clarify whether the combined experimental condition can produce higher or equivalent responding as the contingent leisure condition.

 

Therapy Dog Welfare: Stress and Avoidance Behavior of Therapy Dogs During Sessions

MEGAN ELIZABETH ARANT (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

With the growing practice of incorporating dogs into therapy settings, understanding how the therapy dogs are affected may be key in providing better welfare. Therapy dogs often undergo situations where they may experience unpredictable interactions; however, it is unclear how dogs perceive interactions. Through three separate experiments, this study aims to observe stress and affiliative behaviors of therapy dogs during successive exposure to the same children with autism spectrum disorder over several months. For the first experiment, nine therapy dog-child dyads (nine children, five dogs) were assessed alongside a study with experimental ABA-type educational sessions. A second experiment added baseline observations to provide further investigation into the stress during session. Experiment three was conducted to determine if children were aversive to the therapy dogs. In general, dogs did not appear to habituate to the children across sessions. Dogs in this study had individual differences and perceive children differently. Touching the dog and poking the dog's face increases stress behavior in dogs. In order to increase the human-animal bond between therapy dogs and the people they impact, recognizing stress and affiliative behavior in therapy dogs may lead to improvements to welfare conditions.

 

Effect of Pet Dogs on Children's Perceived Stress and Cortisol Response

NATHANIEL HALL (Texas Tech University), Darlene Kertes (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

The present study tested whether pet dogs have stress-buffering effects for children during a validated laboratory-based protocol, the Trier Social Stress Test for Children (TSST-C). Participants were 101 children aged 7–12 years with their primary caregivers and pet dogs. Children were randomly assigned in the TSST-C to a pet present condition or one of two comparison conditions: parent present or no support figure present. Baseline, response, and recovery indices of perceived stress and cortisol levels were based on children's self-reported feelings of stress and salivary cortisol. In addition, behavioral sociability of dogs and interactions with children were behaviorally coded. Results indicated that pet dog presence significantly buffered the perceived stress response in comparison to children in the alone and parent present conditions. No main condition effect was observed for cortisol. Further, behavioral sociability scoring of the dogs was also correlated with child reported attachment to the dog, indicating the importance of dog-child interaction.

 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Haney (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Peterson, M.A.
Abstract:

The causes of pediatric feeding disorders are often multifactorial and may include interactions between medical conditions, oral-motor difficulties, and behavioral mismanagement (Babbitt, Hoch, & Coe, 1994; Piazza, 2008). Feeding disorders can range from mild to severe relative to their impact on nutrition and growth. Mild problems might include self-feeding skill deficits or difficulty transitioning to age-appropriate textures (Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004), whereas more severe difficulties could involve total food and liquid refusal, which may lead to substantial weight loss, malnourishment, and growth impairments (Piazza, & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). The purpose of the current symposium will be to review effective treatments for pediatric feeding disorders including antecedent interventions and caregiver training. The first presentation will compare variations of redistribution and bolus placement as treatment for packing. The second presentation will compare the effects of demand fading in terms of bolus placement and size, with and without escape extinction to treat food refusal. The third presentation will review the effects of simultaneous presentation of table textured foods to increase chewing and decrease latency to mouth clean. The final presentation will evaluate whether consumption would occur with caregivers following therapist-implemented nonremoval of the spoon with two caregiver-child dyads.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent approaches, caregiver training, feeding disorders
Target Audience:

Individuals interested in learning more about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. For BCBAs, BCaBCs, RBTs, and any other practitioners.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to review effective antecedent interventions for pediatric feeding disorders. Attendees will be able to identify effective strategies to reduce packing. Attendees will be able to identify successful methods for increasing chewing skills. Attendees will be able to identify effective training strategies for caregivers.
 

Brief Assessments to Reduce Packing in Children With Feeding Disorders

BRADLEY BLOOMFIELD (University of Utah), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Packing (holding food in the mouth) is a problematic mealtime behavior displayed by children with feeding disorders that results in prolonged meal durations and decreased caloric intake (Gulotta et al., 2005). Clinically, packing often emerges following treatment with nonremoval of the spoon, or bite persistence, which is a well-supported intervention for increasing acceptance and reducing refusal behavior. Redistribution represents the treatment with the most empirical support for reducing packing. The procedure involves the feeder collecting the food from the mouth with a utensil after the bite has been deposited and then placing it mid-tongue. Emerging evidence, however, also supports the use of an alternative bolus placement (e.g., flipped-spoon or Nuk presentation) as a treatment to decrease packing and latency to clean mouth (Stubbs et al., 2017). The current study presents data on brief protocol assessments conducted when packing emerged for two children participating in a day-treatment program for total food refusal. We compared variations of redistribution (e.g., different time intervals) and/or bolus placement within or across meal blocks to determine the course of subsequent treatment for each participant. The implications of conducting brief assessments for clinical decision making and the use of redistribution procedures to treat packing will be discussed.

 

Demand Fading With and Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

JESSICA WOOLSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Keane (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Gonzalez (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Aiken (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Investigators have shown that manipulating placement and/or size of bite presentations may alter the response effort involved in eating and thus the likelihood of inappropriate mealtime behavior exhibited by children diagnosed with feeding disorders (Dolezal, 2006; Kerwin, Ahearn, Eicher, & Burd, 1995; Sharp & Jaquess, 2009). To our knowledge, no studies have systematically compared the effects of demand fading with and without escape extinction to escape extinction in isolation to treat pediatric food refusal. We conducted an assessment to determine the effects of varying bolus sizes and bite placements on the inappropriate mealtime behavior, compliance, and negative vocalizations of 3 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. Then, we used a combined multielement and reversal design to compare the effects of demand fading along bite placement and/or bolus size combined with escape extinction and escape extinction alone. Results showed that escape extinction was necessary; however, escape extinction combined with demand fading was associated with beneficial effects (i.e., more stable compliance and decreased inappropriate mealtime behavior and negative vocalizations) for all children. Interobserver agreement was collected during at least 33% of sessions and was above 80% for all children. Conceptual and clinical implications of these findings will be discussed.

 

Using Simultaneous Presentation of Table Textured Foods to Increase Chewing and Decrease Latency to Mouth Cleans in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders

VICTORIA PHAM (Clinic 4 Kidz), Kerri Caltabiano (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder may show deficits with oral motor skills necessary (i.e., chewing, tongue lateralization) to consume table textured foods. These children may display skill deficits if they remain dependent on pureed foods for an extended period of time. To address these deficits, it is common to implement a skill training protocol. However, some children may learn the basic skills to chew and swallow but it may not transition to all foods or chewing/swallowing in a timely manner may be problematic. In order to increase consumption of these foods and decrease other behaviors such as gagging, children must learn to chew and swallow efficiently. The purpose of this study was to increase chewing and decrease latency to mouth cleans using simultaneous presentation. The first participant swallowed mixed textured foods without chewing and the second participant would pack soft table textured foods. For both participants, foods that were consumed efficiently were paired with foods that were not. The results of this study showed that when simultaneous presentation was implemented, chewing increased (first participant) and latency to mouth cleans decreased (second participant). These data are discussed in relation to skills training and achieving age-typical eating patterns.

 

Post-Treatment Generalization and Caregiver Training Following Nonremoval of the Spoon

JONATHAN K. FERNAND (University of Florida), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding problems can occur in upwards of 35% of typically developing children and 90% of children with developmental disabilities. Although the effects of a feeding problem (e.g., weight loss, malnutrition, death) represent drastic long-term outcomes, an increased occurrence of inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., aggression, disruption) contributes to increased family stress in the short term. Procedures relying on escape extinction (e.g., Nonremoval of the spoon) are common methods in treating feeding problems given that they are typically maintained by social-negative reinforcement. Although escape extinction is highly efficacious, it remains unclear to what extent children will eat with their caregivers following therapist-implemented procedures in clinics or inpatient-care facilities. The purpose of the current study was to directly test whether consumption would occur with caregivers following therapist-implemented nonremoval of the spoon with two caregiver-child dyads. In addition, we sought to test what procedures were required for caregivers to improve their feeding skills whether generalization occurred or not. Data suggest that some parents might not need to be directly trained. In addition, training (e.g., instructions, role play), when necessary, might be easier for caregivers following therapist-implemented feeding evaluations.

 
 
Paper Session #233
Applied Behavior Analysis in Educational Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
 
The Roles of the Board Certified Behavior Analyst in Public Schools: Implications for Preparation and Ethical Practice
Domain: Service Delivery
JUDITH SYLVA (California State University, San Bernardino), Cristina Geronimo (Riverside County Office of Education), Doreen J. Ferko (California Baptist University)
 
Abstract: The impact of public perception of applied behavior analysis in schools has long been recognized as a barrier to effective practice in school settings. The establishment of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) in 1998 was a key accomplishment in meeting the professional need for credentialing and establishing professional standards that are data-driven and continuously reviewed by experts in the discipline. The central theme of this presentation is an exploration of the roles that BCBAs experience in public school settings and implications for preparation and ethical practice. Prior research conducted in rural settings will be reviewed as well as the experience of BCBAs practicing in urban and suburban public schools. The impact of these experiences will be discussed in terms of working conditions and practices that are consistent with the principles of applied behavior analysis. Questions that will be explored include, the extent to which perceptions of applied behavior analysis held by teachers, parents, administrators and other school personnel influence the roles and practices of BCBAs in schools; the question of bias toward clinical practice in the preparation of BCBAs; and how BCBAs who work in public school settings resolve the ethical dilemmas they may face in their practice.
 

The Use of Mechanical Restraints in Schools: How Behavior Analysts Can Help Inform Practice

Domain: Service Delivery
DIANA SOCIE (University of South Florida), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jodi Bernard (Los Angeles Unified School District), Jennifer M. Hodnett (University of South Florida)
 
Abstract:

Individuals with disabilities who engage in self-injurious behavior may be at-risk of serious injury and, in rare circumstances, can benefit from the use of mechanical restraints (e.g., helmets, arm splints, mitts). However, the use of mechanical restraints in schools continues to be the topic of much debate. Many states do not provide regulations or policies around their use, and many educators lack the necessary training to use them effectively. Although there are many concerns about the use of mechanical restraints in schools, most of the controversy comes from misuse or misunderstanding. In this presentation, practitioners will be exposed to a case study to learn about best practices for working with schools to implement behavior plans utilizing mechanical restraints. Through this case study, we will discuss a restraint analysis, restraint use, restraint fading, and using behavior skills training to teach school staff how to use the mechanical restraints. We will also address how behavior analysts can work more effectively with school staff to achieve improved outcomes for students and how behavior analysts can inform the process of incorporating behavior plans into students' Individualized Education Plans (IEPs).

 

In-Service Training to Improve Transition and Individualized Education Program Goal Functionality Knowledge of Secondary Special Education Teachers

Domain: Applied Research
MUHAMMED KARAL (Pennsylvania State University), Pamela Wolfe (Pennsylvania State University)
 
Abstract:

The What Works Clearinghouse based high-quality professional development model entitled as Tell, Show, Try, Apply (TSTA) method was used to train secondary special education teachers about knowledge of transition planning and knowledge of IEP (Individualized Education Program) goal development and functionality for students with moderate to severe disabilities. A total of 22 teachers of students participated in the training and assessments. The impact of the in-service training was evaluated to determine its effects on secondary special education teachers' knowledge. In addition, generalization to an untrained area for developing functional goals was taken. Results indicated that the training was effective not only in increasing teachers' knowledge but also generalization across content. Several recommendations for future research related to the in-service training were proposed.

 
Training Communication Partners on Implementation of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS): A Literature Review
Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY MCCOY (Pennsylvania State University), David McNaughton (Pennsylvania State University)
 
Abstract: Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a frequently used augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) technique for individuals with autism. Much of the early work with PECS has examined the effectiveness of a researcher teaching a communicator to use PECS. However, in practice, researchers do not work directly with communicators, and there are likely important differences between interventions delivered by researchers, and those delivered by more typical communication partners (e.g., teachers, aides, parents). For example, when the researcher is acting as the communication partner there is likely more frequent monitoring of treatment fidelity but in reality, frequent monitoring is virtually non‐existent in the natural environment (Ganz et al., 2013; Howlin, Gordon, Pasco, Wade, & Charman, 2007). The creators of PECS, Bondy & Frost, state that the success of the PECS intervention is dependent on the quality of training provided by communication partners (2001), necessitating effective training for the communication partner. Therefore, this systematic review summarizes the published research on training communication partners, specifically education professionals, to implement PECS including (a) training methods, (b) immediate and long‐term training effects. Additionally, this review sought to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the existing literature to provide guidance for intervention and future research.
 
 
 
Paper Session #234
Clinical Interventions in Treatment
Sunday, May 27, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services)
 

A Comparison of Procedures for Evaluating Generalization Following Matrix Training

Domain: Applied Research
Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Victoria Sadler (Beacon ABA Services), ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
 
Abstract:

Matrix training has been used to promote generalized responding in the demonstration of targeted object, action, language routines (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989; Dauphin, Kinney, & Stromer, 2004) by presenting the learner with stimuli in pairs and then assessing generalization across novel combinations of the same stimuli. Although this procedure is effective in determining emergence of untrained relations given the presentation of pairs, it deviates from a typical play scenario in which all materials are available at once. The present study was conducted to design a method of evaluating to a practical degree, generalization demonstrated in matrix training. Using a 3x3 matrix, two participants were taught to perform motor actions and vocalizations with three pairs of toys with video modeling. Following acquisition of trained targets, participants were exposed to two generalization tests repeatedly. In one test, materials were presented to the participant in pairs as they typically are in matrix training. In the other test, all materials were presented to the participant at one time. Both participants demonstrated more motor actions and vocalizations across learned and unlearned targets when objects were presented in pairs as compared to being presented will all materials at once.

 

Teaching Appropriate Play Routines Through Video Modeling as a Treatment of Vocal and Motor Stereotypy

Domain: Applied Research
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph Robitaille (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services)
 
Abstract:

Restrictive and repetitive behaviors, often referred to stereotypy, are one component of the diagnostic criteria observed on children with autism, as it is widely known to impacts the teaching and development of communication, socialization, play, and adaptive behaviors. Among the most common treatment procedures is the response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedure that involves the addition of topographically incompatible response requirement that results in a reduction in rates of stereotypy. The goal of the present research was to develop an alternative to this punishment procedure that focus on the acquisition of appropriate routines that do not include repetitive patterns and that promote generalization. One participant was taught three new 1-min play routines using different play materials using video modeling procedures using a multiple baseline across activities experimental design. Following acquisition of the appropriate target skills, stereotypy was measured during the 1-min and an additional 9-min of access to those activities. Results showed that acquisition of appropriate play skills reduced the rates of stereotypy and that its effects extended beyond the 1-min directly trained. Procedures that teaching appropriate routines and that generalize without the use of punishment should be considered as an alternative to RIRD.

 

Evaluation of Collateral Effects on Social Interactions on a Self-Monitoring and Reinforcement Procedure to Decrease Motor Stereotypy in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
LISA TERESHKO (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Nicole Martocchio (Beacon ABA Services)
 
Abstract:

Repetitive and stereotypic motor movements or vocal behavior are one of diagnostic characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Motor stereotypy can interfere with the acquisition and demonstration of many adaptive skills. Additionally, the occurrence of repetitive motor behavior in young children with ASD may socially stigmatize individuals and limit the development and maintenance of peer relationships. The current study evaluated the effects of a differential reinforcement procedure used to establish control over motor stereotypy. Control over motor stereotypy was established in the training condition (while wearing the bracelet), and its use was then expanded to non-training settings. In the second experimental phase, the child was taught a multi-step self-monitoring program using the bracelet procedure. The data indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing the occurrence of motor stereotypy across all evaluated settings for longer durations. During the course of the intervention social interactions made by the child increased over baseline levels. Although motor stereotypy was not completely eliminated by the procedure, the reduction was significant as was the increase in social interactions. The findings are discussed in terms of social validity and establishment and transfer of stimulus control.

 

The Use of iPads to Improve Leisure Skills of Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability

Domain: Applied Research
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes; Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Ken Thurman (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
 
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are characterized by difficulties in social interactions and presence of repetitive behaviors and restrictive interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These characteristics can affect their daily functions and pose problems in obtaining and maintaining stable employment (Shattuck, et al., 2012; Taylor and Seltzer, 2012). This tendency increases for individuals with a comorbid diagnosis such as Intellectual Disability (ID). In addition, their limited or lack of ability to engage in leisure activities can affect a quality of life (Garcia-Villmaisar, & Dattilo, 2010; Patterson, & Pegg, 2009). Given a handful of studies focused on this important skills, especially for adults with ASD and ID, the present study examined the efficacy of a most-to-least prompting procedure on independent leisure engagement of six adults with ASD and ID using iPads. Additionally, this study investigated the impact of a visual schedule on the participants’ independent transitioning between leisure activities on the iPads. Further, a survey was conducted to explore social validity of the interventions, including social perceptions of the use of these commonly available devices and the stigma associated with these devices.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #235
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Ethics

Research Synthesis of Behavioral Interventions for People With Autism: Strategies to Maximize Social Impact

Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (The University of Auckland)
Javier Virues-Ortega is a senior lecturer and director of the Applied Behaviour Analysis programme at The University of Auckland (New Zealand). After five years in a leading public health research institution he developed an interest in translating mainstream outcome research methods into applied behavior analysis. He is author of over a hundred specialized publications. His work has been cited thousands of times and summarized in the medical policies of a number of major health insurance providers in the US. For example, UnitedHealthcare group cited and summarized two of Virues-Ortega's meta-analyses in their policy on behavioural services for autism spectrum disorder.
Abstract:

Scientists cite clinical trials hundreds of times while decision makers use clinical trials and meta-analyses as the foundation for policies affecting millions. By contrast, JABA papers live a silent and unassuming life. Historically, applied behavior analysis has disregarded the potential for an "applied behavioral synthesis." The vast majority of our empirical literature is composed of experimental analyses of molecular processes often evaluating the impact of discrete reinforcement-based procedures on few behaviors of interest over a limited period of time. We lack a conceptual framework to translate experimentally sound baby steps into service and treatment models that have to be comprehensive and longitudinal in nature. This talk will explore strategies for synthesizing behavior-analytic evidence that would be compatible with both the single-subject experimental tradition of applied behavior analysis, and the outcome research standards of mainstream clinical sciences. The end goal of this approach is to develop efficient channels to translate applied behavior analysis into service models that policy and health decision-makers could find acceptable.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the relative social impact of various forms of evaluating evidence; (2) Understand the key differences in evidence evaluation between behavior analysis and mainstream clinical sciences; (3) Understand the empirical basis (or lack of thereof) of key methodological standards of randomized control trials; (4) Understand the potential for behavior-analytic research to follow them.
 
 
Symposium #236
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Social Initiation Skills and Play Skills for Children Diagnosed With Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kelly Kohler (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Ann Korneder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) typically presents with deficits in communication, socialization, and play. This presentation aims to address the effects of systematic instruction aimed to increase social initiations during shared book reading and pretend play skills of young children with ASD. Results of the independent studies indicate that systematic instruction and reinforcement of targeted behaviors within pretend play and book reading activities can increase participation and skill repertoire. In one study, the effectiveness of an intervention to increase independent initiations of three young children with ASD during shared book experiences was examined using the multiple probe design. The intervention resulted an increase in verbal responses to adult initiations and children's independent verbal commenting with pointing to direct the adult's attention to an image in the shared book. Findings suggest that children with ASD can independently initiate and respond during shared book experiences when behaviors are systematically taught and reinforced. In a separate study, changes in toy selection, during a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, were targeted by teaching pretend play skills with a task analysis, the use of direct reinforcement, and stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. Results indicate that exposure to toys and teaching a child how to play with the toy have an effect on the preference for that toy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, pretend play, shared reading, task analysis
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

 

The Use of a Task Analysis, Direct Reinforcement, and Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing on Pretend Play Skills

Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University), JAMES CHARLES BLEVINS (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism are known to have behavioral deviations in play. Children diagnosed with autism often participate in stereotypy rather than appropriate play due to a small repertoire of reinforcers (Koegel, Firestone, Kramme & Dunlap, 1974). Research regarding play skills has discovered that new choices can be conditioned through stimulus-stimulus pairing (Nuzzolo-Gomez, Leonard, Ortiz, Rivera & Greer, 2002). Egel (1981), found that children diagnosed with autism frequently struggle with motivation for educational activities. Children with a variety of reinforcers are more motivated, on-task, and have less satiation than when offered unchanging reinforcement. This suggests that if a child with autism does not have a large repertoire of reinforcers, she will be easily satiated on few preferred items and progress can stagnate. In the current study changes in toy selection, during a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, were targeted by teaching pretend play skills with a task analysis, the use of direct reinforcement, and stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. Results indicate that exposure to toys and teaching a child how to play with the toy have an effect on the preference for that toy. The pairing procedure shows inconsistent results.

 

Increasing Child Initiations During Shared Reading Experiences: An Intervention for Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SOPHIA R. D'AGOSTINO (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder demonstrate delays in early social interaction skills, such as responding to and initiating interactions with others (Freeden & Koegel, 2006). The effectiveness of an intervention to increase independent initiations of three young children with ASD during shared book experiences was examined. Using the multiple probe design, children's responses and initiations with a social partner were measured during baseline, intervention, and mastery sessions with generalization probes to novel books occurring during each phase. The intervention resulted an increase in verbal responses to adult initiations and children's independent pointing and verbal commenting to direct the adult's attention to an image in the shared book. Findings suggest that young children with ASD can independently initiate and respond during shared book experiences across various books when behaviors are systematically taught and reinforced. Future research should investigate effects of the current intervention combined with shared reading interventions aimed to increase early literacy skills in young children with ASD.

 
 
Symposium #237
CE Offered: BACB
Reevaluating the Big Picture: New Approaches to Old Dogma in ABA and Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Amanda C. Nicolson (Swan Consulting Inc.)
CE Instructor: Lisa Stoddard, M.A.
Abstract:

More than five decades of research have documented the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic (ABA) treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The ABA service delivery industry has proliferated accordingly and various models of ABA treatment have been largely influenced by the research and practice sites where they originated. As clinical practices have spread, many traditional practices that have been components of larger models have maintained, regardless of whether research has shown those individual components to be crucial. This symposium brings together two presentations that reevaluate traditional practices and discuss directions for future research and practice. The first presentation, by Lisa Stoddard, discusses the concept of purpose-driven understanding at the level of the direct implementer ABA therapist. The second presentation, by Erin Herbe, is a program evaluation of the effects of transitioning from all-trials data collection to first trial data collection in a multiple baseline across three children with autism. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Amanda Adams.

Keyword(s): data collection, principles, probe data
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts working with children with autism and interested in staff training and data collection issues

 

What's the Point? Purpose-Driven Applied Behavior Analysis at the Implementer Level

(Theory)
Lisa Stoddard (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jennifer L. Harris (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), JONATHAN TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Procedural integrity has been emphasized as a critical piece of applied behavior analysis (ABA) service delivery and research, since the beginnings of our field. Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) emphasized the importance of ABA procedures being described with technological precision, so that they can be replicated by others. Accordingly, the need for consistency is almost universally emphasized when training entry-level ABA therapists. A common practice across service delivery agencies has been to train entry-level ABA therapists to implement treatment protocols with a high degree of precision but training entry-level therapists on the overall purpose of individual programs may be less common. This presentation will revisit this common practice and discuss potential strengths and limitations. A behavioral conceptual analysis will be made in terms of therapist attending behavior and what various training practices may inadvertently result in (e.g., therapists paying more attention to data collection than to the teaching interaction, etc.). Potential directions for research and practice will be discussed.

 
Data Schmata: Evaluating the Real-Life Effects of Switching to First-Trial Data Collection
(Applied Research)
ERIN HERBE (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jenna Stauffer (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Collecting data during every discrete trial in the context of early intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism is the standard measurement system that has been recommended for decades. A small amount of existing research suggests that first-trial data collection may produce much the same results, thereby requiring less time and effort of therapists. However, little or no previous research has evaluated the effects of changing entire client programs from all-trials data collection to first-trial data collection, the very transition that would need to be done if first-trial data were to be adopted on a larger scale. The current program evaluation studied the effects of changing discrete trial data collection from all-trials to first-trial, across the entire EIBI programs of three children with autism. The results showed no consistent change in learning rate or in learning opportunities. Furthermore, parents and therapists consistently reported preference for first-trials data collection.
 
 
Symposium #238
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Considerations and the Application of Restraint
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Britany Melton (Endicott College)
Discussant: Samantha Russo (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Britany Melton, M.A.
Abstract:

Ethics are paramount in human services, especially behavior analysis (Goldiamond, 2002). The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) has developed a code of ethics to determine ethical behavior in practitioners (Board, B. A. C. (2014). The development of this skill set, in practitioners, is of the utmost importance to continue to move the field forward. Located within the code of ethics is section 5, titled Behavior Analysts as Supervisors (Board, B. A. C., (2014). The BACB has recently released new supervision guidelines that outline a more stringent process to allow supervision to occur based on data collected and analyzed. Within applied behavior analysis, psychology and other human services the use of behavior skills training (BST), fluency, and other proven teaching methodology much be used to establish competency of skills is well established (St. Lawrence, J. S., Jefferson, K. W., Alleyne, E., & Brasfield, T. L. (1995). This however has not been readily applied to ethical behavior decision-making (Trevino & Youngblood, 1990). This paper will discuss how BST and other proven teaching methods can be applied to teach competency to decision making when ethical issues arise in clinical practice utilizing restraint.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Clinical Application, Ethics, Restraint
Target Audience:

Practitioners and Clinicians

 

The Use of Contingent Restraint in a Clinical Setting

JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Gloria Satriale (PAAL)
Abstract:

PBS was developed in the 1990s as a way to address challenging behavior and enhance the quality of life of individuals with varying disabilities. While the use of reinforcement is essential and one of the most powerful tools in the Applied Behavior Analysis tool box, when all reinforcement and other positive strategies have been explored and are not success in addressing dangerous, challenging behaviors other methods of intervention must be considered. Contingent restraint is an intervention that has been used to successfully decrease or eliminate self-injurious or aggressive behaviors with individuals with developmental disabilities. ABAI hold specific standards addressing the use of contingent restraint and all guidelines were adhered to during the implementation of a restraint protocol with an adolescent diagnosed with autism who engaged in severe self-injury and aggression. Functional assessment indicated both behaviors were maintained by escape. Aggression had an additional reinforcing component of making aggressive contact with staff and self-injury had an additional automatic component. The protocol was carefully monitored and over 180 days' results yielded significant decreases in both target behaviors with an increase in compliance and mastery of critical life skills contributing to an overall better quality of life for the participant and his family.

 

Reducing Restraint Duration With an Adult Population

JESSICA BURNS (Eden Autism), Samantha Russo (Eden Autism; Endicott College), Christopher Tallmadge (Eden Autism)
Abstract:

Restraint has been a controversial component of treatment plans and emergency safety plans in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (Bailey et al., 2010). At times restraint may be necessary to maintain safety for clients and for staff members. The literature supports that injury rates are lower for both staff and clients when restraint is used as a component of a behavior support plan rather than as an emergency procedure (Williams, 2010). When restraint is included in behavior support plans it is a primary ethical concern for clinicians to fade restraint in the safest manner possible. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend on the methods used in Luiselli, Pace & Dunn (2006).

 
 
Paper Session #239
Insurance and Practice Considerations for Service Delivery to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Karen Fessel (Mental Health & Autism Insurance Project)
 
Working With Insurance: Writing Successful Appeals and Working With State Regulators
Domain: Service Delivery
KAREN FESSEL (Mental Health & Autism Insurance Project)
 
Abstract: With nearly all US states now having insurance autism mandates, more and more providers are turning to health insurance as the primary funder of ABA services for Autism. This talk will lay out a template describing what providers need to know when facing insurance denials. We will use specific, real life cases and discuss how providers can address them. We start by looking at the specific written reason given for denial. Common reasons which we routinely encounter, many of which will be discussed include location (school vs home), disputes about hours of coverage, duration of the program, not benefitting from services, no longer needing services, parental involvement, as well as disputes about payment and coverage. When reviewing reports, health plans often look for descriptions of progress balanced with continued description of deficit and need. This can be highlighted in the appeal, depending on the stated reason for denial. Health plans typically cite their own guidelines in issuing denials, some of which are overly restrictive. A series of recent legal actions have brought some of this to attention -- shortcomings can be addressed and guidelines developed by professional bodies can be cited instead. When and what type of literature to cite and/or include will also be discussed. Even when done right, health plans typically uphold their own denials. Often the external review process is where real "justice" occurs. We will discuss what to include with external reviews, how the process works, and what types of plans are typically supported. Building relationships with state regulators and legislators is important. Finally, we will examine some of the laws which confer protection, including the Federal Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act, and many sections in the Affordable Care Act.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #240
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Using Behavioral Pharmacology to Improve Opioid Use Disorder Treatment

Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Kelly Dunn, Ph.D.
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
KELLY DUNN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Kelly Dunn is an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Dunn has an MS in Applied Biopsychology and a Ph.D.f in Human Behavioral Pharmacology. She has been involved with numerous studies related to substance abuse disorder, including clinical trial evaluations of novel medications for opioid and alcohol use disorders, as well as cigarette smoking. She has served as the site manager for several industry-sponsored trials of novel opioid products and behavioral treatments. Dr. Dunn is the principle investigator on four NIDA-funded studies that evaluate different aspects of opioid use disorder. She has published more than 40 articles in peer-reviewed journals, has editorial board appointments on the Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment and Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, has received numerous honors in recognition of her research from national organizations, and regularly presents data at national meetings. She is an active member of several national organizations, provides regular media interviews and talks to local and national press on the topic of opioid use disorder, and is a member of several regional substance use-related advisory boards. Dr. Dunn is committed to improving access and quality of treatment for opioid use disorder.
Abstract:

The United States is in the midst of an opioid epidemic. Opioid use disorder is largely maintained through positive reinforcing mechanisms (a euphoric high following use of opioid agonists like heroin and OxyContin), and negative reinforcement (relief from the prominent withdrawal syndrome following removal of the drug in persons with opioid physical dependence). Opioid use disorder is distinct from other forms of drug use disorder in that numerous FDA-approved medications are available to address the positive and negative reinforcing aspects of opioid use disorder, including provision of opioid agonists for an extended period (maintenance) or reductions in doses over time (detoxification) to enable relapse prevention treatment. Yet, despite these resources a large number of patients do not succeed in treatment. Our research is using behavioral pharmacological paradigms to better understand mechanisms underlying individual differences in opioid response. The overall goal of this research is to inform development of new medications and methods to more effectively tailor treatment regimens to individuals. This talk will provide an overview of some human laboratory studies being conducted to inform clinical treatment of opioid use disorder and will present the results from some ongoing behavioral pharmacological efforts to examine mechanisms underlying individual response to opioids.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the rationale for using different medications to treat of opioid use disorder; (2) understand how behavioral pharmacology can be used to inform clinical care of opioid use disorder patients; (3) discuss how pervasive individual differences in response to opioids are and how they may inform differential risk for acquiring opioid use disorder and/or response to treatment.
 
 
Symposium #241
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Training and Practice Beyond Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
CE Instructor: Michelle Ennis Soreth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium will outline a brief history of behavior analysis and emphasize the broad scope of its philosophy, its science, and its practice. While early behavior analysis aspired to find solutions for virtually all matters of human concern, modern behavior analysis has been subdivided into clinical, applied, and basic domains, and current research and training of behavior analysts tend to be focused on service provision in autism spectrum and other developmental disorders. Consequences of such narrow training will be discussed, first in terms of curriculum design and training missions, and then in terms of the practical implications of narrow training. To preserve ABAI's mission to contribute to the wellbeing of society, behavior analysts need training consistent with the regulatory frameworks supporting a broad scope of practice and the tools necessary to effectively address contextual factors that impact science and practice with diverse populations. The symposium is relevant to students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest to train, practice, or study the philosophy and the science of behavior analysis broadly.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clinical training, diversity, scope
Target Audience:

The symposium is relevant to students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest to train, practice, or study the philosophy and the science of behavior analysis broadly.

 

Scope of Practice in Behavior Analysis: The Sins of the Father Are to be Laid Upon the Children

(Theory)
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

While behavior analysis can be applied to all areas of human concern, it is difficult for behavior analysts to obtain training consistent with professional standards and regulations that govern working with clinical presentations other than Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities (IDD). It is a tragic irony that the majority of evidence-based behavior therapies for psychological disorders have their roots in behavior analysis, yet it is rare for Association for Behavior Analysis International or Behavior Analyst Certification Board accredited training programs to produce graduates eligible to legally and ethically use these therapies. These training limitations reflect the failure of early leaders in our field to track professional practice metacontingencies, and it will take a substantial and coordinated effort by the behavior analysis community to realign our training programs with the demands of the regulatory environment. An overview of the regulatory landscape for broad scope of practice service provision will be provided and the essential elements of training programs for behavior analysts to be qualified to work in diverse settings and diverse clients as clinical psychologists will be described. Changing training programs will come at great cost, but will be necessary for behavior analysis to thrive beyond ASD and IDD.

 

Increasing Behavior Analysts' Sensitivity to the Impact of Social Contingencies

(Service Delivery)
LILLIAN ELLIS (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

In 1967, the year of the Detroit riots, Martin Luther King Jr. emphasized that behavioral science plays a role in social movements. He challenged attendees of the American Psychological Association's annual conference to examine their assumptions about what constitutes "maladjustment" in social conditions that demand change rather than complacency. He asked whether a failure to adjust might not be the contextually appropriate response. More than half a century later, we propose it is time for behavior analysts to heed MLK's call and investigate how social contingencies might influence and skew our views of "inappropriate" or "maladaptive" behavior and inadvertently perpetuate assumptions or practices that are inconsistent with the science and the philosophy of behavior analysis. Unexamined assumptions might affect how we treat people with marginalized identities, among them older adults and people with disabilities, people with persistent mental health diagnoses, women, ethnic and racial minorities, members of the LGBT community, and people with lower socioeconomic status. We suggest that broad training in behavior analysis is required to safeguard the field's humanism, and we will give clinical/applied examples to support our argument.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #242
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Capture and Control: Promoting and Preventing Distraction by Reward-Related Stimuli

Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
MIKE LE PELLEY (University of New South Wales Sydney)
Mike Le Pelley is an Associate Professor in the School of Psychology at UNSW Sydney (Australia). He completed a Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at the University of Cambridge, studying the role of associative learning processes in human behavior. After his Ph.D., Mike held the Sir Alan Wilson Fellowship at Emmanuel College, University of Cambridge, followed by a move to a lectureship at Cardiff University, In 2011 he was awarded an Australian Research Council Future Fellowship and moved to the University of New South Wales (as it was then known) in Sydney, Australia. Since 2015 he has been working as a faculty member at UNSW Sydney (as it is now known), and since 2017 he has also been a Mercator Fellow at the Philipps University of Marburg, Germany. Most of Mike's research has a component of associative learning in it; for example recent projects have investigated the influence of reward learning on attention (using behavioral studies, eye-tracking, and EEG), the contribution of learning and prediction processes to schizophrenia, and how basic learning mechanisms can explain examples of so-called �metacognitive� behavior in nonhuman animals.
Abstract:

Selection is central in everything we do, from the highest-level decisions (which candidate should I vote for?) to the lowest (where should I move my eyes next?). So what determines when a stimulus will be selected for action, versus being ignored? Research on attentional selection has shown that stimuli with distinctive physical features (color, brightness, loudness, etc.) can exert control over our behavior even when this conflicts with the goal of our current task; for example, when driving we might be distracted by a loud noise from the back seat. Recent work has gone further by demonstrating that distraction is not purely a function of the physical salience of stimuli: it is also influenced by prior learning about association with reward. I will review evidence for this value-modulated attentional capture effect from behavioral studies, eye-tracking, and EEG, showing that rewards exert a rapid and pervasive influence on attentional selection. This effect is somewhat analogous to demonstrations of sign-tracking in nonhuman animals, and (much as for sign-tracking) preliminary evidence indicates it might be related to development of addictive behaviors. Finally, I will describe evidence suggesting that counterproductive effects of reward on attention can be reduced, if not overcome, via instrumental conditioning.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the psychology of learning and attention, and in psychological mechanisms of addiction.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how various experimental techniques (behavioral studies, eye-tracking, and electroencephalography) have been used to study the influence of reward learning on attentional behavior; (2) describe how the effect of rewards on behavior might reflect the interaction of Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning processes; and (3) describe evidence showing that the relationship between rewards and attention might relate to the occurrence of addictive behaviors.
 
 
Paper Session #243
Can and Should ABA be Used in Educational Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
 
Teaching Self-Control: From Basic Findings to Educational Applications for Children
Domain: Theory
Kristin Griffith (Utah State University), SARA PECK (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: The inability to tolerate delays for preferred items or activities (i.e., impulsivity) is associated with a variety of outcomes including substance abuse and addiction, obesity, problem gambling, risky behavior, low physical activity, and failure to engage in safety behaviors. Recent findings from basic research indicate that rats can be trained to tolerate increasing delays to reinforcement and that longer delay-tolerance training programs produce more durable results than shorter training programs. In applied research, teaching tolerance to delay has shown to decrease problem behavior and increase pro-social behavior in preschoolers. Combined, the basic and applied literatures indicate that delay tolerance can be influenced by systematic training. Expanding the duration of delay-tolerance training in applied settings has the potential to reduce the prevalence of impulsive choices that underlie maladaptive behaviors impacting human health. In this session, the results from a systematic literature review on teaching tolerance to delays (i.e., waiting) in young children will be described. Future directions for research and practice will be proposed, including the development and implementation of teaching programs that can be easily embedded in to already existing routines and curricula in early childhood programs serving young children.
 

Validating Academic Curricular Programs: Are Single-Case Designs Appropriate?

Domain: Applied Research
RONALD C. MARTELLA (University of Oklahoma), Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma), J. Ron Nelson (University of Nebraska)
 
Abstract:

This paper will provide a critical evaluation of the appropriateness of single-case designs in validating academic curricular programs. Considerations in this evaluation will include fidelity of curricular implementation, measurement of skills, and scope and coverage of program implementation. The findings of a recent article in Behavior Modification by McKenna et al. (2017) were reanalyzed with consideration given to important aspects of curriculum validation and the tenets of single-case design. The results demonstrate that single-case researchers do not and/or cannot meet important requirements of academic curricular program validation.

 
 
 
Symposium #244
CE Offered: BACB
Prompt-Dependency or Prompt-Maintained Behavior? An Analysis of Prompts as Consequences
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elbert Blakely (Quest, Inc.; Florida Institute Technology)
CE Instructor: Elbert Blakely, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Prompt-dependency is a common problem amongst individuals with developmental disabilities. Individuals who are “prompt-dependent” often appear to simply wait to be prompted rather than engaging in the target behavior, regardless of the power of the reinforcement available to them for completing said behavior. Because practitioners cannot simply allow the individuals they work with to wait indefinitely, prompting often becomes a necessary component in these situations. In this symposium, presenters will posit that we should re-examine the way that we look at prompts and instead of only treating them as an antecedent to the target behaviors, should also explore their impact as a consequence for the behaviors occurring during this “active-waiting” period. Is it possible that the prompts being used to encourage the performance of a target behavior are actually reinforcing the active-waiting behaviors that precede them? Presenters will discuss ways to analyze and treat prompts as consequential stimuli, or reinforcers, and the types of treatment procedures that may be informed by this re-labeling.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment, Prompt dependency, prompt-dependency
Target Audience:

Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) further understand the relationship between prompting and "active waiting"; (2) understand and replicate two types of functional assessments related to prompting; (3) more accurately hypothesize the function of "active waiting."
 

Evaluating the Use of Signaled Extinction to Promote Independence and Decrease Emotional Responding Associated With Prompt Maintained Behavior

(Applied Research)
TARA OLIVIA LOUGHREY (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Jessica Cadette Dunn (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Maria Soto (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Abstract:

Prompt maintained behavior is a commonly reported concern for individuals receiving intervention services (Hume, Loftin, & Lantz, 2009). Reliance on adult prompts can contribute to poor long-term outcomes for adults with autism. This study will evaluate the use of signaled extinction (removal of adult prompts) with the use of a work alone card to promote independence and reduction of emotional responding during various activities in which the participant had demonstrated mastery. The intervention was selected following a functional analysis on prompt maintained behavior. Signaled extinction versus a control condition will be evaluated using multielement and reversal designs across different activities with an adolescent with autism in a school setting. The results are discussed in terms of the utility for adolescents and young adults with histories of prompt maintained behavior.

 

Prompts as Consequences: An Investigation of Stimulus Functions

(Applied Research)
GRANT MICHAEL INGRAM (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Quest, Inc.)
Abstract:

Traditionally behavior analysts have evaluated prompts in terms of their stimulus properties as antecedent stimuli that evoke a desired response. Indeed, Cooper, Heron, and Heward (2007) defines them as "supplementary antecedent stimuli used to occasion a correct response in the presence of an SD that will eventually control behavior" (p. 287). However, prompts, specifically their termination or presentation, can also be consequences of behavior. For example, the termination of prompts is often an element of the "demand" condition in functional analyses, which have been studied extensively (see Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003 for a review). Moreover, prompts can be delivered as an element of error correction. However, research has not yet investigated whether prompts, apart from other procedures, can function as negative or positive reinforcers. Thus, the current set of experiments evaluates the effects of prompt presentation and termination on tantrum and choice behavior.

 
A Brief Functional Analysis of Prompt-Maintained Behavior
(Applied Research)
LOGAN MCDOWELL (The Tikvah Center)
Abstract: Prompt dependency, or the tendency for individuals to “actively wait” for prompts rather than engaging in a target behavior, is one potential side effect of prolonged exposure to discrete, trial-based learning. It has been suggested that the term prompt dependency should be replaced by a more function based label, such as prompt-maintained behavior. This change shifts the focus to the behaviors that occur prior to, and are potentially reinforced by, the delivery of a prompt. In this study we attempted to analyze these behaviors using a brief functional analysis. First we identified which behaviors commonly occurred prior to prompting, and then we exposed the participant to different prompt levels dependent upon his performance of those behaviors. Results demonstrated that the participant did not perform the behaviors in the alone condition, and that there was a degree of differentiation in the frequency of these behaviors between the different prompt levels. These results may have important implications when designing treatments for individuals who engage in prompt-maintained behavior.
 
 
Symposium #245
CE Offered: BACB
Anyone Can Do It: Impact of Behavior Skills Training and Practice-Based Coaching to Train Professionals Across Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Improvement in skills for individuals with developmental disabilities and autism requires highly concentrated exposure to evidence-based interventions delivered with a high degree of procedural integrity. Thus, maximizing progress necessitates interventions be available across settings and that those professionals charged with delivery be well-trained. Accomplishing this requires identification of training methods that are not only effective but feasible within the natural contexts. Behavior skills training (BST) and Practice-Based Coaching (PBC) are two professional development strategies with evidence of increasing skills for service providers across a variety of contexts including schools, clinics, and day treatment programs. However, strategies aimed at increasing the efficiency and sustainability of both types of professional development are needed. This symposium will present studies that explore variations in both methods, such as group delivery and self-monitoring, to train day treatment service providers, teachers, and future behavior analysts in day treatment programs, schools, and clinics. Suggestions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Behavior-Skills Training, Coaching, Developmental Disabilities
Target Audience:

BCBAs who provide training and professional development for teachers and service providers in community centers and/or day treatment programs as well as BCBAs that supervice BCBA supervisees

Learning Objectives: Attendees will: 1. Understand the importance of follow-up and treatment 2. Learn steps to behavior skills training and practice-based coaching 3. Identify effective variations to increase efficiency and maintenance of training protocols
 
Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Staff Implementation of Functional Communication Training
EMILY GREGORI (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University)
Abstract: Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities often engage in challenging behavior (Emerson et al., 2001). Direct service providers (DSP) who serve adults with IDD are often unprepared to manage severe behavior problems (Manente et al., 2010). Behavioral skills training (BST) is a training package that has been used to train educators, parents, and paraprofessionals to implement a variety of behavioral interventions. However no studies have evaluated the effects of BST on DSP implementation of FCT. Three DPSs and three adults with IDD (i.e., consumers) participated in the current study. We evaluated the effects of a brief 30 min BST session on DSP implementation of FCT using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across DSP and consumer dyads. Additionally, we evaluated the effects of FCT on consumer challenge behavior and communication. Results indicated that BST was effective in increasing DSP fidelity of FCT. However, an additional coaching phase was necessary for DSPs to reach mastery criteria. Immediately following the implementation of FCT, consumer challenging behavior decreased to near zero levels, and appropriate communication increased. Finally, DSPs were asked to complete a social validity questionnaire. Findings suggest that BST is an efficient, effective, and socially valid method to train DSPs in FCT.
 

Comparing Instructor Feedback and Self-Monitoring Within a Behavior Skills Training Package to Train Preservice Behavior Analysts to Conduct Preference Assessments

Regan Weston (Baylor University), GABRIELA JUANITA RIVERA (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kristin O'Guinn (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Behavior skills training (BST) has been shown to be an effective strategy for teaching new skills. Current research indicates that feedback and modeling may be the most active components of BST for teaching some skills. Self-monitoring may be a viable option for sustained training effects, thus increasing the potential for continued skill across time. Given the evidence suggesting its efficacy for use as a training package, BST should be considered as an option for training future behavior analysts to implement behavior change strategies. Further, training future practitioners to engage in self-monitoring skills may enhance training and promote generalized skills across time. The current study compares two BST training packages, one with instructor feedback and one with self-monitoring, in an multielement design embedded within a multiple baseline across participants design to train masters level graduate students to conduct preference assessments. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of instructor feedback and self-monitoring on treatment integrity outcomes by determining whether instructor feedback and self-monitoring are effective strategies to promote desirable outcomes when training preservice behavior analysts to conduct preference assessments.

 

Implementation of Practice-Based Coaching With Teachers: Impact of Group Training to Increase Fidelity of Implementation of Discrete Trial Training

ROSE MASON (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Evidence-based practices have the potential to improve outcomes for students with developmental disabilities yet these practices are rarely implemented accurately. For example, teachers are not supported during the implementation process and are rarely evaluated on the degree to which the specific intervention has been conducted as intended. Therefore, the exact implementation of an evidence-based practice is limited and has been characterized as "one shot" due to the lack of systematic follow-up necessary to sustain the evidence-base practice. Teachers have reported little follow-up training on the programs they were expected to use and therefore utilized the components that "worked for them." The failure to implement these practices to fidelity and sustain the use of these practices is considered to be a large part of the poor outcomes experienced by students in special education programs. Research notes that teachers must receive instruction and feedback from instructors in order to implement evidence-based practice (Kennedy & Thomas, 2012; Lane, Bocian, MacMillan, & Greshman, 2004). Furthermore, numerous researchers have documented increased implementation of evidence-based strategies when instruction, coaching, and feedback are provided. Practice-based coaching is one method for accomplishing this yet is often resource prohibitive when provided on a teacher-by-teach basis. Group practice-based coaching, however is one option to train teachers to a high degree of fidelity with fewer personnel resources. Utilizing a multiple-baseline design across groups of teachers, this study evaluated the functional relationship between implementation of practice-based coaching in a group format and increases in teachers' fidelity of implementation of discrete trial training for students with developmental disabilities. Implementation of practice-based coaching resulted in an immediate increase in percentage of steps implemented correctly for all groups with each individual teacher reaching the criterion of 85% accuracy within three coaching sessions. Social validity and implications for practice will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #246
CE Offered: BACB
Communicating to the Public: Podcasts, Psych 101, Technology, and Other Ways to Reach Lots of People
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Scott A. Miller, M.S.
Chair: Brendan James Böhr (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis)
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
MIRANDA DRAKE (Behavior Plus)
SHANE SPIKER (New Architects, LLC)
Abstract:

Recent graduates and current graduate students working out the world have found innovative ways to communicate the science of behavior with a large ranging audience. These are there stories.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

undergraduates, graduate students, teachers, practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, audience members will be able to 1) List at least two strategies for reaching a wide audience to disseminate behavior analysis 2) Explain how behavior analysis can be incorporated into a general psychology course 3) Describe how technology can be used to disseminate behavior analysis
Keyword(s): dissemination
 
 
Symposium #247
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Teaching Social and Communication Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Pastrana (University of British Columbia)
Discussant: Lorraine Otte (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Pastrana, M.S.
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by repetitive and invariant behaviors and impairments in social communication skills (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Deficits in social communication skills among individuals with ASD often affect both vocal and nonvocal communication. Social communication deficits can interfere with an individual's ability to develop and maintain relationships (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). This symposium will include four presentations related to social and communication skills in individuals with ASD. The first study conducted an assessment of conversation skills with college students diagnosed with ASD and provided intervention based on the three most significant deficits identified. The second study evaluated the effects computer-based training and role-play with peers on the conversation skills of adults diagnosed with ASD. The third study evaluated the effects of joint video modeling on the vocalizations and play actions of preschool children diagnosed with ASD. The final study compared the effects of response-contingent stimulus pairing and operant discrimination training on conditioning neutral vocal stimuli as reinforcers for children diagnosed with ASD. We will discuss the implications of the studies in terms of teaching social and communication skills to individuals diagnosed with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Computer-based instruction, Conditioning procedures, Conversation skills, Social skills
Target Audience:

Clinicians, practitioners, researchers

 

College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Assessing and Teaching Conversation Skills

CHRISTINE STIEHL (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Taylor Custer (University of Houston Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) currently attend college, and increasing numbers of students with ASD are expected to enroll in the upcoming years. Within this population, pragmatic language and behavior is often a primary deficit. However, limited investigation of assessment and intervention for social language deficits in postsecondary students with ASD has resulted in a paucity of evidenced-based support for this population. In this study, we extended an assessment of conversation skills initially administered to a child and two adolescents with ASD (Hood, Luczynski, & Mitteer, 2017) to college students with ASD and provided intervention based on the three most significant deficits identified. Intervention consisted of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) with additional in-situ training if the skill did not initially generalize to novel conversation partners and settings. Results for one participant thus far suggest that extending the modified assessment to adults with high-functioning ASD may be appropriate as an initial evaluation of weak pragmatic abilities. Results also provide empirical support for implementing BST to improve conversations skills with this population.

 

Improving Conversation Skills of Adults With Autism in a Group Setting via Computer-Based Training

TAYLOR CUSTER (University of Houston Clear Lake), Christine Stiehl (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that behavioral skills training (BST) is highly effective in teaching new skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), but implementation may be challenging in a group format. In the current study, we combined computer-based training (CBT) and role-play with peers to simultaneously target the conversation skills of five adults diagnosed with ASD. Experimenters initially identified three unique conversation skill deficits for each participant. During training, participants received the definition, rationale, and video demonstrations of their individualized target behaviors via CBT. Participants then practiced the skills by speaking with other participants during 5-min conversations while receiving delayed feedback from the experimenter. Generalization probes with non-training peers and typically developing adults were conducted throughout all phases. Three participants mastered all three target skills, one participant mastered two target skills, and one participant mastered one target skill across eight, 2-hour sessions. Eleven of the total 12 skills targeted during the training generalized to novel peers and typically developing adults. Maintenance was assessed 6 weeks following the training conclusion. Ten of the 12 skills maintained at the 6-week follow-up session. Results have implications for developing effective, practical approaches for teaching conversation skills in a group format.

 

Effects of Joint Video Modeling on Verbalizations of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ANA DUENAS GARCIA (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) require explicit interventions that target pretend play behaviors with their peers (Ingersoll, 2010; Hume, Bellini & Pratt, 2005). In Joint Video Modeling (JVM) researchers present a video model to both a typical peer and a child with ASD simultaneously, and contrive opportunities to imitate behaviors observed in the video. JVM has been demonstrated effective for teaching scripted responses but gains in unscripted responses have not been observed. The present investigation, evaluated the effects of JVM with three preschool children with ASD in an inclusive preschool setting. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of JVM on scripted and unscripted verbalizations and play actions during baseline, intervention and generalization probes. The participants demonstrated an increase in scripted and unscripted verbalizations during pretend play with typically developing peers. Consistent with previous investigations (MacDonald e 2009; Maione & Miranda, 2006) JVM may be an effective intervention for increasing novel pretend play among children with ASD.

 
Comparison of Response-Contingent Stimulus Pairing and Operant Discrimination Training to Establish Vocal Stimuli as Reinforcers
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcers are used frequently in behavioral interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities. It is common to use several reinforcers in behavioral interventions to account for changes in preference over time and to reduce the likelihood of satiation (Moher, Gould, Hegg, & Mahoney, 2008). Conditioning procedures are effective for increasing the number of stimuli that function as reinforcers. Although a number of studies have evaluated the effects of different conditioning procedures, additional research is needed to identify the most effective method(s) of establishing conditioned reinforcers. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of response-contingent stimulus pairing (RCSP) and operant discrimination training (ODT) to condition vocal stimuli as reinforcers. Five individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between the ages of 6 and 12 years old participated in the study. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of RCSP and ODT on neutral vocal stimuli. The effects of the conditioning procedures on neutral vocal stimuli were idiosyncratic across participants; both conditioning procedures were effective in increasing responding to previously neutral vocal stimuli for three of the five participants. Clinical implications of the study outcomes will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #248
CE Offered: BACB
Emerging Reliability and Validity Properties of the PEAK Relational Training System
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mariah Patz (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Brooke Diane Walker, M.S.
Abstract:

Traditional applied behavior analytic treatment options for individuals with autism have been empirically supported and implemented in clinical practice for many years. The impact of these treatments have been pivotal for reducing challenging behavior and increasing skill repertoires for individuals with autism. Although these traditional methods have provided significant change for many people, as a science we must continue to explore new technologies and improve methodologies for teaching new skills and complex repertoires. One of these new technologies includes the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK), which is comprised of four assessment and curriculum modules that range from traditional verbal behavior to teaching complex relational skills through relational training. The current symposium will explore how the PEAK Relational Training System promotes relational learning and how these skills are correlated with measures of intelligence, executive functioning, challenging behavior, and other verbal assessments. Construct validity will also be examined for newly released PEAK pre-assessments. Additionally, samples of how the skills in the PEAK system align with normative age groups will be examined.The implications of these psychometric properties and relational responding for the treatment of individuals with autism will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): PEAK, Relational Training
Target Audience:

Clinicians, ABA Therapists, BCBA's, RBTS, Students of Behavior Analysis

 
An Updated Analysis of the Reliability, Validity, and Effectiveness of the PEAK Relational Training System: Relationships to Intelligence, Executive Functioning, and Internal Construct Validity
BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System is an assessment and curriculum guide that targets language and cognitive skills for children with autism and other disabilities. These assessments and curriculum programs target skills through four types of training: Direct training, promoting generalization, equivalence-based training, and relational training. Between 2014 and 2016, four modules were released and were quickly picked up by parents, teachers, and clinicians. The purpose of the current presentation is to provide an up-to-date analysis of the reliability, validity, and overall effectiveness of this system. Correlations between the PEAK assessments and other common assessments of intelligence, executive functioning, basic learning concepts, challenging behavior, and other verbal behavior assessments suggest that PEAK is a reliable and predictable measure in relationship to these other assessments. Construct validity of the assessments will be discussed when comparing parent and clinician indirect reports to direct assessment of children’s skills. Finally, the effectiveness of PEAK as it relates to improvements in intelligence scores will also be discussed.
 

The Relationship Between the PEAK Direct Training Pre-Assessment and Indirect Assessment and Implications for Clinical Practice

Hayden Rizer (The University of Southern Mississippi), Laura-Katherine K Barker (The University of Southern Mississippi), Robyn Brewer (The University of Southern Mississippi), Breanna Newborne (The University of Southern Mississippi), Madeline Potter (The University of Southern Mississippi), JAMES MOORE (The University of Southern Mississippi; Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

When considering evidence-based treatments for clients, it is imperative for practitioners to research the validity of any assessments used. Utilizing assessment tools that are empirically supported and thoroughly researched aid practitioners in delivering effective and efficient interventions. The purpose of the present study was to examine the assessment components in the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System Direct Training Module for children with autism. Research is warranted on the psychometric properties of the PEAK DT module assessments to ensure practitioners have an accurate depiction of the utility of the indirect and pre-assessment packages, and their respective agreeance with direct assessment scores. With a better understanding of the statistical relations between factor scores, our field as a science can benefit by ensuring that we are administering assessments that best serve our clients, in addition to bridging communication gaps between applied behavior analysis and other scientific communities. Assessments were completed for 30 children with autism, with parents having completed indirect assessments, and pre-assessment and direct assessment packages completed in a clinical setting, and agreement was calculated across each PEAK DT Factor. Results indicate that the PEAK DT Preassessment yields moderate agreement with the PEAK DT Indirect completed by parents, and that the Preassessment appears to predict performance on the Direct Assessment module. IOA was collected across 40% of sessions and averaged 95%.

 

Assessing Performance on the PEAK Equivalence Module Pre-Assessment in a Normative Sample and a Sample of Children With Autism

KYLE E. ROWSEY (University of Southern Mississippi), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Given the rising number of individuals diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities or intellectual impairments, it is imperative that treatment address the behavioral deficits and excesses associated with these individuals' diagnoses. While treating these issues is of utmost importance, we also need to find effective, and efficient, empirically-based treatments. One method of potentially increasing the efficiency of training is to use derived relational responding to facilitate the acquisition of targeted skills. The current studies seek to assess how a sample of typically developing individuals compare to a sample of individuals with autism on a behavior analytic assessment: The PEAK Equivalence Module. (PEAK-E; Dixon, 2015). Two experiments were conducted to assess the performance of these individuals on the PEAK-E. The results of their performance were then analyzed to determine at what age various skills assessed by the PEAK-E Pre-Assessment might be expected to emerge in a typically developing population, and how the results of the PEAK-E Pre-Assessment with individuals with autism relate to the results of their typically developing peers. The results and implications of these findings will be discussed.

 
An Investigation of the Validity of PEAK Transformation: An Assessment of Relational Responding, Normative Sampling, and IQ
BROOKE DIANE WALKER (Invo-Progressus Therapy), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Assessing higher-level verbal repertoires of individuals with autism and related intellectual disabilities is crucial due to the language and cognitive deficits experienced by this population as well as is the need for valid assessment tools for data-driven and individualized treatment. In addition to, curricula or instructional protocols that produce changes toward improvement of language and cognitive skills are vital to the overall well being of these individuals. Several assessments and instructional guides are available to behavior analysts however few have demonstrated evidence of validity, reliability, and/or utility in its effectiveness in producing causal changes in higher-level cognition and adaptive ability. The presentation will present correlational data between PEAK-T with IQ (WISC-V) as well as provide preliminary normative sample data of PEAK-T-PA with neurotypical children.
 
 
Symposium #249
CE Offered: BACB
Communication-Based Interventions: Refinements and Extensions
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Establishing an appropriate mand repertoire is an important first step during interventions for individuals with challenging behavior, complex communication needs, or both. Although mands are the most frequently studied verbal operant from the functional taxonomy proposed by B.F. Skinner (Sautter & LeBlanc, 2006), much is still unknown about the instructional circumstances that are critical to their acquisition and maintenance. The first talk describes research that compared the efficiency with which practitioners might bring established mands under discriminative control (via multiple schedules) while maintaining low levels of problem behavior using arbitrary or naturalistic stimuli. The second talk in this symposium describes a study which evaluated the probability of mand acquisition during a modified functional communication training (FCT) program in which instruction was only provided when functional reinforcers were abolished. The third talk describes the antecedents and consequences necessary to bring mands for "when" under appropriate environmental control and highlights a training protocol that incorporated these variables into an effective intervention for three participants. The final talk describes research which evaluates the effectiveness of a training protocol designed to teach care providers to implement discrimination training with high fidelity. The symposium ends with a discussion that synthesizes emergent themes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Challenging behavior, Communication training, Mands
Target Audience:

Master's and doctoral-level practitioners and researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Learn how to incorporate naturally occurring stimuli into FCT 2. Learn how to incorporate caregivers into FCT 3. Learn various methods of thinning reinforcement schedules following FCT
 

Comparison of Naturalistic and ArrangedDiscriminative StimuliDuring Schedule Thinning Following Functional Communication Training

MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Kara Forck (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Curtis (Missouri State University), Brittany Fudge (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Following FCT, it is common to thin the schedule of reinforcement through a multiple schedule in which components are signaled via "arranged," or arbitrary, SDs. For example, colored cards are often used to signal SD and S-delta periods. A few published studies have also reported the use of "naturalistic," or socially valid SDs, including caregivers talking on the phone ("busy") and caregivers reading ("not busy") (Kuhn, Chirighin, & Zelenka, 2010; Leon, Hausman, Kahng, & Becraft, 2010; Shamlian et al., 2016). Even fewer have reported comparisons between the types of schedule-thinning stimuli (cf. Shamlian et al., 2016). The current study replicates and extends the schedule-thinning literature by comparing rates of mand differentiation and problem behavior during schedule thinning following FCT with arranged and naturalistic SDs with a child with autism. The current study will also replicate procedures used by Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) by evaluating the extent to which arranged and naturalistic SDs facilitate rapid schedule thinning (i.e., increasing the duration of S-delta periods without gradual thinning).

 
Evaluating the Effect of Establishing Operations on Response Acquisition During Functional Communication Training
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Torelli Roane (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Savannah Tate (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Previous applied research has shown that independent manding is not likely emerge when functional communication training (FCT) is implemented in conjunction with dense schedules of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) but does emerge when it is implemented after NCR schedules have been leaned. One interpretation of these data may be that clients are unlikely to acquire mands when functional reinforcers are abolished and that FCT is optimally effective in the presence of relevant establishing operations (EO). However, it is also possible that participants learned mand-consequence relations during FCT + NCR but only demonstrated learned relations when it became necessary to do so; the first time that both discriminative stimuli and EOs were simultaneously present. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether indepedendent manding would emerge during no-prompt probes (i.e., when therapeutic contingencies were enforced but not trained) following training sessions that exclusively occurred in contexts in which functional consequences were abolished as reinforcers.
 

Teaching the Mand, "When?" to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

TALIA CRABB (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders struggle with many verbal operants, including mands, and especially mands for information, as the relevant consequence is not an immediate tangible stimulus. The purpose of this study was to extend the work of Shillingsburg et al. (2011), Somers et al. (2014), and Landa et al. (2017) by teaching three children with autism spectrum disorder to mand, "when?" under appropriate antecedent and consequence control. In other words, the current study sought to teach children to request information in appropriate and relevant contexts. Trials were alternated between previously mastered mands for information, AO (item), AO (information), and EO conditions across 5 unavailability statements, 17 items, multiple instructors, and multiple settings. All three participants learned to mand, "when?" under appropriate antecedent control and demonstrated generalization with novel instructors and in natural situations. Other mands for information (i.e., "where?") were maintained. Recommendations for future research on manding for information will be discussed.

 
Parent-Implemented Multiple Schedules
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used treatment for individuals who engage in severe problem behavior. Functional communication training, however, has some limitations in application. Individuals may engage in the communication response at high rates and during inappropriate situations, leading to responses being unreinforced by parents and caregivers in the natural environment. Multiple schedules have been used to thin the schedules of reinforcement within the context of FCT because they maintain appropriate levels of the communication response and low levels of problem behavior by establishing stimulus control over the appropriate response. Multiple schedules have been implemented in a variety of settings and by different trainers. However, to date, no research study has trained parents to implement multiple schedules. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to train parents to use multiple schedules consisting of fixed ratio (FR 1) / extinction (EXT) components to thin schedules of reinforcement in children with developmental and intellectual disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #250
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Coaching Methods to Improve Sport and Fitness Performance
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral coaching methods apply behavior analytic principles and strategies (e.g., positive and negative reinforcement, task analyzing skills, and behavioral skills training) and have been used to improve performance across a variety of sport and fitness skills (e.g., Luiselli, Wood, & Reed, 2011). Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of various behavioral coaching strategies to teach a variety of sport and fitness skills, such as soccer (Brobst & Ward, 2002), football (Harrison & Pyles, 2013; Stokes, Luiselli, & Reed, 2010), dance (Quinn, Miltenberger, & Fogel, 2015), basketball (Kladopoulos & McComas, 2001), and golf (Fogel, Weil, & Burris, 2010). This symposium reviews four studies designed to evaluate (a) the TAGteach intervention package to teach beginner yoga poses to novice adult yoga practitioners, (b) a negative reinforcement procedure to improve passing performance of female college lacrosse players, (c) behavioral skills training to improve field hockey hits of young players, and (d) auditory feedback to improve throwing a "right cross" in adult mixed martial arts students. Across all studies, results demonstrated the effectiveness of these behavioral coaching methods to improve independent performance of these sports and fitness skills. Results are discussed in terms of implications, limitations, and considerations for future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): auditory feedback, negative reinforcement, sports performance, TAGteach
Target Audience:

Graduate students Teachers and coaches Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the components of the TAGteach intervention package. 2. Describe the use of negative reinforcement to improve performance of college athletes. 3. Describe the use of auditory feedback to increase sports performance. 4. Describe the application of behavioral skills training to teach sports skills to young athletes.
 
Comparison of TAGteach Error-Correction Procedures to Teach Beginner Yoga Poses to Novice Adult Practitioners
TALIA MARIA ENNETT (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University)
Abstract: TAGteach is a multi-component intervention package involving the use of teaching with acoustical guidance (TAG), a teaching procedure that uses an audible stimulus (e.g., click sound) to indicate that a desired behaviour has occurred (Fogel, Weil, & Burris, 2010). TAGteach has been found to effectively improve performance in sports (Fogel et al., 2010), dance (Quinn, Miltenberger, & Fogel, 2015), surgical techniques (Levy, Pryor, & McKeon, 2016), and walking (Persicke, Jackson, & Adams, 2014). An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of the standard TAGteach error-correction procedure and a modified TAGteach error-correction procedure to teach four novice adult yoga practitioners beginner yoga poses. Results showed that both error-correction procedures were effective for all participants; however, the relative efficiency of these error-correction procedures remains unclear. Results are discussed in terms of implications, limitations, and considerations for future research.
 

Improving Passing Performance of Women's College Lacrosse Players

JESSE DEPAOLO (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This study examined the use of negative reinforcement to improve performance of female college athletes. Twelve varsity lacrosse players who attended a private college in the Southeastern United States participated in the study. The team coaches wanted players to "put names on passes" defined as saying the name of a player who should catch the ball at least one second before the catch. A total of 100 passes were recorded during a practice and for every 20 passes that included a name, the players had to run one less of five mandatory end-of-practice sprints. The intervention was evaluated using an ABAB design. Results indicated that negative reinforcement was successful for improving names on passes but performance did not sustain when the intervention was removed. Players rated the intervention as acceptable but only 7 out of 12 thought it should continue to be used in future practices.

 
The Effect of Behavioral Skills Training on Shot Performance in Field Hockey
KELSEY O'NEILL (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Behavior analysis procedures have been used to improve sports performance and enhance player safety across a wide variety of sports. Some sports that have been evaluated include, but are not limited to, soccer, football, dancing, pole vaulting, basketball, and golf. A sample of the application of behavior analysis to enhancing sports performance consists of behavioral coaching, performance posting, goal setting, TAGteach, and more recently, behavioral skills training. Behavioral skills training is an active learning process that consists of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback of a target behavior. The current study evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on three common field hockey hits, a slap shot, drive, and sweep for three young field hockey players. The procedures were evaluated in a multiple baseline across behaviors for three players. Results showed increases in each type of shot once intervention was implemented for each player. Results also indicated that participants felt more confident in their shot performance once intervention was implemented.
 
Using Auditory Feedback to Improve Striking for Mixed Martial Artists
FRANK KRUKUASKAS (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Paul F. Gavoni (Kaleidoscope Interventions)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate auditory feedback to increase the effectiveness of throwing a "right cross.” Auditory feedback was evaluated in multiple baselines across participants design with 4 mixed martial arts students, two males and two females, 25-54 years old. The percentage of correct steps of the right cross improved substantially following the introduction of the auditory feedback, and maintained at 90% or more for all participants during follow-up.
 
 
Invited Symposium #251
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Human Competence Revisited: 40 Years of Impact
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Thomas Gilbert’s book (1978) titled “Human Competence” took us beyond training toward a rigorous approach to improving performance in organizations. His behavior engineering model has guided behavior analytic research and applications with an emphasis on parsimony, elegance and usefulness of associated methodologies. Throughout the years, the powerful partnership between Tom and Marilyn Gilbert leading to the publication of Human Competence, and many revolutionary training modules and consulting reports perhaps has not received the well-deserved acknowledgement given its impact and influence. By drawing upon their pioneering work in behavior analysis, Marilyn Gilbert and colleagues will highlight the impact of this partnership by providing an overview and discussion of Tom and Marilyn Gilbert’s unpublished account of human competence during the latter part of Tom Gilbert’s life. Moreover, the presentations will highlight the foundational influence of Gilberts’ Human Competence on recent technological advancements in instructional design and behavioral systems applications.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Academicians, students, and practitioners who are interested in performance improvement in organizations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the foundation (concepts, principles, methodology) underlying Behavioral Engineering Methodology and applications in organizations; (2) discuss future directions of BEM and emerging trends in Organizational Behavior Management; (3) list behaviors and results that align with the mission of their organization(s) that are worthy performance targets.
 

Gilbert and the Educational Revolution

MARILYN B. GILBERT (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This presentation will provide an overview of the Gilberts' contribution to instructional design technologies that have revolutionized teaching practices in many educational settings. Gilberts' model focuses on designing the environment in which the student learns instead of changing the student. With the behavior engineering model, those responsible for performance improvement and maintenance can diagnose for, make priorities among, and plan performance improvement solutions in the classroom.

Marilyn Gilbert studied Latin and mathematics at Montclair University in New Jersey. Her MA from Columbia University was in English and Comparative Literature. But it was a marriage that brought her to behavior analysis. There, she has applied editing and technical writing skills she learned while working in Boston's key engineering firms. She edited the first edition of Schedules of Reinforcement, by Charles B. Ferster and B. F. Skinner. In Indianapolis, she became 'mother' of JEAB after editing and typing the first two editions. She then continued to edit JEAB for the next five years. Tom Gilbert named Marilyn Mathetisist 1, as she and Tom became partners in both life and work. She edited all his writings, including Human Performance, and she and Tom wrote Thinking Metric together. She has published several textbooks on math and writing. Currently, she teaches writing English by ear online at the University of North Texas and plans to publish a textbook for students. She has also developed a course on Tom's Levels of Performance for Tucci Learning's new Teaching Machine. She also hopes to publish unpublished writings that Tom has left for behavior analysts everywhere to read and to use.
 

The Legacy of Tom Gilbert's Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement

CARL V. BINDER (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Abstract:

Tom Gilbert replaced what he called "the cult of behavior" with a focus on valuable accomplishments produced by behavior, a major contribution that launched a seismic shift for those who followed. This shift has been challenging, not only for applied behaviorists, but also for ordinary people. We are more accustomed to observing and discussing behavior, whether precisely or not, than identifying the valuable accomplishments produced by that behavior, especially when the accomplishments are less tangible than deliverables or widgets, for example decisions, relationships, or recommendations. Another of Gilbert's major contributions, the behavior engineering model, extended the variables of behavior influence from contingencies of reinforcement to a framework including physical and social elements of the work environment, prior repertoire, variations in reinforcement value, and other factors that are seldom relevant in research with starved laboratory animals in simplified experimental chambers. But Gilbert's labels for the cells in his behavior engineering model were not self-explanatory, and open to interpretation, challenging consistent comprehension, communication, and application. The presenter has adapted and refined these two contributions—a focus on accomplishments and a more complete model of behavior influences—using simple visual models and user-tested plain English to enable rapid communication and collaboration among performance experts, their clients and stakeholders. This presentation describes developments based on Gilbert's contributions, as they have evolved over several decades, and summarizes practical implications for enabling leaders, managers, performance professionals, and individual contributors at any level and in any function in organizations to collaborate for continuous performance improvement.

Dr. Carl Binder is CEO of The Performance Thinking Network, LLC, where he develops performance consultants, leaders and managers in organizations worldwide. Starting in 1970 as a student with B.F. Skinner at Harvard, he worked for ten years in B.H. Barrett's Behavior Prosthesis Lab, conducting laboratory and classroom research and training teachers. An early contributor to Precision Teaching, he was mentored by Ogden Lindsley and Eric Haughton. In 1982, he founded his first consulting firm, Precision Teaching and Management Systems, Inc., and became active in the International Society for Performance Improvement (ISPI) where his mentors included Tom Gilbert, Joe Harless, Robert Horn and Donald Tosti. He founded Product Knowledge Systems, Inc., a Boston consulting firm specializing in sales enablement for Global 1000 companies. Carl is currently known for Six Boxes Performance Thinking, a plain English viral approach to organizational performance improvement. APA Division 25 honored Carl with the Fred S. Keller Award (2004), ISPI recognized his contributions to performance improvement with Honorary Lifetime Membership (2009) and the Thomas F. Gilbert Award (2012), and the OBM Network gave him its Lifetime Achievement Award (2015). Contact Carl at carlbinder@sixboxes.com and learn more about his work at www.sixboxes.com and www.fluency.org
 

Mathetics for Instructional Design and Delivery

KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Although only briefly mentioned in Human Competence, Tom Gilbert wrote extensively about his method for teaching learners new concepts, principles, facts and skills, which he called mathetics. Mathetics included a generic instructional delivery procedure with three phases: (a) demonstrating skills, concepts, and principles to learners; (b) guiding learners as they practice; and (c) testing students to see if they have achieved mastery. Mathetics also incorporated procedures for designing instructional materials, such as how to identify and organize stimuli and responses from instructional goals, and how to incorporate behavioral procedures such as shaping and back chaining during instruction. I will describe mathetics and how it has been adapted as the core of instructional delivery in Engelmann's Direct Instruction and our own Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI). I will also describe the content of two important unpublished chapters that Gilbert wrote, which contain new ideas and procedures for mathetical design and delivery.

Dr. Kent Johnson founded Morningside Academy, in Seattle, Washington, in 1980, and currently serves as its Executive Director. Morningside is a laboratory school for elementary and middle school children and youth. Morningside investigates effective curriculum materials and teaching methods, and has provided training and consulting in instruction to over 140 schools and agencies throughout the USA and Canada since 1991. Over 50,000 students and over two thousand teachers have used the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction. Dr. Johnson is also a co-founder of Headsprout, Inc., a company that develops web-based, interactive, cartoon-driven instructional programs, including Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension. Examine them at www.headsprout.com Dr. Johnson is recipient of the 2001 Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the 2010 Edward L. Anderson Award in Recognition for Exemplary Contributions to Behavioral Education from the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, the 2009 Ernie Wing Award for Excellence in Evidence-based Education from the Wing Institute, the 2006 Allyn and Bacon Exemplary Program Award from the Council for Exceptional Children, Division for Learning Disabilities, and the 2011 Ogden R. Lindsley Lifetime Achievement Award in Precision Teaching from the Standard Celeration Society.
 

Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Methodology as Foundation for Behavioral Systems Engineering: Control Systems to Interlock Behavior

MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract:

In high reliability organizations (HROs), procedural adherence to highly structured work plans is crucial to achieving organizational goals and averting catastrophes. BP's oil rig disaster in the Gulf of Mexico (Macondo) was a bellwether event signaling the importance of managing interlocking human factors in HROs. Gilbert's BEM and vantage points provide a strong foundation for behavioral systems engineering to establish and maintain adherence to work routines in highly engineered, highly technical environments (e.g., aviation, nuclear power, oil & gas exploration, medicine). Two behavioral challenges face managers of HROs. First, crews need to follow well established procedures with little deviation to achieve milestones. Second, on occasion, crews encounter anomalies not addressed in standard work instructions. During these crises, crews must stop following standard procedures, assess changing conditions and adapt their behavior to the unexpected events in order to avert catastrophe. Behavioral systems engineering integrates human behavior with automated systems to adapt complex processes to changing contexts. Thus management of human behavior is one factor in a highly engineered system that can be designed to respond to both challenges (maintain routines, adjust to crises). This paper considers Gilbert's analysis for designing control systems of crew members' behavior in HROs.

Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. is President of Praxis2LLC, providing behavior science to high performance organizations. He is a graduate faculty in psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno and was a faculty member at Western Michigan University and West Virginia University. He earned his BA from Clark University (1976) MS (1985) and Ph.D. (1987) in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. He is on the editorial boards of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and Behavior and Social Issues. He was president of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis and program coordinator for the CSE (Community, Social, Ethics) area of ABAI. He helped found BASS (Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies, an ABAI SIG) and served as the first chairperson. He has been a Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies for many years and chaired their Commission for the Accreditation of behavioral safety programs from 2010–2016. His interests are in developing behavioral systems to improve work performance in the areas of health, safety and the environment. Dr. Alavosius was PI of Small Business Innovations Research Grants from CDC/NIOSH to test behavioral safety technologies for small employers. Dr. Alavosius has over 30 publications and 150 conference presentations.
 
 
Symposium #252
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
ABA and the Ethics of Neurodiversity
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While the neurodiversity movement gains traction among individuals with developmental disabilities and their families, the behavior analytic literature is nearly silent on the topic. Lack of knowledge of the neurodiversity movement threatens to undermine behavior analysts ability to understand client goals while misconceptions about ABA found in some quarters of the neurodiversity literature can lead potential clients to be unnecessarily hostile toward behavior analysis. As such, an improved appreciation for neurodiversity has implications for the ethical provision of high-quality behavior analytic services. Symposium attendees will: (a) be introduced to the neurodiversity perspective and the primary concerns proponents of neurodiversity have with ABA interventions; (b) be able to articulate the commonalities between a behavioral worldview and a neurodiversity perspective that make the two natural allies; (c) be able to identify ways in which the neurodiversity perspective can be integrated into behavior analytic interventions; and, (d) be able to discuss the intersection between neurodiversity and the ethics.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ethics, neurodiversity
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, as well as others with a general interest in autism, intellectual disabilities, and/or neurodiversity.

Learning Objectives: Symposium attendees will: (a) be introduced to the neurodiversity perspective and the primary concerns proponents of neurodiversity have with ABA interventions; (b) be able to articulate the commonalities between a behavioral worldview and a neurodiversity perspective that make the two natural allies; (c) be able to identify ways in which the neurodiversity perspective can be integrated into behavior analytic interventions; and, (d) be able to discuss the intersection between neurodiversity and the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.
 

Are Neurodiversity and ABA Compatible?

ABRAHAM GRABER (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jessica Emily Graber (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Neurodiversity, a movement closely allied with a general disability rights perspective, rejects a pathological view of autism and other diagnostic categories found in the DSM-5. Rather, the proponent of neurodiversity holds that "mental disorders" are a type of diversity, fundamentally no different than gender, race, or religion. The neurodiversity perspective is gaining prominence and there is growing literature exploring the implications of the neurodiversity perspective across a variety of domains. Unfortunately, a notable and unanswered strand in this literature is profoundly antagonistic toward applied behavior analysis (ABA), viewing ABA as an arch-nemesis of neurodiversity. In contrast to this strand in the literature, given ABA’s emphasis on environmental causes and the plasticity of behavior, ABA is a natural ally of the neurodiversity movement. The parallels between the neurodiversity perspective and ABA have important implications for the how behavior analysts should conceptualize and implement therapy. Understanding the parallels between the neurodiversity movement and ABA can be important for involving clients in the planning process and articulating these commonalities can help remove environmental barriers to the successful implementation of a behavior-change program.

 

Mentalistic Explanations for Autistic Behavior: A Behavioral Phenomenological Analysis

DON DAVIS (San Antonio Independent School District)
Abstract:

In this paper autism is analyzed as a hypothetical construct to explain how an Autism Spectrum Disorder diagnosis functions to derail scientific investigations of autistic behavior. To support this argument, we employ a series of behavioral phenomenological investigations to analyze potential sources of control over the verbal behavior of parents, who were asked to observe their children with autism and record explanations for each occurrence of problem behavior. Autistic behaviors were recorded cumulatively, and the parents' explanatory responses were then mapped onto the cumulative records to identify the controlling relations for each response. We then analyzed the parents' responses for mentalistic explanations for the children's problem behaviors. Parent reports are discussed in terms of the prevalence of mentalisms, the stimulus control exerted by autistic behavior, the relationship between parent and child, the conditioning of parents' observations throughout and across observation sessions, and how fictional explanations function for the speaker. We conclude with a discussion of the role of behavioral phenomenology in elucidating the histories of reinforcement provided by the verbal communities of parents of children with autism. The ethical implications of understanding the function of mentalisms will be discussed in relation to third-party involvement in services.

 

An Analysis of Autism as a Functional Tint of the Environment

LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The term "neurodiversity" is frequently used to discuss autism spectrum disorder as a variation in functioning rather than a disorder of the individual. This arm of disability studies is directly in line with molar behaviorism, which seeks understanding through temporally-extended patterns of behavior instead of appealing to molecular causality. The explanations for autism, like that of all behavior, are found outside of the person. Given a particular history of reinforcement, the present environment may be either enabling or disabling; what Uexküll (1926) referred to as the "functional tinting" of controlling stimuli. The purpose of the present discussion is to describe a theoretical model for how autistic behavior is conditioned over time, with implications for behavior-analytic intervention. We use the word autism to describe teleological patterns of behavior that are distributively skewed from the Gaussian bell curve, and propose that the term autistic best describes the convergent multiple control over behavior that is otherwise perfectly neurotypical given the circumstances. Accordingly, our goal as behavior analysts is never to change the individual, but to demonstrate how environmental modifications can shift a population of responses back towards the center, thereby reducing the "tint" and increasing access to a greater number of environmental affordances. Reconceptualizing autism in this way can inform the individualized tailoring of behavior analytic services as well as help shape behavior analytic program objectives.

 

How "Special" Education Impedes Social Justice for Individuals With Disabilities

ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

To receive special education services in the United States public schools, students must meet the eligibility criteria for one of the 13 disability categories designated by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (2004). To access services, predefined criteria from one of these examples must adversely affect the student's academic performance to a "disabling" degree. But aside from qualifying the student for services, these disability labels serve a number of other functions for the students who receive them. Here we argue that the use of disability labels results in equivalence formations that relate the specific behavior of one individual classified with a particular category with all members of that set. Disability labels point to the history of reinforcement of the individuals who carry them, but they do not necessarily dictate a particular teaching methodology or instructional intervention. In this way, "disability" is examined as a function of the environment instead of a characteristic of the person. DSM-5 diagnositic classifications, special education categories, and insurance codes, all of which compose the infrastructure for providing access to much needed services may also be the antithesis of effective intervention. The ethical implications of this understanding of disability labels will be discussed in relation to a client's right to effective treatment.

 
 
Symposium #253
CE Offered: BACB
Giving the History of Behavior Analysis Away in Teaching Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to promote teaching the history of behavior analysis (HoBA) across the curriculum by giving it away. Many behavior-analytic curricula could be strengthened by teaching a stand-alone HoBA course or by systematically integrating HoBA with the content of other courses (e.g., on research methods, principles, application, theory, ethics). Few instructors, though, are historically trained to teach a stand-alone course or to integrate HoBA into their courses. This symposium is designed to help. It will consist of four presentations: (a) one on teaching HoBA as a course unto itself and one each on teaching HoBA in courses on (b) the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis (e.g., radical behaviorism), (c) the experimental analysis of behavior (i.e., basic principles, processes), and (d) applied behavior analysis (e.g., dimensions, interventions). The latter three presentations will address teaching HoBA as a one-week stand-alone unit in their courses and/or as integrated into the courses' other units (e.g., operationism, reinforcement, social validity). All four presentations describe assigned and recommended readings and rationales for including them. [Footnote: The symposium's title was inspired, in part, by George Miller's 1969 presidential address to the American Psychological Association.]

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): HoBA
Target Audience:

Instructors of behavior analysis courses wanting to integrate the history of behavior analysis into their curriculum and courses.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe and explain the historical readings assigned in an EAB course 2. Describe and explain this historical readings assigned un an ABA course 3. Describe and explain the historical readings assigned in a course of the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis
 
A Course on the History of Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe a one semester, stand-alone course on the history of behavior analysis (HoBA) that meets the ABAI-accredited doctoral program requirement for a course on the field’s conceptual foundations. Teaching HoBA is one means of meeting that requirement. The presentation offers an overview of the course content (400 B.C.E-present). Describes the course requirements (e.g., quizzes, take-home assignments, projects). Reviews the assigned texts (e.g., Leahey, 2013; Rutherford, 2009). And, covers the course topics, beginning with an overview of the field’s history, the academic department’s history, and historical methods. Among the topics is the Scientific Revolution, the assent of science in psychology, the psychology of adaptation, John B. Watson and classical behaviorism, neobehaviorism and Interbehavioral psychology, B. F. Skinner and the experimental analysis of behavior, cognitivism and the putative cognitive revolution, B. F. Skinner’s contributions to applied behavior analysis, and the history of applied behavior analysis. For each topic, the assigned readings are described, along with rationales for their inclusion, and the recommended readings are reviewed.
 
Conceptual Foundations: The Historical Development of Radical Behaviorism
(Theory)
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: B. F. Skinner’s interest in history and philosophy of science began during his graduate school days. One of his strongest interests at the time was epistemology. This led to a uniquely behavioral view of verbal behavior, especially of scientific verbal behavior. As his career progressed, he also developed views on a host of other theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual matters, among them, operationism, scientific reasoning and methods, theories, explanation, mentalism, methodological behaviorism, private events, pragmatism, and selection by consequences as a causal mode. Collectively, these views have come to be called radical behaviorism. As a result, we now say that radical behaviorism is the underlying philosophy of science for the twin scientific domains of behavior analysis: the experimental analysis of behavior and applied behavior analysis. Certain aspects of radical behaviorism also influence the third domain of behavior analysis: the delivery of professional behavior analytic services. This presentation will examine the development and nature of several of these radical behaviorist views, for example, as illustrated by Skinner and others, as well as how those views differ from traditional views.
 
Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Confluences of Science and History in the EAB Course
(Theory)
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) has a rich history that encompasses philosophy, technology, branches of psychology, and other sciences, all operating in the cultural and political contexts of their times. In reflecting the confluence of these forces at any point in history, the EAB course is a history course, although the history usually subliminal. This paper will describe how to increase the visibility of historical forces in an EAB course at the discipline’s cutting edge and how they might be integrated into the course. Integration might start with the contributions of individuals and the Zeitgeist to the evolution of a science, as well as the role of conceptual frameworks and conflicts in providing the impetus for change in science. Examples of historically significant experiments and research trends can be prepared as a stand-alone unit or integrated into the content throughout the course. Another way of driving home the historical roots of contemporary research is through directed and focused class discussions of these themes at different points in the course. Integrative exam questions related to historical forces are another means of encouraging students to consider contemporary research from a historical perspective.
 
Applied Behavior Analysis: History of Behavior Analysis in ABA
(Theory)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The American Historical Society notes that all subjects of study need justification and that understanding their histories can help explain why they are worth studying. The subject matter’s history can help us understand how people behave, why they behave this way, and factors that cause change. It can provide identity and lessons in ethics. Furthermore, it can help develop “good citizens” in behavior analysis – behavior analysts who are well-informed and understand how our science impacts the lives of those with whom we work. Incorporating historical readings and discussion into applied behavior-analytic coursework may be important in developing well-rounded “good citizens” in the behavior-analytic community. This presentation will provide a syllabus for a graduate-level, principles of behavior course taught from an applied perspective. A reading list of historical content related to each unit will be provided, along with a rationale for selecting these articles. Finally, an overview of how these readings might be integrated into a specific unit will be provided. Throughout the presentation, history of behavior analysis will be used to provide the contextual backdrop for current applied best practices in the applied behavior analytic course.
 
 
Symposium #254
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research in Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica Catherine McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Discussant: SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In recent years, emphasis has been placed on bringing the experimental and applied branches of behavior analysis together. Translational research helps to bridge the gap between basic and applied research. Translational research can take a number of forms, from extensions to humans and proof of concept research, to experimental analysis of applied practices to understand underlying mechanisms. The present symposium presents a range of studies from three different labs connected by the theme of translational research. Researchers will present work form the following areas: factors involved in token reinforcement effectiveness (Weyman), training structures that may reduce resurgence in differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (Diaz-Salvat), discrimination difficulty as a moderator for the effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure, which uses specific reinforcement to enhance conditional discrimination learning (McCormack), and applications of the differential outcomes procedure to teach verbal behavior (Perez-Bustamante). These studies provide examples of research along the spectrum of translational research, consisting of extensions to humans, human operant studies, and clinical extensions of basic processes.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): differential outcomes, resurgence, token economies, translational research
Target Audience:

Pracitioners in ABA.

 
Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Versus Response Cost: Effects of Several Variables in Token Economies
(Applied Research)
Faith Reynolds (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of South Florida)
Abstract: A token economy is a system in which an individual earns tokens and later exchanges those tokens for back-up reinforcers. Previous researchers have compared the use of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and response cost within token economies. Some studies suggest that DRO is more effective, while others suggest that response cost is more effective. These conflicting results may have been due to procedural variations within the token economies such as the immediacy of token delivery and the inclusion of verbal feedback with the delivery of tokens. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of and preference for token economies incorporating DRO, immediate response cost, and delayed response cost with college students. We also examined the influences of verbal feedback and no verbal feedback. We found that an immediate response cost was most effective when verbal feedback was not used and all conditions were equally effective when verbal feedback was used.
 
Effects of Varied Response Options and Serial Training on Resurgence
(Applied Research)
CLAUDIA C DIAZ-SALVAT (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Serial-response training may mitigate resurgence of a target response when compared to teaching a single alternative response. However, previous evaluations did not control for the number of available response options across conditions. It is unclear whether effects were due to the treatment manipulations or to extinction-induced variability. The two experiments described here investigated the variables that mitigate resurgence of the target response and increase persistence of alternative responses in previous serial-response training evaluations. Twelve undergraduate students enrolled in a psychology course at West Virginia University participated. In Experiment 1, we replicated previous findings by comparing serial and single response training while varying the number of response options. One component, serial-response training, involved reinforcing each of four alternative responses sequentially. Another component, single-response training, involved reinforcing a single alternative response. In Experiment 2, we compared effects of teaching several alternative responses to teaching a single alternative response on resurgence and persistence when the number of response options were held constant. When we controlled for the amount of available response options, results were undifferentiated across the two components.
 
Stimulus Complexity as a Moderator of the Differential Outcomes Effect
(Applied Research)
JESSICA CATHERINE MCCORMACK (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract: The differential outcomes effect is the phenomenon whereby uniquely pairing reinforcers with discriminative stimuli, learning is faster and more accurate than standard conditional discrimination training. This procedure has been shown to enhance acquisition of matching-to-sample in humans, particularly in clinical populations with learning or memory deficits, but does not appear to have been incorporated into practice. This may be because the procedure is more onerous to carry out than standard conditional discrimination training. However, where standard conditional discrimination fails to produce mastery, it may be appropriate to incorporate this procedure in training. In this study, we explore one of the conditions under which the differential outcomes procedure may be preferred to standard conditional discrimination training. College students were taught to discriminate between different language characters, which were categorized as either simple or complex. We compared the effect of differential outcomes training across simple stimuli and complex stimuli. While few students demonstrated the differential outcomes effect when learning simple stimuli, the majority benefited from the differential outcomes procedure when learning complex stimuli. This study suggests that difficulty, in terms of stimulus complexity, may be a moderator of the differential outcomes effect, and may provide guidance to practitioners on when the differential outcomes procedure should be incorporated into discrimination training.
 

The Effect of Differential Outcomes Pre-Training on Tact Acquisition

(Applied Research)
Jessica Catherine McCormack (The University of Auckland), AGUSTIN GONZALO PEREZ-BUSTAMANTE (University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

The differential outcomes procedure has been shown to enhance conditional discrimination learning in human populations, especially in clinical populations with learning or memory impairments. In animals, the effects of the procedure are more pronounced when subjects are pre-exposed to the stimulus-outcome pairings before training. In this study we compared the effects of pre-exposure to differential outcomes on tact acquisition of six primary school children with developmental disabilities. Differential outcomes pre-training was embedded in a receptive-to-expressive training structure similar to that used in early intensive behavioral interventions based on the UCLA model. That is, participants were exposed to the differential outcomes procedure prior to tact training via matching-to-sample listener training. Most participants showed faster acquisition of tacts when pre-exposed to the differential outcomes pairings, when compared to non-differential outcomes training. Additionally, participants also showed improved maintenance and generalization to a novel therapist. The study provides evidence for the effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure in teaching verbal behaivour, as well as potential effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure in teaching lasting and generalized behavior changed.

 
 
Symposium #255
CE Offered: BACB
Extending Functional Analysis and Treatment to Nonhuman Animals
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For decades, functional analysis and treatment has been the gold standard for identifying environmental causes of problem behavior and developing function-based treatments in human applied settings. While the extension of functional analysis and treatment of nonhuman animals is not new, it is also an area with unlimited opportunity for demonstrating species generality. This symposium presents data-based evidence of successful functional analysis, treatment, and extensions for compulsive behavior in a border collie, feather-plucking in a black vulture, and undesirable vocal behavior in a guinea pig. This symposium presents continued empirical evidence of the utility and feasibility of functional analysis and treatment to nonhuman species.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): functional analysis, pets, reinforcement thinning, zoo
Target Audience:

This symposium is geared toward any animal care professionals as well as professional behavior analysts working with animals (pets or exotics) or having an interest in applied behavior analysis in animals.

 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Visual Fixation in a Border Collie
(Applied Research)
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Monmouth University), Victoria Self (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Visual fixation in border collies presents as a type of canine stereotypy that can lead to poor animal welfare, including self-injurious behavior and strained owner-pet relationships, potentially resulting in relinquishment of the animal. In this study we conducted a multielement and pairwise functional analysis (FA) with a border collie who had a history of engaging in visual fixation around vacuum cleaners. FA results clearly demonstrated that behavior was maintained by movement of the vacuum cleaner. Differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA) plus fading in of vacuum cleaner movement was implemented as a function-based treatment for visual fixation, using toy play with a preferred leisure item (determined via a multiple-stimulus without replacement, MSWO, preference assessment) as the alternative response. Our results show an immediate decrease in visual fixation compared to baseline sessions, which is sustained across movement fading levels and which is observed to return to baseline levels during reversal phases. Finally, reinforcement thinning as well as extension phases demonstrated that these low levels of visual fixation were maintained across leaner schedules of praise and across untrained scenarios and during a one-year follow-up. We concluded that DRA plus fading can be a long-term effective treatment for visual fixation in the border collie when treatment is determined via functional analysis methodology. This study also provides further evidence that functional analyses can be used successfully with non-human animals.
 

Functional Analysis and Treatment of Self-Injurious Feather Plucking in a Black Vulture (Coragyps atratus)

(Applied Research)
KRISTEN LEE MORRIS (Rollins College), Sarah Slocum Freeman (Rollins College)
Abstract:

Feather plucking (FP) is a maladaptive behavior observed in captive avian species. This self-injurious behavior results in damage to and removal of feathers and skin tissue, resulting in animal welfare and financial consequences. The etiology and maintenance of FP have been hypothesized through medical and environmental processes, yet a definitive solution has not been found. The current study investigated the environmental variables maintaining the FP of a Black Vulture (Coragyps atratus), as well as evaluated a function-based treatment for this behavior. The behavior was found to be maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of contingent attention. Treatment consisted of noncontingent reinforcement followed by schedule thinning to shape up a treatment schedule more compatible with caretaker's schedules. Results further demonstrate the validity of function-based assessment and treatment with captive animals.

 

A Functional Analysis and Treatment of a Domestic Pet Guinea Pig's Loud Squeaking Behavior

(Applied Research)
KIMBERLY TRUONG (SEEK Education), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), James E. King (SEEK Education; University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

In an initial study, a guinea pig's loud squeaking (sometimes called "wheeking") was subjected to a functional analysis assessment and treatment. Loud squeaking occurred in the presence of an auditory stimulus of the rustling of plastic bags followed by food pellet delivery. A functional analysis was inconclusive, but indicated a possible automatic function. Treatment involved differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) that led to progressive reductions in loud squeaking. In 1-year follow up probes, occurrences of loud squeaking following bag rustling remained low. Subsequently, loud squeaking began to occur in previously unobserved conditions (i.e., opening of the refrigerator door). The current study examined procedures to assess and reduce loud squeaking in the newly observed conditions. Results from the previous and current study, as well as the practitioner's experiences on assessing and treating non-human animal problem behaviors are discussed. Implications are also discussed, including extending applied technologies to guinea pig owners, increasing satisfaction with guinea pig ownership, and reducing surrenders. Additionally, procedures and results indicate utility for functional analysis and behavior interventions for non-humans in a home setting.

 
 
Symposium #257
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Behavioral Parent Education Programs to Improve Family Routines for Children With Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meme Hieneman (Positive Behavior Support Applications)
Discussant: Laura Lee McIntyre (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Meme Hieneman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Approximately 1 in every 4 children with autism experience significant behavioral challenges (Kaat & Lecavelier, 2013). Behavioral parent training has been demonstrated to be effective, especially when the principles can be applied within the context of family life (Lucyshyn et al., 2015). Unfortunately, only about one-half of parents complete such training, and many do not implement strategies consistently (Chacko et al, 2016). Stress has been suggested as primary contributors to this nonadherence (Dumas, Wolf, Fisman, & Culligan, 2009). Therefore, it may be beneficial to integrate practices known to protect parents against such risks? such as mindfulness (Singh et al., 2014) ? into behavioral parent training, an approach we refer to as Practiced Routines (PR). Two studies (a randomized comparison trial and single-case design) that evaluated the effects of the PR parent training program will be presented. The PR program teaches parents to apply comprehensive, function-based behavioral and mindfulness practices within the context of natural family routines. This training is designed to be delivered in three weeks with homework in between. Whereas the participants showed significant improvements in parent and child outcomes, both studies showed variability in responding. This may indicate that there is a need for adaptations in administration, including possibly multiple levels of intervention targeted to parents? and/or children?s needs. Abstract 1: A randomized trial was used to evaluate PR and an active comparison condition (Teaching Routines; TR). TR was a self-directed online program focused on using applied behavior analysis principles to teach daily routines (e.g., task analysis, environmental arrangement). The PR program included similar content, but focused more on functions and incorporated mindfulness practice. In addition, PR was facilitated by parent educators via online meetings. Seventy-seven parents participated in the PR group and 79 participated in TR. Outcome measures included child behavior ratings (adaptive and maladaptive), knowledge about ABA principles, parental stress, self-efficacy, mindful parenting, and family quality of life. Statistical analyses indicate that both groups experienced significant improvements across measures immediately following treatment and at follow-up. Post treatment, the PR group reported improvement in child adaptive behavior, which TR did not. Parenting stress reduction was evident at both post-treatment and follow-up for the PR group. Differences in knowledge were the only condition effects, with PR demonstrating significantly more knowledge gains at both posttest and follow-up. Data and examples of the program elements will be displayed, along with a discussion of methodological issues that could have led the results and implications for additional research. Abstract 2: A concurrent randomized multiple baseline across three mother-child dyads single-case design was employed to evaluate the effects of the Practiced Routines program delivered face-to-face. Three mothers and their children (ages three, five, and eight years old) with autism spectrum disorder participated. Data were collected during naturally-occurring family routines (playtime with sibling, cleaning up toys, and dinner). Increases in parent behavioral strategy use were observed for two of three mothers. Child challenging behavior decreased for two of three dyads. Visual analysis combined with a standardized mean difference analysis (Hedge?s g) revealed mixed results, with a medium effect found for increases in behavioral strategy use and small-moderate effects found for decreases in parent stress and child challenging behavior at the study level. One mother qualified for follow-up coaching, which involved performance feedback that further increased the level of her independent use of behavioral strategies. All three mothers rated the social validity of the program favorably. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): family routines, mindfulness, parent training, parenting stress
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

 

Randomized Comparison Trial to Evaluate Two Online Parent Education Programs Focused on Improving Family Routines for Children With Autism

MEME HIENEMAN (Positive Behavior Support Applications), Jordan Pennefather (IRIS Educational Media)
Abstract:

A randomized trial was used to evaluate PR and an active comparison condition (Teaching Routines; TR). TR was a self-directed online program focused on using applied behavior analysis principles to teach daily routines (e.g., task analysis, environmental arrangement). The PR program included similar content, but focused more on functions and incorporated mindfulness practice. In addition, PR was facilitated by parent educators via online meetings. Seventy-seven parents participated in the PR group and 79 participated in TR. Outcome measures included child behavior ratings (adaptive and maladaptive), knowledge about ABA principles, parental stress, self-efficacy, mindful parenting, and family quality of life. Statistical analyses indicate that both groups experienced significant improvements across measures immediately following treatment and at follow-up. Post treatment, the PR group reported improvement in child adaptive behavior, which TR did not. Parenting stress reduction was evident at both post-treatment and follow-up for the PR group. Differences in knowledge were the only condition effects, with PR demonstrating significantly more knowledge gains at both posttest and follow-up. Data and examples of the program elements will be displayed, along with a discussion of methodological issues that could have led the results and implications for additional research.

 

Concurrent Randomized Multiple Baseline Study to Evaluate a Mindfulness-Infused Behavioral Parent Education Program Focused on Improving Family Routines for Children With Autism

TRACY JANE RAULSTON (Pennsylvania State University), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

A concurrent randomized multiple baseline across three mother-child dyads single-case design was employed to evaluate the effects of the Practiced Routines program delivered face-to-face. Three mothers and their children (ages three, five, and eight years old) with autism spectrum disorder participated. Data were collected during naturally-occurring family routines (playtime with sibling, cleaning up toys, and dinner). Increases in parent behavioral strategy use were observed for two of three mothers. Child challenging behavior decreased for two of three dyads. Visual analysis combined with a standardized mean difference analysis (Hedge's g) revealed mixed results, with a medium effect found for increases in behavioral strategy use and small-moderate effects found for decreases in parent stress and child challenging behavior at the study level. One mother qualified for follow-up coaching, which involved performance feedback that further increased the level of her independent use of behavioral strategies. All three mothers rated the social validity of the program favorably. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #258
CE Offered: BACB
Parent Coaching Interventions to Build Relationships and Manage Health for Children With Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Gallant (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Brothers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss two parent-coaching interventions employed for a number of families in a private school for children with autism. We consider the two outcomes targeted (i.e., a generalized repertoire of managing contingencies of reinforcement, and children's healthy weight and body mass index) critical to address early in intervention, with important long-term benefits as they are maintained. Though the same general procedures are used across families within each intervention, a number of variables are individualized during implementation. This flexibility within a standardized framework allows delivery of parent coaching that is efficient, but also effective. First, we will discuss an intervention to teach parents skills of managing contingencies of reinforcement for their children with autism in various settings and contexts. Next, we will describe a multidisciplinary approach to teach weight management skills to parents for their children with autism. To conclude, we will discuss the benefits of this program-level approach to parent coaching interventions in the greater context of systems-based provision of behavioral intervention services. The presentation will thus offer both interventionists working directly with children/parents, and those in management/supervision roles, insights into useful parent coaching procedures for two very different skills related to autism intervention.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingency management, parent coaching, weight management
Target Audience:

The target audience is BCBA-D's, BCBA's, or other behavior analysis professionals who directly teach children with autism, provide coaching to children's parents on interacting with and teaching their children with autism, are interested in behavior-analytic weight management interventions, and/or implement or are interested in behavioral systems analysis.

 

A Coaching Intervention Package to Teach Parents Contingency Management of On-Task and Undesirable Behaviors of Their Children With Autism

KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Caldwell University), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Caralyn Harris (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

We employed a systematic approach to coaching parents of young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to become skillful agents of behavior change across a variety of settings, contexts, and child behavior. Specifically, parents were taught to manage contingencies: (a) at school, at home, and in the community; (b) surrounding children's initiations, anticipated undesirable behaviors, and undesirable behaviors occurring in vivo; and (c) with expectations of child behavior and across specific activities individualized to child needs and parent concerns. Dependent variables were (a) percentage of opportunities during which a parent correctly managed contingencies, (b) percentage of intervals with children's on-task behavior, and (c) percentage of intervals in which children engaged in undesirable behavior (e.g., stereotypy, disruptive behavior). Treatment effects across parents are positive, with parents increasing contingency management skills from baseline to criterion levels across a variety of settings, contexts, and child behaviors with rapid acquisition across numerous successive phases. In all cases, these were associated with concomitant increases in children's on-task behaviors to criterion levels and decreases in child undesirable behaviors to zero- or near-zero levels. Variability in skill acquisition patterns across parents, settings, contexts, and child behaviors are discussed, as is the impact of each individualized condition sequence.

 

A Nursing and Behavior-Analytic Collaboration to Teach Weight Management Skills to Parents of Children With Autism

DEBRA BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Caldwell University), David Kelleher (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Edgar D. Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jennifer Rodzinak (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

The school nurse, in collaboration from classroom teachers, teacher supervisors, and the school's executive director, implemented a parent-coaching intervention package to help reverse unhealthy trends in children's body mass index (BMI). Overweight and obesity, especially among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), is a growing national concern with imminent and lifelong health implications. Via routine school screenings, three children and two young adults with ASD were identified as overweight, obese, or underweight. Parents were coached to measure and report children's food consumption, increase the proportion of healthy foods in the child's diet by reducing servings of nutritionally poor foods (e.g., cookies, chips), increasing servings of nutrient-rich foods (e.g., vegetables, fruits), and increasing daily physical activity using a shaping procedure. Coaching at school and/or at home and supplemental teaching to increasing food repertoires at school were implemented based on individual student needs. Results indicate reversal of trend in BMI for all five students; two students achieved healthy-range BMI, and two achieved BMI designations healthier than those prior to intervention. Improved outcomes are predicted for the fifth student by time of presentation. Outcomes represent an effective, individualized, school-based multidisciplinary collaboration of behavior analysts, health professionals, and parents to manage unhealthy weight in students with ASD.

 
 
Symposium #259
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Effects of Pre-Session Pairing as an Antecedent Manipulation
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Leny D. Velasquez Velasquez (Centre for Autism Services Alberta)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
CE Instructor: Leny D. Velasquez Velasquez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early intervention literature recommends the use of pairing at the onset of treatment and as a component of ongoing therapy. Pre-session pairing is designed to function as an antecedent intervention to improve the therapeutic environment by decreasing interfering behavior during structured teaching (e.g., discrete trial teaching). Pre-session pairing consists of multiple types of interactions between a therapist and client in an unstructured format (e.g., play) and procedures are described as a therapist delivering preferred tangible items and/or activities to a client prior to introducing demands. Given the frequency with which pre-session pairing is utilized in clinical practice, the empirical support for the procedure is limited. It is currently unknown how pre-session pairing functions as an antecedent manipulation. The current symposium aims to further clarify the procedures effect on motivating operations and behaviors that are evoked by said motivating operations. The first study examined how pre-session pairing affects motivating operations for social positive and social negative reinforcement through the use of a progressive-ratio schedule. The second study examined how three therapeutic conditions (pre-session pairing, free play, and DTI-only) implemented as antecedent interventions can affect rates of acquisition of skills commonly targeted in early intervention programming.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent manipulations, pre-session pairing, progressive ratio
Target Audience:

Practitioners and individuals in academia are the target audience for this talk.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn procedural components of pre-session pairing. Attendees will learn how pre-session pairing can function as an antecedent manipulation. Attendees will learn how to conduct a progressive-ratio schedule assessment.
 
Effects of Pre-Session Pairing on the Value of Social Positive and Negative Reinforcement
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY MARIE LUGO (Southeast Missouri State University), Natalia Giuffra (ABA Consulting Services)
Abstract: Pre-session pairing is a rapport building procedure implemented immediately prior to an instructional session. Although several studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of pre- session pairing as an antecedent intervention, the underlying mechanisms that make pre-session pairing successful are still unknown. The purpose of the present study was to examine how pre- session pairing functioned as a motivating operation manipulation. This study used a progressive ratio (PR) reinforcer assessment to quantify the reinforcing value of attention and escape for three typically developing preschool aged children. Three experimental conditions were alternated during the multielement phase. The conditions were: pre-session pairing + progressive ratio (PSP+PR), unstructured free play + progressive ratio (FP+PR), and progressive ratio only (PR Only). Dependent measures included breaking point, cumulative frequency, and items put away independently. Results from the attention arrangement suggested pre-session pairing decreased the value of attention and abated attention maintained behavior. Results from the escape arrangement were inconclusive as patterns of responding differed across all participants.
 
Evaluating the Effects of Pre-Session Pairing on Skill Acquisition
(Applied Research)
ALLISON JEANETTE WOLZ (Southeast Missouri State University), Ashley Marie Lugo (Southeast Missouri State University), Lacey Duckworth (Southeast Missouri State University), Melissa L. King (Southeast Missouri State University Autism Center)
Abstract: Pairing procedures have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing social avoidance and challenging behavior often exhibited during instructional sessions. However, no studies conducted thus far have examined how pairing conducted pre-session (i.e., pre-session pairing) can affect acquisition of novel tasks. This is particularly relevant, as pre-session pairing is a antecedent intervention commonly utilized in early intervention programming. The present study utilized an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the effects of pre-session pairing to two alternative therapeutic conditions (i.e., free play and DTI-only) on acquisition of tasks commonly found in early intervention programming.
 
 
Symposium #260
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Strategies for Enhancing Quality of Life in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Stacie Bancroft, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Quality of life may in part be measured by the extent to which our time is filled with satisfying work and leisure experiences. Development of independent broad leisure and vocational repertoires for individuals with developmental disabilities may require a range of interventions. This symposium will review a series of behavior analytic procedures used to enhance leisure and vocational repertoires and subsequently improve quality of life for individuals with ASD. The first paper will present on the effects of a procedure for transferring stimulus control over initiating leisure from a verbal directive to natural cues in the environment. The second paper will examine methods for increasing preference for leisure activities. The third presentation will review a case study in which behavior analytic technologies were used to produce job skills and ultimately to arrange for job placement. Clinical implications and areas for further research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Increasing Preference, Leisure, Stimulus Control, Vocation
Target Audience:

BCBA's

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn methods for transferring stimulus control 2. Attendees will be able to describe procedures for increasing the value of leisure activities 3. Attendees will be able to describe procedures for training job skills to individuals with DD
 
Generation of Contextually Relevant Stimulus Control for Initiation of Leisure Activities
(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE MUSE (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Sean Ferris (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Elaina Strampach (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Adults with developmental disabilities can experience a significant amount of unstructured downtime (Rynders & Schleien, 1991). Even when leisure activities are taught to fill this time, they are often left under the control of vocal directives. In contexts with limited caretakers or staffing resources, clients may be left without the proper discriminative stimuli to occasion initiation of leisure activities during downtime. Transferring stimulus control from vocal directives to natural cues may be necessary for independent initiation of leisure. Participants in this study included four adolescents diagnosed with autism. During Phase 1, we used behavior chaining to teach the use of a leisure menu under the control of a vocal directive. During Phase 2, we used a prompt hierarchy to transfer stimulus control from the vocal directive to naturally occurring cues such as being alone in a room with no activities in process. For all four participants, we successfully transferred stimulus control from a vocal directive to natural environmental cues. Generalization and maintenance was also demonstrated. Interobserver agreement was collected in over 33% of sessions with all agreement scores above 90%. Implications for leisure repertoires and quality of life will be discussed.
 

When Teaching Leisure Isn't Enough: Increasing Preference for Leisure Activities by Embedding Natural Reinforcers

(Applied Research)
FATIMA ZAHRAH ZAIDI (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Adela Castellon (New England Center for Children), Corey Anderson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Teaching leisure activities to mastery is an important first step in providing individuals with developmental disabilities with a broad-based leisure repertoire that can provide enrichment during periods of low structure. However, unless engaging with the newly acquired activity arranges new reinforcement, independent sustained participation in the activity may be unlikely absent arbitrary reinforcers. The purpose of the present study was to, in Study 1, evaluate whether teaching a leisure activity to mastery resulted in increased preference for the activity. Participants included two adolescent young men diagnosed with ASD. Preference was assessed using an engagement-based preference assessment, the Brief Response Restriction (BRR). If teaching the skill to mastery was ineffective at elevating preference for the activity we evaluated, in Phase 2, we evaluated the effect of embedding an existing reinforcer that would typically co-occur with the activity. We taught complex leisure skills to mastery for both participants and increased preference of all trained activities. Implications for development of broad-based leisure repertoires will be discussed. IOA was collected in 33% of sessions with an agreement score of 91%.

 

Beyond Teaching Skills: A Model for Turning Skill Acquisition Into Employment

(Applied Research)
KIMBERLY DIGGS (The Autism Community Therapists), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (The Autism Community Therapists)
Abstract:

The job market provides unique challenges for individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), as evidenced by poor outcomes with job placement (i.e., unemployment rates as high as 90%) and job compensation. Currently, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has provided limited contributions to more optimal outcomes, despite having an ideal technology. That is, there are a plethora of data showing the effectiveness of skill acquisition procedures pertaining to basic vocational skills (e.g., folding laundry, sweeping, envelope stuffing, etc.). By contrast, there is relatively little data on the effect of ABA therapy on job placement and job compensation. The purpose of this case study will be to outline how ABA technologies were utilized to establish both essential job skills (e.g., table setting, table cleanup, restaurant navigation, accepting feedback, etc.) and job placement for a 22-year-old male diagnosed with an ASD. Further, we will outline a model for managing the unique nature of job placement. The model provided will review employment matching, goal development, collaboration between service delivery teams, employee trainings, and transition planning. The outlined approach was shown to be successful across two job sites (i.e., a pizza shop and a coffee shop), as the participant has sustained employment with minimal support at the time of this study at both locations.

 
 
Symposium #261
CE Offered: BACB
Broadening the Lens of ABA: Understanding and Treating Psychopathic, Callous and Unemotional, and Anxious Behaviors
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts shy away from addressing behaviors related to psychopathology, callousness and unemotionality, and anxiety. These diagnoses and their symptoms involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe and measure. However, Friman and others have suggested that behavior analysts should not ignore these important areas because they will then be studied only by non-behaviorists. Unfortunately, non-behaviorists view aberrant behaviors in individuals with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as a reason for these behaviors, proposing more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective would also include an analysis/understanding of establishing operations in the form of private events, physical sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement or punishment. The presenters in this symposium will present their analyses of these areas from a behavioral perspective and provide treatment strategies or research methodologies that are based on these analyses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Anti-Social Behavior, Anxiety-Related Behavior, Autism, Callous-Unemotional Behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, psychologists, psychiatrists, counselors, social workers, teachers, direct care staff, administrators

Learning Objectives: At the completion of this symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the role of social reinforcement and signs of damage in the behaviors of individuals diagnosed with ASD and CU traits 2. Describe the role of motivating operations and discriminative stimuli in the behaviors of individuals with CU traits 3. Describe how wearable biomarker technology can be used to address stress, anxiety and problem behavior among individuals diagnosed with ASD
 

The Development of Antisocial Behavior: Signs of Damage, Callous and Unemotional Traits, and Autism

(Theory)
ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Logan McDowell (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Abstract:

The development of anti-social behavior may be due to a decreased sensitivity to certain types of social reinforcement, as well as social punishment. One class of stimuli that is especially relevant to the development of prosocial interaction is signs of damage. Skinner proposed that aggression is primarily reinforced by inflicting harm, and that the reinforcement utility was learned, as well as innate. Signs of damage, such as screaming, crying, or the sight of bruises or blood, are said to function as such reinforcers. However, these signs typically occur at the end of a confrontation, and may instead be functioning as discriminative stimuli for preventing further attack. Interestingly, response similarities have been demonstrated between children with callous and unemotional (CU) traits, and children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We consider work that has investigated the reactions to social reinforcement and signs of damage among children diagnosed with ASD and CU traits, and discuss the relevance with regard to the development of antisocial behavior, diagnostic classification, labeling, and treatment.

 
Callous-Unemotional Traits: Learned Behavior Related to Motivating Operations
(Theory)
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Kathryn Gitto (East Carolina University)
Abstract: In the Diagnostic & Statistical Manual- V there is a subset of individuals with conduct problems and anti-social behaviors described as having callous-unemotional traits. These individuals appear to have a limited repertoire of emotional behaviors (e.g., lacking fear, guilt, and empathy). These so-called traits could instead be learned behaviors that were functional in environments where children experienced abuse, neglect, and unpredictable contingencies. Traditional psychologists view these traits as symptoms of underlying constructs, while behaviorists view these so-called traits as behaviors serving an environmental function. Components that are often missing in the analysis of these behaviors include: 1) motivating operations in the form of private events (thoughts and feelings); and 2) learning history with specific Sds for reinforcement or punishment. These traits could act as motivating operations mediating the salience and effectiveness of various reinforcers and punishers. The presenter will discuss how functional assessments and analysis of learning history and motivational operations can facilitate the development of efficacious treatments for these individuals.
 

Using Wearable Biomarker Technology to Address Stress, Anxiety, and Problem Behavior Among Individuals With Autism

(Applied Research)
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Anna Hammond (GlenOaks Therapeutic Day School), Michael Carter (GlenOaks Therapeutic Day School)
Abstract:

Up to 80% of children and youth with ASDs experience clinically significant anxiety (Leyfer, Folstein, Bacalmen, et al., 2006). Individuals with ASDs and comorbid anxiety are at increased risk for displaying externalizing behavior problems, social avoidance, and difficulties establishing/maintaining peer relationships across environments (Davis, Hess, Moree et al., 2011). New research is beginning to investigate the effectiveness or wearable biosensor devices to measure physiological indicators of stress and anxiety in naturalistic settings (Lakudzode & Rajbhoj, 2016). The purpose of this presentation is to describe how physiological information obtained from wearable devices can be used to alert clients or practitioners to the need for interventions and relaxation techniques aimed at recognizing the body's anxiety response. We will also provide case study examples to illustrate how these devices can be used to teach the individuals to self-regulate or use coping and/or relaxation strategies, which in turn could improve the ability of individuals to navigate life demands with greater effectiveness.

 
 
Symposium #262
Divided Control Over Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sarah Cowie (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Behavior is controlled by antecedent stimuli and by contingent consequences. In the natural world, these antecedent stimuli and consequences often consist of multiple elements (e.g., color and line orientation) or dimensions (e.g., reinforcer magnitude and frequency). In such environments, behavior may come under the control of more than one element and/or dimension. Understanding what affects such divided control is critical for identifying the stimuli and consequences that maintain behavior, as well as for establishing control over behavior (as in behavior modification procedures). The research presented in this symposium explores divided control over behavior by stimuli and outcomes. Presentations will cover topics such as how informative stimuli control behavior, how stimuli that signal redundant or conflicting information compete for stimulus control, and the role of reinforcer frequency in divided control. The findings presented in this symposium are likely to be relevant to both experimental and applied researchers interested in how stimuli and outcomes can jointly control behavior in complex environments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cue conflict, overshadowing, stimulus control, suboptimal choice
 
Frequency and Value in a Pigeon Suboptimal Choice Paradigm
JEFFREY PISKLAK (University of Alberta), Margaret A. McDevitt (McDaniel College), Roger Dunn (San Diego State University), Marcia Spetch (University of Alberta)
Abstract: Pigeons often make suboptimal choices that provide less frequent food but higher-value conditionally reinforcing signals. This has led some researchers to propose that pigeons’ choices are sensitive to reinforcer value but not reinforcer frequency. We tested the hypothesis that pigeons’ choices are controlled by not only the value of conditionally reinforcing signals (i.e., their correlation with food) but also by the relative frequency of reinforcement. Pigeons chose between two options on a concurrent-chains task with a single response requirement in the initial link. The suboptimal option had a 20% chance of ending with food whereas the optimal option provided an 80% chance of food. During a “SigBoth” condition, terminal-link stimuli on both options signalled whether food would occur. During a “Sig/Unsig” condition, only the terminal-link stimuli on the suboptimal option provided unambiguous signals for the food and no food outcomes. Both the initial-link choices and probe-trial response rates on terminal link-stimuli revealed a clear preference for the optimal alternative in the Sig/Both condition but preference shifted toward suboptimality in the “Sig/Unsig” condition. These findings strongly imply that pigeon suboptimal choice is not singularly driven by signal value, as has been suggested by other researchers, but also by reinforcer frequency.
 

Do Relative Reinforcer Rates Determine Divided Control by Conflicting Stimuli?

STEPHANIE GOMES-NG (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (The University of Auckland), Sarah Cowie (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

When behavior is controlled by multiple stimuli, stimuli associated with relatively higher reinforcer rates exert greater control over behavior. It is presently unclear whether this is also the case when stimuli signal conflicting contingencies. We investigated whether relative reinforcer rates determine divided stimulus control when stimuli signaled conflicting information about the location of the next reinforcer. Pigeons chose a left or right key conditional on the presentation of a sample stimulus. We varied the reinforcer rate associated with each stimulus in separate conditions. To investigate divided stimulus control, two stimuli were presented simultaneously in unreinforced test trials (Experiment 1), or the sample stimulus itself consisted of two simultaneously presented stimuli (Experiment 2). In Experiment 2, one stimulus (chosen randomly) signaled the next reinforcer location. When simultaneously presented stimuli signaled the same reinforcer location, subjects chose this location. When the stimuli signaled different locations, response ratios to the sample stimuli and to the choice keys approximately matched reinforcer ratios. That is, stimuli associated with higher reinforcer rates exerted greater control. Thus, divided control by conflicting stimuli also depends on relative reinforcer rates.

 

Acquisition and Performance Processes of Divided Control Over Spatial Behavior in Pigeons

AARON P. BLAISDELL (UCLA Psychology & Brain Research Institute)
Abstract:

Cue conflict has a long history in the study of learning. Paradigms using cue-conflict procedures, such as overshadowing and blocking, have played an important role in the development and assessment of diverse theories of learning. We report a series of experiments investigating overshadowing of spatial cues to understand the role associative processes play in acquisition and expression of cued spatial behavior. Pigeons were reinforced with grain for pecking a visual target presented on a touchscreen. The location of the target could be signaled by one or more visual cues (i.e., landmarks) located elsewhere on the screen. Using this procedure, we investigated the theoretical basis of spatial learning in overshadowing. Our results indicate that, like conventional overshadowing, spatial overshadowing is governed by an associative process and likely reflects a learning deficit. Next, we report a series of experiments demonstrating similar overshadowing-like cue conflict effects at the time of test, which cannot be explained by a learning deficit but instead by competition between signals based on their relative salience. Both lines of research bear on the central issue of learning and performance processes that govern stimulus control of behavior.

 
 
Symposium #263
CE Offered: BACB
Experimental Analysis of Gambling
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
CE Instructor: Tyler S. Glassford, Other
Abstract:

Behavior analytic research to date has revealed that gambling behavior is influenced by a variety of environmental variables, such as verbal behavior and the contingencies of reinforcement associated with the games themselves. For instance, while slot machines operate on a random ratio reinforcement schedule, structural variables (e.g., outcomes such as near misses or losses disguised as wins) have been shown to influence how people gamble. While emerging research on environmental variables continues, more information is needed in regards to functional relationships between environmental variables, verbal behaviors, and gambling. Therefore, the current symposium will highlight environmental aspects that control gambling. The first paper will discuss the effect of rules on blackjack. Four participants were exposed to two rule conditions to determine how rules may impact the degree to which gamblers 'let it ride' or place larger bets upon winning a hand. The second paper will discuss a new methodology useful in assessing the maintaining variables of gambling (e.g., access to social attention, escape from gambling termination, bonus points and rewards, and sensory stimulation). Finally, the third paper will discuss the effects of losses disguised as wins on preference for slot machines. Future directions for research and clinical practice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Gambling, Rule-governed behavior
Target Audience:

The target audience for the present symposium will be BCBA's, BCaBAs, and psychologists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify environmental variables that influence gambling behaviors (2) Label verbal behavior mechanisms that mediate gambling responses (3) Identify reinforcement schedules and illusion of reinforcement schedules in gambling contexts (i.e., losses disguised as wins)
 

Let it Ride: Effect of Rules on Risky Bets

TYLER S. GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Gambling is a popular activity in the United States. Past research on gambling behavior has focused on rule following. The purpose of the present study was to (a) replicate the findings of Dixon (2000) and (b) extend the findings to risky choice making. Four participants, two male, were exposed to an electronic blackjack game and different rules throughout the study in a multiple baseline design. Participants were first exposed to a faulty rule followed by a correct rule in a multiple baseline design. Each participant first played without rules during baseline. Following baseline the experimenter told the participants a faulty rule, that let it ride bets increased the odds of winning. Following a period of play under the faulty rule, participants were informed that the let it ride bets did not increase odds of winning, and were in fact riskier wagers. All participants significantly increased risky betting during the faulty rules condition, and three participants decreased risky betting following the presentation of the correct rule. The present study replicated past findings by demonstrating that rule following can be weakened rather than eliminated through contact with contradictory rules.

 

Exploring Functional Relations of Gambling

KRISTEN CHUVALA (Saint Louis University), Tyler S. Glassford (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Emily Dzugan (Saint Louis University), Shelby Bates (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Functional assessments are useful in informing treatment, but can often be time consuming. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to develop and test a rapid functional assessment for gambling behavior. To assess the effect of different consequences on gambling behavior a multielement design with a withdrawal component was used. A concurrent random ratio and fixed interval 30s schedule was used to deliver reinforcement on four five-reel casino replica slot machines. The tangible machine provided points toward earning a preferred item. The attention machine produced conversation from an experimenter, while the escape machine provided additional play time. The sensory machine simulated a slot machine typically found in a casino environment. Five recreational gamblers were exposed to a forced choice prior to a ten-minute free play phase. Experimenters then restricted participants from the most played machine for two minutes before allowing access to all machines again. Results for four of five participants indicated two preferred machines of varying strength. Results for the fifth participant were undifferentiated. The results suggest that this functional assessment can quickly identify potential functions of gambling behavior, which would allow therapists to design and begin effective treatment more quickly.

 

Losses Disguised as "Wins" and Slot Machine Preferences

RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Kyle E. Rowsey (University of Southern Mississippi), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

"Losses Disguised as Wins (LDWs)" are slot machine outcomes in which the payout of a given spin is a fraction of the original bet. These losses are "disguised" when paired with visual and auditory stimuli associated with a win. The current research investigated the influence of LDWs on preference amongst game options as well as preferences between concurrently available slots. Naturalistic observation of multiline slot play revealed gamblers overwhelmingly preferred 20 lines, given the option between 20, 10, 5, and 1 line. An analysis of each of the 4 game options revealed LDWs parametrically increased as additional lines were played, despite no observed economic advantage. These data suggest LDWs may in part influence choice allocation amongst varying number of lines. This phenomenon was replicated in a laboratory setting where participants chose amongst concurrently available computerized slot machines where payout magnitudes were manipulated and systematically decreased for slots offering LDWs. Again players showed preference for slots with this game mechanism regardless of actual payouts suggesting gamblers attend to lights and sounds in some cases more than wins and losses. These findings have clear implications for treatment providers seeking to understand addictive mechanisms and slot machine preferences.

 
 
Panel #264
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
The Essential Need for RBT's in Schools
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Roz Prescott, M.A.
Chair: Christina Whalen (RethinkEd)
ROZ PRESCOTT (Rethink)
XIOMARA LEE (Denver Public Schools)
KATHLEEN QUAGLINO (Stamford Public Schools)
Abstract:

Although many clinical practices are requiring the Registered Behavioral Technician (RBT) credential, it is still uncommon to see RBT's working in the schools. Teachers and paraprofessionals can benefit from the RBT credential to give them the basic ABA knowledge that they need to manage behavior, develop IEP goals, build skills in students, and further their own careers. Select schools in the U.S. are embracing the RBT credential and working to provide the training and supervision for their teachers and paraprofessionals. Schools face certain barriers to doing this such as professional development time (particularly for paraprofessionals), cost, and buy-in from district leadership. This panel will discuss the essential needs for RBTs in the school system, the barriers to training and supervision, and challenges in scaling district wide. The ethical considerations for schools will be discussed as well as future directions for providing schools with the education and tools that they need to give teachers and paraprofessionals the ABA training that they need. School districts from Colorado and Connecticut will present their data and procedures for RBTs in their districts, as well as how they plan to utilize RBTs with students, and expand opportunities for staff to get the credential.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts of all levels working within school districts or working with school districts.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the specific issues in school districts related to getting staff RBT certified. 2) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for providing RBT training and preparing staff for getting a credential. 3) Participants will be able to discuss potential solutions for supervision of RBT's in school districts. 4) Participants will be able to identify the benefits of the RBT credential for students, staff, school leadership, and parents.
Keyword(s): Paraprofessionals, Professional Development, RBT Credential, Teachers
 
 
Symposium #265
CE Offered: BACB
Computer Assisted Instruction: Evaluations of Headsprout and Edmark
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway)
CE Instructor: Helena Lydon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents a series of three studies designed to examine the use of Computer Assisted Instruction (CAI) on teaching reading to both adults with intellectual disabilities and children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper was a clustered randomized comparison design was used to investigate the Edmark Reading Program (ERP) and to compare its efficacy in teaching reading outcomes in its table-top (n =16) and CAI (n=15) versions. The second paper evaluates the effects of Headsprout Early Reading in the developing of reading with six adults with learning disabilities. A multiple baseline probe design across participants was used. The third paper presents the outcomes of a parent led intervention. Participants across groups were matched according to level of entry of the reading intervention and were subsequently randomly assigned to either an experimental (n = 13) or control (n = 13) condition as recruited. The study used a between-groups design to evaluate the effects of Headsprout on the reading outcomes and print motivation of children with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Computer Assisted, Edmark©, Headsprout©, Reading
Target Audience:

BCBA

Learning Objectives: To inform BCBA's about the use of Edmark Reading Programme for teaching reading to children with autism spectrum disorder To inform BCBA's about the effects of Headsprout Early reading for young adults with intellectual disabilities To inform BCBA's about having parents as the key interventions in teaching reading to children with autism spectrum disorder
 

The Edmark Reading Program: A Comparison of Computerized and Table Top Presentation in Reading Outcomes in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Amanda Nally (National University of Ireland, Galway), JENNIFER HOLLOWAY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

A clustered randomized comparison design was used to investigate the Edmark Reading Program (ERP) and to compare its efficacy in teaching reading outcomes using both table-top and software format. A sample of 31 participants with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder were assigned to conditions using cluster random sampling. Participants were exposed to ERP in one of two conditions, table-top presentation (TTI) or computerized assisted instruction (CAI), for one full school semester. Assessments of reading ability were conducted before and after exposure to ERP on word reading, accuracy, rate, phonemic awareness, vocabulary, and reading comprehension. This study demonstrated that when ERP, TTI and CAI formats were compared, there were statistically significant differences found in favor of TTI on reading accuracy, reading rate, and phonemic awareness, specifically first sound fluency. Results indicate the efficacy of the table-top presentation of the reading program in these particular reading outcomes. The findings are discussed in light of existing research and the cost-benefit of both presentations

 

Teaching Early Reading Skills to Young Adults With Moderate Intellectual Disabilities Using Headsprout Early Reading

HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Gemma Sheridan (National University of Ireland, Galway), Amanda Nally (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

Many adults with Intellectual disability can have difficulty gaining reading skills acquisition. A multiple probe design across six participants was used to examine the effectiveness of Headsprout Early Reading. Participants were assigned to dyads (based on baseline probe), with two participants placed on the same baseline. Accuracy of sprout cards was the dependent variable selected for decisions in relation to implementation. Results indicated that Headsprout Early Reading had high social validity across participants, their parents and facilitators of the program. Outcome results also indicated an improvement in reading accuracy and fluency for all participants.

 

Investigating the Use of Headsprout Reading Programme by Parents in the Home Environment With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

AMANDA NALLY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract:

A between-groups design was used to evaluate the Headsprout on the reading outcomes and print motivation of a sample of 26 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Headsprout was implemented by parents in their homes, who received training on in the identification of learning difficulties whereby additional support was provided to participants based on these specific learning problems. Results demonstrated that participants who received Headsprout showed greater gains in word reading, non-word reading, and the target sound and words of Headsprout. The results of print motivation demonstrated that only the print material specific to the program had an increase in preference at post-tests. Findings indicate that this reading program can be successfully implemented with children with ASD by parents in the home environment, with the addition of adaptations and learning support.

 
 
Panel #266
CE Offered: BACB
Technology and Innovation in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: PCH/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
JANET S. TWYMAN (Center on Innovations in Learning)
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University)
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Technology is advancing at an unprecedented rate and is likely to continue to progress in a global society with high demands for efficiency. As technology evolves, new devices and new applications are emerging, which allow behavior analysts to develop more efficient, accessible, and personalized systems. The members of this panel bring considerable knowledge and experience in this content area and will advise on how various technologies (e.g., computer applications, e-learning, virtual reality, robotics, telehealth) can be leveraged to enhance application and dissemination of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts that function as practitioners, supervisors, educators, innovators, and researchers.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe how technology has been leveraged by the panelists in various applications of behavior analysis. 2. Attendees will be able to describe how technology has been used for data collection. 3. Attendees will be able to describe how elearning has been used to enahnce teaching. 4. Attendees will be able to describe how videos have been used to increase performance skills of staff.
 
 
Panel #267
CE Offered: BACB
Social Media: The Power, Potentials, and Pitfalls of Networking, Ethics, and Finding Your Niche
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Corey L. Robertson (ABA Tech; Florida Tech)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC)
GIA BISCONTINI (Biscontini Behavior)
DIAH ASKARI (Behavior Man)
Abstract:

The rise of entrepreneurship in behavior analysis and other professional arenas has created waves across the globe, changing forever the ways in which businesses operate. Social media has become a ubiquitous tool critical for marketing, branding, engaging and disseminating content. As LinkedIn, Instagram and Facebook cement themselves into our personal and organizational lives, we must as a field approach with care and creativity in order to remain aligned to our unique models and ethical boundaries. In this panel we discuss our experiences in networking, ethics and finding our niche while using social media in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts in Practice, including but not limited to those with credentials from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).

Learning Objectives: Identify best-practices for marketing behavior analytic content ethically on social media. Identify best-practices for branding behavior analytic content on social media. Identify best-practices for engaging and disseminating behavior analytic content on social media.
Keyword(s): dissemination, ethics, networking, social media
 
 
Panel #268
Expanding Horizons: Foundations, Challenges, and Progress of Clinical Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This panel will consider the application of behavior analytic principles to clinical problems occurring in developmentally normal, free-feeding adolescent and adult clients. The members of this panel have investigated widening the scope of behavior analysis to attend to a broad range of philosophical and clinically important behaviors less frequently considered in our literature. While the panel will be conversational and include interaction with the audience, several important issues seem to merit discussion. Among those are concerns about the dramatic reduction in work on rule-governance or verbal control and how verbal control interacts with contingencies of reinforcement over time. Issues will be discussed concerning the units of analysis that characterizes research in verbal behavior and how it might miss or underestimate the complexity of real-world verbal behavior, especially as it pertains to personal narratives and the development of extended patterns of behavior over time in pursuit of abstract values. The panel will also raise issues about the use of middle-level terms to explain behavioral principles to the practice community, as well as how this impacts many behavior analysts’ opposition to behavior-behavior relations in causal analysis. At an applied level the panel will discuss the role of direct contingency control in areas such as incontinence, Tourette’s Syndrome, sleep disorders, disruptive behavior, and delinquency. The role of contingent control in interpersonal interactions will be discussed, and the challenges in the use of natural interpersonal contingencies in promoting the development of complex social behavior will be considered.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clinical BA, Contingent control, Philosophy, Verbal behavior
 
 
Symposium #269
CE Offered: BACB
It's All in How You Package It: The Impact of Different Methods of Disseminating ABA to the General Public
Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lilly Alejandra Flores-Fiumara (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Melissa R. Nosik (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
CE Instructor: Melissa R. Nosik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In spite of the growing knowledge and application of the scientific principles of behavior, these principles have not been extensively disseminated to the general population (Carr & Fox, 2009). The use of current technology to enhance the dissemination of ABA has been proposed by behavior analysts in the past (Axelrod, Moyer, & Berry, 1990; Plaud, 1996), and many behavior analysts have advocated for the use of conversational language rather than technical language (Bailey, 1991; Binder, 1991; Foxx, 1996; Lindsley, 1991; Rolider, Axelrod, & Van Houten, 1998). More research is needed to assess the impact of language used for disseminating ABA within specific cultural groups. Additionally, it is important to investigate what modalities (e.g., YouTube videos, interactive presentations, presentation slides, etc.) are most impactful in helping the general public learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), as well as which modalities lead to individuals making favorable statements about ABA. This symposium presents the findings from recent studies that assessed the perspectives of adults who were not affiliated with ABA, and explores the potential utility of Internet videos, presentation slides, and interactive exercises to disseminate key concepts related to ABA.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): African American, Disseminating ABA, General public, YouTube videos
Target Audience:

This symposium is appropriate for BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: Following this presentation, attendees will be able to: 1) Describe the critical variables involved in videos, PowerPoint presentations, and active response activities as they relate to disseminating ABA. 2) Select advantages and disadvantages of technical and conversational language in disseminating ABA. 3) State several considerations related to disseminating ABA to specific cultural groups.
 
Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis: The Effects of Using YouTube Videos on the Public's "Like" and "Dislike" Responses About Applied Behavior Analysis
HITOMI WADA (Instructional ABA Consultants), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley E. Bennett (Touchstone Health Services)
Abstract: The present study utilized YouTube videos covering various topics related to ABA, and videos used either technical language or conversational language to describe behavioral principles. While watching each video, participants from the general public made "like" and "dislike" responses using a keyboard. Results showed that, with the exception of one participant, all of the participants' self-reported attitudes toward ABA became more favorable after watching the videos. The majority of participants showed increases in correct responses to factual questions about ABA from pretest to posttest. Participant ratings were generally favorable across all videos, and the results showed nuanced responding with regard to preferences for technical language as compared to conversational language.
 

The Effects of Different Multimedia Presentations About Applied Behavior Analysis on the Responding of African American Adults

MAYA WILLIAMS (Helping Hand Center), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley E. Bennett (Touchstone Health Services)
Abstract:

The current study examined the effect of three different multimedia presentations about applied behavior analysis (ABA) on the responding of African American adults. Assessments measured participants' levels of factual knowledge about ABA before and after each presentation, which included two PowerPoint presentations (one interactive, one non-interactive) and an emotional narrative video about ABA. Participants responded to questions about their evaluations of each of the three presentation styles, as well as a final questionnaire comparing all three presentations. The results showed that all participants felt more informed about the field of ABA after participating in the study and that the majority of participants would recommend ABA therapy to their future colleagues, clients, family, and friends based on the presentations in the study. Additionally, correct responding on the post-assessment increased as a result of the successive presentations for the majority of participants, with the two PowerPoint presentations showing similar levels of effectiveness. Overall, the participants showed a slight preference for the Colorful Interactive presentation, which included videos of various ABA concepts and a response card activity. Implications for dissemination of ABA to the African American community will be discussed within the context of the study's results.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #270
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

A Complex Adaptive Systems View of Language and Second Language Development

Sunday, May 27, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
DIANE LARSEN-FREEMAN (University of Michigan; University of Pennsylvania)
Diane Larsen-Freeman (Ph.D., Linguistics, University of Michigan) is a Professor Emerita in Linguistics and Education at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and a Professor Emerita at the Graduate SIT Institute in Brattleboro, Vermont. She is currently a Visiting Senior Fellow in Educational Linguistics at the University of Pennsylvania. Her books relevant to the B.F. Skinner lecture are Language as a Complex Adaptive System (co-edited with Nick Ellis, Wiley-Blackwell) and Complex Systems and Applied Linguistics (co-authored with Lynne Cameron, Oxford University Press). The latter won the Kenneth W. Mildenberger book prize, awarded by the Modern Language Association.
Abstract:

Language is a complex adaptive system (CAS). Its evolution, development in learners, and use are historically contingent and emergent. Its patterns emerge from social interaction in an environment, which both structures and is structured by iterative language use. Frequently-occurring patterns provide the system some stability; however, change is immanent in the system, brought about by its users co-adapting to an ever-changing environment. It is this co-adaptation that is the source of creativity and innovation in meaning making in a pragmatically appropriate manner. This view of language as a CAS represents a challenge to more traditional views of second language development. It suggests that there is neither linguistic innateness nor an endpoint to the development, certainly not one that is isomorphic with native speaker use. It at least partly explains why there is ubiquitous variability in the process and why given the nature of the process the learner's linguistic system is free to develop along alternative trajectories. These claims will be supported with both corpus and longitudinal developmental data.

Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners interested in theories of language and language development.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) describe some of the fundamental characteristics of language as a complex adaptive system; (2) compare these characteristics with those of the rational behaviorism of B.F. Skinner; (3) assess the value of a view of language as a complex system for practitioners
 
 
Poster Session #271
EAB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Carlos Cancado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil)
1. An Evaluation of Training and Testing Procedures Designed to Facilitate the Emergence of Early Probe Performances Following Simple Discrimination Training in Young Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CONNOR SHEEHAN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Anna Reeves Shepherd (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Recent work in stimulus equivalence has demonstrated that three-term contingency training with class-specific reinforcement can generate emergent stimulus relations in children; however, procedures have not been universally effective for all participants, especially in the first probe phase. Experiment 1 investigated the usefulness of adding variations of identity match-to-sample training with the reinforcer stimuli prior to simple discrimination training with compound discriminative stimuli and compound class-specific reinforcers. Six children (ages 4-5) were allocated to one of three variations of identity training (i.e., training with both elements of the compound consequences, training with one element, or no identity training). The four participants who received identity training demonstrated emergent relations quickly. In the absence of identity training, one participant showed delayed emergence during the early probe blocks, and class-consistent responding throughout later probe blocks. The other did not demonstrate equivalence relations until identity training was added (See Figure 1). Experiment 2 investigates the order of probe-test presentation as an influence on the demonstration of equivalence following simple discrimination training, using a simple-to-complex protocol. Three children (ages 4 – 5) are participating. The results from these experiments will assess whether establishing certain prerequisite skills (e.g., identity matching, more basic emergent relations) will facilitate the equivalence demonstrations.
 
2. A Further Evaluation of Successive Matching-to-Sample in Establishing Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KARINA ZHELEZOGLO (California State University, Sacramento), Timothy G. Howland (California State University, Sacramento), Areli Perez (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated successive matching-to-sample as an alternative to traditional matching-to-sample procedures. The purpose of this study was to replicate and address limitations of Lantaya, Miguel, Howland, LaFrance, and Page (in press). Two experiments evaluated the effectiveness of successive matching to sample to establish emergent relations with undergraduate college students. Following training of baseline relations (AB/BC), participants were tested for emergence of untrained relations (i.e., BA/CB and AC/CA). In both Exp.1 and 2, participants read the instructions out loud, access to instructions was provided during the duration of the experiment, the comparison stimulus was presented for eight seconds in all conditions and training mastery criterion was two blocks at 100% correct. All eight participants demonstrated emergence of BA/CB relations. All four participants passed AC/CA test in Exp. 1 and three out of four passed AC/CA test in Exp. 2. Overall, seven out of eight participants demonstrated emergence of equivalence (AC/CA) responding, indicating that successive matching-to-sample might be a viable alternative to traditional matching-to-sample to establish emergent relations.
 
3. Insertion of Silhouettes, Icons, and Arbitrary Members Into Visual Stimulus Categories Learned by Capuchin Monkeys
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
OLAVO DE FARIA GALVÃO (Federal University of Para State), Icaro Pereira (Federal University of Para State), Kaimon Borges (Federal University of Para State), Victoria Costa (Federal University of Para State), Ana Leda Brino (Federal University of Para State), Paulo R. K. Goulart (Federal University of Para State)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Search for stimulus class formation in animals has been elusive. There is no replication of reported positive findings. An experimental model should allow replication intra and inter subjects, with reduced variability, in any laboratory minimally equipped. True matching to sample - MTS has been demonstrated for identity but not for arbitrary stimulus relations in Capuchin Monkeys. Monkeys with history of generalized identity MTS were trained with success in a repeated shift simple simultaneous discrimination procedure with 3 and 12 stimuli to choose the stimulus of a category. Twelve categories with 5 members each were positive in shifts. Later they showed consistent performance when a new stimulus was introduced in each category. Silhouettes were then introduced and consistent performance was obtained. Transfer of simple discrimination to new stimulus, including silhouettes, is still stimulus generalization. Icons will be inserted and training will be provided if necessary. Arbitrary stimuli will be inserted to form a functional class with 5 pictures, one silhouette, one icon and one arbitrary stimulus in each class. Transfer to category conditional discrimination in the MTS format with 3 and 12 simultaneous comparisons with the pictures will be tested and trained if necessary. Emergence of conditional relations of silhouettes, icons and arbitrary stimuli -trained in the simple discrimination format- to the pictures will be tested. Consistent association of arbitrary members to every baseline member with training of symmetric and transitive relations may facilitate the insertion of the new stimulus into the category set by functionality.

 
4. Emotions and False Memories
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NATALIA MARIA AGGIO (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have been investigating false memories using the stimulus equivalence paradigm. In this experiment, we aimed to investigate if transfer of different function after equivalence class formation would affect false memories. The Experimental Group (EG) learned matching-to-sample (MTS) relations to establish three four-member (Classes 1, 2 and 3) and three 12-member (Classes 4, 5 and 6) equivalence classes. Stimuli were familiar pictures (nodes) and nonsense words. In Classes 4, 5 and 6, the familiar stimuli were pictures of faces portraying emotions of happiness, neutrality, and anger, respectively. Participants who meet criteria in equivalence MTS tests and participants who did not perform any MTS tasks (control group- CG) evaluated two nonsense words from Classes 4, 5 and 6 and the pictures portraying emotions, using the Sematic Differential (SD). A week later, participants from EG saw three lists with nine nonsense words from Classes 4, 5 and 6, in a total of 27 stimuli in the list. After a three minutes distracter task, participants saw three new lists composed by all stimuli from previously list (Targets), the remaining nonsense words form Classes 5, 4 and 6 (Critical Distractors) and the nonsense words from Classes 1, 2 and 3 (Non-related distracters). Participants should indicate witch stimuli were presented on the first lists. The seven participants from EG who finished the experiment evaluated the nonsense words of each equivalence class similar to the evaluation of the faces by the CG. They also recognized significantly more critical than non-related distracters only in the list composed by stimuli from neutral class.

 
5. Developing a Novel Preparation to Analyze the Onset of Derived Stimulus Relations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CASEY MCKOY IRWIN (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: In an arbitrary-matching-to-sample procedure, participants who are taught AB and AC conditional discriminations also derive untaught relations involving the same stimuli. For example, derived relations include BA and CA symmetrical relations and BC or CB equivalence relations. It is difficult to pinpoint the exact moments these derived relations are learned because the typical assessment involves presenting the testing trials (e.g., BC) only after the baseline relations (AB and AC) are well learned. The goal of the present research is to develop a novel preparation to analyze when these different derived relations are learned. Participants were presented with both training trials and testing trials in every session from the start of experimentation. As such, it potentially allows us to monitor the development of derived stimulus relations in real time as the participants learn the relevant baseline discriminations. Results show that each participant learned each of the six discriminations. More importantly, the symmetrical relations emerged in close temporal proximity with the baseline discriminations, whereas the equivalence relations emerged later in time. These results are consistent with several findings in the operant-stimulus-control literature and validate the utility of the present preparation in future experimental analyses of derived relational learning.
 
6. Do Names Given to Stimuli by Participants Become Part of Equivalence Classes?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALEKSANDER VIE (Østfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

The current study tested if names given by adult participants to the stimuli when asked to talk aloud became a part of the stimulus classes. Training the conditional discriminations and testing for emergent relations was conducted with a Many-to-One training structure in 6-s delayed Matching-to-Sample (DMTS) setup, with potentially three 3-member classes. After the test, the vocal names given by the participants were included as textual stimuli in sorting tests. In the sorting tests, the three first stimuli drawn from the stack of cards were names given by the participant, one name from each class. The next nine stimuli were the stimuli used in the DMTS procedure, with the three last stimuli in the stack being the stimuli corresponding with the names at the beginning of the stack. If the participants put a stimulus on top of one of the names, the card with the name automatically hid the stimulus. Initial results show that the names given by the participants become a part of the stimulus classes (see Table 1). Thus, the three-member classes seemingly also include the names participants give the stimuli.

 
7. The Effects of Mixing Baseline Among Emergent Test Trials on Equivalence Class Formation in Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
VANESSA AYRES PEREIRA (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

This experiment investigated whether mixing baseline among symmetry and equivalence test trials enhances the yields of equivalence class formation. Twenty adults were exposed to two test protocols, in counterbalanced order: Simultaneous with Baseline Intermixed and Simultaneous with Post-test of Baseline (Conditions A and B, respectively). The conditions varied in respect to the test procedure and stimuli set. Both started by training AB, AC, AD, and AE relations concurrently. Next, a test assessed the maintenance of baseline and the emergence of symmetry (BA, CA, DA, EA) and equivalence (BC, BD, BE, CB, CD, CE, DB, DC, DE, EB, EC, ED) relations. In Condition A, baseline, symmetry, and equivalence test trials were presented simultaneously. In Condition B, baseline test trials were presented after the test for symmetry and equivalence intermixed. All participants formed equivalence classes in both conditions. Condition A presented slightly lower yields of immediate emergence (16 participants) than Condition B (18). Three out of the four participants with delayed emergence in Condition A initially failed in symmetry trials; the other two in Condition B, failed exclusively in equivalence trials. Condition A produced significantly faster responses to the first five equivalence test trials.

 
8. Effects of Instructions on Stimulus Equivalence Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNIKA POULSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

The role of instructions in stimulus equivalence research has often been discussed without being considerably empirically investigated. Generally, as little information as possible are given to participants, to limit the potential effects of instructions on stimulus equivalence responding. In this present stimulus equivalence experiment, instructions are investigated by using a linear series training structure with three 3-member classes. Participants were assigned to either one of three conditions, consisting of: general instructions (e.g., "your task is to find out which stimuli that belongs together"), specific instructions (e.g., "this stimulus is a fish and belongs together with the car which is this stimulus") or a control group without instructions about the task. The depended measures are number of training trials and equivalence responding. As shown in Table 1, the results show that the condition with general instructions gave a higher result of equivalence responding (i.e., 60 %) compared to the other conditions (i.e., 10 % and 0 %, respectively).

 
9. Attending to Compound Stimuli and Stimulus Equivalence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LIVE FAY BRAATEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Establishing stimulus control with a compound stimulus followed by testing of responding in the presence of one aspect of the compound is a way to study attending behavior. The present experiment investigates attending using compound stimuli in a zero second delayed matching-to-sample procedure by separating the elements of the compound stimuli (color and shape) when testing for relations defining stimulus equivalence. Twenty adult participants were randomly assigned to two groups (more participants will be included) and were trained to potentially form three 3-member equivalence classes. Group 1 was trained with a one-to-many (OTM) training structure and Group 2 with a many-to-one (MTO) training structure. In both groups, the compound stimuli served as nodes while the other stimuli were abstract stimuli. In the test for equivalence relations, elements of the compound stimuli were separated and presented individually. Preliminary results show that three out of nine participants trained with OTM fail to form equivalence classes, whereas five out of eleven fail when trained with MTO (see Table 1). Participants who fail in Group 2 exclusively show error when tested with the shape-element, whereas the errors are more random in Group 1.
 
10. Experimental Verification of Urcuioli's Theory of Pigeons' Equivalence-Class Formation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MASAKI ISHIZUKA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Symmetry is an emergent relation for stimulus equivalence. Although human participants are relatively easy to show evidence for symmetry, nonhuman animals typically do not. However, Urcuioli (2008) reported that pigeons demonstrated symmetry in his studies using successive (go / no-go) matching-to-sample procedure, and proposed a theory of pigeons' equivalence-class formation. In the present study, we checked Urcuioli's experiment. Four pigeons received hue-form arbitrary, hue-hue, and form-form identity matching training. In the training, fixed-interval (FI) 5-s schedule was arranged to positive trials and extinction (EXT) was arranged to negative trials. Each training session consisted of 48 positive and 48 negative trials that randomly appeared. Each pigeon was trained until it achieved a discrimination ratio of 0.80 or higher on each matching task for 5 of 6 consecutive training sessions. After the training, form-hue symmetrical relations was tested in non-reinforced trials. The test consisted of 104 trials that included 96 training trials and 8 symmetry probe trials. Figure 1 shows the results of four pigeons. Three of them (P1, P4, P5) responded more to the positive comparison stimuli than to the negative comparison stimuli and demonstrated symmetry. As we reproduced the results of Urcuioli's experiment, we conclude that Urcuioli's theory is correct.

 
11. Equivalence Class Formation as a Function Pre-Training of Verbal Operants
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARILEIDE ANTUNES OLIVEIRA (Faculdades do Vale do Juruena - AJES), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

Understanding how symbolic behavior may be enhanced can result in advances in the development of applied technologies. Participants in this study were eighteen university students ranging from 18-40 years (average = 29 years). Participants were asked to group 15 flashcards with black-and-white abstract shapes individually printed on them. Participants were then assigned to one of the two groups: Tact or Mand. Participants in the Tact Group were taught to say "Paf" in the presence of shape 1; "Vek" for shape 2, and "Zog" for shape 3. Participants in the Mand Group were asked to choose three snack items of their choice and were taught to mand for exchanging shape 1 for snack 1, shape 2 for snack 2, and shape 3 for snack 3. After serial training of AB, BC, CD, and DE relations, all probes for stimulus equivalence were presented in one block. Participants were again asked to group flashcards. Results showed no differences between groups suggesting that pre-training stimuli to exert control over tact and mand responses do not produce equivalence class enhancement. We suggest other types of pre-training of verbal operants to clarify the role of stimuli with a trained history to control verbal behavior in equivalence class formation.

 
12. Equivalence Class Formation and the EEG-Based N400 Component
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GURO DUNVOLL (Oslo and Akershus University College; Akershus University Hospital; Oslo University Hospital), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Torbjørn Elvsåshagen (Oslo University Hospital), Eva Malt (Akershus University Hospital)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

Neuroscientific measures such as electroencephalography (EEG) can increase our understanding of complex human behavior. The N400 component is a negative peak elicited 400 ms after stimulus presentation and was originally observed when the end of a sentence was not related with the word presented before. The N400 is not observed if a relation has been established between the stimuli. The N400 effect also applies when the stimuli are not directly trained as in the test for equivalence class formation and can also be elicited by other meaningful stimuli, including pictures. This can be argued to be a measure of the relational strength between two stimuli as a result of the participant's learning history. The current poster presents an experiment with six healthy adult volunteers where we investigated the N400 during a priming procedure after forming three 3-member classes with C-stimuli as familiar pictures. The results showed a reduction of the N400 component over repeated presentations of the unrelated stimulus pairs when the unrelated stimulus pairs were analyzed separately in four consecutive blocks (see Figure 1). Hence, the findings indicate a possible habituation after repeated stimulus pair presentation.

 
13. On the Function of Including New Stimuli in a Sorting Test
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNE WESTGÅRD (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

In the present experiment, 12 conditional discriminations were trained as a baseline for three 5-member equivalence classes. All stimuli were abstract shapes. The research question was to study the effect of introducing new stimuli in a sorting test after MTS training or after MTS training and testing. In the experiment, 30 adults participated randomly assigned in two groups. Group 1 had the MTS training and test, followed by a sorting test, while Group 2 had the MTS training, sorting, MTS test and another sorting. Both groups were presented for five new stimuli in the sorting tests. The results show that 13 out of 15 participants in Group 2 sort the new stimuli in the experiment-defined classes (see Figure 1). In Group 1, four out of 15 participants sort new stimuli in the experiment-defined classes, while five participants sort the new stimuli together with three of the experiment-defined classes. In Group 1, three participants do not form equivalence classes. In Group 2, one participant does not respond in accordance with stimulus equivalence. There are higher total scores during MTS test in Group 2 than in Group 1, but the difference is not significant.

 
14. Effects of Differential Order of Exposure to Test Phases on Emergence of Equivalence Relations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUIS CARLOS FONSECA LEON (Center for Behavior Studies and Research, University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

The present integrated series of experiments was designed to identify whether the differential order of exposure to test phases (Standard, Inverse, Mixed) respect of a training structure Many to One (MTO), One to Many (OTM) or Lineal Series (SL) has an effect on the emergence on the emergence of equivalence relations. Sixty psychology undergraduates from several universities of Guadalajara participated in the experiments. A Matching To Sample task software was programmed to training the conditionals discriminations (three conditions) and to testing three 3-member equivalence sets of stimuli, symmetry, transitivity and equivalence in four conditions. Overall, for these preparations we observe an effect, it seems has identified an explicit interaction between certain training structure and certain order of exposure to test phases. Hence, the results suggest that the performance in testing for emergence relations depends of order of exposure to test phases respect of the training structure used. Furthermore the accuracy was better with the SL training structure.

 
15. What is the Nature of the Consequence That Controls Our Eye Movements?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SOHIR RAHMOUNI (Université de Lille), Anna Montagnini (Aix Marseille Université), Laurent Madelain (Université de Lille; Aix Marseille Université)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

Saccade adaptation is a form of motor learning that maintains saccade accuracy in response to new sensorimotor contingencies. We know that reinforcement learning can induce saccade adaptation. Previously, an arbitrary reinforcer was used such as an auditory tone or viewing the target on the fovea to control saccades amplitude. This experiment asks whether changes in saccade amplitude may be induced by the ability to perform a visual discrimination task as a consequence. In a 4AFC task, five subjects were instructed to report which symbol was briefly (60ms) displayed across the whole screen immediately after a saccade. The possibility to perform the discriminative task was contingent on meeting a specific saccade amplitude criterion: when saccades did not meet the criterion, one of four irrelevant symbols was displayed such that the participant could not perform the discriminative task. We observed consistent changes in saccadic amplitude across sessions that followed the criterion manipulations. We conclude that saccades are operant behavior reinforced by the ability to perform visual tasks.

 
16. Pigeons' Refraining From Eating Varies With Degree of Stimulus Control
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRENDA ESTELA ORTEGA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Leonard Green (Washington University)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

A procedure to study self-controlled behavior is the "refraining-from-eating" situation in which a food dispenser is presented once (SR1) within a repetitive time cycle, and it can be presented again (SR2) after the cycle has elapsed according to the following contingency: If the pigeon tries to consume SR1, the food is immediately withdrawn and the SR2 presentation is cancelled; if, however, the pigeon refrains from attempting to consume SR1, then it can consume SR2. In the present study, the contribution of stimulus control to "refraining" from taking SR1 was assessed. The effects of (a) signaling both SR1 and SR2 with the same color, (b) signaling both the SR1 and SR2 with different colors, (c) adding a houselight during SR1, and (d) adding a response key (which did not have to be pecked) during SR1 were evaluated. Fewer SR1 interruptions occurred when different stimuli signaled each food-dispenser presentation than when the same stimulus signaled both food presentations. When an illuminated response key was presented concurrently with SR1, interruptions were markedly reduced, to near-zero levels in those pigeons that pecked the key. These data are evidence that "resistance to temptation," an example of self-controlled behavior, is affected by stimulus control.

 
17. The Effect of a Proprioceptive Musical Interface and Methods of Musical Instruction on the Acquisition of Unprompted Pitch Discrimination: A Proposal for Further Research
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN REYNOLDS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract: One area in which behavior analysis as a discipline has much room to grow is the domain of audiology and pitch discrimination. This presentation reviews early work on the psychometrics of auditory perception, the theremin as an experimental apparatus, and certain behavioral studies of auditory discrimination. The literature review sets the context for a discussion of how behavior science can contribute to auditory research and the potential advantages of using the theremin as an experimental apparatus for comparing methods of instruction.
 
18. Discriminative Control by Elements of Visual Compound Stimuli in Bees (Melipona quadrifasciata)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Natália Rodrigues Biscassi (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Antonio Mauricio Moreno (Universidade Estadual do Sudoeste da Bahia, Brazil)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

When reinforcement is contingent on a response in the presence of a compound stimulus, the contingency will be satisfied even if the response occurs under the control of only one of the elements. In this study, 12 bees received simple discrimination training followed by probes of stimulus control for isolated elements of the compound. The learning criterion was at least 90% of correct responses in two consecutive blocks of 20 trials. For half of the bees, the positive stimulus (S +) was a circle with blue border and white center and the S- was a circle with black border and yellow center; for the other half, the function of the stimuli was reversed. In the Probes phase, each compound was decomposed into two elements (a circular border and the inner circle) and all combinations of two elements were probed, in 16 trials. Stimulus control by both positive elements was strong for 8 of 12 bees (but somehow higher for the inner element of the circle), while four bees showed evidence of responding almost exclusively to only one of the positive elements. Probing stimulus control after discrimination training with compounds should be a standard protocol to identifying restricted stimulus control. Key word: discrimination learning, stimulus control, compound stimuli, bees

 
19. Determinants of Remembering in an Incrementing Non-Matching-to-Sample Task in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATHERINE ELY BRUCE (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Shandy Nelson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Nicole Westrick (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Bobbie Wolff (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

Available procedures to study working memory capacity in rodents generally use manual arena or maze tasks. For example, the odor span task uses an incrementing non-matching- to-sample procedure in which digging in cups scented with novel olfactory stimuli results in reinforcement on each trial, while responses to previously presented stimuli are not reinforced. The present study modified this procedure for use in an automated operant chamber using a 15-channel olfactometer. Rats were trained on a go, no-go procedure to make nose-poke responses in a port through which odorants were delivered. Responses to each odorant were reinforced on an FI 5-s schedule the first time it was presented, but once an odor had been presented, responses to that odor were no longer reinforced. Rats rapidly learned to differentiate between session-novel and session-familiar odors and responded at high rates to new stimuli and much lower rates to repeated stimuli. Determinants of remembering were assessed by manipulating a number of variables including frequency and recency of repeated odors, a mid-session delay, and a distractor task. Accuracy was affected by all these variables, but the greatest disruption was observed after a mid-session delay, with or without a distractor task.

 
20. Discrimination of Illuminance by Sprague Dawley Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CORY WHIRTLEY (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
Abstract:

When a light source is aimed at a surface, its luminous flux is dispersed across the surface. The intensity of the surface illumination defines "illuminance." Rats, as nocturnal animals, are sensitive to illuminance. Our interest is in their ability to discriminate small changes in relatively low levels of illuminance. Two rats' lever presses were maintained on a multiple schedule in which a variable-interval schedule of food reinforcement alternated with extinction. The components were signaled by different degrees of illuminance as measured in lux near the floor of the chamber. Across five conditions, we studied illuminance levels ranging from 0 lux (complete darkness) to 64 lux. The pairs of stimuli were arranged to produce absolute differences from 6 lux to 28 lux. The proportion of responding in the presence of S+ (the discrimination ratio) was used to assess the rats' ability to discriminate between the pairs of stimuli. Each rat's discrimination ratio was highest in the condition in which one of the stimuli was 0 lux (S- for one rat, S+ for the other). There was no systematic difference across the other conditions, with ratios consistently above 0.80. These results indicate that rats can discriminate relatively small differences in illuminance.

 
22. Exploring Stimulus Control of Relatives Name, Picture, and Family Relation in a Patient With Vascular Dementia
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Anette Brogård Antonsen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Silje Boye-Hansen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

Forgetting the names of significant others can be demanding for people diagnosed with neurocognitive disorders (NCD) and their significant others. Therefore, the purpose of this experiment was to study the effect of using the simultaneous protocol (SP) and the Simple-to-Complex (STC) protocol while exploring stimulus control of relatives' names, faces, and family relations in a patient diagnosed with Vascular Dementia. We also studied different lengths of the inter-trial-interval (ITI) (i.e., 2000 ms vs. 5000 ms).The experimental conditions were presented using a single-subject experimental design, ABA1B1A1B1 with the SP in the A and A1 conditions, and the STC in the B and B1 conditions. The A1 and B1 conditions had 5000 ms ITI. The results showed that the participant made a number of incorrect responses during intial tests for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. However, with the use of the STC and increased ITI, the participant responded correctly on the different conditional discriminations and responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence in the last experimental condition.

 
23. Generalization of a Stimulus Delta Across a Temporal Continuum
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLENE AGNEW (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Julia Iannaccone (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Rika Ortega (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Anna Budd (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Verena Bethke (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Julia Brodsky (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Robert N. Lanson (Queens College, City University of New York)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

The intruded stimulus (IS) paradigm explores the extent to which temporal control and stimulus control affect responding (Farmer & Schoenfeld, 1966). In this paradigm, a keylight color change is imposed on a fixed interval (FI) schedule. Deviations in responding from the expected FI scallop reflect control of the IS. In the current study, the IS paradigm was utilized with four Silver King pigeons. After establishing baseline responding on a FI 60 s schedule reinforcement, researchers administered two trial types in a series of sessions. Each session included 30 baseline trials and 30 IS trials randomly interspersed. Baseline trials consisted of an IS1 presentation for 10 s at the trial onset (immediately following reinforcement from the previous trial). IS trials included IS1 at the trial onset with the additional presentation of IS2 for either 5 or 10 s at different temporal locations. Results suggest the IS1 functioned as a stimulus delta (S?). Furthermore, the extent of stimulus control by IS2 was a function of distance from the reinforcer. Disruption of responding by IS2 was observed for both IS2 duration values (5 and 10 s).

 
24. Observing Matching-to-Sample Performance and Subsequent Stimulus Sorting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Justice Mensah (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract: Research has shown a positive concordance between equivalence class formation and performance in sorting tests. This experiment examined the relationship between sorting performance and emergent relations performances in participants who have observed a 12-minute video clip of MTS training and testing. Thirty participants were randomly assigned to two experimental conditions: a video clip with 80% correct responding and 20% incorrect responding in MTS training (80% Correct Group), and a video clip with 20% correct responding and 80% incorrect responding in MTS training (20% Correct Group). For both groups, the performance of MTS test was 100% correct. In the subsequent sorting test after watching the video clip, the findings showed that for the 80% Correct Group, 11 of 15 participants sorted the stimuli according to experimenter-defined classes in Sorting Tests 1 and 2, as well as responded in accordance to equivalence in the MTS test for emergent relations (See Figure 1). For the 20% Correct Group, two of 15 participants sorted the stimuli according to experimenter-defined classes in Sorting Tests 1 and 2, one participant who failed to sort the stimuli in Sorting Test 1, sorted the stimuli according to experimenter-defined classes in Sorting Test 2. Two of the participants who sorted the stimuli according to experimenter-defined classes in Sorting Tests 1 and 2 responded in accordance to equivalence in the MTS test.
 
25. Transfer of Faces Expressing Emotions in Simultaneous and Delayed Matching-to-Sample
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

Transfer of stimulus function within equivalence classes has been shown to vary as a function of both varying delays in delayed matching-to-sample and number of nodes. Fourteen adult participants were allocated to two experimental groups (simultaneous and 0-sec delayed MTS) and trained with twelve conditional discriminations (AB/BC/CD/EF) in a linear series (LS) training structure. The training was followed by testing the formation of three 6-member equivalence classes. The A-stimuli consisted of three different facial expressions where each expression was shown by four different individuals. The A1 stimuli were four angry faces, the A2 stimuli were four neutral faces, and the A3 stimuli were four happy faces. For each group, five participants rated the D stimuli and two participants rated the F stimuli by a Semantic Differential rating scale. The main findings show a correspondence between the facial expressions and the Semantic Differential Scale ratings for both groups. Participants in the DMTS group required a higher number of training trials to criterion than the SMTS group.

 
26. Associative Learning in Babies: Higher-Order Conditioning Without Verbal Skills
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLOTTE RENAUX (Université de Lille), Vinca Riviere (Université de Lille), Paul Craddock (Université de Lille), Ralph R. Miller (State University of New York, Birmingham)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

Verbal processing has been proposed to be necessary for associative learning in humans; however, numerous reports of first-order learning in preverbal infants refute this view for first-order learning. But there are no published reports of higher-order conditioning that test this hypothesis with nonverbal humans. Here we assessed the necessity of verbal skills for higher-order associative learning in preverbal babies. We employed a sensory preconditioning procedure that was quick and used no instructions. CS2-CS1 and CS3-CS4 trials were presented during phase 1, and CS1-US+ and CS3-US- trials were presented during phase 2. The CSs were colored geometric shapes, the US+s were entertaining video clips, and the US- an unpleasant sound. The conditioned response was looking at the location where the US+s had appeared. At test, babies exhibited conditioned responding to CS2, despite their being nonverbal. Thus, verbal processing is unnecessary for higher-order learning as well as first-order learning. In addition, our eye-tracking preparation for babies could provide a useful tool for examining cognitive functioning very early in human development without any instructions.

 
27. The Effect of Individual Punishment on Cultural Selection
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Dyego de Carvalho Costa (Universidade de Brasilia; Universidade Estadual do Piauí), Bruna Maria Barbosa da Silva Françaoa (Universidade de Brasilia), Roberta Lemos (Universidade de Brasilia), ITALO TEIXEIRA (Universidade de Brasilia)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

This work aimed to identify the effect of ontogenetic response cost on cultural selection in an experimental microculture. Three groups of three participants played a pizza game. The participants had to choose 6 ingredients of 20 possibilities. The IBC was the sequence of six ingredients, chosen by the participants. The AP was the pizza resulted of choses. The cultural consequence was 60 points if the pizza was the one expected for the current condition. The experiment was divided in two Phases. In Phase 1, the response cost consisted in solving individual tangran puzzles, every time they chose correct ingredients of pizza that received 60 points. In second Phase the correctament ingredientes choses demands the solution of n tangrans for the group and the participants decided how many puzzles each one would solve. In both phases, the conditions were: A baseline; BCD with 1/2/3 individual tangrans by correct ingredient for Phase 1 and 2/4/6 tangrans for the group at Phase 2. The results showed that individual response cost produced avoidance and low production of cultural consequences. In Phase 2, the response cost wasn't enough to produce avoidance, and the cultural consequences were systematically produced and greater than the other possibilities of IBC.

 
28. A Review of Applications of Progressive-Ratio Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Shawn J. Janetzke (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

A progressive-ratio (PR) schedule is a schedule in which the response requirement increases following completion of the previous schedule requirement. PR schedules are used as a measure of reinforcer efficacy. Break points tell us how strong a reinforcer is: high breakpoints indicate that a reinforcer is more potent, and low breakpoints indicate that a reinforcer is less potent. However, there are no standardized methods for determining PR array values or breakpoint criteria. This study examined basic and applied PR schedules in the literature via a PsychInfo search, using key words "progressive ratio" and "schedule," and reviewed studies from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Data were categorized by schedule type, stability criterion, termination criterion, breakpoint, response topography, and basic/applied. No published studies included schedule correlated stimuli. Future research should systematically evaluate the effectiveness of these procedural differences and identify variables that will increase stability in PR schedules. Interobserver agreement was 100% for 38.5% of data sets.

 
30. Collateral Behavior During DRL Schedules: A PORTL Replication of Bruner & Revusky (1961)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA AUZENNE (University of North Texas), Leah Herzog (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL schedules) have been used in the experimental analysis of behavior as baselines to study other variables. They have also been used in applied settings to reduce rates of responding. Bruner and Revusky (1961) studied response patterns in humans during a DRL schedule using an apparatus with four keys. Although only one key was part of the DRL contingency, the experimenters observed identifiable patterns of responding on the other three keys. They suggested that these alternative, collateral responses helped the participants meet the DRL requirement. The first purpose of the current study was to replicate Bruner and Revusky's results using the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL). A second purpose was to examine how response patterns would change as the number of alternative responses decreased. Preliminary results showed that patterns of behavior similar to those observed by Bruner and Revusky can be obtained using PORTL and that some participants were still able to meet the DRL requirements even with fewer experimenter-provided alternatives.

 
32. Evaluating the Use of a Humanoid Robot to Study Human Operant Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHELLE ISABEL PADILLA (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Victor Ramirez (California State University, Northridge), Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Humanoid robots (aka humanoids) may offer several advantages for experimental analysis of human behavior. Much like operant chambers, humanoids can be programmed to record data and deliver consequences for specific responses. However, the concept thaFt participants' behaviors can come under the control of a robot's behaviors has not been tested. Therefore, the purpose of our study was to investigate whether Meebie, a humanoid robot, simulating a child engaging in compliance and noncompliance, could be used to gain systematic control over participants' behaviors. In Phase 1, participants'target responses (e.g., touching Meebie's head) resulted in Meebie complying with participants' instructions. During Phase 2, Meebie engaged in noncompliance regardless of the participants' behavior. We programmed Meebie to collect data on participants' responses, and generated cumulative records, to determine whether their behavior was being shaped. In Phase 1, 2 of 3 participants' cumulative touches to the target sensor were higher than touches to other sensors. During Phase 2, cumulative touches to all sensors decreased. Our preliminary findings support the use of a humanoid robot as an operandum to study human behavior; however, variables such as rule-governance and schedules of reinforcement should be taken into consideration with regard to analysis of human behavior.

 
33. Within-Subject Validation of Academic Constraints on Alcohol Purchasing
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Ryan Powers (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nate David Popodi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Logan Wild (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Jolee Marie Zizzo (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Abigail Schmidt (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Kane Poad (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Mackenzie Kropidlowski (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Economic demand for alcoholic beverages can be assessed using the Alcohol Purchase Task (APT) where participants hypothetically buy drinks at escalating prices. The APT allows for detailed behavioral economic analyses including elasticity and breakpoint. Previous research has demonstrated that hypothetical academic constraints decrease certain measures of demand. In this experiment, participants completed two abbreviated versions of the APT with distinct prices over a similar range. In the experimental (EXP) version, participants were told that they had an exam the next morning, while the control (CTRL) version explicitly told them that they did not have an exam or class the next day. A full 2X2 factorial experiment was conducted where participants received 1) CTRL then EXP versions of APT, 2) EXP then CTRL versions of the APT, 3) CTRL then CTRL, or 4) EXP then EXP. Results from sixty participants (n=65) directly replicated within-subject the effects of academic constraints on alcohol purchasing demonstrated between groups. Demand curves obtained from the CTRL version first saw a reduction in that curve under the EXP version. Conversely, participants that saw the EXP version first showed an increase in demand in the subsequent CTRL version. There were no changes in the CTRL-CTRL or EXP-EXP conditions.

 
34. Fine-Grained Reaction Time and Accuracy Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement Contingencies
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
OWEN JAMES ADAMS (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Positive and negative reinforcement contingencies have been compared in terms of preference, but what remain unclear are their differential effects on reaction time and accuracy while controlling other variables. Participants took part in a sound discrimination task involving random mixed-trial presentation of positive and negative reinforcement contingencies. Participants' goal was to identify whether the tone was shorter or longer than 600 milliseconds. On positive reinforcement trials, participants only received feedback and money tallies if they identified the sound length correctly, with each correct response in the positive reinforcement trials earning the participant 10 cents. On negative reinforcement trials, the participants only received feedback and money tallies if they identified the sound length incorrectly, with incorrect trials subtracting 10 cents from the participants' total money (which began at $4.00 to equalize the weights of the positive and negative reinforcement contingencies). Results indicated negative correlations between comparison stimulus duration and reaction time with different slopes between positive and negative reinforcement trials. These findings may have implications for improving training techniques and are evaluated within the context of Brain Computer Interfaces (BCIs) such as the P300 speller device.

 
35. Modeling the Effects of Distance Requirements on Responding During a Human Operant Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WILL FLEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Overt behavior always requires moving objects—including the organism itself—certain distances to function. Those distances can be characterized by both the absolute minimum distance an object must be moved to function and the aggregate minimum distances an object could be moved to function. While the effects of distance have not been extensively studied by behavior analysts, they have been researched by computer scientists, particularly those interested with Fitts' Law. In regards to computer cursors, two-dimensional models based on Fitts' Law typically state that the average time to move a cursor to a target area on the screen is a function of the distance between the cursor and the target area and the height and width of the target area. The current project compared the predictability of models based on Fitts' Law to broader, more behavioral-economic models using data from a human operant task similar to tasks used in Fitts' Law research. Molecular interactions between interresponse time, pausing, and response distance were also assessed.

 
36. An Effect Size Measure for Single Case Experimental Designs: Ratio of Distances
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Michael T. Carlin (Rider University)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the development of an effect size measure called Ratio of Distances (RD), developed by Carlin and Costello (in preparation). Communication between the psychological disciplines may improve if both group and single case experimental research used comparable measures of effect size. In group research, effect size measures that reflect distance between means (e.g., Cohen's d) are commonly used. The goal of the present work was to develop a measure that can be easily compared to effect size measures (e.g., d), used in group research. Modeled from other effect size measures, we developed a measure of level change for single case experimental research that met several practical requirements: the measure is adaptable to designs with varying numbers of observations per, and across, phases. The measure is adaptable to situations in which slope does and does not exist. The measure has no ceiling, as is the limitation with commonly used overlap-based measures of effect size. The measure is computationally transparent and easily performed using widely available analysis tools.

 
37. Effect of Credit Card Logos on the Consumer Item Price Estimated by Mexican College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
FELIPE ERNESTO PARRADO (University of Guadalajara), Susana Barba (University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Nakajima & Izumida (2015) demonstrated that students' price estimation of consumer items are increased by credit card logos presented with the items. This study aimed to replicate that effect with a Mexican student sample. An experiment was conducted with 10 pictures of consumer items to estimate its price. All pictures for the first group (n=25) were presented without the credit card logos, for the second group all pictures were presented with credit card logos (n=23), and in the third group (n=22) the logos were shown in 50% of trials. As shown in the original study, the pairing of credit card logos increased the average price of consumer items. Results show that students that owned a credit card (n=27) were more likely to increase the price of consumer items compared to those that didn't own any credit card, suggesting that participants' history with credit card use affect their price estimation. Although gender was not controlled, higher price estimation was observed particularly in women. Implications for product advertising and consumer experience with credit cards in low income countries is discussed.

 
38. Aggressive and Prosocial Conduct Between Couples Through the Handling of Models of Conduct
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALEJANDRA MONTSERRAT RIVERA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

In Mexico, 6.1% of the population has presented child behavior problems at some time in their lives. In these behavioral problems, as well as in their progression, various factors intervene, such as the perceived family environment, the substance abuse in the parents, among others. The research points out that there is a continuity between childhood behavior disorders and those of adolescence and adulthood (Frick, 2016), some inappropriate behaviors including aggression predict delinquent, aggressive and risky behaviors in adolescence and adulthood (Rodríguez, López- Cepero, Rodríguez, & Estrada, 2012, Frick, 2009; Campbell, 2005). The objective of the study was to increase prosocial behavior and decrease aggressive behaviors in children, through the management of behavior and reinforcement models, we worked with 3 groups of 1st grade of primary school with an average of 20 children in each group and a average age of 6 years. A multiple baseline design between groups and between behaviors was used. The behaviors were evaluated through a system of direct observation of prosocial and antisocial behavior, a Placheck record was carried out with a duration of 10 minutes at recess time in the school playground. The results showed that the percentage of prosocial behavior increased and the aggressive behavior decreased in most of the observed behaviors, likewise a size of the treatment effect was observed through the NAP index. Therefore, it can be concluded that the intervention strategy was effective in generating changes in the target behaviors.

 
 
 
Poster Session #272
EDC Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
39. Teaching Reading With Direct Instruction in an Icelandic Classroom: Treatment Fidelity
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ZUILMA GABRIELA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Gudbjorg Vilhjalmsdottir (City of Hafnarfjordur)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

Measurements of practitioner performance are rare even in research studies of the effect of interventions. Fidelity measurements provide information that increase generalizability of research findings and can be found useful in praxis when providing feedback to executors. The purpose of this study was to examine whether the provision of training on a regular basis could increase treatment fidelity of three teachers using Direct Instruction (DI) in teaching reading to first graders. A multiple baseline across subjects experimental design was used to measure the effect of training teachers to use DI. Training consisted of three variables: modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. The three variables were used simultaneously and the effect of each one was therefore not measured separately. Teachers' treatment fidelity was measured using a tool based on Corrective Reading Decoding Fidelity of Implementation Observation Checklist by Benner, Nelson, Stage and Ralston (2011). The teachers reached the set goal of 80% treatment fidelity and maintained their performance scores throughout the study. When teachers had reached the 80% fidelity goal, training was systematically reduced.

 
40. Direct Instruction Revisited
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ZAHIDA CHEBCHOUB (UAE University)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research is to analyze the effects of using direct instruction on English as a Second Language learners' acquisition of new vocabulary. Wanzek (2014) and Ellis (2010) stated that direct instruction in second language learning has showed positive results. Rupley et al (2009) acknowledged the importance of direct and explicit instruction in teaching reading comprehension to students who exhibit difficulties in this skill. In this present research, The researcher, who is also the class teacher, has started collecting data to measure the effects of direct instruction technology on learners' acquisition of vocabulary. The subjects are 30 learners of English as a Second Language. Choral responding, use of Active Student Responses and response cards were used to introduce and teach new vocabulary. Thirty-minute sessions run three times a week from September 3, 2017 to October 1, 2017 were conducted for data collection. These sessions will continue until the end of November 2017. Preliminary results have shown that the technology of direct instruction has indeed a positive effect on the acquisition of vocabulary by learners of English as a Second Language. The researcher aims at encouraging educators to use the technology of direct instruction, especially in the field of second language teaching.

 
41. Examining the Effectiveness of an Intervention That Combined Reread-Adapt and Answer-Comprehend and Positive Reinforcement on Reading Fluency in Elementary Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MAHA ALI ALGHAMDI (Duquesne University), Xiuchang Huang (Duquesne University)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) vary greatly in reading proficiency. Reading fluency is a skill that they often struggle with. The Reread-Adapt and Answer-Comprehend (RAAC) is an intervention that has been proved effective by previous research in helping students with disabilities improve both reading fluency and comprehension. This study aims to extend previous research and investigates the effectiveness of an intervention that combines both RAAC and positive reinforcement (i.e., 10 minutes iPad time) on reading fluency in three elementary students with ASD. An oral reading fluency curriculum-based measurement was administered first to determine individual student's reading level before implementing the intervention. For intervention, participants are asked to read the material (e.g., a paragraph) three times with a one-minute break in between, followed by a few general questions about the reading material. Whenever the students are able to finish reading the designated materials within a certain time limit (e.g., 1 minute), they will be provided with 10 minutes iPad time as positive reinforcement. This study employs a multiple baseline across participants design to collect data. The intervention is introduced to participants sequentially one by one after baseline data collection and students' reading performances are measured and graphed accordingly.

 
42. Enhancing the Quality of Teacher Explanations Using Direct Instruction Practice Simulations and the Standard Celeration Chart
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ADAM HOCKMAN (The Mechner Foundation)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract: Large scale curricular adoption is difficult in general education. The perils of implementing Direct Instruction curricula across districts are well documented, with much disapproval pointing to teachers losing their autonomy once required to use scripted teaching protocols. Without teacher buy-in, published curriculums are often put on a dusty shelf at a district office after a year or two, meaning schools never experience the maximum benefits of using highly validated programs. Teachers, however, can learn a small set of effective active student response strategies and instructional design principles to better shape meaningful 1:1 conversations with students on any given topic. Additionally, they can easily learn to adapt these practices based on a learner’s skill repertoire. Data will be presented from a participant who practiced three instructional simulations with a teacher coach to master a set of instructional practices in a 1:1 context until reaching a recommended performance standard. These simulations were arranged to represent a broad array of student response eliciting strategies and instructional design practices into a few highly concentrated teaching scenarios. Using the Standard Celeration Chart (SCS), baseline and intervention data were collected to assess the inclusion of these practices in the natural environment when interacting with students one-on-one. Generative responding, retention, and endurance were also analyzed.
 
43. Investigation of the IES/NSF Protocol for Identifying Promising Evidence Through Lines of Research Inquiry
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BARBARA R. SCHIRMER (Walden University; Concenter Group), Alison Schirmer Lockman (Rowan University), Todd N. Schirmer (Napa State Hospital)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

The current study was designed to investigate the applicability of the IES/NSF pipeline-of-evidence protocol for identifying a given instructional intervention as research-based. To test the protocol, we retroactively examined the empirical evidence for two interventions used for literacy instruction and mapped this evidence to the six steps in the protocol: 1) Foundational studies that examine phenomena in the absence of a direct link to educational outcomes; 2) Early Stage/Exploratory studies that examine the connections or relationships among constructs; 3) Design and Development studies involving the design and testing of individual components of an intervention; 4) Efficacy studies of the intervention under ideal circumstances; 5) Effectiveness studies of the intervention under typical circumstances; and 6) Scale-up studies of the intervention under typical circumstances but in a wide range of contexts and populations. We found that in the case of Reciprocal Teaching, empirical evidence was manifest at each stage of the pipeline. In the case of Shared Book Reading, foundational, early stage, design/development, and efficacy research were absent. Results indicate that the IES/NSF pipeline-of-evidence protocol offers a productive approach to identifying evidence-based practices because it takes into account the role of methodological designs in lines of research inquiry.

 
44. A Pilot Study of a "Skill/Will" Procedure to Improve Early Reading Screening Measures in Kindergarten
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BREDA V. O'KEEFFE (University of Utah), Kristin Kladis (University of Utah), Kaitlin Bundock (Utah State University), Kristen Stokes (University of Utah)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

Reading screening measures for Kindergarten students typically have lower predictive validity than other types of reading screening measures for older students. We conducted a pilot study of a simple goal/reward procedure ("skill/will") to distinguish between performance and skill difficulties on Phoneme Segmentation Fluency (PSF) and Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) in a multiple baseline across students design. Before baseline, nine students scored below benchmark on PSF and/or NWF at Middle of Year (MOY) benchmark assessment without changes. Baseline included progress monitoring 2-3 days/week with standard assessment directions. Intervention included adding a goal/reward for students. A "reward" was delivered when students met or exceeded their highest previous score (1 reward item) and met or exceeded the MOY benchmark (2 reward items). Across students and skills (n = 13 legs of study), nine met/exceeded MOY benchmark during baseline (suggesting additional exposure to the assessments was adequate), two exceeded benchmark during goal/reward procedures (suggesting adding a simple performance component was adequate), and two required extended exposure to goal/reward or skill-based review to exceed benchmark. At End of Year benchmark (follow-up), 12 of 13 skills were at or above the benchmark on PSF and/or NWF, suggesting lower risk than predicted by Middle of Year screening.

 
47. Using Self-Questioning to Improve Reading Comprehension for Students With Learning Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
NOUF ALTAWEEL (Old Dominion University)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

Reading comprehension is a necessary demand for students' achievement in schools (Crabtree, Alber-Morgan, & Konrad, 2010). However, students with learning disabilities (LD) face more obstacles learning to read (Vaughn, Levy, & Coleman, 2002). While self-questioning as a reading comprehension strategy has been promising in improving reading comprehension for typical students and students with disabilities (Joseph, Alber-Morgan, Cullen, & Rouse, 2016), little is known about the effective self-questioning approaches for students with learning disabilities. This review included 13 empirical studies conducted between 1998 and 2017, investigating the use of self-questioning approaches to improve reading comprehension particularly for students with learning disabilities. Results indicate five self-questioning approaches concerning instructor-provided (e.g., Crabtree et al., 2010) or student-produced questions (e.g., Rouse, Alber-Morgan, Cullen, & Sawyer, 2014). Each of the five approaches asserts the positive role of self-questioning on improving reading comprehension. However, comparing between approaches to determine the most effective self-questioning approach has been proved inconclusive due to the effects of confounding factors (e.g., discrepancies in assessment procedures) and the limited information on generalization across the reviewed studies. particularly for students with learning disabilities.

 
48. Effects of Instructional Strategies and Strategic Incremental Rehearsal on Letter Identification: An Experimental Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN HATHAWAY (University of Missouri), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Missouri), Jessica Detrick (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) and Endicott College)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of instructional strategies on letter identification for two Kindergarten students who experienced letter identification difficulties. All procedures were conducted in the participants' school. Across both participants, IOA for task accuracy and instructional strategy use was assessed across 31% of sessions and averaged 97%. A three-phase analysis was conducted within a multielement design. Phase 1 evaluated the number of letters participants correctly identified when an instructional strategy was not provided. Phase 2 evaluated the effects of two different instructional strategies and rewards on participants' correct letter identification, and Phase 3 evaluated the effects of instruction, specifically strategic incremental rehearsal (SIR), plus the most effective instructional strategy, identified in Phase 2, on participants' correct letter identification. Results (Figures 1 and 2) showed that an effective, yet different, instructional strategy was identified for each participant during Phase 2. Specifically, a letter line was identified as most effective for one participant, whereas picture cards were identified for the other. For both participants, strategies were insufficient in fully improving their letter identification skills. Thus, results of Phase 3 showed that SIR plus an instructional strategy was effective for further increasing both participants' correct letter identification.

 
49. Implementing Class-Wide Matching to Sample Instruction in Preschool Classrooms to Teach Early Literacy Skills
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JESSIE RICHARD (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

The current study examined the effectiveness of a novel method of delivering classwide literacy instruction in preschool. The need to improve preschool instruction with evidenced based techniques, especially in the area of literacy instruction is warranted. Four preschool classrooms were involved in the study for a total of 95 students and 4 teachers. Data was collected using AIMSweb Letter Naming Fluency (LNF), AIMSweb Letter Sound Fluency (LSF), and a researcher-created accuracy probe. The classwide matching to sample instruction occurred four days a week for 3-6 mins. It was implemented during opening circle time. Each session consisted of 1 letter that involved a series of steps that were completed within the matching to sample instruction. There were two matching to sample instructions delivered in a week: letter naming and letter sound. Each session consisted of a stimulus being presented with three comparative stimuli, a stimulus being paired with a verbal word, or a stimulus being paired with a verbal sound. Overall, A = print, B = picture, C = letter name, and D = letter sound. Results from the current study provide preliminary support for matching-to sample instruction to be used to improve letter name and sound acquisition, letter naming fluency, and letter sound fluency with preschool students. The current study highlights the effectiveness of utilizing explicit instruction using scaffolding techniques, frequent review and practice opportunities, visual aids, and specific feedback when activating prior knowledge to teach an academic skill.

 
51. Jolly Phonics: Learning to Read When All Else Fails!
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Reading is an important skill in life. It affects how we understand what the world communicates to us and getting by generally. Most studies in the literature on reading focus on high-functioning autism, but there is limited information on teaching reading to those with severe autism. Jolly Phonics is a synthetics phonics program used to teach reading and writing using multisensory modes by breaking up the English Language into 42 sounds and incorporating various activities. This study was done on a 14 year old boy in Kaizora, a day-centre located in Kenya. Many methods were tried in previous schools and none were successful. By breaking down the jolly phonics program into small steps, he began learning group 1 sounds (s, a, t, p, i, n) and completed these successfully in 25 sessions. He is now able to blend short c-v-c words by learning just these 6 sounds. As he progresses across the 7 groups his ability to blend longer words is predicted to increase whereby he will be able to work on comprehension as well. Jolly phonics has been a successful strategy with other students in this centre and this study shows how much impact it can have on learning to read.

 
52. Impact of Reading Intervention on The Reading Achievement of Second Graders With Reading Risk
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ABDULRAHMAN ALSULTAN (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Proficient reading is essential for school success. This poster will present data from the OSU, Special Education Reading Clinic that is housed in an inner-city elementary school. The student population is 75% African American, 13% Caucasian, 4% Hispanic, and 4% Multi-racial. The children are primarily from low SEs families. The school's children typically score below the state mean on standardized reading assessments. Therefore, many children could benefit from supplemental biweekly reading instruction. Tutoring sessions are one hour in length. The clinic targets children (with or without a disability label) who are first and second graders and who are recommended by their teacher due to poor reading skills. The clinic is a service-learning opportunity for pre-service special education students. Our special education students are trained to implement reading instruction using direct instruction strategies. OSU students assess children's progress using both standardized tests and curriculum-based measures. Children often double their reading fluency, increase decoding skills, and demonstrate improved comprehension. End of the semester assessments indicate that many of the children have reduced risk for reading failure as measured by the standardized test (e.g., DIBELS). This poster will provide individual data for children on reading fluency and comprehension using Standard Celeration Charts.

 
53. A Review of Meta-Analyses and Literature Reviews of Reading Interventions for Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ARGNUE CHITIYO (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Meta-analyses and literature reviews are important for synthesizing research on a topic, assessing trends in a field, and evaluating the effectiveness of interventions research. Calls for adoption and utilization of evidence based practices in special education warrants the need for methodological rigor in research practices to inform policy and practice. Recent efforts have also been aimed at improving the methodological quality of reviews and meta-analyses, as well as replicability of reporting procedures. Meta-analytic studies have previously excluded studies conducted using single case designs (SCD) owing to absence of standard measures to aggregate effect sizes across studies. The purpose of this review is to examine the characteristics of literature reviews and meta-analyses of reading interventions for students with emotional and behavioral disabilities. The paper examines the extent to which previous meta-analyses have included SCD studies, and examine effect size measures that have been used in assessing efficacy of the interventions. A brief review and discussion of a novel effect size measure for SCD is provided.

 
54. Effect of White Noise on Attention in College Students With Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Brian Davis (Central Michigan University), CARL MERLE JOHNSON (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

The most common treatment for Attention-Deficity Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) currently is stimulant medication. Medications can have side effects and are not always effective. White noise is an alternative to medication for children diagnosed with ADHD to decrease off-task behavior in classrooms. Continuous white noise was used in this study to examine off-task behavior in college students diagnosed with ADHD. In a single-subject reversal design two students performed an academic task while listening to no noise or 75 dB white noise through headphones for 15 minutes sessions. Results indicated a moderate decrease in off-task behavior for one participant and a negligible change in the other. Being that the nature of the intervention is simple to implement and no known adverse effects, white noise is worth exploring for reduction of off-task behavior in college students with ADHD.

 
55. Pilot Study: Effects of Technology Breaks on Media Multitasking With College Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KENDRA GUINNESS (Regis College), Lauren Beaulieu (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Media multitasking involves alternating between completing academic tasks and using technology for nonacademic purposes and has detrimental effects on task performance (Wood et al., 2012). We used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of technology breaks on media multitasking during independent study with two undergraduate students. During baseline, we observed the participants studying independently and recorded the frequency and duration of media multitasking. The intervention involved teaching participants to implement noncontingent technology breaks. The initial schedule of breaks was determined by the participants' media multitasking during baseline, and then the schedule of breaks was gradually thinned. During breaks, the participants were instructed that they could check their text messages, e-mails, or social media. There were no programmed consequences for media multitasking. The results showed that the technology breaks decreased media multitasking for both participants even though there were no programmed consequences for media multitasking or on task behavior. In addition, the participants implemented the technology breaks with a high level of fidelity. Our findings demonstrate the utility of an antecedent-based self-management strategy for decreasing media multitasking with college students.

 
56. Cultural Adaptation and Validation of One Academic Procrastination Scale in a Mexican Sample
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HITOMY EDITH MATSUDA WILSON (University of Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara), Cristiano Dos Santos (University of Guadalajara), Carlos Martínez (University of Guadalajara), Claudia Vega (Iteso), Porfirio Gutiérrez (University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Academic procrastination implies a tendency to put off important academic task until their deadline approaches. A study of nursing students in Mexico indicated that 100% of participants reported procrastinate in their academic activities. Previous researches on this phenomenon have linked academic procrastination to higher levels of stress and poorer well-being among university students. To date, only a few studies have analyzed procrastination in a Mexican context; furthermore, there is no one scale that specially measures academic procrastination in a Mexican population. Therefore, the aim of this study was to adapt and validate the Academic Procrastination Scale by McCloskey & Scielzo (2016) which consists of 25 items Likert-type scales (5 point). As a first phase of the study, translation and cultural adaptation was done according to recommendations and guidelines for validating and cross-cultural adapting research. In a second phase, the scale was administered to 600 students of a public university. The third phase, a factor analysis (exploratory and confirmatory) was used to estimate the validity and reliability using the internal consistency method (Cronbach's a). The results support that the adaptation of the scale is a valid and reliable measure of Academic Procrastination in university students.

 
57. Interdependent and Individual Group Contingencies in College Classrooms
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo, Brazil)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

In college classrooms, group contingencies have increased performance of weaker students, reducing variability on assessment scores. Forty-nine undergraduates completed multiple unannounced, in-class quizzes; scoring 80% or better resulted in extra-credit. In baseline, students studied individually for 5 min prior to each quiz, and during the experimental conditions, they studied with an assigned group. Two conditions were compared within-subjects: group study/individual reinforcement (i.e., extra credit based on the student's score) and group study/group reinforcement (i.e., extra credit based on the group's mean score). For one class, the conditions alternated regularly throughout the semester, and for two other classes, the conditions were blocked (students completed multiple quizzes in each condition prior to experiencing the next condition; the order of conditions was counterbalanced). Figure 1 shows the percent of students who scored below 40% in each condition; there was a decrease in very low scores in the individual reinforcement condition. Results from a social validity assessment indicated aversion to group work; students indicated group extra credit was unfair because group members varied in the quality of their contributions. These latter results contrast with those for school-age children, suggesting the need to better understand social contingencies before implementing cooperative strategies with this population. Keywords: group contingency, variability, college classroom, undergraduate students

 
58. Interteaching: Effects of Preparation Guide "Checks" and Random Partner Assignment
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Ryan Powers (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nate David Popodi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Interteaching (Saville et al. 2006) is an empirically-derived and validated teaching method using a dyadic interviewing method that revolves around questions given in advance on a "Preparation Guide." Two students query each other in class, filling in gaps, and offer feedback on the material to the instructor that informs subsequent class periods and lectures. The format of interteaching allows for a more intimate relationship between student and instructor, reduces lecture fatigue, and flows more flexibly than traditional courses, but it requires substantial preparation for a significant number of class periods on the part of the student. However, the relationship between preparing prior to class and course success has not been assessed. In addition, it is presumed that conducting an interteach session with different partners each class improves performance, another hypothesis that has not been tested. In this experiment, three conditions were applied to three sections randomly of the same course during the same semester. In one section, preparation guide "checks" were completed by a trained graduate assistant. In another section, partners were randomly assigned every interteach period. The third section served as the control condition. Performance on quizzes ("probes"), final exams, and attendance will serve as dependent measures. Grading was completed by the course instructor, although they were blinded to condition.

 
59. Impact of Elaborate Feedback on Learning: Can Emerging Technology in Media Communication Enhance Our Impact?
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RITA OLLA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract:

For educators and education institutions, it is always an important concern to insure adequate level of students' learning. This concern is even more important in large enrollment courses as the return on investment in terms of student learning become more apparent for the university administration. This importance should be examined at the social and consumer levels to highlight the value adding nature of behavior analytic approach to learning in college settings. Chase and Houmanfar explored the effect of basic feedback (simply correct or incorrect answer) and the elaborate feedback (basic feedback + information on the topic addressed in the question) on the students' performance when taking the weekly assessment quizzes, demonstrating a significant effect, above all, in the case of "hard questions." By drawing upon the recent literature on feedback plus the follow-up data pertaining to the implementation of Chase and Houmanfar's methodology in a large enrollment course, we will discuss ways by which eye-tracking technology can be used as an assessment technique for selection of effective feedback in an on-line training process.

 
60. Is it Errorless: A Replication and Extension of Terrace (1963) With Humans
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
MAASA NISHIMUTA (University of North Texas), Sarah Sumner (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract:

Two procedures that are often used by practitioners to reduce errors during teaching are superimposition and fading. Early research by Terrace (1963) showed that these procedures could be used with pigeons to transfer stimulus control from a color discrimination to a shape discrimination with zero responses to the s-delta. The present study first attempted to replicate Terrace's superimposition and fading procedures with college students. Unlike Terrace's pigeons, our participants made some errors during the procedure, often during the final fading step. For several participants, when the shape stimuli were presented for the first time without the colors, the individual performed at chance level. During the second part of this study, another fading phase was added, in an attempt to further reduce errors. This included slowly reducing the size of the colored circles. However, some participants still continued to make errors. Further variations are currently being tested with additional participants.

 
61. When Should You Provide Prompts: An Investigation Using PORTL
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA WINNE (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract:

Tosti (1978) described two types of feedback. Motivational feedback should be given immediately after the learner makes a response. Formative feedback should be given immediately before the learner makes the next response. Tosti suggested that instead of correcting errors when they occur, the teacher should wait and provide formative feedback during the next opportunity to respond. This study compared these two types of feedback using college student participants. Participants learned to name symbols using nonsense words. In both conditions when a participant responded correctly, reinforcement was provided. In the formative condition, the experimenter began each trial by modeling the correct response and then allowed the participant to perform the response. No consequences were provided for incorrect responses. In the motivational condition, the experimenter first allowed the participant to respond. If the participant made an incorrect response, the experimenter said "no" and then modeled the correct response. In the formative condition, participants responded faster, reported that they were learning, and said that they felt good. In the motivational condition, participants took longer to respond, reported feeling frustrated, and said that they were not learning.

 
62. Comparing Numbered Heads Together With and Without Peer Led Opportunities to Respond
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TODD HAYDON (CECH, University of Cincinnati), Carla T. Schmidt (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract:

This case study compared the effects of a Numbered Heads Together, a cooperative learning strategy with and without peer led opportunities to respond. The study took place at a University in an undergraduate classroom management class. The participant was a college student with Autism who took the class as part of his post secondary course work. During the Numbered Heads Together condition students were assigned to small groups and responded to teacher questions. During the Numbered Heads Together plus peer led opportunities to respond sessions, in addition to teacher questions, the peers asked the participant questions at a rate of at least 3 per minute. Questions for the quizzes were taken from a book on Applied Behavior Analysis. The results of an alternating treatments design indicated that the student had higher percentage of intervals of on-task behavior and weekly quiz scores during the Numbered Heads Together condition with peer led opportunities to respond. Student satisfaction ratings suggested that Numbered Heads Together with peer led opportunities to respond was a preferred strategy to Numbered Heads Together alone. Data in the form of graphs, a discussion of study limitations, implications, and future research directions will be presented.

 
63. Decreasing Impulsivity and Improving Performance of College Students Using Mindfulness and Values-Based Strategies
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DANA PALILIUNAS (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract: Impulsive choice behavior and poor academic performance in college can have lifelong negative effects on college students. Behavioral scientists who also teach college courses have a unique opportunity to utilize contemporary advances in our science to improve the performance of students. In a first study, we implemented a randomized control trial evaluation of the influence of a brief, 5-minute mindfulness activity on the momentary impulsivity of college students in a classroom setting. Results demonstrated a significant decrease in the mindfulness group compared to the control participants on a standard monetary delay discounting measure. In a second study, we implemented a randomized control trial evaluation of an 8-week values-based intervention, in which the experimental participants completed 8 activities that took approximately 30-minutes to complete each week. Our results showed improvements in academic performance and psychological flexibility for the experimental group, and the same improvements were not observed for a control group that received study tips. Taken together, results have implications for the instruction of behavior analysts in college, to improve impulsive and inflexible behavior, as well as academic performance.
 
64. Teaching College Students to Identify Logical Fallacies Using Equivalence-Based Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY ROUGHGARDEN (University of the Pacific), Carla Burji (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract:

The importance of critical thinking for effective decision-making is emphasized by educators and practicing professionals in many fields. However, critical thinking skills are not usually directly taught in traditional educational settings. A subset of these skills, identifying logical fallacies, could be amenable to direct instruction using procedures that establish conditional discriminations, such as equivalence-based instruction. Equivalence-based instruction procedures have been shown to be effective and efficient when teaching a variety of skills, including the identification of 5 logical fallacies. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the relative effectiveness and efficiency of a web-based equivalence-based instruction program for teaching students to identify 13 logical fallacies by comparing the outcomes of equivalence-based instruction to a self-instruction and a no-instruction control group. Thirty-five undergraduate students were randomly assigned to one of three groups: equivalence-based instruction, self-instruction or no-instruction. Using a pretest-train-posttest design, performance on multiple-choice tests that target relations among logical fallacy names, descriptions, and examples were compared. Results showed that equivalence-based instruction was more effective and efficient when compared to both self-instruction and no instruction control groups. Results from this study might inform future strategies used to teach critical thinking.

 
65. Using Precision Teaching to Increase Component Skills in Preparation for College Algebra
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KELSIA LAUREN KING (Jacksonville State University), Caitlyn Taylor (Jacksonville State University), Chandler Noelle Brock (Jacksonville State University), Paris Coleman (Jacksonville State University), Courtney S. Peppers-Owen (Jacksonville State University), Mary Kathryn Reagan (Jacksonville State University)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract: Alabama State Department of Education (2016) reports that 82% of Alabama tenth graders are unprepared for college math. Those students will need some form of remediation. Beckett (2015) has shown that deficient component skills in multiplication, division, and fractions remain a hurdle to success in algebra. The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) is an evidence-based curriculum which uses precision teaching to increase student math performance. This study's purpose was to increase the frequency of see/write math fact performance and to increase correct answers on MMGI's diagnostic and prescriptive approach (DnP) to fractions. In this study, researchers implemented MMGI fraction and math fact fluency sheets. Participants were three undergraduate students enrolled in a college algebra preparatory emporium. Sessions lasted between six and 32 minutes and occurred one to three times per week across eight weeks. Student performers were required to achieve a predetermined curricular criterion on two successive timings before advancing. Data is presented using the Standard Celeration chart. Scores increased on the DnP, and with the exception of one sheet for two students, see/write performance on all cumulative math fact sheets increased among all participants. This research contributes to a growing area focused on assisting college students with algebra.
 
66. Evaluation of Alpha and Beta Commands on Latency to Comply During Transitions With Young Children: A Preliminary Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHELBY WOLF (Oklahoma State University), Meredith Weber (Oklahoma State University), Gary Duhon (Oklahoma State University), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the effects of different types of teacher commands on response latency for pre-kindergarten and kindergarten students. Two different types of commands were assessed—alpha commands and beta commands. Research on instructional time in schools shows that loss of instructional time during transition periods may result in decreased academic achievement (Berliner, 1990). The current study evaluated the effects of both alpha and beta commands within a multiple baseline design across participants on response latency for students who did not respond adequately to teacher-led transitions. Results indicated that both alpha and beta commands were effective for all participants for reducing response latency, including a participant with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Initial results also demonstrated generalization of response latency to non-targeted commands in the classroom.

 
 
 
Poster Session #273
TBA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
68. The Effects of Oral Quizzes on Written Exam Performance in an Online Course
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Noelle Neault (Simmons College)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Limited college teaching research suggests that compared to voluntary question answering, random oral questioning increases written quiz scores (McDougall & Cordeiro, 1993), yet this has not been evaluated in online courses. In the context of an online master's course on single subject design, we evaluated the effects of oral quizzes on points earned on four written assessments: two quizzes, a midterm exam, and a final exam. During four quasirandomly selected weeks, oral quizzes were administered during the first 15 minutes of 2-hour, interactive videoconference sessions in which questions from the previous week's content were randomly asked to the students. Written quiz/exam points correlated with content from oral quizzes were compared to written quiz/exam points from content with no oral quiz; there were 84 points available in each condition. Six of 8 participants had more points in the oral quiz condition; 1 participant had more points in the no oral quiz condition; and 1 participant showed no difference between the conditions. Interobserver agreement for one of the written quizzes was 100%. Procedural integrity with one instructor on one oral quiz was 84%. These preliminary data suggest that weekly oral quizzes can improve written exam performance in online behavior analysis courses.

 
69. Evaluation of Parent Training Participant's Behavior Analytic Knowledge and Skills Based on Parent Report Ratings
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY COHEN (Xcite Steps, LLC), Stephanie Lopez (Xcite Steps, LLC), Marianne L. Bernaldo (Xcite Steps, LLC)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Literature has shown that parent training enables parents to develop behavior analytic skills that result in more effective treatment for their children (Matson, Mahon, and Matson, 2009). Other studies have shown that the skills mastered during a parent training program were not maintained under natural circumstances (Moore and Symons, 2011). This study focuses on the effects that a parent training program has on families with children with autism spectrum disorders. All participants currently receive in-home ABA services and approximately half of the participants had participated in an in-home 6-week parent training program. Participants completed a survey designed to assess parent's behavior analytic knowledge and skills and opinions regarding their child's ABA program. Comparisons between the two groups show the effects that parent training has on parent's implementation of ABA, understanding of the ABA program and behavior plan, and perception of their role as behavior change agent. The responses from the parent participation group show the extent to which the skills mastered during the program were maintained after the program's completion. Survey data also allows for recommendations to be made regarding areas of strength and areas of need in parent training programs.

 
70. Ethics in Ensuring Continued Supervision for Board Certified Behavior Analysts
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Marianne L. Bernaldo (Xcite Steps, LLC), Xylene Contaoi (Xcite Steps, LLC), Lindsey Dodds (Xcite Steps, LLC), STEPHANIE LOPEZ (Xcite Steps, LLC), Molly Moell (Xcite Steps, LLC), Sara Nelson (Xcite Steps, LLC)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

After achieving the BCBA certification, many BCBA's immediately seek employment at an in-home ABA agency with having little to nfo actual supervisory experience managing staff and overseeing a diverse caseload of clients, diagnosed on the Autism Spectrum. There has often been a discussion that there has been a lack of quality control amongst BCBA practitioners, as currently, there is no mandate in terms how many years of experience a BCBA practitioner must work with clients and staff, in a supervisory capacity. The question becomes, how do in-home ABA agencies ensure that BCBA's are not only competent to work with clients and staff but also, have a certain level of competency? Additionally, how do they maintain that level of competency, to provide quality services for clients and families? An overview of how one in-home ABA supervises BCBA's will be discussed, including frequency of supervision, content of supervision, how feedback is provided to BCBA's, frequency of feedback to BCBA's, how BCBA's are formally evaluated, and how continued training for BCBA's are supported. Further discussion and future directions for maintaining continued supervision BCBA's will also be addressed.

 
71. Enhancing Traditional Medical Education (and the Resulting Clinical Care) Using Behaviorally Based Principles
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
RICHARD COOK (Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

The time-honored mantra of training medical students and residents, "See one! Do one! Teach one!," has a catchy sound, but often isn't adequate for the complex and even not so complex procedures and practices of clinical medicine. It is especially inadequate for teaching generalization to the myriad circumstances, and human tragedies, of day to day clinical medicine. It is time honored, but more and more readily seen as inefficient and unsafe. Integrating basic principles of behaviorally based education into the traditional practices of medical education can be challenging in that it must overcome several hundred years of learning history and traditional practices of those teaching. Examples of behaviorally based education include direct supervision in real time of procedures by students and junior residents, greater emphasis of teaching basic skills in preclinical years before they are expected to be performed in clinical clerkships on "real patients," the widespread use of technologically sophisticated simulation labs, and the particularly behavioral yet often not done practice of actually deconstructing a complex procedural skill into component skills and behavioral objectives, and then practicing these component behavioral chains until the basic pattern is learned well, and then generalized by gradually altering the practice circumstances including increasingly complex variables and decision trees. Facilitating attempts to implement more behaviorally based teaching strategies for healthcare providers creates a culture of higher expectations. This talk reviews examples of behaviorally sound teaching in the classroom, clinic, and bedside, as well approaches to changing habits of medical educators.

 
72. Interteaching Online in Higher Education: Can Prep Guides Alone Enhance Standard Lectures?
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Frank Hammonds (Troy University), Christina Torres (Troy University)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a behavioral teaching method with a growing body of evidence to support its efficacy. Interteaching has led to higher exam scores, increased student participation in class, and more positive course evaluations. No study has yet determined whether prep guides alone could be added to standard teaching to increase exam scores. This study used an alternating treatments design, using interteaching in some weeks, standard teaching in some weeks, and standard teaching plus prep guides in the other weeks. The standard lecture online format consisted of a video lecture and exam. The interteaching format involved a prep guide, a written group discussion in Canvas, and a brief clarifying lecture. Participants (N= 70) were undergraduate students between 19-60 yrs of age enrolled in Psychology of Learning. In the two classes complete so far (out of three), exam scores were higher in interteaching weeks (M= 89.76) compared to standard teaching weeks (M=82.94). Scores were not significantly higher when prep guides were added to standard teaching (M=84.42). If students score significantly higher in interteaching conditions, this will expand the application of this teaching method to an online asynchronous environment. It may also show that prep guides alone are not enough to affect scores.

 
73. Using Remote Parent Training to Teach Positive Reinforcement
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
TIVA PIERCE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Remote parent training has helped familes in rural or remote areas whom have limited access to evidence-based intervention for their children with disabilities. Recent literature has focused on the importance of parents knowledge of ABA strategies such as reinforcement, behavioral management, and improved their implementation of ABA strategies with their children.The current study sought to examine the effectiveness of delivery of postive reinforcement with feedback via GotoMeeting.Two of the three parents were able to increase their delivery of postive reinforcement. Future studies are warranted on a bigger sample size and with different technological outlets.

 
75. Teaching Precursor Identification to Accurately Predict the Probability of Successful Demand Completion
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MINDY MILES (Miles ABA Services), Nichole Feher (Miles ABA Services), Heather Bernstein (Miles ABA Services)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract: The current trends in education place students of various levels of readiness in the general education classroom with para- educator support where generally there is no requirement to have training in behavior, autism or other behavior diagnosis. The challenge is to effectively and efficiently train these paraeducators to successfully support these students. This study looked at the relationship between precursor identification and a reduction in escape and attention maintained behaviors. We collected baseline data on the frequency of attention maintained and escape maintained behaviors in a 1:1 or small group setting. Primarily, the baseline data showed many of these behaviors, which included hitting, kicking, spitting, swearing, throwing objects and elopement, functioned as escape for demand, but we retained data for attention maintained behaviors as well. Following the baseline, we taught the behavior of precursor identification and how to “rate” the probability of success of the delivery of a demand based on the precursors present. The results showed that there was a reduction in inappropriate escape and attention maintained behaviors
 
76. Tele-Health as a Parent Training Platform to Teach Verbal Operants to a Child With Autism
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
GITA SRIKANTH (ABA India), Swati Narayan (ABA India)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Technology has resulted in the emergence of Whatsapp and FaceTime as competitive alternate training platforms to in-person training sessions. The wide reach of Internet based technology has made Tele-health an effective and low-cost method of training parents as interventionists using the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The parent of the 6-year-old child with autism was trained to work on a given set of goals based on the VBMAPP (Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program) assessment. The treatment package consisted of in person training, watching the session over video call, playback of recorded footage and self-evaluation,both in person and using email. The objective was to shape the parent's teaching skills in using Verbal Behavior with the child, with a specific focus on contingencies for delivery of reinforcement, and application of extinction procedures. Results show that following the model, treatment fidelity improved and the child's inappropriate behaviors decreased, with an increase in rate of skill acquisition. These results suggest that use of technology in implementing ABA services can serve as a low-cost tool to effectively empower parents as interventionists.

 
78. Comparing the Effects of Echoic Prompts and Echoic Plus Picture Prompts on Establishing Intraverbal Behavior for Children With Autism
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Ruihua Niu (Binzhou Medical University), SHENG XU (Chongqing Normal University), Lina Gilic (St. John's University), Weiting Shao (重庆师范大学)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the efficiency of two prompt strategies (echoic versus echoic + picture) on establishing the intraverbal behavior (i.e., question answering) for three 4-year-old children with ASD in China. All three children had mand, tact, and echoic behavior in their repertoire, but had a limited intraverbal repertoire. An adapted alternating treatments design combined with a multiple probe across two behaviors (two question sets) was used. Results indicated that both strategies were effective to teach and maintain question answering for all three children. However, the echoic prompt strategy required fewer trials to criterion than the echoic plus picture strategy, suggesting the efficiency of echoic prompts to establish intraverbal repertoire for these children.

 
79. Evaluating the Effects of a Tabletop Shaping Game: Undergraduate Students' Understanding of Basic Principles
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Szu Chi Liu (University of North Texas), ROB J. GOODHUE (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil)
Abstract:

Many science instructors incorporate laboratory activities to facFilitate students' understanding of scientific principles that they are exposed to in traditional lectures (Hofstein & Lunetta, 1982). The Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL; Rosales-Ruiz & Hunter, 2016) is a tabletop shaping game designed as a parallel to Skinner's operant chamber. We evaluated the effects a sequence of PORTL activities on undergraduate students' understanding of reinforcement, extinction, differential reinforcement, and shaping. Students in five undergraduate introductory behavior analysis courses were given one of two versions of a pre/posttest before and after the PORTL sequence. The results suggest that the average pre/posttest scores in four of the five course sections improved after the PORTL activities; however, students from three of these four sections received posttest in form A. The average scores for the pre/posttest form A were also higher than the average scores for the pre/posttest form B regardless of when it was administered. The results are discussed with respect to the importance of developing functionally equivalent pre/posttests to determine if laboratory activities are effective in facilitating students' understanding of behavioral principles and the limitations of assessing changes in students' verbal repertoires as a function of participation in laboratory activities.

 
 
 
Poster Session #274
CSS Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
80. The Safety of Children in Shopping-Carts: Direct Replications and Extensions
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ZUILMA GABRIELA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Árni Thor Eirîksson (Private Sector)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

If a child is put in the product part of a shopping-cart the risk of accidents due to falling from the cart increases. Eirîksson & Sigurdardottir (2011) demonstrated how an intervention based on antecedent control could dramatically decrease the rate of a child being put into the shopping-cart. Since the original study was conducted in 2010, larger scale studies have been executed more recently with the aim of measuring the long-term effects of the original intervention and, of a similar but new one; studying how common the target behavior is, as well as of identifying the active ingredient of the intervention. Results revealed that the effects of the original intervention maintained at 1, 2, and 3-year follow-up. Also, the target behavior is common, especially in low price supermarkets. Results also revealed that using a pictogram instead of a photograph of a real child proofed nearly as effective. Combining the picture with written instructions (as in the original study) proved more effective than the picture alone (of a real child or a pictogram) but the instructions alone were almost as effective as the picture and instructions combined. Systematic replications in other societies are needed before recommendations can be made for large-scale interventions.

 
81. Assessing Delay-and-Probability Discounting of Legal Outcomes Among Young Adults
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Drake University)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

The vast majority of all legal cases are resolved via plea bargain arrangements. However, relatively little research in the area of psychology and behavioral economics has evaluated how contextual factors, such as impulsivity, risk aversion, and sensitivity to immediate outcomes, influences defendants' legal decision making. Using the delay-and-probability discounting model, the purpose of the current project was to evaluate the degree to which college students' decision making involving legal outcomes (i.e., jail time and registration on the sex offender registry) was affected by delayed or uncertain consequences. Participants completed a series of probability discounting tasks or delay discounting tasks, each designed to assess the rate at which the subjective value of rewards and costs diminished as a function of uncertainty or delay and consequence magnitude. Results suggest that legal outcomes are discounting differently according to the magnitude of the consequence, the type of consequence, and the delays to and odds against receiving the legal consequence. Accordingly, these results potentially inform best practices for individuals working with young adults in legal decision-making contexts and add to extant domain-specific behavior-economic discounting literature.

 
82. Creating a Video Model to Teach Police Compliance Strategies to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN DEBRINE (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

The increased inclusion of individuals with intellectual disability (ID) in the community has been accompanied by a concomitant increase in their involvement with the criminal justice system as suspects and/or victims (Davis 2006). Limitations in both intellectual and adaptive functioning can result in a person displaying poor communication and reasoning skills, decreased social awareness, and poor mobility due to the potential physical challenges sometimes associated with ID (National Research Council 2001; Modell & Mak 2008), increasing their risk of being detained even when they have not been involved in a criminal act. Most police officers receive little training on how to recognize that someone may have a developmental disability and how to interact with these individuals. Research examining trainings used to educate police officers about disabilities shows that those strategies are not always effective in changing their behaviors. Teaching individuals with ID appropriate responses if stopped by a police officer is another option. However, there is limited research examining educating someone with a disability how to respond when stopped by a police officer. This project focused on developing a video modeling intervention to teach adults with ID how to respond when stopped by a police officer.

 
83. Stop Right There!: Teaching Individuals Diagnosed on the Autism Spectrum Disorder to Safely Respond to Law Enforcement
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIANNE L. BERNALDO (Xcite Steps, LLC)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

In today's sociopolitical climate, the discussion of individuals wrongly shot by cops is the forefront on the news. The Ruderman Family Foundation, a disability organization, found that about half of individuals that have been killed by police have a disability. Individuals on the Autism Spectrum Disorder are not immune to this reality; in fact, with ASD being such a spectrum disorder, it is easy for a police officer to mistake a mildly impacted individual with ASD as neurotypical, instead of needing further assistance. Furthermore, many individuals in law enforcement do not have the necessary skills or training to understand various disabilities and mental health disorders that occur amongst individuals. With this harsh reality, it is important to discuss how to teach individuals with ASD (and other developmental disorders), how to safely respond to law enforcement when stopped. This poster will discuss the use of social stories, scripts, and role-playing, to help teach individuals how to respond and "resist arrest" correctly. Furthermore, the ethical discussion of when to focus on teaching minority individuals with ASD and other developmental disorders will be discussed.

 
84. Effects of Deposit Contracts on Exercise in Sedentary Adults
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
KELLY NYEIN (FIT), Chris Krebs (FIT)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

Sedentary lifestyles are becoming more common in today's populations leading to an increase in serious health issues. Behavioral interventions to increase physical activity are needed to address this socially significant issue. This study used a changing criterion design to evaluate the effects of a self-tailored deposit contract on physical activity for six weeks with three sedentary adults. Each participant deposited a monetary amount that could be earned back or forfeited contingent on meeting weekly goals. A fixed-ratio schedule was used to increase gradually the minutes exercised per week. Each participant met 100% of their weekly goals across the six-week intervention demonstrating that the intervention was effective, but the behavior did not maintain when the intervention was discontinued. Self-tailored deposit contracting with a changing criterion design was an effective intervention for increasing physical activity, but further research is needed to determine how to successfully fade the intervention while maintaining the target behavior.

 
85. The Effects of Heart Rate Feedback on Participant's Physical Activity During Treadmill Exercise
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER M. ROSADO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

A smaller portion of the behavior analytic literature has established literature in assessing and increasing physical activity. The need to increase physical activity has been a talking point for several national organizations. Therefore, one can consider physical activity as a socially significant behavior that may require intervention. This study assessed how often participants modified physical intensity during treadmill exercise when heart rate biofeedback was available. Modifying physical intensity was defined as participant initiated increase or decrease in treadmill speed or incline. The methods used successfully increased the frequency participants modified physical intensity (M=97%) for two of the three typically developing women included in the study. It is suspected that the third participant did not achieve stable responding because of the inconsistency in study session attendance. However, across all participants, average heart rate was higher, but within healthy ranges during intervention phases (M=9%). The results of the study suggest that the use of biofeedback during treadmill exercise increases the frequency participants modify physical intensity to achieve a heart rate that aligns with effective cardiovascular exercise practices. Additionally, the technology used in the study provides a method for recording physical activity that can be considered more valid than other recording devices commonly used in the physical activity literature (e.g., pedometer-based devices).

 
86. A Meta-Analysis of Bullying: Previous Research in Psychologicaland Behavioral Literature
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER BELLOTTI (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Angela D. Barber (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Holly Bruski (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jamine Dettmering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Becca Yure (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

Bullying has been an increasing national and international concern over recent years. However, despite this growing concern and the negative impact of bullying for both perpetrators and victims (e.g., academic, interpersonal, physical health, and mental health problems), a limited amount of research examines bullying from an interventional or functional position. The clear majority of research is correlation based, and simply looks at variables that may relate to the presence bullying, not any way to decrease or eradicate it. It is unclear based on the current research when bullying begins to be an issue with children, how to prevent it, and how to address existing bullying. Additionally, researchers have not agreed on a single definition of bullying. The present meta-analysis reviews bullying research in the psychological and behavioral literature over the past 10 years. A discussion of the current research trends, limitations of current research, and ideas for future research will be included.

 
87. An Evaluation of Delayed Discounting Values in Overweight and Obese Men and Women
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER M. ROSADO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: Delay-discounting literature has greatly contributed to various issues of social importance such as substance abuse and self-control. Discounting rates, or k-values, provide a measure of how quickly individuals discount rewards over the course of time. In lieu of actual rewards, discounting rates are generally assessed using a survey called the Monetary Choice Questionnaire which presents hypothetical reward amounts and time delays. This assessment has been empirically validated to report rates which align with the actual delivery of delayed or immediate rewards. Various studies have assessed discounting rates in overweight and obese adults; however, most of the literature includes almost exclusively female participants. Additionally, the literature defines overweight and obese persons according to body mass index, which can overestimate the number of overweight and obese persons. This study will present the Monetary Choice Questionnaire and Monetary Choice Questionnaire-food to an equal comparison of male and females. Overweight and Obese participants will also be defined according to body mass index and by selecting a human model graphic that is closest to their body. These graphics will represent different body-fat percentages. Based on pilot data, obsess/overweight participants displayed steeper discounting than non-obese/overweight persons. However, most of these data are from women, so more data will be collected until an equal comparison between males and females may be made.
 
88. The Mediator Role of Anger Expression Styles Between Experiencing Parental Psychological Aggression and Psychological Dating Aggression Perpetration Among College Students
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
LEYLA ERGUDER (University of North Texas), Zeynep Hatipoglu-Sümer (Middle East Technical University)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

During emerging adulthood, the developmental period between 18 and 25 years of age, behaviors of aggression are common among dating couples (Woodin, Caldeira, & O`Leary, 2013). College is a main arena for dating aggression, defined as physical, psychological, and sexual violence and harassment (Carr & VanDeusen, 2002). Busby, Holman, and Walker (2008) claimed that if aggression happens in the family, aggressive behaviors might be normalized, so making them highly likely in adulthood. Since exposure to aggression in one's family of origin may affect aggression in romantic relationships (O'Keefe, 1998), college students in a dating relationship may respond to anger in a way that they have observed and learned from their parents. Wolf and Foshee (2003) found that experiencing aggression from parents was positively related to children's use of detrimental anger expression styles for both gender, and that such anger expression styles made the rate of perpetration of dating aggression among college students higher. The purpose of the study is to investigate the role of anger expression styles as mediators of the association between experiencing parental psychological aggression and psychological dating aggression perpetration among dating college students. The sample of the study comprised of 614 college students from a public university in Turkey. Emotional Abuse and Neglect Subscale of Childhood Trauma Questionnaire, (CTS), Anger Expression Style Subscale of State-Trait Anger-Anger Expression Styles Inventory (STAXI), Multidimensional Measure of Emotional Abuse (MMEA) were used to collect data. Structural equation modeling (SEM) was utilized to test the hypothesized model. The results of single-sample SEM demonstrated that the proposed model explained 15% of the variance in the perpetration of psychological dating aggression. The findings revealed indirect effects of experiencing parental emotional aggression in predicting psychological dating aggression perpetration via expressing anger outwards and controlling anger types of anger expression styles. Therefore, the findings of the study demonstrated the importance of both parental and behavioral variables in use of psychological dating aggression. The theoretical and practical implications and recommendations for future research will be presented.

 
89. Using Stimulus Equivalence to Teach English to Parents in the Latino Community
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA O'HEA (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

A lack of English proficiency in the Latino community living in America has great repercussions in education, access to healthcare, the workplace, and in communication between family members, as well as with education and health care providers. Latin parents are left to rely on their children to act as translators; furthermore, they have a limited understanding of the U.S. school system, curriculum, and what they are entitled to as parents. Latin-American parents could benefit from learning specific education-related terms to better understand the education system. Stimulus equivalence is a behavioral technique that can be applied to language learning and target these specific terms. This study worked with Latin-American parents with a lack of English proficiency. Six education-related terms were selected and participants were tested and trained for these through match-to-sample procedures. Stimuli were presented in five different modalities: name, acronym, picture, English definition, and Spanish definition, creating a total of twenty possible relations. Results showed the emergence of 4 to 12 relations, while only two to four were explicitly taught. This adds to the literature on stimulus equivalence and demonstrates the effectiveness of using stimulus equivalence procedures to teach language to parents in the Latino community.

 
 
 
Poster Session #275
OBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
90. Teaching Staff Self-Monitoring and De-Escalation Techniques to Improve Retention
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
DYLAN PALMER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Simmons College)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of this poster is to describe staff self-monitoring training that was introduced with employees at a residential facility providing services to individuals with intellectual disabilities and emotional behavior disorders. The participants in the intervention range in age from 18-65 years old, with educational backgrounds from High School Diplomas to Masters Degrees, and both male and female staff. The training included preventive and reactive techniques for employees to engage in to avoid feelings of frustration and agitation while at work. Self-monitoring techniques were taught, and practiced through competency based skills training within the staffs' initial onboarding process. This training was one hour in length, and done in addition to three initial days of training on de-escalation with students and clients. Survey results indicate initial positive feedback from staff. The staff will have to be followed for at least a year, or longer, to indicate whether or not the training has had significant increases in retention.

 
91. Implementing Telehealth Systems Across a Three-Tiered Positive Behavior Support Model to Support Rural Organizations
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Erin J Watts (University of Minnesota), Stephanie Sarah Benson (University of Minnesota), Rachel L. Freeman (University of Minnesota), JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Finding someone with expertise to assist organizations in implementing positive behavior support across universal, secondary, and tertiary tiers in human service settings can be challenging, especially in rural areas. Costs related to travel and staff time can be prohibitive even when training is offered at no cost by the state and efforts are made to establish regional trainings. Professionals at the University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration, are integrating telehealth systems into universal, secondary, and tertiary training systems as part of a statewide training in person-centered practices and positive behavior support to help address challenges related to travel in rural areas. Telehealth refers to leveraging technology to monitor, assess, and intervene in medical, therapeutic, and behavioral health service delivery. Access to telehealth systems can help address the challenges many states face reaching out to organization-wide teams in rural areas interested in implementing positive behavior support trainings. This poster will describe one statewide organization-wide training system for counties, mental health, public health, and provider organizations supporting people with disabilities. Details describing how telehealth is incorporated into the layered training systems across universal, secondary, and tertiary tiers are included.

 
92. Use of Caregiver Feedback to Enhance BCBA Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Stefanie Fillers (APEX Behavioral Consulting, LLC), NICOLE MCLAINE (APEX Behavioral Consulting, LLC), Hannah Fletcher (APEX Behavioral Consulting, LLC)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research in the field of applied behavior analysis has investigated methods for supervising and providing feedback to direct care providers in order to deliver the most effective treatment possible. Despite this, very little research has been done to assess caregiver satisfaction in regards to BCBA supervision. The present study aims to assess the impact of presenting caregiver feedback on supervision practices. We used surveys to collect data on supervision practices of BCBA's. Surveys were distributed to the families of individuals receiving ABA services, and therefore BCBA supervision. Individual survey responses were blinded from the BCBA and analyzed to provide feedback to BCBA's across professional behavior and social validity measures. Completed surveys were collected, and average score per question was calculated and displayed in a bar graph. Results were presented to BCBA's in numerical and graphical format regarding their average performance on each question. This process was then repeated after 3 months, and results were analyzed to determine if providing anonymous, graphical feedback made an impact on future survey results. As data collection continues, the authors anticipate an increase in scores across second survey collection. Results will be discussed in terms of improvement from initial scores and social validity.

 
93. Total Performance System for Coaching
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JODIE SORACCO (University of Nevada, Reno), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno), Kaci Fleetwood (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract: Based on work in Applied Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management, the Nevada PBIS Technical Assistance Center developed a Self-Management System based on Abernathy’s Total Performance System (Abernathy, 2014). Abernathy proposed a system that is: (1) observable, measurable strategic objectives are cascaded throughout the organization, (2) personal or small team scorecards with specific measures and goals drive the organizational strategy, (3) managers assist in pinpointing improvement opportunities and designing improvement plans, (4) employees share in the organization’s success. Each component of the The Total Performance System (TPS) for Coaching aligns to the original TPS model with small adaptations. It was developed to assist school district coaches to work largely unsupervised while still having a roadmap for personal and organizational success. Some benefits of the TPS include clear expectations and a variety of tools to aid in the success of all coaches; supervisors of coaches are able to engage in proactive management instead of reactive management, therefore spending less time in direct supervision; and if performance issues occur, they are viewed as problems within the system, as opposed to problems with the individual. The goals of the TPS include creating an environment in which focused performance management is provided to track performance measures, supervisors of coaches use positive reinforcement to encourage performance improvement, coaches are given opportunities for upward feedback so their managers may improve their own performance, and coaches have a stake in personal and organizational achievements. The ultimate outcome is to develop adequate structure and expectations that assits coaches to be successful in providing technical assistance to districts and/or schools. This poster will cover the aligned components of the TPS including: 1) Coaches Expectation Matrix, Self-Management Tools and Feedback Rubrics (objective measures to evaluate individual progress), 2) Coaches Feedback ScoreCard (provides objective feedback on progress towards goals), 3) Performance Charts (visual display of progress), and Tactical Improvement Plan (flowchart pinpointing obstacles to maximum performance), 4) Performance-based incentives. We will also show documents and coaches data from the first few years of implementation.
 
94. An Examination of Graphic Characteristics Displayed to Direct Care Staff: Preference and Comprehension
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Phillip Orchowitz (Kennedy Krieger Instittue), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Feedback can be delivered in many formats and it is one of the most commonly used interventions in the field of OBM (VanStelle, 2012). Daniels and Daniels (2006) offer a number of suggestions for the construction of publicly displayed graphs. The authors assert that line graphs are the easiest to construct and to understand; further, that it is important to utilize time-series graphs, which allow viewers to analyze a variable over time. However, Daniels & Daniels (2006) offer no data to support this suggestion. The purpose of the current study was to assess direct staff preference for graphic display of data. Specifically, staff were presented with a line, time-series graph of performance, a bar time-series graph of performance, and a single bar graph depicting most recent performance. In addition to identifying preference for graphic display, staff was questioned on how well he/she was able to interpret each graph. Forty-one direct care staff employed in a hospital serving individuals with intellectual disabilities participated in the study. Results suggested 72% of staff who completed the survey preferred the bar graphs over the line graph. Additionally, staff understood all graphs equally, with an average of 85% accuracy across questions related to graphic interpretation.

 
95. An Evaluation of Feedback and Response Cost on the Reduction of Time Clock
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
PHILLIP ORCHOWITZ (Kennedy Krieger Instittue), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Johnson (2013) found a combination of evaluative and objective feedback was necessary to improve undergraduates' performance, however it is unclear if the same is true for employees in a workplace setting. The purpose of this study was to replicate Johnson's findings to reduce the number of time clock adjustments forms (TCAFs) submitted by approximately 120 direct care staff employed on a hospital unit. TCAFs are necessary to correct time sheets when employees fail to swipe in/out of shifts. Failure to swipe is against hospital policy, and results in additional hours of work for administrators and inaccuracies in staff pay. During feedback conditions, graphs depicting the frequency per week of TCAFs were displayed daily during shift change and supervisors provided a combination of objective and evaluative feedback statements to staff describing their performance. When feedback failed to change performance, a response cost component was implemented whereby staff lost the ability to trade staff-patient assignments among each other. This component was effective at reducing TCAFs by more than 50%; however, deleterious effects were observed across other related staff behaviors. Implications of using aversive consequences in human service settings will be discussed.

 
96. Improving Staff Performance of Program Implementation Using Supervisor Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHANNA BAHRY (Evergreen Center), Christopher Michael Smith (Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract: Abstract The purpose of the present study was to examine the effect of performance feedback on implementation of academic tasks in a residential school setting. Participants included 10 staff members, across two classrooms (five staff per classroom). During baseline, experimenters collected data on whether the target programs were implemented each day. During the feedback phase, classroom supervisors provided verbal feedback to individual staff regarding their performance at the end of each school day. Feedback consisted of praise statements when staff implemented 80% or more of the target programs, and staff were provided with corrective feedback if performance was less than 80%. The dependent variable was the percentage of programs implemented each week, and a multiple baseline design across settings was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. The data indicated that performance feedback was effective in Classroom 1 only. Therefore, a second intervention phases was implemented for Classroom 2, which consisted of feedback in combination with public postings. Data from Classroom 2 indicated that feedback and a public posting was minimally effective, and did not have a lasting effect.
 
97. Improving Treatment Fidelity in a Day Habilitation Center for Adults With Disabilities
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NOHA ALMARZOOQ (University of Nevada, Reno), Stuart M. Law (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark Malady (High Sierra Industries)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

While working in human services that provides support for adults with developmental disabilities, it is important to have staff that are able to deliver treatment with accuracy and consistency. Good staff training guarantees that the organization provides a high quality of services. It helps in developing the staff job skills and expands their efficacy. Reviews of the literature for people with disabilities, reports that treatment fidelity is very restricted. In order to get treatment fidelity staff needs to demonstrate competency as measured by their performance. Moreover, staff members who have little or no professional training in a clinical field are the ones who provide the vast majority of treatment services. The lack of training presents barriers such as, difficulty in identifying errors that affect the treatment fidelity. This poster presents treatment fidelity in an applied setting for adults with disabilities. A treatment fidelity checklist was implemented to increase treatment fidelity across several staff members. Baseline and intervention data for treatment fidelity will be reviewed and the results of increased treatment fidelity will be reviewed. Poster viewers will discuss how this approach can be used to increase the reliability and validity of treatment across applied settings.

 
98. From Collecting Data to Data Based Decision Making: Using the Standard Celeration Chart to Evaluate the Success of Programs
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AISHA ALHAFEEZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI; WARC), Stuart M. Law (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Data based decision making is a core feature of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, however varying graphical displays can provide practitioners with different information. The Standard Celeration Chart (SCC) is a universal and standardized measurement system (Pennypacker, Gutierrez and Lindsley, 2003). The SCC is ideal for making data based decisions as related to a range of targets for various learners. iChoose is a day habilitation program in Reno, Nv. that serves adults with disabilities from 18-80. Over the past two years the iChoose program has switched to using the SCC as its primary graphing system. An implementation strategy to increase the quality of the data collected daily throughout the year of 2017 was selected, this led to an increase in the total number of plans ran per day. The goal for 2018 was to increase the number of mastered plans by increasing data based decisions of 3 managers. The data from 2017 and from 2018 on plans meeting the success criteria and the number of changes made by managers will be presented. Viewers will be encouraged to participate in a discussion on complex data based decision making related to managing multiple learners with a wide range of personal goals. References: Pennypacker, H., Gutierrez, A. J., & Lindsley, O. (2003). Handbook of the Standard Celeration Chart: Standard Edition. Cambridge Center for Behavioral .

 
100. Application of a Token Economy in the Workplace
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
IVETTE VERA (Bancroft), Jennifer Bailey (Bancroft), Virginia Kaufmann (Bancroft)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract: Organizational behavior management is an application of applied behavior analysis that focuses on behavioral principles within organizations to increase work performance (Wilder, Austin & Casella, 2009). Many organizations struggle with finding strategies to increase employees productivity. Organizations should include incentives to enhance productivity but also ensure employees are motivated to work to obtain them (Henley, Reed, Kaplan, Reed, 2016). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of an incentive program to increase staff performance in a day habilitation program for adults with developmental and intellectual disabilities. A treatment consisting of token economy, performance feedback, and praise was evaluated using a multiple baseline design across behaviors.The targeted staff behaviors included data collection, engagement, and behavior protocol implementation. Initial results indicate that the percentage of intervals staff engaged in the targeted behaviors was low during baseline, and an increase from baseline was observed when the treatment was introduced.These findings provide evidence for the efficacy of a token economy to increase employees work performance.
 
 
 
Poster Session #276
CBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
101. Using a Rule-Based Antecedent Manipulation to Reduce Random and Careless Survey Responses
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MAUREEN FLYNN (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Annie Garofalo (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Katherine Bauschke (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Renee Baker (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: Researchers often have participants complete surveys online due to the ease and lower cost of administration. Unfortunately, the rates of careless or random responding to items can be fairly high (11- 42%) when conducting online surveys (e.g., Meade & Craig, 2012; Flynn, Berkout, & Bordieri, 2016). Random responding behaviors result in decreases in the integrity of the data and the removal of subjects from analyses. The aim of the current study was to examine whether incorporating a rule-based antecedent manipulation decreased random/careless responding among participants in a long online survey. Undergraduates were randomly assigned to either receive the rule-based antecedent manipulation or not. Those in the manipulation condition were warned that they would be removed from the study and not get class credit for participating if they failed more than one attention check item in the survey. Those in the control condition did not receive the warning and were given credit even if they failed more than one attention check item. Results showed that participants in the antecedent manipulation condition (n = 131) did not correctly respond to more attention check items than participants in the control condition (n = 104). Implications and future directions will be discussed.
 
102. Psychological Flexibility Moderates the Relationship Between Social Anxiety and Depression
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANNIE GAROFALO (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Renee Baker (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Katherine Bauschke (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Maureen Flynn (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Approximately 53% of students experience depression at some point during their college career (Furr, Westefeld, McConnell, & Jenkins, 2001). Social anxiety has been shown to be related to depression (e.g., La Greca & Hannah Moore Harrison, 2005) and as many as 19% of undergraduates experience high levels of social anxiety (Beidel, Turner, Stanley, & Dancu, 1989). There must be moderating variables involved in the relationship between social anxiety and relationship, however, because not everyone who is reports experiencing depressive symptoms experiences social anxiety. One such moderator may be psychological flexibility, which is the ability to engage in values-based action despite what one is thinking or feeling. The aim of this study was to examine whether psychological flexibility moderates the relationship between social anxiety and depression. Participants consisted on 961 undergraduate students. Participants completed a battery of assessments online. Results showed that psychological flexibility was significantly and moderately related to social anxiety and depression. Additionally, psychological flexibility moderated the relationship between social anxiety and depression. This means that at low levels of psychological flexibility, depression is high. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
103. How We Treat Others: Psychological Flexibility Moderates the Relationship Between Social Anxiety and Relational Aggression
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE BAUSCHKE (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Annie Garofalo (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Renee Baker (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Maureen Flynn (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Approximately 19% of undergraduate college students report experiencing social anxiety (Beidel, Turner, Stanley, & Dancu, 1989; Izgic, 2004). Social anxiety is related to relational aggression (e.g., Gros & Simms, 2009), which involves behaviors that intentionally harm others through damage or threats to interpersonal relationships (Crick & Grotpeter, 1995; Loudin, L.L., Loukas, A. & Robinson, S., 2003). Although there is a relationship between social anxiety and relational aggression, there must be moderators involved because not everyone who experiences social anxiety engages in relational aggression. One such moderator may be psychological flexibility, which is defined as the ability to engage in values-based actions despite experiencing unpleasant thoughts and feelings (Hayes et al., 2016). The purpose of the current study was to examine whether psychological flexibility moderates the relationship between social anxiety and relational aggression. Approximately 961 undergraduate participants completed a battery of measures in an online format. Results showed that relational aggression was significantly but weakly positively associated with social anxiety and psychological flexibility. Additionally, psychological flexibility moderated the relationship between social anxiety and relational aggression. These moderation results mean that at low levels of psychological flexibility, relational aggression is high. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
104. Psychological Flexibility Moderates the Relationship Between Social Anxiety and Loneliness
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE BAKER (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Katherine Bauschke (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Annie Garofalo (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Maureen Flynn (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Among college students, approximately 19% experience social anxiety (Beidel, Turner, Stanley, & Dancu, 1989). Studies have also shown that there is a relationship between social anxiety and loneliness (e.g., Panayiotou, Panteli, & Theodorou, 2016; Huan, Ang, & Chye, 2014). Loneliness is associated with poorer health and psychological distress (Stickley et al., 2013). There must be moderators involved in the relationship between social anxiety and loneliness because not everyone who reports experiencing social anxiety is lonely. One such moderator may be psychological flexibility, which is ability to engage in values-based behaviors even when one is experiencing unpleasant thoughts and feelings. Therefore, the aim of the current study was to examine whether sychological flexibility moderates the relationship between social anxiety and loneliness. Undergraduate participants completed surveys in an online format and responses from 961 subjects were analyzed. Results showed that psychological flexibility was moderately correlated with social anxiety and loneliness. Regarding moderation, analyses showed that psychological flexibility moderated the relationship between social anxiety and loneliness, which means that at low levels of psychological flexibility, loneliness is high. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
105. Behavioral Skills Training for Clinical Practitioners: Evaluation of a Standardized Protocol for Training Brief Psychotherapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ETHAN A. EISDORFER (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), G. Terence Wilson (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: Despite the remarkable progress in the development of evidence-based psychotherapies, access to these treatments remains severely limited for the general population. The development of effective and efficient training practices may help to improve the availability of evidence-based treatments. The current study examined the use of a standardized protocol for training novice mental health clinicians in a brief behavioral treatment for depression utilizing a multiple-baseline across participants design. Clinicians first received didactic instruction and written materials describing the background and model of the treatment, and outlining how to apply it. Then, they received a video model of the treatment skills. Finally, the clinicians received corrective feedback based on their performance. Results indicate that the clinicians acquired the skills, and were able to demonstrate them with a high degree of accuracy in simulated treatment sessions. The results of this study have implications for the use of behavioral skills training in mental health service delivery and the dissemination and implementation of evidence-based mental health treatments.
 
106. The Use of a Stimulus Equivalence Match-to-Sample Procedure and Token Economy for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder and Schizoaffective Disorder Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA TILLERY (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Ruth M. Hurst (Central Regional Hospital), Andrew Fullwood (Central Regional Hospital)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence, which provides a methodology for generating new behavior, allows many relations to emerge after teaching only a few (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). Conditional discriminations are taught such that comparisons are discriminative for reinforcement in one condition, but not in another, through the match-to-sample procedure. Tests for emergent equivalence relations using the same stimuli are then presented. The match-to-sample stimulus equivalence procedure was implemented as the basis for an intervention targeting the problematic behaviors (e.g., spilling medications, inappropriate touching of others, and disrobing in public, etc.) of a 30-year-old male with diagnoses of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder and Schizoaffective Disorder, Depressive Type at Central Regional Hospital. A match-to-sample procedure was implemented to teach rules to target problematic behavior (e.g., taking medication, interacting safely, wearing clothing, etc.), in conjunction with a token economy, through which the patient earned backup reinforcers every seven days all match-to-sample rules were followed. The match-to-sample data indicates that five five-member equivalence classes have emerged. Further, the data suggest that as equivalence classes emerged, instances of related problematic behavior decreased. This application of stimulus equivalence match-to-sample procedures may have potential as an intervention for problematic behavior associated with OCD and schizoaffective diagnoses.
 
107. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and Drug Use: A Preliminary Examination of the Role of Psychological Flexibility as a Moderator
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANNIE GAROFALO (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Maureen Flynn (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Approximately 56% of young adults aged 18-25 have used illicit drugs across their lifetimes (Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2016). Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) has been shown to be related to illicit drug use (e.g., Sareen, Chartier, Paulus, & Stein, 2006; Zatzick et al., 2012) and as many as 9% of college students experience PSTD (Read, Ouimette, White, Colder & Farrow, 2011). There must be moderating variables involved in the relationship between illicit drug use and PSTD, because not everyone who repForts using illicit drugs has PTSD. One such moderating variable may be psychological flexibility, which is the ability to engage in values-based action despite what one is thinking or feeling (Hayes, Luoma, Bond, Masuda, & Lillis, 2006). The aim of this study was to examine whether psychological flexibility moderates the relationship between PSTD and illicit drug use. Participants consisted of 391 undergraduate students. Participants completed a battery of assessments online. Results showed that psychological flexibility did not moderate the relationship between PSTD and illicit drug use. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.

 
108. Open-Source Electronic Bracelet for Self-Monitoring Nail Biting Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRISSA GUTIÉRREZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring problem behavior is an important component of habit-reversal procedures. Traditionally it is done using paper sheets or with the aid of mechanical counters. Recently smartphone apps have also been used. These methods, however, can be problematic. Traditional methods can be inaccurate and apps can interact unpredictably with other apps running simultaneously in the smartphone. The present poster describes the design and test of an electronic open-source device, in the form of a bracelet, for easy self-monitoring of nail-biting behavior that provides visual and tactile stimulation. Using open-source programs the bracelet allows recording target behavior and signals when an exercise contingent on problem behavior must occur. Two female nail biters participated in a study involving a multiple-baseline design. During baseline, participants pressed a button to record nail biting. In the treatment condition, the bracelet vibrated after the response was recorded to signal that participants had to press the bracelet until it stopped vibrating. Frequency of nail biting was reduced to zero for both participants in the treatment condition. The design of the device and the programs to use it can be downloaded for free, and it can be built with almost no experience in electronics with components easily available worldwide.

 
109. Relationship Between the Implementation Level of Addiction-Brief Interventions and User's Abstinence
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
VIOLETA FÉLIX (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

The emergence and maintenance of substance use/abuse, and the acquisition of alterFnative behaviors to it, are explained from basic principles that dictate organisms' behavior. Brief interventions for addictive behavior assume that substance abuse is learned, and they are administered within a dynamic interaction process between therapist and client. This study's purpose was to assess the relationship between client's abstinence and the therapist's implementation of basic learning principles in natural settings. A microgenetic design was used to analyze the interaction of 30 psychologists with previous training and 20 clients with substance abuse. A direct observation system of therapist-client interaction was used (a cheklist of levels of implementation, and sequential record of interaction). Therapists videotaped each session with their clients (all with informed consent), and a supervisor registered and provided feedback for the recordings. Results showed an increase in the number of significant patterns along the progress of the sessions. There are behavioral patterns related to behavioral trials and feedback, which are basic components of behavioral training; and there was an increase in the mastery of the skill in relation to the progress of sessions and the feedback in areas of functional analysis of consumption and planning of alternative behavior.

 
110. Do Attitudes Predict Behavior: Exploring the Unexpected Relationship Between Attitudes and Seeking Psychological Services
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Teresa Hulsey (University of North Texas), AMY PAGE (University of North Texas), Stephanie Caldas (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Psychological treatment prevents and reduces distressful psychological symptoms (Rickwood, Deane, & Wilson, 2007), which many emerging adult college students experience (Beiter et al., 2015). Yet, research indicates university psychological services are under-utilized (ACHA, 2014). The Healthy Minds Network study (2017) revealed an unexpected significant, negative relationship between positive attitudes toward seeking treatment and engagement in treatment seeking behavior. This study sought to investigate distress level as a potential moderating variable. Undergraduate students aged 18 to 25 (N = 964, 42.5% White/European American, 67.7% females) completed online self-report measures. A logistic regression utilizing distress severity, attitudes toward treatment seeking and their interaction as predictors of treatment seeking behavior was conducted. In this sample, severity of distress did not significantly predict treatment utilization. Attitudes toward treatment seeking did however significantly, and negatively, predict treatment utilization, (B = - .055, p = .000, OR = .946). The interaction also did not significantly predict treatment seeking. Given that even the significant finding was a small one, the implications of this study should be interpreted with caution. Discussion of these results, limitations of the study, and future directions for studies that promote treatment seeking behavior in emerging adults will be discussed.

 
111. Alternative Behavior as Mediator of Change in Substance Use
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JUDITH ELISA FERRER ALARCÓN (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

The consumption of substances has increased in the last years. The Translational research allows the implementation of the basic principles in applied practice and feedback to basic models. The objectives of interventions in addictions are abstinence and moderation of consumption. The basic principles of behavior allow us to understand that consumer behavior remains as an inhibited learning which resurgence depends on the level of maintenance of alternative behaviors that compete with consumption. Therefore, the objective of this study was to evaluate the relative value of alternative reinforcement in the choice of substance use behavior. A unique case design was used where two drug user's participate (cocaine and alcohol; 19 and 25 years old), who presented abuse in their consumption and received brief interventions about their addiction. The results suggest that having two or more alternative behaviors that were reinforcing for each drug user decreased their consumption. Thus, the precise follow of alternative behavior is necessary, when effective one is not implemented or it loses its value, the user is likely to return to the previous pattern of consumption.

 
112. Behavioral Avoidance: The Contribution of Obsessive Compulsive Symptoms Above and Beyond Disgust and Emotion Regulation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA GILBERT (University of Mississippi), Molly Wickenhauser (University of Mississippi), Danielle Maack (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Symptoms of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder are impairing and distressing for the 2-3% afflicted. Research demonstrates associations between OC symptoms and other cognitive vulnerabilities (i.e. disgust sensitivity and emotion regulation). This study examined the specific impact of Obsessive Compulsive (OC) symptoms on behavioral avoidance controlling for other cognitive vulnerabilities. Undergraduate students (148) completed a questionnaire packet including the Obsessive Compulsive Inventory-Revised, Difficulties in Emotion Regulation Scale, and Disgust Scale Revised, and participated in eight behavioral avoidance tasks (BATs; avoidance measured in distance between participant and stimuli). Participants were predominantly female (72.2%) and White (71.3%) with ages ranging from 18-36. A hierarchical regression was conducted with Disgust Sensitivity (DS) and Emotion Regulation (ER) in Model 1 and OC symptoms included in Model 2 to predict behavioral avoidance. Model 1 was significant, F (2, 74) = 6.20, p = < .01, and accounted for 14.4% of variance in behavioral avoidance. Model 2 was also significant, F (1, 73) = 4.18, p < .05, with OC symptoms accounting for an additional 4.6% of variance. Overall, OC symptoms significantly predicted behavioral avoidance controlling for DS and ER ( = -.66, p < .05). These findings highlight the unique impact OC symptoms have on behavioral avoidance.

 
113. A Meta-Analysis of Expressive Writing on Posttraumatic Stress
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JEFFREY PAVLACIC (University of Mississippi), Erin Buchanan (Missouri State University), Stefan Schulenberg (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Emotional expression is beneficial for promoting both positive psychological and physical outcomes, while inhibiting emotions can lead to impairments in physical and psychological health. Individuals having experienced traumatic events are more likely to repress thoughts and feelings regarding said trauma. Expressive writing, a form of emotional expression and a behavioral intervention, has been used to treat a wide variety of psychological and health-related outcomes. We conducted a meta-analysis to examine the effectiveness of expressive writing on posttraumatic stress using random effects models across a wide range of diagnoses. Specifically, we examined the effectiveness of expressive writing on experimental conditions to determine change in symptoms over time. Studies were collected through online databases with specified search terms. We calculated 144 effects across 45 articles. Results indicated a small to medium effect size for our random effects model after outlier exclusion, d = 0.36, 95% CI[0.29, 0.42]. Additionally, we conducted analyses such as p-curve, p-uniform, PET-PEESE, and selection models, which control for publication bias and p-hacking. Expressive writing appeared to play a small, but non-zero, role in reducing self-reported posttraumatic stress symptoms by creating a shift in context where individuals report less stress.
 
114. Effect of Media Modalities in the Dissemination of Parenting Practices
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Lissette Ramos (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), David Amaya (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Silvia Morales Chaine (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), MARCELA ROSAS PENA (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to which media modalities is best to disseminate the Parent Training by providing: a e-learning, text messages, video and workshop and measuring the acquisition of skills using the self-report of the parents. Participated 548 caregivers (M = 37.08 years) of children between 2 and 12 years old (M = 7 years) from Mexico City and the metropolitan area. A quasi-experimental pre, post and follow-up design was used . Participants answered the Parenting Practices Inventory (CPI) , the Child Management Skills Questionnaire (CMSQ) and the Child Conduct Inventory (CCI) . The intervention modalities lasted 4 weeks where they were trained in functional behavior analysis, reinforcement of desired behavior, simple correction of behavior and control of stimuli. The modality of workshop plus messages and videos increased the means of using Ignore, praise, clear instructions and problem solving. The use of punishment in the modalities of video, e-learning and workshop plus messages and videos was reduced. Likewise, the report of aggressive child behavior in all modalities was reduced. The use of technologies allowed the dissemination of Parent Training functioning as a reminder of the skills. Key words:, parent training, media modalities, skills, dissemination.

 
115. Professional Knowledge and Skills on Addictions Brief Intervention by Distance Training
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JUAN ISMAEL MATÍAS MESTAS (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Dissemination is one step of translational research. The goal of the study was to assess if giving information, modeling, essaying behaviors and giving feedback, in a distance training, increase knowledge's on addictions terms, motivational interview, behavioral principles and behavioral assessing; and increase interactional brief intervention skills in addictions clinical settings. We worked with 100 psychologist (50 on training and 50 control) from 10 entities of Mexican republic, that use to work on public health institutions to give primary attention on addictions. We used a General Knowledge Test and a Checklist of professional skills. We used a cuasi-experimental design of pre-post assessment and control group. For the training we design 16 modules of information and skills modeling, essaying, and getting feedback on Moodle platform. Results showed a significant effect of distance training on the professional psychological knowledge and skills on brief interventions. Distance training for acquisition of competences and have been created CIT for training are, both, important achievements for brief intervention procedures area and to reduce drugs use on clinician settings.

 
116. An Evaluation of the Effects of Antecedent Variables on Problem Behavior Occasioned by Restricted Attention
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA DETRICK (University of Missouri), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Missouri), Emily Malugen (University of Missouri), Kristin Hathaway (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of two common antecedent strategies on problem behavior occasioned by restricted access to attention. Ian was a typically developing four-year-old male who engaged in aggression and property destruction when his parents' attention was diverted from him. All procedures were conducted in a 90-min outpatient clinic. IOA was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged 90%. During Phase 1, an antecedent analysis was conducted within a multielement design and restricted attention was identified as occasioning problem behavior (Figure 1, left panel). During Phase 2, two common antecedent strategies were evaluated within a multielement embedded within a reversal design. To receive his parents' attention, Treatment 1 consisted of instructing Ian to play alone in a designated area for 1-min, as indicated by the sound of a timer, whereas Treatment 2 consisted of instructing Ian to complete a discrete task (i.e., a puzzle) alone, followed by raising his hand to inform his parents the task was completed. If problem behavior occurred, the timer was paused or Ian was reminded of the task requirement. Results (Figure 1, right panel) showed that Treatment 2 was most effective at decreasing the occurrence of Ian's problem behavior.

 
 
 
Poster Session #277
DEV Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
1. Effect of Applied Behavior Analysis and Parent-Child Interaction Therapy on Child Behavior
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA GRANT (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Alexa Ina (James Madison University), Allison Brandmark (James Madison University), Emily Knox (James Madison University), Emory Bruno (James Madison University)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Developmental disabilities affect nearly one in six children in the United States, and up to 30% of these individuals have problem behaviors causing stressors in both the child and their caregiver's life. These problem behaviors have various topographical and functional forms, such as property destruction, aggression, tantrums, self-injurious behavior, and many others. If these behaviors are not nipped in the bud during younger years they have the capability of bringing about academic failure, alienation from typical peers and other adults, and in the longer term, substance abuse issues, and a decrease in functioning skills for the community. Evidence-based practices are shown to be effective for treating problem behaviors for children with developmental disabilities. These effective interventions can change behavior making it more socially acceptable, and can be implemented by various individuals in the child's life. This study utilized a multi-element and multiple baseline across participants ABAB, single-case research design to examine the effects of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) on child behavior. The caregivers in this study are graduate level therapists, and the child participants are four and six with characteristics of a developmental disability. The researcher coaches the therapists on both ABA and PCIT techniques, providing feedback on their skills while interacting with the child.

 
2. Using Reinforcer Assessments for Validating Preference Assessment Results and Increasing Engagement in Adults With Dementia
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MAKENZIE WILLIAMS BAYLES (Jacksonville State University), Megan Ford (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Low levels of engagement can lead to reduced quality of life for individuals with dementia. Research on increasing engagement with this population is limited. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the reinforcing value of multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) activity preference rankings for individuals with dementia. To date, two participants have completed a reinforcer assessment (RA). A multielement, progressive-ratio (PR) design was initially used for both participants. Later, the PR was eliminated for one participant due to undifferentiated responding. Participants were exposed to four-, three-, and two-choice conditions in which activities were presented in a concurrent-operant arrangement. During session, the participant was given the option to choose a high-, moderate-, or low-preferred activity or the control. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected on activity selection (IOA 100%) and engagement (IOA 100%). Activities ranked high preferred were validated during the RA for 1 of 2 participants. Activities ranked moderate and low preferred were not validated for either participant. These results suggest the reinforcing value of activities may need to be systematically evaluated for individuals with dementia. Researchers should continue to investigate best methods for identifying reinforcers and increasing engagement to better serve this population and increase their quality of life.

 
3. Use of Scatterplot to Monitor Behavior Changes During Different Magnitude of Social Interaction in the Care of Dementia Patient
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
JORN ARVE VOLD (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis (NAFO)), Malin Terese Thoegersen (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis (NAFO))
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In the care of elderly and specially in nursing homes one of the main problem is that there is often a lack of competence in implementing functional analysis. One of the easy administrative functional analysis with limited need for pre-training is the use of scatterplot (Touchette, MacDonald, & Langer, 1985). Important aspects to consider, are good operationalisation of the behavior and defining timeframes when behavior is monitored. In this study scatterplot was used to map behavior six different times for 32 days. The problem behavior in the study was screaming with high intensity. The behavior of interest in the study was how many screams occurred during a 15 minutes session during different times of the day, and if the environment contained differences in social interaction. This data was analysed to see if it was differences in the count compared with supplemental data on medication, sleep pattern and time of day but the data was inconclusive and didn't show differences in occurrence linked to the supplemental data. However, data on social interaction indicate a differences in occurrence linked to the magnitude of social interaction during the session. A small number of semi - experimental sessions confirmed the analysis and added confirmation to the analysis that the behavior was maintained by social reinforcement. This study shows that the use of scatterplot is easy to implement in nursing homes for elderly, and can give supplemental knowlege in the treatment of people with dementia and behavior problems.

 
4. Behavior Screening of At-Risk Preschool Students Using a Group Functional Analysis
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINE POETRY (California State University, Northridge), Emily Mary Tierman (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Rima Hamawe (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Identifying emerging problem behavior can be an important first step in the prevention of severe problem behavior. The purpose of this study is to use a functional analysis to screen behavioral risk factors in at-risk preschool children. First, information was gathered from kindergarten teachers regarding specific establishing operations (EOs) that typically precede problem behavior in their classrooms. Next, preschool students were assigned to groups of three based on teacher ratings of behavior severity. A small-group, trial-based functional analysis was then conducted by embedding specific EOs within classroom activities. Data were collected on the occurrence of varying levels of problem and appropriate behavior. Preliminary data analysis shows that problem behavior occurs most often during EOs for escape and attention. Minor to moderate problem behavior is more common than severe problem behavior, and "tapping self to surface/object" (e.g., hitting a table) is the most frequent topography of problem behavior across children. Preliminary results also show that all participants have multi-word functional communication responses in their repertoire, which leads to interesting speculations regarding reinforcer allocation by caregivers. Researchers plan to use the outcomes of this analysis to design functional communication training as an inoculation against the emergence of severe problem behavior.

 
6. Effects of Task and Reward Preference on Accumulated Rewards
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON RUBY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jennifer Longren (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Taylor Harrison (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kelsea Thomaier (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Delay of gratification paradigms are said to expose types of skills and self-regulatory strategies that are needed for impulse control. Behavior analysts often conceptualize self-control as behavior that results in larger more delayed rewards while impulsive behavior results in smaller more immediate rewards. Instead of having a decision between concurrent options, delay of gratification is usually a more sustained choice. The purpose of this study was to determine if task and reward preference would influence responding in a delay of gratification paradigm that involved the accumulation of tokens contingent on task completion during the delay. The participants were four typically developing preschoolers. Preference assessments were conducted for both tasks and rewards. As they completed each high preferred (HP) or low preferred (LP) task, they received a token, which was exchangeable for HP or LP rewards. The participants could terminate the session at any time by turning a card in to the researcher, making continued task completion a sustained choice. The results showed individual differences in the effects of task and reward preference on accumulated rewards.
 
7. When the Function is Not Clear, Have No Fear: Using a Changing Criterion Design and Differentially Reinforcing Low Levelsto Reduce Persistent Screaming Episodes
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
JOSEPH CORPA (The Rich Center for Autism at Youngstown State University), Rachael N. Dobson (The Rich Center for Autism at Youngstown State University)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Children with Developmental Disabilities may encounter several "road blocks" when going through their daily lives. Sometimes these road blocks may present themselves in the form of challenging behaviors. When challenging behaviors prove to be resistant to extinction elimination, finding effective strategies becomes increasingly difficult. Allowing and reinforcing challenging behavior (at lower levels) has proven to be an effective strategy for reducing intense screaming episodes. An 18-year-old male student with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently engaged in screaming episodes. Several behavior strategies previously put in place to reduce and/or eliminate the screaming episodes (including a DRO), proved to be inconsistently effective. Often times, attempts to interrupt screaming episodes resulted in aggressive behaviors. We hypothesized that allowing and reinforcing screaming at lower levels, would bring screaming under the stimulus control of the criteria that was set. This would allow for the criteria to be reduced over time, until screaming was at or near 0 occurrences per day. Differentially reinforcing low levels (DRL) of screaming episodes while concurrently using a Changing Criterion Design brought screaming episodes under stimulus control of the criteria set daily. Once screaming episodes were reduced to lower levels, academic and vocational skills were expanded and focused on.

 
8. Simultaneously and Delayed Matching-to Sample in a Woman With Alzheimer's Disease
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Anette Brogård Antonsen (Oslo and Akershus University College), ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In the present study, a 91-year old woman with Alzheimer's Disease (AD) participated. She had a Mini Mental Status Examination (MMSE) score of 17. The participant was presented for identity matching with the colors of yellow, blue, and red. The study was arranged as an ABABAB-design, where it was alternated between (A) delayed matching-to-sample 0s (DMTS 0s) and (B) simultaneous matching-to-sample (SMTS) in six phases. To assess generalization of colors, the participant was presented for the same phases again but with another set of color stimuli (green, orange, purple). The results showed that the number of trials needed to reach criterion for training, decreased as the phases were repeated (see the upper panel in Table 1). Further, when the new set of color stimuli was presented, the number of trials needed to reach criterion meet the minimum mastery criterion except in the first phase (see lower panel in Table 1).

 
9. Replicating the "Marshmallow" Test: Assessing Impulsivity in Preschoolers Using a Classic Delay-Discounting Task and Delay-of-Gratification Test
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Julyse Migan-Gandonou (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Alina Maria Valdes (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Impulsivity is a hallmark and a common symptom of many psychiatric and behavioral disorders (e.g., ADHD, pathological gambling, substance abuse, bipolar disorder, etc.). Researchers have suggested that impulsivity in young children may be a predictor of maladaptive behaviors later in life. In psychology, impulsivity is defined as a lack of regard for future consequences and an inability to delay gratification. The most common procedure used to assess impulsivity in young children is the delay of gratification test (informally called the “Marshmallow” test). In behavior analysis, impulsivity (or impulsive choice) has been defined as a preference for smaller-immediate rewards over larger-delayed rewards. The most common procedures used to assess impulsive choice are delay-discounting tasks. Although impulsivity can be assessed using both delay-of-gratification and delay-discounting procedures, previous research suggests that the two are not equivalent; but rather, two discrete, related measures of impulsivity. In both procedures, individuals are asked to choose between a smaller reward available immediately and a larger reward available after a delay. The current study replicated and extended previous research by directly comparing the “Marshmallow” test and the delay-discounting task with preschool children. The preliminary results show similar responding across both assessments for three children.

 
10. The Emergence of Referential Behavior and Social Interactions Between Siblings
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY HENKLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

J.R. Kantor's theory of referential behavior is a natural science approach to studying linguistic interactions. Referential behavior refers to the interaction of a speaker (the referrer) and their simultaneous adjustment to both a listener (the referee) and the referent (the thing talked about) under specific circumstances (setting conditions). The interaction is complete when the listener, in turn, reacts relevantly to the speaker and the referent. Thus, the unit of analysis is the behavior of two people in relation to and as a function of the environment. The current study employs an observational, longitudinal design to examine the utility of this theoretical approach with respect to the emergence of referential behavior between typically developing siblings, ages 2, 3 and 5. Separated into dyads, five-minute social interactions were videotaped over the course of 12 months. A set of procedures, devised by Sidney W. Bijou and his colleagues, based on Kantor's Psychological Linguistics, was employed to train coders to identify and analyze referential interactions. Videotapes were analyzed in two phases. The primary analysis, based on quantitative measures, identifies complete and incomplete speaker-listener units and the secondary analysis identifies qualitative measures of referential interactions. Implications for studying language development will also be discussed.

 
11. An Evaluation of Negative Reinforcement to Increase Self-Feeding and Self-Drinking for Children With Feeding Disorders
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH HANEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F. Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Self-feeding with a spoon and cup represents an important step in a child's progression toward age-typical feeding, which emerges in the absence of intervention for most children. Children with feeding disorders, by contrast, may lack the motivation to self-feed, which impedes progress toward age-typical feeding (Rivas et al., 2014). In the current study, we used meal termination as reinforcement to transition two children with a feeding disorder from caregiver-fed to self-fed bites and drinks. Caregivers conducted 40-min meals in which they alternated between feeding the child or prompting the child to self-feed. The caregiver told the child that he or she could end the meal and leave the room if he or she self-fed the next bite or drink the caregiver presented at about minute 30 of the meal. The caregiver continued feeding the child if the child did not self-feed the presented bite or drink. Self-feeding increased for end-of-meal bites and drinks for both participants. We discuss these results relative to their potential to inform interventions for children with feeding disorders that progress the child toward age-typical feeding patterns.

 
 
 
Poster Session #278
PRA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
12. The Effects of Self-Monitoring and Recruiting Teacher Attention on Pre-Vocational Skills
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
LEAH FEIN (The Ohio State University), Christina Rouse-Billman (The Ohio State University), Maria Helton (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of self-monitoring and recruiting teacher attention on pre-vocational skills of students with autism. Previous research has demonstrated that the combination self-monitoring and recruiting teacher attention was effective for acquisition and maintenance of pre-vocational skills of students with developmental disabilities (e.g., Rouse et al., 2014). The current study extends previous research by examining the effectiveness of self-monitoring and recruiting teacher attention on the accurate completion of pre-vocational task steps, as well as appropriately following the steps to recruit teacher feedback for middle and high school students with autism. A multiple probe design across behaviors (tasks) was used to examine the effects of self-monitoring and recruiting attention on number of task steps completed accurately. The following experimental conditions were implemented: baseline, training, intervention, maintenance, and generalization. To measure the student's completion of each step, a 10-item task-analysis recording sheet was used. Results demonstrated that all three students acquired, maintained, and generalized each of their three target pre-vocational tasks.

 
13. Creating an Effective, Inter-Professional Intervention for Use in Everyday, Messy, Mealtime Settings of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (The College of Saint Rose), Joanna Cosbey (The University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

Mealtime difficulties of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are well documented. Difficulties faced by parents often include rigidity around textures, color, and temperature with the result that children with ASD often have significantly restricted diets and/or challenging mealtime behavior. In addition, there is relatively little information available on mealtime interventions in natural settings with parents as the primary interventionists. The authors of this paper, a dually certified speech and language pathologist and board certified behavior analyst and an occupational therapist initially conducted a single subject research (SSR) mealtime study in the homes of four children with ASD using -among other evidence-based practices - the evidence-based practice of parent-implemented intervention (PII). Using a framework called Easing Anxiety Together with Understanding and Perseverance (EAT-UPTM) the authors created individualized mealtime plans that covered four areas of mealtimes: Communication, food, physical and social environments. Subsequently the same authors conducted a quantitative research study with 14 more families and six professionals across two States using EAT-UPTM. The SSR study contributed significantly to the subsequent quantitative study design. Both studies resulted in significantly improved parent reported measures of mealtime behaviors. Data for both studies will be presented and discussed. Implications for interprofessional practice, professional and parent training will also be discussed. The challenges of doing applied research in natural, messy, everyday settings will be also be discussed with emphasis on methods to ensure fidelity of implementation of the intervention by professionals and parents.

 
14. A Model of Program Evaluation Using the Standard Celeration Chart
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
ANNE LAU (ABC Group Hawai'i), Sara Ann Dinkelo (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

This study provides a model of program evaluation that can be used to compare treatment efficiency. Comparisons can be made across interventions (or lack thereof), across participants, or in relation to normative data. Assessment scores from the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) were utilized, however the model could be applied using other assessments scores or other quantitative data. Assessment results from clients of ABC Group were examined for potential inclusion. Only clients who were assessed at least twice, using the VB-MAPP were included. All included participants were children with autism ages 2-8 years old, most received clinic-based Applied Behavior Analysis services following initial assessment. Scores were plotted on a monthly per month Standard Celeration Chart and patterns of celeration were compared. Results indicate a trend of an initial burst of gains after initiation of services with the celeration of skill acquisition decreasing after 6 months to a year. Unintentional repeated baselines indicated that this pattern occurred only after ABA services began. Assessments were scored by multiple practitioners with little to no IOA.

 
15. Promoting the Cessation of Smoking Using Behavioral Contracts With Differing Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALMA C. STAHELI (Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

According to the Center of Disease Control and Prevention, cigarette smoking kills more than 480,000 Americans annually and 41,000 deaths occur from secondhand smoke. The cost of smoking-related illness is projected to exceed $300 billion per year. The purpose of this study was to increase smoking cessation using a cost-effective procedure that took place for one month. In experiment 1, one participant was provided with a cessation contract and as they met the criterion established weekly, they would access continuous amounts of reinforcement of $12.50 each week. In experiment 2, one participant was provided with a cessation contract and as they met criterion they would access progressive amounts of reinforcement starting at $5 and eventually reaching $20 by week four contingent on the cessation of smoking. Criterion was not met in baseline for either participants but was observed 100% during treatment for participant 1 and 75% for participant 2. The experiment suggests that the internet based cessation procedure was effective in decreasing overall rates of smoking and that the continuous schedule of reinforcement was more effective than progressive schedules. Future research should address how different amounts of total money offered could affect smoking cessation regardless of the reinforcement schedule.

 
16. The Effects of Task Clarification, Job Aids, and Feedback on Direct Care Staff's Treatment Fidelity
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY WEBSTER (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

Poor fidelity of treatment plan implementation is a significant barrier to effective treatment in applied settings. In consultative situations, when continuous supervision of staff running the behavior support plan is not feasible, fidelity is especially poor. Furthermore, direct care staff responsibilities are demanding and time constraints may also result in decreased fidelity of a multicomponent treatment plan. The effects of task clarification, job aids, and feedback were assessed on staff's implementation of a treatment plan consisting of multiple components across program sites. The treatment consisted of a package that included an incentive system, scheduled praise, and ignoring and redirection of problem behaviors. The plan was implemented for an adult woman with developmental disabilities who engaged in food seeking, food stealing, and a variety of other disruptive behaviors. The settings included the client's place of employment and day program. Prior to the addition of task clarification and job aids, an initial staff training and feedback were attempted. After the implementation of task clarification with job aids combined with feedback, improvements of the application of the treatment plan by staff were accompanied by a substantial decrease in the client's problem behaviors at both locations.

 
17. Decreasing Finger Biting in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Differential Reinforcement Procedure
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
AMY RICH (Beacon ABA Services), Lisa Tereshko (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior (SIB) such as head banging, hair pulling, scratching and biting oneself are common among individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). According to Soke et al. (2016), more than 30% of children with ASD in the United States, engage in some form of SIB. These forms of behavior can cause serious tissue damage as well as interfere with acquisition of skills being taught. The current study examined the effects of a differential reinforcement and visually cued alternative response procedure used to establish control of self-injurious behavior, finger biting, in the child's home. The procedure involved the provision of direct physical and verbal attention when finger biting was absent and theses forms of attention were removed for 15 seconds when finger biting occurred. The data indicate that this procedure was effective in decreasing the number of occurrences of finger biting during the training conditions, but this behavior was not eliminated. The results are discussed in terms of the function of finger biting, and establishment of stimulus control, social validity as well as future directions.

 
18. Criminal Behaviorology: The Application of Behavior Analysis to Assist Criminology, Corrections and the Justice System
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract: Criminal Behaviorology is the use of behavior analysis to further the study of criminology, or otherwise assist in criminal or civil legal proceedings, as well as juvenile or adult correctional programs. Areas of interest related to Criminal Behaviorology has been reviewed in the literature for this presentation. A review of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis has provided some articles focusing on this subject area. Presented below are data regarding the publication of articles with a focus on these areas of interest in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from the years 1995 to 2017. These articles include the prevention of abduction for adults and children with disabilities (2010, 2013 and 2014), trial contingency management in a drug court (2008), sex offender assessment (2006, 2014 and 2017) and other pertinent topics. In addition, the different areas of research and practice where Criminal Behaviorology may be relevant. Options available for the dissemination of behavior analysis to these areas of interest are discussed.
 
19. Comparing Methods of Momentary Time Sampling
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ERIS DODDS (Endicott College), Dan Almeida (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Discussant: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

Abstract Time sampling procedures are compromise systems of measurement, which can accommodate routine practice as well as accurate measurement procedures. Momentary time sampling (MTS) is a system of observing a target behavior were a session of time is broken into equal intervals, where if the behavior is observed at the end of the interval the entire interval is scored. This research aimed to examine the relative accuracy between fixed- and random-interval MTS. It further examined data patterns in time delays 0, 12, 24, 36, 48 for 0, 10, 20, 30 seconds and 1, 3, and 5 minute intervals used during a 15-minute session of gum chewing behavior (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Random intervals were generated by using the same number of observation points used in FI-MTS in variable points throughout the interval. Data shows that VI-MTS is similar to FI-MTS in terms of generating accurate data points and estimated duration. It was also found that both FI- and VI-MTS produced similar errors when increasing time between intervals.

 
20. An Evaluation of Caregiver Compliance to Prescribed Treatment Components
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ELISSA SPINKS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Caregiver compliance with the implementation of behavioral treatment can greatly impact caregiver training, treatment generalization, and the accurate assessment of treatment efficacy. Although there is some literature evaluating caregiver compliance once treatment has been identified, very little research has explored the effects of caregiver compliance during treatment development. The current study described caregiver compliance with ongoing treatment evaluations as part of an inpatient admission for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior in an 11 year old boy. A reversal design was then used to evaluate treatment effects with and without caregiver compliance. Results indicated that caregiver compliance was necessary for the reduction of severe problem behavior, even in the absence of the parent. The current study will discuss methods of data presentation that may increase caregiver compliance with treatment recommendations and provides a foundation for future investigations into caregiver non-compliance during earlier phases of treatment.

 
21. The Implementation of Structured Schedules With Direct Support Professionals in an Adult Residential Setting
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
VICTOR CHIN (Rowan University), Javid Rahaman (Bancroft), Christopher Ilconich (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Engagement of direct support professionals (DSP) with individuals is a common concern among many adult residential programs (Mensell et al., 2002). In many cases, there is a considerable amount of time when the individual is not participating in meaningful, functional activities (Bratt & Johnson, 1988). Though inactivity is not a measure of the individuals' behavior, it highlights an important concern regarding the behavior of DSPs. As it stands, there are few solutions available in the current body of research focusing on methods to increase DSPs engagement with individuals in residential and vocational settings. Implementing structured schedules is a common intervention used with a variety of populations and settings. They have been used to increase the engagement in the daily activities of dementia patients (Engelman, Altus, & Mathews, 1999; Engstrom, Mudford, & Brand, 2015), to teach complex response chains in children with autism (MacDuff, Krantz, McClannahan, 1993), and to teach appropriate play skills in children with autism (Brodhead et al., 2014). Despite the widespread use of structured schedules, there has not been an exploration in the application of this technology to improving DSP's performance. The present study examines the effects of engagement integrity when implementing structured schedules with DSPs in an adult residential facility.

 
22. Preliminary Research Into the Development of a Comprehensive Front-Line Ethical Performance Model at an ABA Service Clinic
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE BUDDIGA (University of Nevada, Reno), Brian James Feeney (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Ethical ambiguities present themselves at all levels of practice in Applied Behavioral work. It is important that all employees within a human service organization are prepared for many inevitable situations. Regularly updated BACB ethics codes, guidelines, and CEU requirements help keep the conversation present at the BCBA level as well as for supervisor-supervisee interactions. However, at present, there is little focus on the ethical compliance within the BACB certification system for front-line staff (RBTs) outside of the exposure within the 40 hour training requirement. This exposure may be insufficient to inform new professionals of the need to be knowledgeable of the BACB and organizational ethical guidelines or prepare them for ethically ambiguous situations. In addition, the current system of BACB certification lacks formal measurement and follow-up at the RBT level. Inevitably, it falls on the organization under which RBTs work to address this dilemma. This raises a conceptual question of how to develop abstract ethical problem-solving at the level of the front-line employee. The present review examines the current literature and practices around ethical training of front line staff. A preliminary approach for evaluating the ethical intelligence of RBTs working at a human service agency is presented followed by implications for the adoption of a future multi-level training model, linking front line staff duties to abstract ethical understanding.

 
23. Compliance Interventions Within Caregiver Training: A Literature Review
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University), CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University), Haley Ciara Hughes (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Compliance and noncompliance are terms frequently utilized within behavior support plans to describe target behaviors. However, the definitions of these terms can vary immensely and may include on/off task behaviors or disruptive behaviors that may prevent an individual from engaging in a task. The interventions, even among home settings with parents as the interventionist, also tend to vary. The current review examined articles specifically related to parent training for children's compliance in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Journal of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention, and Behavior and Social Issues. The key search terms were "compliance, defiance, instructional control, following directions, and caregiver training." The authors investigated definitions of compliance/non-compliance, trends in research over time and across journals, as well as types of compliance assessments and interventions. Additionally, the authors explored how often behavior analytic researchers have studied appropriate noncompliance like situations when children should refuse or protest requests (e.g. stranger danger).

 
24. Evaluation of a Finger Prompt Variation in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY KATE RUBIO (Georgia State University), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders do not consume enough food or liquid to meet their caloric or nutritional needs, and in the case of food refusal, can result in placement of a feeding tube (Kerwin, 1999). Feeding disorders are often diagnosed in young children with complex medical histories and/or autism or related neurological disorders. Escape extinction (nonremoval) combined with reinforcement is a well-established intervention to treat food refusal. When these procedures alone are ineffective, physical guidance procedures (e.g., jaw prompt, finger prompt) have been shown to increase food acceptance and decrease refusal behavior. The finger prompt (e.g., Borrero, Schlereth, Rubio, & Taylor, 2013) has been evaluated minimally in the literature and needs further examination, because we believe it is commonly used by practitioners when more passive refusal occurs (e.g., teeth-clenching, lip-pursing) during nonremoval procedures. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess a variation of finger prompt procedure and caregivers' acceptability of it. Three children aged 1 to 6 years admitted to an intensive day program and their caregivers participated. We evaluated the finger prompt using a multiple baseline across participants design. Data suggest the finger prompt was effective to increase 5-s acceptance for all participants.

 
25. Prevalence of Multiply Controlled Problem Behavior: A Replication
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CONNOR SPANGENBERG (University of North Florida), Clare Liddon (University of North Florida)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Multiply controlled problem behavior includes behavior which has two or more maintaining variables. Beavers and Iwata (2011) assessed the prevalence of multiply controlled behavior within the published, behavior-analytic literature, through 2010. An analysis of the results of Beavers and Iwata indicated that the prevalence of multiple control in the published literature was due to an aggregation of data, rather than multiple maintaining variables. In the current study, we attempted to replicate Beavers and Iwata's procedures. Specifically, we assessed the published literature from 2011-2017 within the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. We collected data on single and multiple response topographies, then analyzed and compared to find the prevalence of multiply controlled behaviors. The results suggest that, in the presence of aggregated data, relatively more of the functional analyses reviewed demonstrated multiple control. When data were not aggregated, relatively less demonstrated multiple control. A discussion of the implications and consistency with Beavers and Iwata is provided.

 
26. Evaluation of Preference Assessment Variations in Adolescent Males Who Have Been Detained
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BARATHI CHINNAPPAN (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Author's Note This study is ongoing and authors anticipate data collection for a minimum of 5 additional participants as well as implementation of a concurrent operant reinforcer assessment for at least 3 of the participants. Abstract Preference assessments have been widely evaluated and utilized for individuals with developmental delays (Hagopian, Long, & Rush, 2004). However, in treatment of typically developing individuals, it is often assumed that self-report correlates with preference (Wine et al. 2014). There is particularly scant literature on behavioral interventions with detained adolescents who engage in verbal behavior. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the correspondence between a rank order report and verbal multiple stimulus without replacement assessment (MSWO) against an edible MSWO (DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) with adolescent males adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior. Authors calculated Spearman's rank order correlation (rs) across assessments. P1 showed a strong correlation between the edible and verbal MSWO (rs= .857) that was statistically significant (p=.014). Additionally, P1 showed a strong correlation between the edible and rank order (rs = .643) but this correlation was not statistically significant (p = 0.119). P2 and P4 showed strong correlations between all three assessments (rs =1) and all correlations were statistically significant (p<001). P3 showed a strong correlation between the edible and verbal MSWOs (rs =0.964) that was statistically significant (p<.001) and a strong correlation between the edible and rank order (rs =0.964) that was statistically significant (p<.001). References DeLeon, I. G., & Iwata, B. A. (1996). Evaluation of a multiple-stimulus presentation format for assessing reinforcer preferences. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29, 519–533. doi: 10.1901/jaba.1996.29-519 Hagopian, L. P., Long, E. S., & Rush, K. S. (2004). Preference assessment procedures for individuals with developmental disabilities. Behavior Modification, 28, 668–677. doi: 10.1177/0145445503259836 Wine, B., Reis, M., & Hantula, D. A. (2014). An evaluation of stimulus preference assessment methodology in organizational behavior management. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 34:1, 7-15. doi: 10.1080/01608061.2013.873379

 
27. A Celeration Analysis of BACB Certification
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Cumulative record data presented by Deochand and Fuqua (2016) suggest that the number of individuals holding a certification of Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) has increased substantially in recent years. While Deochand and Fuqua's visual displays show clear changes in trend, the graphs do not provide any quantification of these trends, limiting the ability provide more precise descriptions of the field's growth. The current poster seeks to add to Deochand and Fuqua's analysis by charting the number of individuals with a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) certificate on a standard celeration chart (SCC). Measurement of the different celerations are provided along with measurement of any changes in trend. This quantification is compared across the three major BACB designations (BCBA, BCaBA, and BCBA-D). The data are also projected to provide a estimation of the total number of future certificants within the next 10 years. Finally, the poster speculates on the implications these data may have for the further development of the field of behavior analysis.

 
28. Activity Based Intervention: An Intervention Approach Utilizing Distributed Trials Across Planned, Routine and Child-Initiated Activities
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
SUZANNE JERI YOCKELSON (Brandman University)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Activity Based Intervention (ABI) (Johnson, Rahn & Bricker, 2015)) is a framework for delivering intervention services to young children in a naturalistic environment. ABI uses distributed trials to embed child goals in home and center based programs. Through routine, child directed and planned activities, therapists and interventionists planfully embed multiple goals throughout each activity across each session. ABI is differentiated from incidental teaching in that specific activities (e.g., lesson plans) are developed for each routine and/or activity that specifies how and when the embedding of a specific goal will be applied. Furthermore, the activity plans include a column for data collection that allows for cumulative analysis of child progress towards goals as well as evaluation of therapist/interventionists use of embedding. ABI can be used to teach initial skills and to promote generalization by applying the framework to a wide range of activities and by including other adults and/or children into the activities.

 
29. An Effective Instruction for a Change of Diapers for Wandering Clients in Role-Play Session
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NOBUHIRO WATANABE (Mito Nursing and Welfare College)
Discussant: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

This study investigated whether an instruction could facilitate welfare-school students' effective treatment of changing diapers for wandering clients. Although they learned the way of changing diapers for clients lying in beds, they did not know effective ways of changing diapers for wandering clients. We carried out task analysis on effective ways of a change of wandering clients' diapers and developed the instruction based on the task analysis. Then we taught the students effective diaper-changing ways through the instruction. Seven role-play sessions were conducted for each student, the first three sessions as baseline, the next three as intervention, and last as follow-up. In each session they were required to change diapers of other students playing as wandering clients. The mean duration of each student's treatment was measured for wandering behaviors in sessions. The rating score for each student's treatment was independently estimated on five-point scale by two practitioners. Figure 1 shows the mean duration of their treatment for wandering behaviors in sessions and the rating score of each student. Five students improved on the rating score and all students decreased mean duration of their treatment. Thus, the instruction was qualitatively and appropriately effective for a change of diapers for wandering clients.

 
 
 
Poster Session #279
VRB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
30. The Effects of the Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Naming for Students With Developmental Disability
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), Daeyong Kim (Daejeon Middle Public School; Pusan National University), MINYOUNG KIM (Pusan National University)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to investigate the effects of the Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) on the emergence of Naming. Three kindergarten students, who were 3-5 year old males and diagnosed with Developmental Disability. A multiple probe design across participants was employed to identify a potential relationship between the independent and dependent variables. The dependent variables of this study was the emergence of Naming. The independent variable of this study was the mastery of the MEI in which listener (matching and pointing) and speaker (tact and intraverbal) responses were taught in a randomized sequence. This study was observed and recorded using the frequency recording method. The interobserver reliability (IOA) was calculated to demonstrate the reliability of the observations and the interobserver reliability was 98.5%. The intervention fidelity of this study was measured by making a total of 8 items. The intervention fidelity was 95%. Social validity was measured using the Intervention Scale Profile (IRP-15), which had a total of 15 items. The social validity score was 72.5. The results depict that the MEI effectively increased the number of correct responses to the Naming probe trials (i.e., the emergence of Naming).

 
31. Simple Discrimination Training With Compound Stimuli and Class-Specific Consequences: An Application of a Stimulus Equivalence Approach to Early Reading Skills
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ASTRID LA CRUZ MONTILLA (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to investigate if English Vocabulary words can be taught to Spanish-speaking pre-schoolers using an equivalence approach. The approach utilized simple discrimination training with compound stimuli and compound class-specific reinforcers. Results suggest that written vocabulary, pictorial representations, and pictorial reinforcers did indeed form an equivalence class. Moreover, novel pictorial examplars were also responded to class-consistently although they never appeared during training.

 
32. Generalization and Derived Emergence of Metaphorical Sensory Tact Extensions
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Andy Gloshen (Pittsburg State University)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

Current educational practices may benefit from a complex analysis of relevant verbal behaviors related to common core standards. The purpose of this study was to examine the utility of two behavior analytic programs to promote response generalization and the emergence of derived metaphorical tact extensions in a nuerotypical preschool child using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Language (PEAK) generalization and equivalence curriculum guides (Dixon, 2014; 2015). The participant was first trained to describe a visual stimulus (A) using a metaphor (B) e.g. what does a hot stove feel like? "lava." Following multiple exemplar training, test probes were conducted to measure response generalization to novel stimuli: e.g. when shown a picture of a hairbrush participant said it feels like "a cactus." Next, the participant was taught to select a picture (A) corresponding to tactile sensory experiences (C) e.g. tactile sensation of a hairbrush. This training promoted the emergence of untrained generalized metaphorical tact extensions (B) to describe novel tactile sensory stimuli. Sensory metaphors such as these are used in common language "my mouth is on fire" (after eating hot wings), or "my stomach is in knots" (when feeling nervous).

 
33. Reliability and Validity of the Chinese Assessment Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge: Direct Training Module
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HUA CHENG (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The Mandarin Chinese version of assessment was created for the Promoting the Emergence of Advance Knowledge, Direct Training Module (PEAK-DT). After confirming the quality and accuracy of the translation by a back-translation process, the alternate-form reliability was evaluated. Thirty-two typically developing children under 10 years old (19 males and 13 females) residing in USA, Canada, and mainland China were recruited and assessed by bilingual parents with both language versions of PEAK-DT assessments. Statistical results show that the two language versions had strong correlations between the PEAK raw scores (r = .98), the component raw scores (r ranged .93 to .98), and the component age-referenced scores (r ranged .77 to .93). Equivalence between the two versions was also demonstrated by high test-retest percentage of agreement on all assessed items, as well as scored items (88%, and 92% respectively). No significant testing effects were observed across various test-retest intervals of participants. The assessors' English proficiency had insignificant influence on the agreements too. In summary, the Chinese version of the PEAK-DT assessment exhibited cross-cultural reliability and validity, which invites more future research on the use of the PEAK system in the Chinese community affected by autism and other related disorders.

 
34. Extension of Skinner's Verbal Summator: Sensical Versus Nonsensical Speech
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
ALEX MCCURDY (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The verbal summator was a device created by B.F. Skinner to assess imitative and summative behavior, more commonly known as echoic and intraverbal behavior, respectively. In the original study, published in 1939, a set of distorted non-word sounds were played in the presence of participants, and participants were asked to write down what they heard. Recently, we replicated B.F. Skinner's 1939 study, evaluating the feasibility of a verbal summator created with modern computer technology based on the descriptions in B.F. Skinner's 1939 study. The current study further examines the use of the modern verbal summator by presenting either nonsensical speech (sounds similar to those heard in Skinner's original study) and sensical speech (ordinary dialogue) to participants. Participants entered what they thought they heard into a computer program. Responses were compared with responses from Skinner's 1939 study using the visual and statistical analyses employed by Skinner (1939). The results were largely consistent with Skinner (1939). Moreover, participants who heard sensical speech more accurately described the samples than the participants who heard nonsensical speech.

 
35. Recent Research on the Relative Efficiency of Speaker and Listener Instruction for Children With Autism: A Brief Review
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Missouri), Alison Jo Cooper (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The traditional recommendation for the sequencing of speaker and listener instruction has been to teach listener, or receptive, skills prior to teaching the corresponding speaker, or expressive, skills. In a review of the research literature prior to 2011, Petursdottir and Carr (2011) concluded that research did not support this recommendation. They suggested that not only may it be more beneficial to teach speaker skills prior to teaching listener, teaching listener skills before speaker may actual hinder acquisition of speaker relations. The purpose of the current review is to identify recent literature (published since 2011) examining the efficiency of skill acquisition during, and emergence of skills from, speaker and listener instruction. We identified five articles that compared the efficiency of speaker to listener instruction, all of which support the conclusion that speaker instruction is more efficient than listener instruction in terms of trials to criterion and emergence of the untaught relation. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 
36. Participant Descriptions in Verbal Behavior Research
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
GABRIELA JUANITA RIVERA (Baylor University), Lee L. Mason (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (University of Texas at San Antonio), Victoria Rodriguez Garcia (Utah State University)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The purpose of Skinner's (1957) text was "...to be a better was of talking about verbal behavior" (p. 456). Verbal behavior research over the past five years was reviewed to examine the methods authors use to describe the verbal deficits of their participants. Across behavior-analytic journals, research in which at least one of the verbal operants was used as the dependent variable to measures the effect(s) of an independent variable were included in this review. Measures of the participants' verbal behavior deficits were coded according to procedures employed by each author. Results indicate no systematic assessment of verbal behavior deficits, with the majority of authors relying on simple descriptions.

 
37. The Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on the Joining of the Listener and Speaker Components of Naming for Typically-Developing Early Intervention Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LEAH FRIEDMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University; Fred S. Keller School), Stavra Nicole Romas (Fred S. Keller School)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) on the establishment of the speaker component of Naming and the joining of the listener and speaker component of Naming to induce a Bidirectional Naming (BiN) (Miguel, 2016) capability for typically-developing early intervention children. We selected 3 participants, aged 1.9- to 2.3-years-old, who demonstrated the presence of listener component of Naming in the absence of speaker component of Naming to participate in the study. The independent variable was ITI, in which experimenters delivered 100 learn units of tacts daily to each participant. The dependent variables were the number of untaught speaker responses for novel non-contrived stimuli using Storybook Naming experiences, the percentage of untaught speaker responses for novel stimuli, and the number of vocal verbal operants emitted across non-instructional settings (NIS). We employed a multiple probe design across participants to test the effects of the intervention on the acquisition of BiN. Two participants demonstrated BiN for non-contrived stimuli and Participant B reliably demonstrated the presence of unidirectional Naming. While Participants A and B acquired BiN for non-contrived stimuli, we cannot suggest based on the presented findings that tact instruction functioned to induce BiN or if the establishment of the capability was a function of repeated Naming experiences. We discuss these findings with regards to repeated probes versus tact instruction and multiple stimulus control associated with a Naming cusp that is capability.

 
38. Effects of the Probability of Checking on Children`s Do-Say Correspondence in a Card Game
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Ana Elisa Quintal (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), MARIÉLE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of the probability of checking on children's do-say correspondence in a card game. Five children aged six to nine years-old participated. The "doing" task consisted of counting the number of stars displayed in a card. The "saying" task consisted of reporting the number of stars (correspondently or not) to the experimenter. Using a reversal design, the number of corresponding reports was evaluated as a function of different probabilities of checking (0%, 10%, or 50%). During No Checking condition, do-say correspondence was evaluated in a situation in which no checking on the report accuracy occurred (i.e., number reported by the child was not compared to the actual number of stars in the card). During Checking conditions (10% or 50%), after reporting the number of stars, the child would be asked to show the card she/he had in hands (to compare the correspondence between the actual number of stars and the number reported by the child). Results indicated that during No Checking conditions, all children presented high levels of non-corresponding reports. When checking was implemented, levels of correspondence increased, especially during the 50% checking condition. Probability of checking showed to be a relevant controlling variable on children's report accuracy.

 
39. A Functional Analysis of Manding
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RASHA BARUNI (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children), Christina Coley (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Stephen Tramontozzi (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi)
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University)
Abstract:

Functional analysis of behavior allows for the identification of the environmental conditions that influence the occurrence of behavior. Although previous researchers have conducted functional analyses of verbal behavior, relatively little work has been devoted to functional analysis of manding (LaRue et al., 2008; Lerman et al., 2005). The current study evaluated a functional analysis of manding for two participants with autism spectrum disorder. Mand-training was only implemented for participant 1. A multielement design was used during the functional analysis, and a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment was used to identify edible and activity reinforcers. During the test conditions of the functional analysis, reinforcers were delivered for 30 s contingent on target manding, whereas reinforcers were freely available during the control condition. During mand-training, a progressive time-delay was used to fade vocal prompts. For participant 1, rates of manding were highest in the test condition only after mand-training was implemented. For participant 2, rates of manding were highest in the test conditions. The data for both participants indicate that the functional analysis of manding was effective in identifying the function of the target responses.

 
 
 
Poster Session #280
DDA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
40. A Comparison of Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcement Periods With Children With Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN FULTON (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Hannah Effertz (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Melissa Drifke (May Institute), Hannah Meitzen (Integrated Development Services), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of compliance is a common treatment for children that present with escape-maintained problem behavior. This treatment involves providing positive and/or negative reinforcement following compliance with tasks. Traditionally, this arrangement involves brief, fixed-ratio schedules (i.e., small, distributed work requirements) to result in brief reinforcement periods. However, recent research has suggested that individuals may prefer to complete longer ratio schedules (i.e., larger, or accumulated work periods) to access longer reinforcement periods. However, for children with escape maintained problem behavior, accumulated work periods involve prolonged exposure to aversive events and delayed access to positive reinforcement, and thus may occasion increased problem behavior. In the current study, we exposed 3 children with escape-maintained aggression to distributed and accumulated work conditions to assess the efficacy of both arrangements. We then assessed these children's preferences for both arrangements using a concurrent-chains procedure. Across three participants, not only did accumulated work periods not occasion additional problem behavior, it was associated with decreased problem behavior relative to distributed work periods for 2 of 3 participants. Preferences for these three conditions were idiosyncratic across participants.

 
41. Modifying Instruction Delivery to Evoke Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior Following an Undifferentiated Functional Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY GUSSY-FRAGAKIS (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Madelynn Lillie (Autism Intervention Milwaukee, LLC), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Functional analyses yield low and undifferentiated problem behavior rates if test conditions fail to include potentially idiosyncratic establishing operations to potentiate relevant reinforcement. Escape-maintained problem behavior during academic instruction may only occur during a functional analysis if sufficiently non-preferred tasks or teaching strategies are incorporated. In the current study, an initial functional analysis of aggression with a child with autism yielded low, undifferentiated rates across conditions. We modified our assessment based upon parental report to increase the likelihood of making errors and contacting an error-correction procedure. This modification led to the identification of aggression being maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands where errors are likely to be made. This outcome led to the development of an effective function-based intervention involving differential reinforcement of alternative behavior.

 
42. Evaluating Intrasession Patterns of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior to Predict Treatment Outcomes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE LARK (Louisiana State University; Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract: Although function-based treatments are generally effective, the required time and intensity of intervention varies greatly across individuals. Hagopian and colleagues (2015) demonstrated that response patterns during functional analyses (FA) could be used to predict response to treatment for individuals with automatically-maintained problem behavior. The purpose of the current study was to expand the literature by assessing whether patterns of responding in an FA could also predict treatment outcomes for individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. A retrospective chart review was conducted and 16 participants were identified with escape-maintained problem behavior. Rates of problem behavior in the presence and absence of relevant establishing operations (EOP and EOA, respectively) in the FA were analyzed and compared to participants’ treatment results. A moderate correlation was found between the amount of EOA problem behavior and the percent reduction of problem behavior during treatment. Due to the limited sample size, more research on the use of intrasession patterns of responding for escape-maintained problem behavior is warranted.
 
43. Rapid Assessment of Attention-Types to Guide Treatment for Attention-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), MOLLY BUTTS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Suni Schwandtner (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

In the current study, a functional analysis showed that problem behavior demonstrated by an 8 year-old male was maintained by adult attention in the form of social disapproval. Functional communication training (FCT) for a commonly used attention-type (i.e. praise), produced low rates of functional communication responses (FCRs) in the form of handing a specific card to a therapist. We conducted a Rapid Assessment of Attention-Types (RAAT) to identify attention-types that could be used to reinforce FCRs as functionally equivalent replacements for problem behavior. The RAAT identified two attention-types likely to produce higher rates of FCRs. We used a reversal design to evaluate the rates of FCRs when using praise to reinforce FCRs in comparison to RAAT-identified attention-types. Results suggested that the RAAT accurately predicted the attention-types that would reinforce FCRs. Additionally, we report outcomes of a function-based treatment for attention-maintained problem behavior that included the attention-types identified with the RAAT.

 
44. The Effect of Treatments for Automatically-Maintained Problem Behavior in Demand Situations With Multiply-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KARYS MICHAELA NORMANSELL (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

When problem behavior (PB) is maintained by multiple functional reinforcers, we often assume that different treatment components are needed. However, there are very few studies systematically testing this assumption. This study aimed to evaluate multiply-maintained PB (escape and automatic reinforcement) in a demand context following implementation of treatment targeting automatically-maintained PB with two participants. For participant one, self-injurious behavior (SIB) was multiply-maintained. Treatment included arm splints and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) targeting SIB. For participant two, disruption was at least in part automatically-maintained while aggression was escape-maintained. Treatment included a DRO and punishment, targeting only disruption. Following demonstration of control in an austere environment, we returned to escape baseline. In baseline, the treatment for automatically-maintained problem behavior was in place, but we provided a break from demands contingent on SIB (participant 1) or aggression (participant 2). For both participants, low rates of PB occurred during escape baseline. Potential explanations include that a break was only reinforcing when combined with access to automatic reinforcement, that treatment increased the response effort of SIB (participant 1), or that treatment targeted PB lower in the response class for escape (participant 2). We discuss results in the context of future research and recommendations.

 
45. A Component Analysis of Destructive Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI HUANG (The University of Iowa, Center for Disabilities and Development, University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Eddie Scott (The University of Iowa), Sarah Jacqueline Frantz (The University of Iowa), Lexy Rozmus (The University of Iowa), Kristy DePalma (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Cindy Kim (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement is difficult to treat because we are not able to manipulate the reinforcers maintaining the behavior. Piazza et al (1996) used a component analysis to address pica (eating cigarette butts) maintained by automatic reinforcement. In the current study a component analysis was conducted to identify the factors (sensation of heft and resulting noise) that reinforced destructive behavior (i.e., throwing items) maintained by automatic reinforcement as identified within a functional analysis. The participant, a 9 year old non-verbal boy diagnosed with autism and attention deficit disorder was referred to an intensive behavioral outpatient service to address destructive (throwing and kicking), aggressive, and self-injurious behavior. During the component analysis, the occurrence of throwing was compared across three conditions: (A) items with heft and noise, (B) items with heft but no noise, and (C) items with minimal heft and minimal noise. The results showed that throwing was maintained by heft and was not sensitive to noise. The treatment package provided access to heft using appropriate behaviors (e.g., throwing balls into a basket), a schedule to reduce down-time, and to teach appropriate play skills. Inappropriate throwing decreased to near zero levels as did kicking items.

 
46. Evaluating the Observation Length Necessary to Test for an Automatic Function Using Back-to-Back Austere Sessions
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Marcus Autism Center), Seung Ju Lee (Emory University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract: Functional analyses (FAs) are used to identify which variables maintain problem behavior, with several studies evaluating FA methodologies for identifying social compared to automatic reinforement. Queirim et al. (2013) found that extended alone sessions conducted prior to a multielement FA would orrectly identified whether problem behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement for 28 out of 30 cases. However, it is unclear how many sessions are needed in extended alones to make conclusions. The purpose of this study is to determine the length of observation in extended alones/ignores needed for clinicians to decide the data are stable enough to conclude whether problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Data from over 20 clients in a day treatment program who completed extended alone or ignore sessions were evaluated. A group of raters judged the graphs, one data-point at a time, to decide if they could make a conclusion about an automatic function. Conclusions were also compared to a second decision made with all available data. The results differed based on the level and variability in the clinical data, but often more sessions were conducted than necessary to come to a conclusion. Results are discussed in the context of maximizing efficiency in assessments.
 
47. The Assessment of Destructive Behavior During Transitions Between High-, Moderate-, and Low-Preferred Contexts
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA SWANSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alex O'Donnell (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kendra Smallwood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ryan Mohs (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts commonly employ functional analyses to determine the function of destructive behavior (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994). However, a traditional functional analysis is sometimes insufficient to clearly identify the function of destructive behavior. We evaluated the use of a transition assessment with two children for whom a traditional functional analysis produced inconclusive results. We first conducted an activity preference assessment to determine a hierarchy of preference for a variety of activities. We selected low, moderate, and high-preferred activities to use in the evaluation. We then systematically manipulated which of those activities were available in different contexts in which the client was required to transition to and from. Results indicated that both children engaged in destructive behavior when required to transition from a context with a high-preferred activity to a context with a low-preferred activity. We discuss the implications of the results and provide suggestions for future research.

 
48. The Use of Demand Assessments in the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior: A Review of the Literature
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SUZANNAH AVERY (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Kristen Williams (Baylor University)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract: Selection of demands without a demand assessment could result in a failure to identify an escape function for escape-maintained challenging behavior (Kodak et al., 2007). The purpose of the literature review was to synthesize articles that conducted a demand assessment prior to or following a functional analysis. Articles were synthesized based on participant characteristics, demand assessment characteristics, the order of functional behavior assessment and demand assessment, and the study outcomes. Five articles were identified that conducted a demand assessment for escape-maintained challenging behavior. Experimenters typically conducted an indirect assessment to identify demands prior to conducting an observational demand assessment. Demand assessments consisted of 6 to 30 trials, which were typically 10 minutes in length. For each of the studies that conducted a demand assessment prior to the functional analysis, demands associated with more challenging behavior in the demand assessment were also associated with challenging behavior in the demand condition of the functional analysis. Implications for practice and directions of future research will be presented.
 
49. Social-Negative Reinforcement: Assessments and Fading Procedures to Increase Tolerance and Decrease Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY CARVER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K. Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities may engage in severe problem behavior to escape social interaction. Patterns of responding within a standard functional analysis can serve as a source of evidence for social avoidance as reinforcement of problem behavior (Harper, Iwata, & Camp, 2013). In the current case study, an adolescent male admitted to an inpatient unit for assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior displayed frequent aggressive behaviors during the toy play and demand conditions of a functional analysis. Therefore, a social avoidance assessment was conducted to identify the antecedent condition that served as an establishing operation (EO) for problem behavior. High-quality social attention provided by a therapist while near the client was the condition with the shortest average latency to problem behavior. This condition was incorporated into an assessment to evaluate problem behavior related to escape from the proximity of individuals or their social attention. Results suggested the client engages in problem behavior to escape social attention, specifically when individuals are near him. Treatment targeted functional communication and proximity fading of low-preferred staff across different activities. Additional fading procedures were conducted in a demand context to decrease problem behavior maintained by escape from the presentation of demands by low-preferred staff.

 
50. Operant Reasons for Effectiveness of Escape Extinction: A Preference Assessment
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI HUANG (The University of Iowa; Center for Disabilities and Development, University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital), Bill Weaver (The University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Kenzie Marie Miller (The University of Iowa), Matthew J. O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Escape Extinction (EE) is a component in effective reinforcement-based treatments (Reed et al., 2004) such as Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior for pediatric feeding disorders. Investigations of why extinction works have analyzed procedural form based on function of targeted behavior (Iwata, Dorsey, et al., 1994; Piazza, Fisher, et al., 2003). However, few studies evaluated the mechanisms underlying the effectiveness of extinction. The current study hypothesized that EE would result in exposure to foods and change preferences for the targeted foods; compliance would result in positive reinforcers. The hypothesis was tested using preference assessments (Pace et al., 1985) conducted before and during EE treatment. Participants are three individuals who engaged in inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Treatment results indicated that EE resulted in decreases in food refusal during treatment. Preference assessment results showed that the food targeted during the EE treatment changed from a nonpreferred food at the start of treatment to a preferred food during treatment, suggesting that positive reinforcement may have a role in maintaining food acceptance. These results support the hypothesis that positive reinforcement may play a role in the maintenance of food acceptance. Future research could evaluate the role of attention as a reinforcer for food acceptance.

 
51. The Role of Preference for Communicative Modality in Skill Acquisition
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA RYAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Stephen E. Ryan (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), RaSheeda Sanders (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is an empirically-supported treatment for severe problem behavior in persons with intellectual disability. During FCT, a communicative response is differentially reinforced to provide an appropriate alternative to problem behavior. Selection of a communicative modality for FCT is often based on the individual's current skills and/or caregiver preference. However, research suggests that an individual's preference for communication modality can impact treatment outcome. In this study, a nonverbal 6-year-old male with a degenerative neurological disorder was trained to request a preferred item using two modalities: a picture card and an augmentative communication device (i.e., GoTalk). Proficiency was demonstrated with both modalities, and decreases in problem behavior were observed during FCT with both the picture card and the GoTalk. However, when both modalities were presented concurrently a clear preference for the GoTalk emerged. Additionally, when a blank distractor card was paired with each modality, accurate discrimination between the target and distractor card was observed with the preferred modality, but never with the non-preferred modality, even after multiple training exposures. Results suggest that including preferred communicative modalities into communication-based treatment packages may increase the speed of skill acquisition. Implications for assessment and treatment are discussed.

 
52. An Evaluation of Stimulus Avoidance Assessment Stability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY GOTTLIEB (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract: Stimulus avoidance assessments (Fisher et al., 1994) are used to establish a hierarchy of what potential procedure is most aversive and therefore most likely to function as a punisher. In most applications, a measure of aversiveness, called the avoidance index, is averaged across multiple series of each potential punisher. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the stability of avoidance indices for each procedure across series in order to determine if multiple exposures to potential punishers are required. Stability would suggest that multiple series may be unnecessary. Similar to results of multiple preference assessments, results of the current study indicate that avoidance indices were not stable across series, suggesting that multiple series need to be run in order to identify the appropriate procedure. Fisher, W. W., Piazza, C. C., Bowman, L. G., Kurtz, P. F., Sherer, M. R., & Lachman, S. R. (1994). A preliminary evaluation of empirically derived consequences for the treatment of pica. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27(3), 447-457.
 
53. Preference for Food and Non-Food Items of Known Reinforcing Values in People With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN HECKERT (University of Manitoba), C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba), Michelle Barca (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

When presenting reinforcers to individuals with developmental disabilities, many researchers use food. One issue with using food as a reinforcer is that there may be other types of reinforcers which may be equally or more effective. Although preference assessment methods have been well-researched, one area that has not yet been resolved is concerned with whether food reinforcers are always more preferred than non-food reinforcers, when both are used in the same assessment. This study compared preference for food and non-food items with similar and dissimilar reinforcing values in people with developmental disabilities, in order to understand how food and non-food stimulus groups interact with reinforcing value. Participants were four individuals with developmental disabilities. The study first involved measuring the reinforcing value of each food and non-food item through the use of a reinforcer test. The food and non-food reinforcers identified were then paired based on their known reinforcing values, and a paired-stimulus preference assessment was conducted. The data from each participant was examined to determine how frequently each item was selected. A better understanding of how choice options from different reinforcer groups interact may provide insight on the best methods to select and present reinforcers to people with developmental disabilities.

 
54. The Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape From Corrective Feedback
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHLEEN MCCARTHY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Allen Porter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida), Marissa Erin Daly (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Lauren Veirs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Some individuals engage in aggression and self-injury to avoid challenging instructional situations (Horner et al., 1991). We used a multi-element design to evaluate the role that different forms of corrective feedback on frequency of problem behavior with four individuals admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. All participants engaged in problem behavior when presented with feedback during demand situations. During the control sessions, only praise was provided. In the test conditions, verbal (4 of 4 participants) or physical (3 of 4 participants) corrective feedback was provided, regardless of response accuracy. Contingent on problem behavior during all tests conditions, the participants were allowed to finish the task their way. This suggested that problem behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from corrective feedback. Treatment for all four individuals consisted of positively-stated feedback with verbal and gestural error correction. With the treatment in place, overall rate of problem behavior decreased for all four participants as compared to baseline (see figure). These results suggest that positively-stated feedback with verbal and gestural error correction may be an effective treatment for individuals who exhibit problem behavior when corrected during demand contexts.

 
55. Finger-To-Spoon Fading to Increase Spoon Acceptance
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN ELIZABETH CHUMNEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Taylor Klingelhofer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Spoon acceptance, defined as full lip closure over the spoon resulting in the bite being deposited into the mouth, is an important factor for children with feeding disorders. Although food can be deposited using alternative strategies, such as physical prompts, these procedures are unnatural and invasive, and may lead to increased meal durations and levels of refusal. The purpose of the current study was to increase spoon acceptance through the use of finger-to-spoon fading when escape extinction (EE) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) were ineffective. We used a reversal design with probe reversals to baseline following each fading step. The study included one 4-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and severe food selectivity who consumed nonpreferred foods with behavioral treatment, but required an invasive procedure (i.e. finger prompt and side deposit) in order to accept each bite because he would not accept any bites from a spoon. Prior to finger-to-spoon fading, spoon acceptance was 0% during baseline with EE and DRA, and increased to 100% following the intervention. These results indicate that using finger-to-spoon fading may be an effective intervention to increase spoon acceptance when other commonly used interventions, such as EE and DRA, are ineffective.

 
56. Using a Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Procedure to Increase Food Consumption in a Child With Food Refusal
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW SODAWASSER (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska-Omaha), Billie Retzlaff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nathaniel Marshall (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the use of a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction procedure to treat food refusal and oppositional behavior for an 8-year-old boy being treated through a combination of pharmacological and behavioral interventions. For this individual, we hypothesized escape from food and escape from instructions maintained refusal behavior. In addition, potential side effects due to psychotropic medications may have decreased appetite (Barkley, McMurray, Edelbrock, & Robbins, 1990). Specific reinforcement contingencies included negative reinforcement (i.e., removal of feeding context) and positive reinforcement (i.e., access to highly preferred activity). In baseline, the child consumed near zero levels of food. In treatment, completion of the response requirement resulted in access to a highly preferred activity (e.g., playground). Initial implementation of treatment procedures resulted in consistent consumption of the requisite response requirement (e.g., 10 g.). The child's food consumption was systematically increased to an age-appropriate serving size (e.g., 300 g.) using a changing criterion design. This study provides one example of the use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction procedures to reduce food refusal behavior. These results offer an approach to treatment of food refusal, without the use of escape extinction.

 
57. Decreasing Food Selectivity Using the High-Probability Request Sequence: A Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NANCY LEATHEN (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract: The high-probability (high-p) request sequence is a non-intrusive procedure that consists of the presentation of a series of high-probability requests followed by the presentation of one low-probability request (Mace et al., 1988). It has been shown to effectively increase food acceptance, academic and social instructions, and compliance with medical tasks across a variety of populations (e.g., Lee, Belfiore, Scheeler, Hua, & Smith, 2004; Patel, Reed, Piazza, Muellwe, Bachmeyer, & Layer, 2007; Riviere, Becquet, Peltret, Facon, & Darcheville, 2011; Wilder, Majdalany, Sturkie, & Smeltz, 2015). To date, only eight studies have examined the effectiveness of the high-p request sequence to increase food acceptance, and this research has produced mixed results. It is possible that the existing research has produced mixed results because researchers used different (a) types of high-p requests (e.g., an empty spoon, food on a spoon, or a motor task) and (b) reinforcement procedures for compliance with the high-p and low-p requests. In this poster, we examine the current literature on the high-p request sequence to treat food selectivity, highlight and discuss procedural differences across studies, and provide directions for future research.
 
58. Treatment Relapse: A Summary of 61 Inpatient Readmissions
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. RYAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

The failure to maintain clinically significant reductions in problem behavior under prevailing treatment conditions is a recurring challenge for behavior analysts. Lerman et al. (1994) examined contributing factors for treatment relapse and suggested that degradation of treatment efficacy may be attributed to a change in function for problem behavior over time. To evaluate this hypothesis, functional analysis (FA) outcomes were examined for 61 cases readmitted to an inpatient unit for severe problem behavior. Participants were ages 2-24yrs; 68% were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Time between admissions ranged from nine months to nine years. An exact match in function of problem behavior across admissions occurred in only 18% of cases. A partial function match (i.e., at least one correspondence and one noncorrespondence of function across admissions) occurred in 36% of cases, and a different function for problem behavior occurred in 46% of cases. Thus, 82% of cases had at least one new function for problem behavior identified at readmission. Finally, 75% of cases had either problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement, or undifferentiated FA outcomes. Results suggest that treatment relapse may occur with change in behavioral function, but may also be due to treatment challenges with specified behavioral functions.

 
59. Is Pairing a Focus in Behaviour Analytic Treatments for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
REBECCA ENSOR (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Pairing, which may improve the therapeutic alliance or bond between therapist and client, has been positively related to enhanced treatment outcomes for individuals with developmental disabilities. These include improvements in emotional problems and challenging behaviours. While pairing is an important treatment consideration, it does not appear to be explicitly examined in behavior analytic treatment studies. Using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-analyses (PRISMA) guidelines, the aim of this systematic review is to identify how and at what frequency pairing is incorporated within behaviour analytic treatment studies. Databases searched were: PsycINFO, Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature, Proquest Nursing and Allied Health Database, and Web of Science Core Collection. Individual journals searched were: Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Behavior Analyst, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Behavioral Interventions. Study inclusion criteria included the following: published in English, peer-reviewed, included a pre- and post- measure, included a treatment component, and targeted individuals with a developmental disability diagnosis. Results from the initial search included 360 journal articles. After removal of duplicates and screening, 17 articles remained for the analysis. Results of this review will be discussed with potential research and treatment implications for individuals with developmental disabilities receiving behavior analytic intervention.

 
61. Increasing Eye Contact in Children and Adolescents With Autism and Related Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA KATE EDGEMON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Joseph Bardeen (Auburn University)
Discussant: Jessica Ann Korneder (Oakland University)
Abstract:

In humans, eye contact is one of the most important nonverbal communicative behaviors. However, deficits in eye contact are characteristic of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other neurodevelopmental disabilities. Previous research has used a variety of procedures to increase eye contact in this population with limited success and has been dependent on human resources. Thus, the purpose of the present research was to evaluate the effect of eye tracking software on increasing eye contact in individuals with developmental disabilities using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design. This intervention included the following conditions: contingent video, contingent praise, manual acceptance, gesture prompts, stimulus prompts, and increased reinforcer access. Generalization assessments were conducted before and after intervention to assess generalization of eye contact across settings and over time. Limitations of this intervention are discussed along with suggestions for future research on the use of eye tracking software for increasing eye contact in individuals with developmental disabilities.

 
 
 
Poster Session #281
AUT Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 27, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
62. The Social and Communicative Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Naturalistic Approach
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAYLA C BRENNEN (Endicott College, Van Loan School of Graduate and Professional Studies; Hopeful Journeys Education Center)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The hypothesis of this study was an intervention program comprised of elements from ABA-based intervention methods including discrete trial training (DTT), pivotal response training (PRT), social skills training (SST) and incidental teaching would improve the social skills of children with ASD and lead to generalization of those skills across conversational partners and environments. From the literature that was reviewed prior to the study, the researcher found that the practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) significantly improves deficits in social skills. Among ABA-based, research-supported treatment methods are DTT, PRT, SST and incidental teaching. The researcher used components of these to design a program to teach social skills to three participants. The guiding research question explored in this research study was as follows; How does a well-designed, ABA intervention method comprised of SST, DTT, PRT and incidental teaching components impact the development and generalization of social and communicative skills?

 
64. Meta-Analysis of Parent Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON BARTON (PASCO), Jennifer Blankenship (PASCO), Jessica Lynn Cooper (PASCO), Chloe Fahrberger (PASCO)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of this meta-analysis is to compile articles from several evidence-based sources to examine the effects of parent training when providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. The primary measurement tool identified in these studies were questionnaires that utilized a likert scale. Preliminary results of meta-analysis indicate that, overall, parents saw an increase across several of their child's skills by using Applied Behavior Analysis principles and procedures (McPhilemy and Dillenburger, 2013). Questionnaires and likert scales were also used to measure the stress level of parents before and after receiving Applied Behavior Analysis therapy. Preliminary results showed that parents reported feeling less stressed after their child received Applied Behavior Analysis services (Keenan, Dillenburger, Doherty, Byrne, & Gallagher, 2007). Articles reviewed also detailed specific methods of how to implement parent training through the use of video clips and child confederates (Stocco and Thompson, 2015). Parent training is a necessary component that can provide further education and assistance to families with children who engage in problem behaviors or require assistance with skill acquisition.

 
65. Establishing Fidelity of Behavior Consultation for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RISA MATSUOKA (Keio University), Atsuko Matsuzaki (Keio University), Takuya Enomoto (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

In Developmental support, the "Behavior consultation" technique has been proposed " to change behavior of both supporters and children" by intervention with supporters (Kato, Oishi, 2011). Until now, case studies of Behavior consultation have been built for teachers. However, applying the techniques to parents has been insufficient (Brookman-Frazee et al., 2009). Many studies on behavior consultation were focused on case studies. It is necessary to construct a systematic program in order to widely adapt this support technique. The current study was designed to make the fidelity checklist for behavior consultation and evaluate the novice consultant to demonstrate reliability and validity of this fidelity. Five mothers of children with ASD participated in this study. Consultant was the expert of developmental support and solving behavior problems. Each child was provided with development support for one year, and in parallel with support, consultation was given to parents four times. We recorded conversations during the consultation and converted it into text data. We classified verbal behavior of the consultant. As a result, we can extract consultant's verbal behavior into 11 items. We could create a fidelity checklist and can evaluate the consultation by the novice consultant using the checklist.

 
66. Parent and Caregiver Coaching via Telehealth Technologies for Children With Autism: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANIKAN WATTANAWONGWAN (Texas A&M University), Ching-Yi Liao (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Families of children with autism often have a discrepancy between the availability of services in their community and their needs for services. The lack of compatibility can be either they live in distant areas or they are on long waiting lists for services. In recent decades, the technology to support online meeting has developed rapidly. Researchers have investigated that the telehealth technologies are an effective tool to increase the implementation of children's skills in parents and caregivers of children with autism. Also, they have found the effectiveness of using telehealth technologies to reach families who live in distant areas and difficult to receive services. Telehealth technology can be a tool to exchange information through electronic communications between therapists and families and also improve services to meet children's unique needs. Parents and caregivers participate in training at home with cost and time efficient. The purpose of this review is to examine the literature on parent and caregiver coaching by using telehealth technologies utilized a single-case design for families of children with autism. Researchers will provide the results and discussions on the implications for practice to bridge the gap in providing the telehealth technologies service.

 
67. An Evaluation of a Computer-Based Intervention: The Transporters in Teaching Individuals With Autism Emotion Recognition Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIANA ANDERSON (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Sabrina D. Daneshvar (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Emotion recognition, both verbal and nonverbal, has been shown to be a pivotal skill in the development of meaningful relationships throughout an individual's life time. However, many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) experience difficulty when engaging in social interactions and perspective taking skills which may inhibit their ability to develop these relationships (Cappodocia & Weiss, 2011). The present study focused on the effectiveness of a computer-based intervention program, The Transporters (Golan & Baron-Cohen, 2006), in teaching emotion recognition skills to individuals with ASD with limited language abilities. In previous research, using an experimental design with 20 children with high-functioning ASD, Golan and Baron-Cohen (2006) found that after 4 weeks of watching The Transporters the ASD intervention group significantly improved their ability to identify emotions. The current study, a multiple baseline design included three participants, ages 2-6 years old. Participants watched a minimum of 3 episodes of The Transporters focusing on a particular emotion every day for four weeks. Each participant was then tested twice weekly on their ability to identify each of the 15 emotions targeted, both receptively and through non-identical emotion recognition matching. Results revealed that The Transporters program did not consistently increase the participant's abilities to recognize the 15 emotions targeted in this study, with mastery ranging from 13-46% of emotions. Findings in the present study are contrasted to the original Golan and Baron-Cohen (2006) findings and are discussed in terms of design structure, sample size, and prerequisite skills of the participants.

 
68. A Comparison of Within- and Across-Session Prompt Fading for Teaching Aquatic Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSEY ERIN WRIGHT (Quest Swims)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

A variety of prompting procedures have been used to aid in the acquisition of aquatic skills. The effectiveness of within-session and across-session variations of prompting procedures for teaching aquatic skills was evaluated for 1 participant diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first variation, within session, consisted of varying prompts within session contingent on correct responding. The second variation, across session, consisted of using most-to-least prompting and decreasing the prompt level based on a predetermined number of correct trials (i.e., changing the prompts across sessions). Prior to implementation of both treatments, the participant was evaluated using American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim level 1 and level 2 criteria. Both treatments were evaluated using a multiple baseline across skills. Data indicated that both variations were effective on the acquisition of aquatic skills; however, varying prompts within session led to a quicker rate of acquisition. Implications for using varied prompts during swimming instruction of clients with ASD is discussed.

 
69. Use of the Humanoid Robot to Train Kids With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Pilot Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHONGYING WANG (University of West Florida)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Rapid progress in robotics offers tremendous possibilities for innovation in training for individuals with ASDs. However, the efficacy and effectiveness research on this topic is in its infancy. This study aims to investigate how a humanoid robot can facilitate social interaction skills of kids with ASDs. Four children with ASDs age 5-10 were selected to participate in the investigation. Therapists were trained by attending workshop covering ASD, EIBI, ABA, DTT, NET and PBS, and under the supervision of a BCBA throughout this study. Each child participated in an average of thirty-two trials during a period of six months. The trials were designed to progressively move from very simple exposure to the robot to more complex opportunities for interaction. A quantitative and qualitative analysis was conducted. The four children with ASDs all showed improvement in their social interaction skills based on the multi-baseline designs across subjects. In some cases, the children used the robot as a mediator, an object of shared attention, for their interaction with other human beings. The findings clearly demonstrate the need for, and benefits of, long-term studies in order to reveal the full potential of humanoid robots in the therapy and education of children with ASDs.

 
70. Obtaining Stimulus Control Over Vocal Stereotypy in an Adolescent With Autism in a Community-Based Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAN ALBRAND (PAAL), Jessica Zawacki (PAAL), Lauren Erion (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy is a common characteristic of individuals with autism and can be defined as repetitive, topographically invariant vocal responses that have no apparent social function. In a community-based program this stereotypy can be particularly disruptive, stigmatizing, and can impact an individual's availability to learn. This study used a stimulus discrimination procedure using two different visual cues (green bracelet and red bracelet) in order to teach an adolescent with autism to differentiate when it was and was not appropriate to engage in self-talk. A multiple baseline design with changing criterion component was used to implement the intervention across targeted environments once control was established in the initial environment. Both stimuli were reinforced using a thick schedule of specific social praise paired with intermittent edible and contingent tangible reinforcers. Self-talk was reduced incrementally as criteria were achieved. Results indicated an increase in performance across several target skills and a 90% reduction in self-talk was achieved across environments. Generalization probes indicated that generalization could be achieved in the home setting (non-targeted environment). Social validity measures (parent survey) indicated high satisfaction with the procedures.

 
71. Further Evaluation of the Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE SOLARES (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Verbal behavior may develop as a function of various behavioral processes. The present study focuses on a procedure developed in the equivalence literature, as an alternative to common operant-based matching-to-sample teaching procedures. While initially termed respondent-based training, the procedure became known as the Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure within the applied literature. The current study specifically replicates the procedures of Byrne, Rehfeldt, and Aguirre (2014), who examined the Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure in promoting derived stimulus relations, specifically tact and listener relations, with three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. During instruction, the participants were presented with auditory and visual stimuli (i.e., a picture and a vocal stimulus); the emergence of tact and listener relations were then tested in subsequent phases. The procedure resulted in the establishment of tact and listener relations for all participants in the absence of Multiple Exemplar Training. Participant pre-requisite skills seem to play an important role in the efficacy of the procedure. Implications for both research and practice are provided.
 
72. The Effects of Implementing Response Interruption and Redirection to Decrease Loud Stereotypic Vocalizations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE V. LASARTE (Whitworth University), Jeff Kalles (Lilac City Behavioral Services), Kira Austin (Dominion ABA)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to extend previous research on RIRD for vocal stereotypy by comparing the effectiveness of extinction versus RIRD in reducing vocal stereotypy of a 15 year-old boy with ASD. Contingent on vocal stereotypy, during each session the researcher would interrupt vocal stereotypy by presenting vocal demands and redirection to appropriate vocalizations would occur after the student successful responded to the vocal demands. At the beginning of the study, on average, the participant engaged in vocal stereotypy for 47.9 minutes per session, which was reduced to 28 minutes per session by the end of the study. The intervention was effective in reducing vocal stereotypy and controlling the variability at which the vocal stereotypy occurred across sessions.

 
73. The What? The Why? And the How to of Teaching Exercise Intensity to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON TITUS DIERINGER (Ball State University), Constance McIntosh (Ball State University), Kimberly Martell (Ball State University), David E. McIntoch (Ball State University)
Discussant: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was: 1. Examine intensity of the physical activity (PA) during a PA session; 2. Examine use of self-monitoring behavior to regulate PA intensity; 3. Examine use of social stories to increase self-monitoring PA behavior. Nine male participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were recruited. Data were collected three days/week for thirty minutes during the five-week camp. All participants wore a heart rate (HR) monitor and a perceived exertion scale was completed twice each session. An A/B/B+C design was used. Phase A, participants wore HR monitor and engage in the required PA. Phase B, participants read or were read a social story which explained how to increase awareness of physical activity. Phase B+C, participants continued to use the social stories, but also self-monitored their HR using a screen (i.e., iPad). Results indicated participants were not able to maintain a moderate level of PA during sessions. Additionally, there was no clear indication that the social story or self-monitoring of HR intensity increased PA. The implications allow for the participants to understand PA intensity. Future research should also encourage group PA sessions which incorporate motor skill practice to set participants up for success in engaging in prolonged PA.
 
74. The Effects of a Treatment Package on Inappropriate Sexual Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE DEBRODER (The Ivy Street School)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Abstract Autism Spectrum Disorder is one characterized by developmental delays across social, emotional and cognitive domains. Despite these delays, those with Autism Spectrum Disorder often experience typical physical development, with an increase in sexual behaviors during puberty. Research notes that during these years of development, parents and caregivers of those with Autism Spectrum Disorder report higher incidences of inappropriate sexual behaviors, and that they often occur in the presence of others or within the community. Public disrobing, unsolicited touching of others, inappropriate commentary and public masturbation are noted as common topographies of inappropriate sexual behaviors. These behaviors are highly concerning, as they may be met with legal consequences, social isolation and trauma for those involved. It is vital that practitioners aim to address the inappropriate sexual behaviors of those with Autism Spectrum Disorder using evidence-based interventions and functional alternatives, despite the minimal research that exists. The present study examines the effects of a treatment package on the frequency of inappropriate sexual behaviors seen by a 17-year-old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder across educational, residential, and community settings.
 
75. Evaluation of Stimulus Control and Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior on a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Xueyi Deng (China Association of Persons With Psychiatric Disabilities and Their Relatives; Central China ABA Beijing KNZ Autism Family Support Center, China), LI-TSUN WANG (SEEK Education, Inc.; Taiwan ABA Association (TABA)), Mei Ling Joey Chen (SEEK Education, Inc.)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to: (a) evaluate the effectiveness of a treatment package involving antecedent stimulus control and Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) on the duration of acceptance for others to join in on the child's activity and to; (b) introduce the revised treatment package across different settings. This project was also to fulfill supervision hours of the Behavior Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA). Supervision was done remotely via real time video conferencing outside of the United States by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). Participant is a three year old child diagnosed with Autism. First, a structured ABC analysis was conducted to determine the possible function of the problem behavior and results indicated that it may be maintained by positive reinforcement (i.e., doing something by himself). Then a multiple probe design was conducted across three settings; table activities of KNZ(Beijing KNZ Autism Family Support Center), non-table activities of KNZ and the participant's home. Finally, different activities across different family members at home were targeted to ensure generalization. Results showed an increase on the duration of quietly acceptance for other to join in participant's activity across all three settings and also across multiple family members.

 
76. Response Interruption and RedirectionWith Stimulus Control Training to Reduce Motor Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBREEN SHAHABUDDIN (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University), Renee Lajiness-O'Neill (University of Michigan), Kenneth Rusiniak (Eastern Michigan University), Angela Capuano (University of Michigan)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Motor stereotypy is a problematic behavior commonly displayed in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that interferes with skill acquisition during academic programming. Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) is gaining support in reducing these behaviors, however, there are limitations specific to generalization. The current study sought to investigate the effects of RIRD in conjunction with stimulus control (SC) training and generalization probing (GP) on motor stereotypy when implemented during early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI). Eight children with ASD were assigned across four conditions using an A-B design: 1) experimental (RIRD + SC + GP), 2) traditional treatment (RIRD + GP), 3) clinical control (EIBI + GP), and 4) waitlist controls. Results demonstrated that RIRD + SC + GP produced immediate reductions in motor stereotypy to near zero rates during treatment, with reductions maintaining post-treatment. Participants receiving this intervention package also met mastery criteria across generalization conditions in the clinic setting in fewer sessions compared to other groups. Furthermore, large effect sizes (d = 0.86) were noted specific to motor stereotypy post-treatment based on parent report. Results of this study extend the literature by emphasizing the utility of combining RIRD and SC procedures to reduce motor stereotypy and enhance generalization. Considerations of using this procedure and avenues for future research are discussed.

 
77. Video Modeling for Students With Autism: Efficacy and Fidelity of Implementation in Three High-School Classrooms
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN LEDOUX (University of California, Riverside), Jessica B. Suhrheinrich (University of California, San Diego; San Diego State University)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Video modeling (VM) has demonstrated efficacy in teaching a variety of skills to learners with autism. Studies support the use of VM to teach many different skills, including: social skills, functional communication, generalized imitation, appropriate transition behavior, and vocational tasks to learners of all ages (Alexander, Ayres, Smith, Shepley, & Mataras, 2013; Cardon, 2012; Cihak, Fahrenkrog, Ayres, & Smith, 2010; O'Handley, Radley, & Whipple, 2015; Plavnick & Ferreri, 2011). This study examined the use of VM with three high school student-teacher dyads. Each of the three students learned a new skill with VM and achieved mastery criteria (80% or above across three consecutive trials); furthermore, all three teachers achieved high fidelity on the VM intervention (averages of 76.11%, 91.5%, and 91.5%). Results for both student skills and teacher fidelity are discussed. Lastly, recommendations for future research based on these findings are included.

 
78. Effects of Category and Choice on Preference
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA GUTFLEISH (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Diannelys Rojas (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Hallie Glassman (The New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Meaghan Griffin (The New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Emily McGrail (The New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Allen J. Karsina (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We conducted a series of paired-stimulus preference assessments (PAs) with 5 individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. First, we conducted single-category PAs with edibles, leisure activities, and social consequences. Next, we conducted combined-category PAs with the highest preference items from each category. Finally, we evaluated preference for choice using an 8-item paired-stimulus PA that included choice between the highest preference item of each category, choice between the highest preference items within a category, the highest preference item from a category (no-choice), and a control. All PAs were repeated until a Pearson product-moment coefficient of at least 0.6 was achieved. For 3 participants, edibles displaced preference for leisure and social stimuli. For all participants during the choice Pas, access to an item from the highest preference category was a more reliable predictor of preference than access to choice. We conducted progressive ratio reinforcer assessments with all 5 participants using the highest preference item from each category and a control condition; for each participant, results were consistent with their PAs. We collected IOA on at least 30% of PAs and reinforcer assessments with a mean IOA score of 100% and 98% respectively.

 
79. Increasing Task Quantity and Complexity Following Differential Reinforcement of Compliance While Treating Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Danielle Ione Larson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Meagan E Sumter (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Christy Noelle Jahns (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of compliance is a common intervention for escape-maintained problem behavior that involves (a) arranging escape-extinction for problem behavior and (b) delivering a break, often with access to positive reinforcers, following compliance. The early stages of this intervention are characterized by low-work requirements with simple tasks to increase the likelihood of compliance contacting reinforcement. After this initial intervention phase, task chaining is characteristically used to increase work periods to practically useful levels. This data-based case study including a seven-year-old female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder details task chaining following an initial differential reinforcement of compliance intervention. An increase in the quantity of a task was fulfilled and subsequently followed by an increase in the task complexity and exposure to a novel discriminative stimulus. This case study demonstrates that this approach not only reduces problem behavior and increase compliance, but also results in the development of progressively more complex skills.

 
81. Generalization Between Verbal Operants Within Discrete Trial Training During Parent Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA A. KRUSE (First Leap LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan Jarmuz-Smith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Parent training is an integral part of intervention programs for children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. Behavioral skills training has shown itself to be an effective training method. Research has shown it to be successful teaching staff and parents to implement applied behavior analysis programs, however, there has been limited research specifically on training parents to implement discrete trial training and the ability to generalize those skills to other programs. Discrete trial training is a component of many applied behavior analysis intervention programs that can lead to increased child outcomes. This study investigated the effects of using behavior skills training with three parent-child dyads. All children had an Autism Spectrum Disorder Diagnosis and both parent and child had had limited to no exposure to applied behavior analysis. Results showed that while behaviors skills training was an effective methods, generalization and social validity were mixed and long-term impact of training was likely minimal. Results were discussed in relation to developing effective and efficient parent training programs.

 
82. Barriers to Assessment and Intervention for People With Autism in Nigeria
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
EZIAFAKAKU NWOKOLO (Tizard Centre, University of Kent), Glynis Murphy (Tizard Centre, University of Kent)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

This research examined the barriers to assessment and intervention for people with autism in Nigeria. Participants were drawn from three different but purposive groups: 1) parents of children with autism, 2) professionals who worked directly with individuals who had autism or knew someone with autism and 3) the general population made up of individuals from all walks of life—menial labourers, corporate employees, students, church-goers, teachers and the unemployed. No standardised questionnaire was available so questionnaires were developed by the researcher. Questions were structured in a way that specific responses relevant to the research questions were elicited. Findings include the lack of adequately trained personnel that can assess and design intervention programmes for individuals with autism, low levels of awareness about autism, lack of services and cost of services as barriers. In addition, the attitude and beliefs of the people constituted barriers as well. Implications of the results were discussed with suggestions for future studies.

 
83. Effects of Reinforcement and Fading Within a Dental Desensitization Program for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN CARTER (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England), Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Historically, children with autism spectrum disorder have difficulty with medical procedures including, but not limited to, dental exams. A study by Loo, Graham, and Hughes in 2008, found that patients with autism were more likely to exhibit problem behavior (self injury, aggression, property destruction) during dental exams. Research has shown that reinforcement schedules and shaping procedures can be effective in increasing positive behaviors and teaching skills. The current study examined the use of differential reinforcement during a dental desensitization program to increase compliance with dental cleanings across several students diagnosed with autism. Baseline and preference assessments were conducted for each individual to determine level of toleration to dental cleanings and to determine potential reinforcers. Differential reinforcement was implemented for completion of task analysis steps comprised of actions completed during a dental cleaning using a set schedule of reinforcement. As progress was achieved, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. Two individuals have progressed to generalization. Differential reinforcement has proved to be effective within this desensitization program. Inter-observer agreement was completed in 42 out of 83 sessions for one participant with an average of 100% and in 21 out of 36 sessions for a second participant with an average of 98.5%.

 
85. You Get What You Pay For: Three Years of Applied Behavior Analysis in Hong Kong With Relative Cost, A Partial Replication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

There are decades of research literature that support the effective application of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in schools that have students with special needs including autism spectrum disorder. Students ranging in age from preschool through secondary have benefited from ABA and its effectiveness. In light of the global economic downturn over the last decade, the costs of services for children having special needs has been analyzed and scrutinized across many levels of bureaucratic systems. Through its evidence-based methods, focus on relevant outcome data, and systematic measurement practices, ABA has offered many educational stakeholders the best way forward for one of modern society's biggest behavioral health problems. The present study partially replicates a treatment package and shows the outcomes of instruction in terms of cost in dollars using a cost benefit analysis. We reviewed three years of outcome data from an international school for students having special needs in Hong Kong. Special instruction with ABA was provided in individual, group, and inclusive classroom settings using learn units as the basic unit of instruction. A cost benefit analysis showed the relative dollar amounts of the learn unit and instructional objectives, adjusted for inflation, and compared across previous studies.

 
86. Reading Intervention for Individuals With Autism and Moderate and Severe Intellectual Disability Using Headsprout Early Reading
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANITA YAKKUNDI (University College Dublin, Queen's University, Belfast), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast), Lizbeth Goodman (SMARTlab, University College Dublin)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Individuals on the autism spectrum with co-occurring intellectual disorder have a delayed and very often limited academic achievement. Despite educational provisions pupils on the moderate and severe end of the spectrum fail to acquire meaningful reading and comprehension skills. This research supported by the charity RESPECT and Marie Curie actions, will focus on the reading and comprehension skills of individuals with autism and moderate to severe intellectual disability, using Headsprout early reading (HER) program on a touch screen device. The study had 6 participants with autism, 8-13 y, attending different classes of a special school. These pupils had minimal reading skills and exhibited challenges with learning readiness behaviour. Strategies were put in place to address, time on task, turn taking, waiting, read aloud and acquisition of reading skills. Single subject design using Intervention for 5-13 weeks with 2-3 lessons per week, showed gains in learning readiness behaviour and in reading skills. Pre- and post reading assessment was carried out using either Dynamic indicators of early literacy skills (DIBELS) or the Non-verbal literacy assessment (NVLA) tool.

 
87. Using Phonetic Hand Cues to Promote Speech Production Skills in Children With Autism With Limited Vocal Repertoires
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (A Step Ahead Program, LLC), TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Improving speech intelligibility in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires is the focus of many early intensive behavior programs. Phonetic hand cueing systems (HC) are commonly promoted in commercially available speech-language products (Carahaly, 2012; Kaufman, 2007; Strode, 1994), however, research on effectiveness is limited (Hall and Jordan, 1992, Jordan 1988, Klick, 1985, Stelton & Graves 1985). This series of exploratory studies examines the effectiveness of HC as a stimulus control transfer procedure to improve vowel duration and articulatory precision in participants with autism with limited vocal behavior. Results of the initial multiple baseline across HC for consonants revealed rapid acquisition of 20 HC, steady acquisition of 248 single word echoics when HC were used as an antecedent prompt, and an increase in words and phrases improved when HC were used as error correction during natural environment training. Preliminary findings of a multiple baseline design across HC for vowels with three participants showed improved vowel duration and the effectiveness of the HC as a stimulus control transfer procedure to syllables is currently being studied. Results confirm previous case study findings that phonetic hand cues may be an effective intervention in promoting speech production skills in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires.

 
88. Evaluation of a Five-Day Parent Training Program in China
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANG WU (University of Kansas; Together Inc.), E. Zhang (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

The study aimed to evaluate the effects of a five-day parent training program to teach Chinese parents to use behavioral techniques with their children with autism. Ten parents and five children participated in the study. The training covered techniques such as reinforcement, DTT, NET. Both children and parents' behaviors were measured before and after the training. Main results indicated that parents' overall correct use of behavioral techniques improved from 25% to 78% of trials; the average number of effective DTT delivered by parents increased from five to 21 per hour after training; and the children's appropriate response to his or her name being called from 3 meters away increased from 23% to 82%; and the frequency of eye contact with parents increased from 5 to 15 per hour. Parents highly rated the training program and follow up evaluations indicated that parents continued to use the behavioral strategies with their children.

 
89. The Effects of a Behavioral Training Package on the Acquisition of Aquatic Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER LAMPERT (Quest Swims), Lindsey Erin Wright (Quest Swims)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: The application of principles derived from the science of behavior analysis have been demonstrated to be effective on skill acquisition for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The current study evaluated the effects of a behavioral treatment package on the acquisition of aquatic safety skills for 6 participants diagnosed with ASD. Prior to implementation of the treatment package, each participant was evaluated using the American Red Cross level 1 and level 2 criteria. Skills selected for this study included: bobbing, kicking, rotary breathing, floating on front, submerging to retrieve an item, progressing along wall, and moving arms while positioned on back. Baseline data showed that all targeted skills were at 0% correct. The treatment package included: prompting/fading, chaining, discrete trial teaching, and presenting preferred activities contingent on correct responses. Treatment was evaluated using a multiple baseline across skills. Results showed that the percentage correct increased to 100% for all skills following implementation of treatment.
 
90. Establishing Stimulus Control of Visual Stimuli Over "Stop" and "Go Slow" Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTIAN YENSEN (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Stimulus control involves antecedent and consequent manipulations that establish a stimulus as highly correlated with the differential availability of reinforcement. A teacher's presence can come to function as a discriminative stimulus for a student's behavior through the repeated distribution of positive reinforcers contingent upon cooperation with demands. Colored cards can serve as more salient stimuli to facilitate stimulus control. In this study, an individual with autism in a behaviorally based residential program who engaged in ritualistic and routine behavior was selected as a participant. The speed with which the individual would complete routines surrounding transitions between environments had become a safety concern. A familiar teacher delivered verbal prompts ("stop" and "go slow") paired with visual stimuli (red and yellow cards, respectively) and provided edible reinforcers for responding appropriately to these prompts. This procedure was implemented across four distinct transition routines according to a multiple baseline design. Transition duration increased to acceptable levels in each context. Acceptable transition durations were based on those of a peer whose transitions were regarded as "appropriate" by staff members. In addition, successful probes were conducted with novel staff, during novel transition routines, and during non-routine activities.

 
91. Do Edible and Leisure Items Displace Attention?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZOE NEWMAN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Nicole Goldberg (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Attention is a naturalistic and practical reinforcer for use in educational settings. However, limited research has been conducted on identifying preferred forms of attention among individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In addition, it remains unclear whether attention may be displaced when included in stimulus arrays with leisure and edible items. We assessed the preference and reinforcing efficacy of edible items, leisure items, and forms of attention in an individual with ASD. Independent and combined pictorial paired-stimulus preference assessments of these three stimulus categories were conducted. Next, we conducted a concurrent-operant reinforcer assessment to determine the relative and absolute reinforcing efficacy of the highly-preferred stimuli from each category. Reliability data were collected for 25% of sessions and averaged over 99.2%. Leisure and attention were found to be more highly preferred than edible items, and leisure was found to be more highly preferred than attention. All stimuli functioned as reinforcers for push-ups in reinforcer assessment.

 
92. Including Edible and Non-Edible Items in Informal Preference Assessments for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization), RANDI MEDEIROS (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

A number of studies have demonstrated that individuals with developmental disabilities are more likely to select edible items over non-edible items in formal preference assessments such as multiple-stimulus-without-replacement. However, this phenomenon has not been examined with pretask choice preference assessments. Due to time restraints in typical practice, pretask choice preference assessments are often used in place of formal preference assessments. The purpose of this ongoing study is to determine whether individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are also more likely to select edible items in pretask choice preference assessments. The pretask choice preference assessments consist of presenting one edible and one non-edible item and instructing the participant to choose one. Data collected in phase one of this study showed that in this type of assessment children with autism spectrum disorder selected non-edible items on 54% of opportunities, and significant individual differences in percent of edibles selection were revealed: For 10 participants the percentage of edibles selection varied from 11 to 96. The second phase of the study examines pretask choice between one edible and one non-edible item identified as highest preferred in two separate multiple-stimulus-without-replacement assessments with additional participants. Ethical considerations related to using various types of reinforcers will also be discussed.

 
93. Teaching Personal Safety, Private and Public Behavior and Conversation Skills Through Social Skill Instruction Using Peers and Adults as Models
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MEERA RAMANI (ABA India), Maira Rifat (ABA India)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Prompting procedures are supports and assistance provided to the child to help him or her acquire skills and successfully perform behaviors [Bellini & Peters (2008, p. 864)]. Although studies have indicated teacher prompting increases social interactions, [Gunter, Fox, Brady, Shores, et al. (1988)], prompting procedures face limitations in regards to the possible inability of children to generalize social skills after prompting has been removed. Current study involved using modeling prompting strategies to teach private and public behavior, personal safety and conversation skills to 6 -8 participants under Autism Spectrum Disorder during 1 hour of social instruction per week. Results showed that modeling prompts using peers and adults as models increases the outcomes of social skills training for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

 
94. Evaluation of the Effect of Negative Punishment on the Rate of Excessive Mands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NABIL MEZHOUDI (New England Center for Children), Aimee Courtemanche (New England Center for Children), Maureen Kelly (New England Center for Children), Randi Layne Mahoney (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: The current study was designed to evaluate the effects of a negative punishment procedure on the rate of manding (i.e., requests for teachers to leave the room and hold the door shut). One individual, enrolled at a school for children with autism spectrum disorder, participated in the study. Kyle was a 16-year-old boy, for whom a functional analysis showed that mands and problem behavior were maintained by access to an isolated room with a teacher holding the door closed from the outside. He engaged in self-isolation across the day, spending only a small percentage of time interacting with caregivers. Prior to the intervention, Kyle’s self-isolation restricted the time he spent in an instructional context to 14.61 minutes per day, interfering with academic and vocational progress toward his individualized education program (IEP) goals. A differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure with a contingency review was evaluated to reduce excessive manding for escape from teacher proximity. This negative punishment procedure was effective in reducing rates of manding and the DRO interval was systematically increased to a functional duration, such that IEP programs could be introduced. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 41% of sessions and was 100% for each measure recorded.
 
95. A Comparison of Mixed and Multiple Schedules for the Treatment of Pica
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
DENISE FIGUEROA (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Pica, the ingestion of inedible items, is prevalent among individuals with developmental disabilities (Danford & Huber, 1982) and may have serious medical implications. The purpose of this study is to assess whether a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) program, in which exchanging found items for edible items, is effective in reducing the pica of a 9-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. In prior publications, this type of DRA was typically used in conjunction with response blocking. Therefore, this study also included a component analysis of the efficacy of the DRA with and without response blocking, as well as an analysis of the effects of therapist proximity. Results showed that keeping the therapist in close proximity helped suppress pica, even when blocking was not in place. Finally, mixed and multiple schedules were evaluated as ways to fade treatment while maintaining low levels of pica. Results to date show that both mixed and multiple schedules are effective in thinning the availability of reinforcement while maintaining low levels of pica. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 33% of sessions and averaged 96%.

 
96. Increasing Physical Activity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA HEDQUIST (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are more likely to be obese than their typically developing peers (CDC, 2014). One way to combat obesity is to increase physical activity. Although there are numerous recommended strategies for increasing leisure item engagement among individuals with ASD, there is limited research on increasing physical activity among this population. In the current study, a progressive treatment approach for increasing physical activity was evaluated in an individual with ASD. Multiple baseline across exercise activities and reversal designs were used to demonstrate experimental control. Treatment conditions included prompting alone, prompting combined with noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), and prompting combined with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Dependent variables included activity engagement, stereotoypy, and heart rate. Prompting combined with DRA was most effective in increasing activity with two activities (pedaling on a stationary bike and stepping up and down on a bosu ball), and prompting alone was sufficient for increasing physical activity with one activity (walking on a treadmill). Minimal differences in stereotypy and heart rate measures were observed across conditions for all activities. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 33% of sessions and averaged over 95% across dependent variables.

 
97. Reduction of Motor Stereotypy in an Individual With Autism-Related Catatonia: Implementation of a Self-Monitoring Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA R. EVERETT (Melmark New England), Michelle Boucher (Melmark New England), Barbara O'Malley Cannon (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Catatonia is marked by behavioral features involving disturbances in speech, movement (APA, 2013). Similarly, autism spectrum disorders are defined by behavioral deficits in social interaction and restricted, repetitive behaviors and interests (APA, 2013). Autism Related Catatonia is marked by increased slowness, difficulty initiating and completing actions, increased reliance on prompting, passivity, and an increase in repetitive and ritualistic behavior (Wing & Shah, 2000). Many individuals with autism related catatonia are noted to present with posturing, freezing, and to exhibit agitated movements. Current estimates suggest that autism related catatonia is present in 12-18% of individuals with an existing autism spectrum diagnosis (DeJong, Bunton, & Hare, 2014). Empirical literature supporting evidence-based treatment for autism related catatonia is limited and includes use of medication, electroconvulsive shock therapy, and behavioral treatments (DeJong et al., 2014). The current proposal describes the modification of a self-monitoring protocol (Everett & Dennis, 2009) that was implemented with a 19 year old male with autism related catatonia to reduce motor stereotypy. The protocol included a discrimination procedure to identify motor stereotypy, establishing stimulus control, self-recording, and shaping of the absence of behavior. Data demonstrates a 38% reduction in motor stereotypy, reflecting a meaningful change in behavior that allows for increased learning opportunities. The treatment protocol was then implemented in a multiple baseline across staff design. Reductions in motor stereotypy generalized across three additional staff with some variability in maintenance data. Findings support that implementation of a self-monitoring protocol has been effective in reducing, but not extinguishing rates of motor stereotypy in an individual with autism related catatonia. Findings will be discussed relative to the complexities of autism-related catatonia.

 
98. American National Standards Institute Accredited Behavior Technician Level One Certificate Program: Setting Precedence for Professionalizing the Role of Behavior Technician Through Standardized Education and Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
VICKI MOELLER (Innovative Learning LLC), Carolyn Baham (Innovative Learning LLC)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

The Behavior Technician Level One (BTL1) Certificate Program is the first ever nationally accredited training and education program for behavior technicians who are delivering over 80% of the direct ABA treatment and services to individuals diagnosed with Autism. The program achieved American National Standards Institute (ANSI) accreditation in June 2017. The competencies are solidly based in a comprehensive job analysis of the job role of the behavior technician. The program will prepare behavior technicians with a strong basic foundation in the basic concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis within the context of Autism treatment and Person Centered approaches. This certificate program is intended for workforce development to address an immediate broad service need. The achievement of ANSI accreditation sets the precedence for the need for standardized training and education for the behavior technician. Standardization of the training and education for the behavior technician is a critical component in establishing the behavior technician as a profession. Establishing the behavior technician as a profession is essential in the context of fidelity and continuity of treatment delivery to individuals diagnosed with Autism. Accreditation for the BTL1 is based upon ANSI/ASTM E2659-09 (Standard Practice for Certificate Programs). ANSI's accreditation process adheres to ISO/IEC 17011, the international standard defining quality third-party accreditation practices. The Behavior Technician Level One Certificate Program has been created and guided by an appropriate and aligned system of analysis, program design, development, implementation and evaluation. ANSI accreditation of the BTL1 Certificate Program signifies that the BTL1 certificate holder has completed a prescribed course of study designed specifically to meet predefined industry requirements-and that Innovative Learning LLC has met, and continues to meet, standards for quality improvement. ANSI accreditation is nationally and internationally recognized as a mark of quality and assures that ABA employers can have confidence that the BTL1 certificate holder has completed the prescribed course of study. Demonstrating compliance to ANSI/ASTM E2659-09 Standards, the BTL1 Certificate Program furthers the development of a well-educated, qualified, and professional workforce.

 
99. Providing Feeding Intervention for Three Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Long Term Follow Up
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LEANNE SCHIEDEL (Semiahmoo Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Claire E. Egan (Semiahmoo Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders have shown more food selectivity than typically developing children. This study evaluated the long-term effects of feeding interventions for three young children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. In the first phase of treatment, a food interaction hierarchy paired with contingent reinforcement was evaluted. All three participants successfully engaged in food interaction beahviours during treatment. However, once portion sizes and amount for target foods were increased, the efficacy of the hierarchical approach decreased for all participants. This current 2 year follow-up study, compares the original experimental design to the modifications made for each participant in order to continue progress in various aspects of mealtime behaviour, specifically increasing rate of eating for two participants and decreasing packing behaviours for the other. Introducing a rate contingency for two of the participants, and texture fading procedure for the third. These modifications were successful in increase food consumption for all participants. These findings can provide additional strategies that can be used as part of a treatment package to reduce food refusal and increase food acceptance.

 
100. Using School-Home Communication to Decrease Off-Task Behavior at School for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA GOLDMAN (Assumption College), Kelli Sanderson (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Parent-school communication is a highly valued type of involvement for parents of children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), but parents report poor communication as a barrier to working with the schools. Although sometimes informally addressed using school-home notes, no research has examined the effects of school-home communication interventions for children with ASD. This multiple baseline across participants study evaluated the effects of school-home notes with home-based contingent reinforcement in decreasing off-task behavior of students with ASD at school. Participants included four student-parent-teacher triads. Two of the four participants showed clear behavior change, which precluded demonstration of functional relations. However, all participating parents and teachers reported the school-home note and parent-implemented contingent reinforcement were highly feasible and acceptable, and indicated positive outcomes relating to improved family-school partnership and communication. Findings of this study, which meets single case design standards and quality indicators, have relevant implications for future research and practice, including the importance of parent partnership with the school. Additionally, there is a need to replicate this study with participants who are similar to the two for whom the intervention was most clearly effective in reducing off-task behavior at school.

 
101. Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses and Functional Communication Training: Replications in an Educational Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA DANIELLE DRISCOLL (May Institute), Amy Kate Rosenblum (May Institute), Cory Whelan (May Institute; Western New England University)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is an efficacious treatment used to decrease problem behavior and increase communication in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). FCT involves reinforcing the emission of a functional communication response (FCR) with the functional reinforcers identified in a functional analysis and placing problem behavior on extinction (Carr & Durand, 1985). In the present study, a reversal design was used to evaluate the utility of the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) in the identification of functional reinforcers for problem behavior to be used in subsequent FCT. The participants were two students diagnosed with ASD, who were enrolled in an early-learner program in a private school for students with ASD. Both participants engaged in severe self-injury for which previous treatments were ineffective. For both participants, the IISCA led to the identification of functional reinforcers and FCT resulted in a decrease in self-injurious behavior and an increase in the target communicative response. Interobserver agreement was assessed during 54% (for Participant 1) and 50% (for Participant 2) of sessions across assessment and treatment conditions. Mean agreement was 98% (for Participant 1) and 96% (for Participant 2).

 
102. Using the Picture Exchange Communication System Within Functional Analysis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALANNA DANTONA (Claremont Graduate University), Benjamin R. Thomas (Claremont Graduate University), Caitlyn Gumaer (Claremont Graduate University), Wan Han Nataly Lim (University of Texas at Austin), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Learning PECS is associated with improved communication and reduced problem for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While functional analysis (FA) is best practice for determining the functions of problem behavior, there are some occasions in which severe problem behavior, or practitioner discipline and training may limit its use in communication intervention. To this end, practitioners may bypass FA and directly use PECS even though it only addresses a tangible function. Therefore, modifying the PECS protocol to teach mands across functions may be an efficient solution to address varying functions of problem behavior. In this study, we taught PECS to three children with ASD who exhibited problem behavior using the FA paradigm (e.g., LaRue et al., 2011). The children were exposed to three conditions in which PECS mands were taught: attention, tangible, and escape (e.g., LaBelle, Jones, Charlop, & Thomas, 2016). Acquisition rate of PECS mands and presence of problem behavior in training sessions were used to infer probable function of the children's problem behavior. Results showed differentiation in mand acquisition across the PECS-FA training conditions for all three children. Treatments were then designed according to PECS-FA results, and all three children decreased problem behavior and improved appropriate behavior.

 
103. Mapping Review of Bilingual Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
VALERIA YLLADES (Texas A & M University)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Autism is a neurodevelopmental disability that impacts social interactions, as well as restrictive, repetitive, and stereotypical behaviors (DSM-5; American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Currently, there is an increasing trend of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), a 57% of rise from 2002 to 2006, as well as bilingualism or English Language Learners (ELL) in the US. Bilingualism is the ability to speak two languages and ELL are those who study in public systems that require modified instruction in English. The National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) indicated that, "the percentage of public school students in the United States who were ELLs was higher in school year 2014–15 (9.4 percent, or estimated 4.6 million students) than in 2004–05 (9.1 percent, or an estimated 4.3 million students)." (U.S. Department of Education, 2017). Due to the rising rates of bilingual individuals and the diagnosis of ASD, it is likely practitioners will work with this population during their career. The purpose of this study is to review literature on what research based interventions there are for this population. Information from 70 different articles are studied to compose of a mapping review for what literature says are the best practices for bilinguals with ASD.

 
104. Using Lag Schedules to Increase Toy Play Variability for Children With Autism in the United Arab Emirates
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Rasha Baruni (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), DANIEL JOHN SHERIDAN (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Despite the fact that the presence of restricted repetitive behaviors is one of the diagnostic features of autism (American Psychological Association, 2013), these characteristics have not received the same level of attention in the research literature as social and communication deficits (Murray & Healy, 2015). Restricted repetitive patterns of play are commonly observed in individuals with autism (Wilson et al., 2017). This may result in limited contact with social reinforcement (Miller & Neuringer, 2000). Research has demonstrated that implementing lag schedules of reinforcement can increase toy play variability in children with intellectual disability (Baruni, Rapp, Lipe, & Novonty, 2014). The current study replicated and extended Baruni et al. (2014) with three children with autism in the United Arab Emirates. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was employed to investigate the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on producing novel toy play responses. At baseline, probes assessed novel play responses in a natural play setting. During intervention, tokens were delivered using lag 1 and 2 schedules of reinforcement. Post-intervention generalization probes, maintenance probes and social validity measures were conducted. The findings are discussed along with limitations and areas for future research.

 
105. A Telehealth Parent Coaching Intervention to Increase Sleep for a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANDRA R. GOMES (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Debbie Ann Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Courtney Thomas (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jessica Piekos (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Gayathiri Ramadoss (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Colby Roebuck (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Many children with autism experience challenges related to healthy sleeping. Poor sleep can impair availability to instruction, reduce potential skill acquisition, and disrupt quality of life for other family members. Connor, a four-year-old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), began experiencing challenges related to falling and staying asleep after his parent stayed with him while he fell asleep while Connor was ill. Specifically, Connor would engage in tantrum behavior if the parent did not lay on his bed with him or attempted to leave the bed. A remotely-delivered coaching intervention was implemented to help parents manage Connor's sleep by using a bedtime routine, systematically fading proximity, and placing overnight out-of-bed behavior on an extinction schedule. Minutes of sleep and proportion of time asleep overnight increased as a result of these interventions, and outcomes generalized across settings. At the conclusion of intervention, Connor's parents were positioned outside his bedroom while he fell asleep. Limitations, future steps, and replication of these outcomes will be discussed.

 
106. Establishing Proper Stimulus Control for Toileting: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EDGAR D. MACHADO (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Alexandra Boulanger (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Melissa Fenske (BCBA), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Sabrina, 6-year old girl with Autism Spectrum Disorder, displayed aggressive behavior when prompted to the bathroom and lifetime history of urination and bowel movement accidents prior to intervention. After acquiring toileting skills and initiations to use the restroom, she initiated at rates high enough to be disruptive to instruction throughout the school day (i.e., at times upwards of 10 initiations per hour) following this. The hypothesized function of access to tangibles (i.e., preferred movies) was disrupted and initiations were successfully brought under control of experiencing a full bladder. Special consideration was needed given Sabrina's prior history of along A treatment package consisting of magnification of establishing operations to create teaching opportunities (i.e., increasing fluid intake), instructor prompts to use the restroom based on reliable idiosyncratic toileting precursors (rather than time intervals), and thinning reinforcement was effective to increase the percentage of toileting visits resulting in successful voids while maintaining an appropriate level of initiations and voids during school hours and zero-levels of accidents. Taken together, results suggest that toileting initiations are currently evoked by appropriate motivating operations rather than inappropriately maintained by access to tangible reinforcement. Sabrina has had only one, illness-related, accident in the past 15 months. Over the past three months, Sabrina has initiated for the restroom an average of 4 times per day in the absence of instructor-mediated reinforcement, resulting in successful voids 3.9 times per day on average.

 
107. Increased Frequency of Teaching Trials During ABA Sessions as a Function of Self-Monitoring and Criterion-Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSIE PARENT (ABA and Verbal Behavior Group), Anita Lynn Wilson (ABA and Verbal Behavior Group), Jessica Keane (ABA and Verbal Behavior Group)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

A potential limitation of first-trial data collection is fewer teaching trials per session when compared to trial-by-trial or continuous data collection. The current study examined the effects of self-monitoring with a set criterion on the frequency of acquisition trials conducted per two-hour ABA session. Subjects were three Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs), with low rates of teaching trials during sessions as a basis for selection. During baseline, an independent observer recorded the frequency of teaching trials and RBTs were directed to run as many trials as possible on acquisition targets. During the intervention phase, instructors were provided with a data sheet to tally each teaching trial for acquisition targets, including a set criterion for frequency. No data on the performance of the learner was collected as part of the tally. For all three participants, the number of teaching trials increased during the self-monitoring phase. The overall mean was 3.4 trials during baseline, and 22.7 trials during the intervention phase.

 
108. Effects of a High-Probability Request Sequence on Food Acceptance of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LACEY DUCKWORTH (Southeast Missouri State University), Allison Jeanette Wolz (Southeast Missouri State University), Ashley Marie Lugo (Southeast Missouri State University)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Previous literature has examined the efficacy of the high-probability request sequence to treat food selectivity in young children. Results of these studies have varied and have mostly been conducted with a population of children diagnose d with developmental delays or feeding disorders. The current study extended previous research by examining the efficacy of the high- probability request sequence to treat food selectivity in children diagnosed with ASD aged 3- to 5-years old in the absence of escape extinction procedures. A multiple baseline design with an embedded withdrawal condition was utilized to examine the effects of the high-probability request sequence on food acceptance across food groups. A sequential high-probability request sequence consisted of three presentations of a high-probability request immediately followed by a low- probability request. Participants were gradually exposed to nonpreferred food items through a hierarchy of responses that began with touching the food and ended with the terminal response of chewing and swallowing the food.

 
109. The Effect of Video Modeling on Toilet Training Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRYSTINA CASSIDY (Melmark), Samantha Sarin (Melmark), Janessa Hosler (Melmark)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract: Toilet training is an important skill; for those with disabilities, this can be a difficult skill to master and maintain. Remaining in soiled clothing can be socially stigmatizing for the individual and cause others to avoid them due to their appearance or odor, as well as result in medical complications, such as infections and compromised skin integrity. Additionally, not being toilet trained can limit job placements, post-21 residential placements, and the ability to reduce staffing. Video modeling can be used for individuals with Autism to teach and for the maintenance of various skills, including toilet training. Video modeling uses a combination of visual cues and physical modeling, both of which are effective teaching strategies for individuals with autism. The present study examines the effect of video modeling on toilet-training for a 15 year-old female with Autism.
 
110. Differences in Performance of Critical Foundational Skills in Children With and Without Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY L. MCCONNELL (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Core Skills Assessment (CSA) evaluates a set of 52 socially validated foundational skills necessary for higher-level learning and independent functioning for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) and related disabilities. Understanding how performance of these skills in children with ASDs compares to typically developing children may help educators and clinicians better understand the impact of skill deficits and prioritize skills to teach, and may help in generating questions for future research. The CSA was administered to 24 typically developing children and 24 children diagnosed with ASDs in their typical school environments. Significant differences between groups were found (p<.05) for 9 skills, and 5 of these skills were related to speaker and listener repertories. Performance on all 9 of these skills in the ASD group was correlated with overall performance on the CSA for these children, further suggesting their importance as critical foundational skills and the need for prioritization in treatment. Interobserver agreement was collected in 33% of sessions and was 98% (range 80-100).

 
111. Preliminary Reliability Analysis of the Social Impact of Repetitive Behavior Scale
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NOOR JAVED (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Rose Nevill (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catalina Rey (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: There are several rating scales that are used to measure the topography and severity of repetitive behavior such as the Repetitive Behavior Scale-Revised (Bodfish et al., 1999), but none that measure the degree to which the scale interferes with social, learning, and community opportunities. We developed the Social Impact of Repetitive Behavior Scale (SIRBS) to capture this dimension of the behavior in a quantitative way. Participants consisted of 52 individuals, who were admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. Parents and behavioral team members were the informants for 73% and 60% of the participants, respectively. Interrater agreement was evaluated between two parents or two staff for all participants as well as test-retest by asking the informants to complete the scale again approximately 2 weeks later. We obtained fair interrater agreement between parents (K = .33) and between hospital or school staff (K = .35). Test-retest was collected for 30% of participants and found to be moderate to strong, r = .30 - .98, p < .05 for items based on parent and staff report. Preliminary results indicate that the scale has fair interrater and good test-retest reliability. Additional analysis of the validity of the scale by observing the child’s repetitive behavior in the contexts in which it interfered is needed.
 
112. A Translational Evaluation of Operant Habituation During ABA Therapy Sessions for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN SILVERMAN (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Several decades of research by Frances McSweeney and colleagues have documented decrements in operant responding over the course of basic research sessions with rats and pigeons. These decreases in rate of response are primarily due to the repeated contact with reinforcement that occurs over the course of operant sessions. Decreases in the effectiveness of reinforcement due to repeated contact is generally referred to as satiation in the applied literature but basic research has shown that this phenomenon has much more in common with respondent literature on habitation and therefore McSweeney and colleagues suggest the adoption of the term habituation to describe these effects. Despite the ubiquity of habituation to reinforcement in basic research, very little research has attempted to identify whether the same phenomenon occurs during applied behavior analytic (ABA) treatment. The current study evaluates latency to response during learning opportunities during the course of regular daily ABA sessions in children with autism in order to detect whether dishabituation to reinforcement is occurring during therapy sessions. The study is still ongoing but preliminary data suggest that habituation may be occurring for one of three participants. Frequent preference assessments and breaks during instruction likely serve to mitigate against habituation to reinforcement during high-quality ABA therapy sessions. Implications for future research and practice are discussed.

 
113. Decreasing Disruptive Behavior: A Comparison of Planned Ignore and Inclusionary Timeout
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA A. CLARK (Melmark New England), Lauren Carter (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Attention maintained problem behavior can interfere with skill acquisition, developing social relationships, and successfully accessing the community for recreational and employment opportunities. This study compared the effects of a planned ignore with an inclusionary time out on overall occurrences of disruptive behavior (i.e., banging, loud vocalizations, invasions of space, bolting, inappropriate manipulation of materials, and food stealing) maintained by attention as evidenced by functional assessment. A reversal design was utilized across settings. Results of this study indicate that occurrences of disruptive behavior decreased most significantly when an inclusionary time out procedure was implemented. Each strategy was implemented upon the occurrence of disruptive behavior. Planned ignore included staff turning their body away from the participant while providing attention to peers in the environment; minimal vocal and physical attention were provided to the participant. Inclusionary time out included a neutral vocal cue (i.e., “time out”) while turning the participant’s body away from the group or activity. The participant’s visual field was blocked using a natural part of the environment (e.g., staff member’s hand or notepad). Reliability data were collected across baseline and treatment conditions in each setting; agreement data were recorded twice per condition, per setting and averaged 100% across 12 sessions.
 
114. An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training on the Implementation of Peer-Mediated Discrete Trial Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), Emily Ness (University of Southern Mississippi), Katie Bishop (University of Southern Mississippi)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training on the implementation of an evidence-based teaching method by student interventionists for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Three elementary school students were trained to use an applied behavior analysis (ABA) based instructional method, known as discrete trial training (DTT), to teach academic skills to children with ASD. A multiple baseline across individuals was used to demonstrate the effectiveness of the behavioral skills training and peer-mediated DTT procedures. Generalization of the interventionist's ability to teach new, previously untrained target behaviors was assessed by conducting generalization probes throughout the study. The results of this study replicated the results of previous studies that have demonstrated the utility of BST to train others to implement DTT in school settings. And, similar to previous research, peer-mediated DTT resulted in an improvement in the acquisition of targeted academic skills. Furthermore, this study provided preliminary evidence that the elementary students may generalize DTT procedures across a variety of target skills. Additional research is needed to determine the long-term effectiveness of peer-mediated DTT in school settings.

 
115. An Initial Approximation to Feeding Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Mexican Population
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Conocimiento y Aprendizaje Humano, Universidad Veracruzana), DIANA ALEJANDRA GONZÁLEZ-GARCÍA (Facultad de Medicina y Psicología, Universidad Autónoma de Baja California)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In Mexico, there is no data about the prevalence of problems in eating behavior in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The aim of this study was to identify the frequency and type of inappropriate mealtime behaviors as well as the variety of food consumed in this population. Parents of 45 children with a diagnosis of ASD answered a questionnaire to obtain information about demographic characteristics of children and their families, problematic behaviors and the type and number of foods consumed by the child and the family. Additionally, to those parents who reported inappropriate mealtime behavior for their child, we applied the Spanish version of the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF). It was found that 63% of the children reported at least one problem behavior during mealtimes, being the most frequent to leave the table before finishing to eat. We found a correlation between the number of foods consumed by the family and the child, independently if they presented inappropriate mealtime behavior. The functions for problem behavior were predominantly escape and attention. The results of this study represent an initial approximation to the evaluation of pediatric feeding problems in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) in a Mexican population.

 
116. The Effects of Eye Contact and Joint Attention Training for a Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
De-Rong Jhou (National Changhua University of Education; Graduate Institute of Rehabilitation Counseling), HUA FENG (National Changhua University of Education), Wenchu Sun (National Changhua University of Education), Ho-Kuei Huang (National Changhua University of Education; Graduate Institute of Rehabilitation Counseling)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

DSM-5 (APA, 2013) indicated that person with ASD have deficits in nonverbal communicative behaviors for social interaction. Eye-contact is a form of nonverbal behavior which serves as the basic skill for social interaction. In addition, eye-contact is also a prerequisite skill for developing joint attention mechanism. Responding to joint attention, which includes following to other's pointing and gazing, is an important ability to share affection with others,. The purpose of this study was to enhance eye contact and respond to pointing for a child with ASD. The participant was a 5-year-old nonverbal boy with autism. A single-subject of delayed multiple baseline design across behaviors was used in this study. Preference assessment was implemented before intervention to determine the reinforcers for training. The independent variable was eye contact and joint attention teaching. Eye-contact training is divided into four stages with different prompting strategies: (1)Full reinforcer: Select reinforcers such as cookies or interesting toys to draw the child's attention and make eye contact with the trainer. (2)1/2 reinforcer+1/2 gesture: Used reinforcers and then change to gesture to lead the child to make eye contact, and provided tokens or social reinforcers after an average number of responses. (3)Gesture: Guided the gaze by full gesture intervention. (4)No prompt: Call the participant's name but no prompting strategy, the child turned his face and looked at researcher's eyes. For responding joint attention intervention, the researcher made the eye contact with the participant first, then point to one of interesting toy. Contingency upon the target behavior, the participant could get some tokens and social reinforcers if he did follow to pointing. The dependent variables were the percentage of participant's eye contact and responding to pointing. Visual analysis was used to analyze the effects of the training. Findings emerged from this study: After training, the percentage of responding to eye contact and pointing increased, and the effect of the intervention can exhibit generalization to a variety of settings. The results showed positive effects on the intervention for the child with ASD. Implications and suggestions for practice and further research were also presented at the end of the paper.

 
117. Teaching a Client to Self-Monitor Completion of Daily Living and Vocational Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN HOFFERT (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Ella M Gorgan (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; May Institute), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

An important component of independently completing daily living and vocational skills is to ensure the tasks are completed correctly and completely. We taught a 16-year-old male with autism spectrum disorder to correctly complete all steps in a task analysis for daily living and vocational skills using a prompt-delay procedure. Thereafter, we taught the client to use a self-rating checklist to self-monitor his accurate completion of all steps in the task analyses. The experimenter monitored the client's completion of the self-rating checklist and provided praise for correctly completed steps and corrective feedback for steps that were missed or inaccurately recorded on the checklist. The experimenter's proximity to the client during task completion and self-monitoring was faded to outside the room. The intervention was successful in increasing accurate completion of the skills and self-monitoring of task completion in the absence of supervision.

 
118. A Replication and Extension of Tolerance Training Procedures With a Child Without Cognitive Impairment
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MORGAN MARIE HALLGREN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins), Rose Nevill (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Tolerance of the denial or removal of preferred items or activities is a skill that is often lacking in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This deficit may be especially apparent in children whose problem behavior is maintained by access to tangible items. Tolerance training, as described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014), is composed of functional communication training (FCT) for appropriate requests (e.g., "toys please"), FCT for a tolerance response (e.g., "okay"), and extinction of problem behavior and inappropriate requests. This procedure was replicated and extended with a 10 year old male with ASD, oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), and attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity (ADD/H) diagnoses hospitalized on an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The purpose of the current assessment was multifaceted. It aimed to extend previous methods by (a) teaching tolerance for the unexpected termination of preferred activities, (b) teaching tolerance during contexts where delays to reinforcement mirrored the natural environment, (c) adding in non-preferred activities to the delay. Results showed low to zero rates of problem behavior across all conditions. To conclude, these data show that the procedure developed by Hanley et al. (2014) can be applied in children with a joint diagnosis of ASD, ODD, and ADD/H.

 
119. Effects of a Home-Visit Program Implemented to Take Action for the Problem Behavior (of a Child) Seen in Family Life
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KONOMI MATSUMOTO (LITALICO Corporation), Daiki Enomoto (LITALICO Corporation; Tokyo University), Masahiko Inoue (Tottori Universisty)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In Japan, it is common for children with developmental disabilities such as autism spectrum to make regular visits at support facilities. In 2018, the law which enables outreaching will be enforced. Due to this enforcement, severely disabled children who have difficulties with going outside will be able to receive the home-based rehabilitation. However, in the cases of those who can hardly go outside, not only the severity of disabilities, but also their serious behavior problems and poor mental health of their parents can become a difficulty. For families whose child has serious behavior problems and who have heavy burden for child-rearing, our research team designed and conducted a three-month extensive program based on functional communication training, incidental teaching and parental training.

 
120. Training Program for Foreign Domestic Helper
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
YUEN YAN NG (St. Cloud State University; Autism Partnership Hong Kong), David J. Fischer (Autism Partnership), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: According to the Legislative Council Secretariat of Hong Kong in 2017, foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) were the major caretakers for many children in Hong Kong. This implies that parent-implemented treatments might not be feasible and FDHs are the stakeholders in implementing behavioral procedures in non-therapy settings for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in Hong Kong. This study examined the effectiveness of a treatment package which consisted of behavioral skills training (BST) and reinforcement to increase a FDH's correct implementation and maintenance of a prompting procedure when teaching a 3-year-2-month boy with ASD to brush teeth and undress. A multiple baseline across behaviors design, with baseline and treatment conducted in a training center and maintenance and follow-up occurring at home, was employed. The results showed that the treatment package was effective in teaching the helper to follow the prompting procedure correctly on both target behaviors in the training center and maintaining skills at home without further training.
 
121. An Evaluation of Picture Prompting on Variability During the Acquisition of Intraverbal Categorization
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KALLY SORENSEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn Glodowski (Pennsylvania State University-Harrisburg), Maria Malachowski (Nationwide Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Restricted or repetitive behavior is a symptom of autism (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), and therefore, identifying procedures to improve variable responding continues to be a research focus. Some researchers have evaluated whether variability could be improved with various prompting strategies within discrete trial instruction (DTI; Peterson, Rodriguez, & Pawich, in press; Carroll & Kodak, 2015). Peterson et al. found initial variability with the use of a variable echoic prompt during DTI of intraverbal categorization. Similarly, Carroll and Kodak demonstrated increased variability during a similar task when providing a variable echoic model with, and without, instructive feedback. Providing picture prompts within DTI could also improve variability of intraverbal categorization . Researchers found picture prompts to be efficacious in the acquisition of intraverbal tasks (Ingvarsson & Hollobaugh, 2011; Kodak, Fuchtman, & Paden, 2012; Vedora & Barry, 2016). However, we are unaware of any research evaluating the use of picture prompts on the variability of responding. We used a picture prompt to teach intraverbal categorization with four children diagnosed with autism. Initial variability occurred for all participants, but all participants emitted a dominant order for the majority of trials within sessions. Additional research should be conducted to determine teaching procedures that promote variable responding.

 
122. Using a Treatment Package to Decrease Disruption Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VIRGINIA GIMENEZ (Association Agir et Vivre l'Autisme), Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University), Konrad Marie-Helene (Association Agir et Vivre l'Autisme)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Relatively little research has been devoted to the treatment of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement, in particular when the topography of problem behavior involves automatically maintained disruption. Data from the existent literature suggest that consequent interventions might be more effective than antecedent interventions to promote socially significant changes in problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement (Rapp & Vollmer, 2005). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a treatment package on the levels of disruptive behavior hypothesized to be automatically maintained, of an 11-year-old boy with autism in a school site. We used a multiple baseline design across settings to demonstrate the effects of the treatment on the levels of problem behavior. The treatment package included differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; i.e., keeping hands close to his own body), blocking and overcorrection of target disruptive behavior. The results demonstrated that the treatment package was effective in decreasing the levels of disruption across all settings. The outcomes of the current study provide a potential treatment option for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. We will discuss these results in terms of the basic principles responsible for behavior change.

 
123. You Calling Me a Liar? Reducing Lying in an Adolescent Girl With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MEAGAN ELIZABETH SCOTT (Mackenzie Health's Centre for Behaviour Health Sciences)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Community-based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs often use a "mediator-model," where behavior analysts develop intervention strategies and train caregivers on program implementation (Gambrill, 2012). Programs focus on the referral area of need considered paramount to the family; however, doing so may challenge behavior analysts to operationalize conceivably unobservable behaviors. One example includes decreasing adolescent lying behavior. From a behavior-analytic approach, Fryling (2016) conceptualized lying less as something that develops internally, but rather as an interaction between the individual and their behavior as it functions within their environment. This poster focuses on extending Fryling's (2016) research by implementing a community-based ABA program focused on reducing the lying behavior of an adolescent girl with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Introducing an intervention including correspondence training and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors decreased the participant's lying from an average of 3.1 instances a day during baseline (range = 0–8 instances) to 0.8 instances during intervention (range = 0–2 instances). This poster will additionally present parental stress reports using the Parenting Stress Index (Abidin, 2012) pre- and post-implementation. Last, program strengths and technical improvements for future implementation will be highlighted, emphasizing the importance of environmental context and family dynamics in community-based ABA program development.

 
124. Treating Perseverations and Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Specific Vocal Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CATHERINE MARUSKA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Theodore (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kathleen Hodskins (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract: Perseverative speech impairs interactions between individuals engaging in the behavior and their caregivers. If perseverations are not reinforced appropriately by the listener, problem behavior may occur; information regarding a listener’s response may help to clarify functions. The current study included a 19-year-old male with autism, admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of problem behavior. A functional behavioral assessment, which included a functional analysis, indicated his perseverations were maintained by attention and sensory reinforcement. Indirect assessments indicated problem behavior occurred when caregivers did not deliver a specific vocal response (SVR) following perseverations. Using a reversal design, three conditions were evaluated to determine if problem behavior was maintained by access to SVRs. During the control condition the therapist provided a SVR after each perseveration. During test conditions, the therapist provided (1) a non-preferred response or (2) ignored perseverations; across test conditions SVRs were delivered contingent upon problem behavior. Results indicated problem behavior was maintained by access to SVRs. Treatment involved a multiple schedule that rotated between periods of (1) differential reinforcement via functional communication and (2) extinction with access to competing items, to reduce problem behavior to a clinically significant level. Interobserver agreement was adequate across all problem behaviors.
 
125. Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behaviour to Increase Wearing of an Anti-Strip Suit in a School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TARA L. WHEATLEY (Halton Catholic District School Board), Melanie Goulet (Halton Catholic District School Board), Kathryn Mann (Halton Catholic District School Board), Amy V. Wadsworth (Halton Catholic District School Board)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

We used a changing criterion design to evaluate the effectiveness of an intervention designed to teach a 12-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder to wear an anti-strip suit to reduce anal digging in a school setting. The intervention consisted of using differential negative reinforcement of other behaviour (DNRO) to increase wearing the anti-strip suit during activities while engaging in zero rates of challenging behaviour. We trained school staff to conduct the procedures with behavioural skills training, we scored a treatment and feedback integrity checklist during implementation, and we measured interobserver agreement for 21% of sessions. Our results indicated that the duration for which the participant wore the suit systematically increased from 2 s at the start of treatment to the duration of a full school day at the termination of the study. Moreover, we observed maintenance and generalization of these effects for several months. These findings replicate prior research on DNRO and further support the use of the intervention to increase compliance with wearing protective items in practical settings.

 
126. The Successful Extension of a Skill-Based Treatment for Socially-Mediated Problem Behavior to the Student's Teachers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON WARD (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

A functional analysis indicated that problem behavior of a 9-year-old boy diagnosed with autism was sensitive to escape from specific demands (e.g., waiting, demands with limited teacher attention) and access to teacher attention and preferred tangible items. A systematic shaping procedure, based upon the methods of Ghaemmaghami, Hanley, Jessel, and Landa (2017), was used to teach a complex functional communication response to include an obtaining a listener response ("excuse me") and 6 different specific mands (e.g., escape from work, do work with me, hang out, bubbles, snacks, and toys). A skill-based treatment was implemented to teach the child to appropriately tolerate delays and denials to reinforcement using an unpredictable and variable schedule of reinforcement in which the child was taught to engage in instructional tasks without teacher attention. Throughout all teaching sessions, problem behavior occurred at zero rates. Behavior skills training and a detailed rubric was used to transfer the treatment to his teachers. Results replicate the functional assessment and treatment process described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) and demonstrate the efficacy of a training rubric for transferring skill-based treatments to relevant teachers (Rajarman, Hanley, Ruppel, & Gover, 2017). Interobserver agreement averaged 90% (range, 80-100%).

 
127. Enriched Supervision on Quality of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ULRIKA LANGH (Stockholm Autism Center; Karolinska Institutet), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

The delivery quality of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has been neglected. This is surprising in face of the fact that in community settings trainers often lack formal EIBI education. Using a randomized controlled design, the effect of enriched as well as regular supervision on delivered EIBI quality in ASD were compared over a period of 4-6 months. EIBI was conducted in 30 young children with ASD by preschool staff in a naturalistic setting, where n =18 of the children's trainers received enriched, and n = 12 regular supervision. In addition to the regular supervision process, the enriched supervision included video reviews on the preschool staffs performed EIBI together with an extra education on important quality factors. EIBI quality was evaluated using the York Measure of Quality of Intensive Intervention (YMQI). Compared to regular supervision, preschool staff receiving enriched supervision improved on the quality of EIBI delivery, especially for training organization and density as well goal-directed treatment. Findings endorse the significance of adequate education and supervision for delivered EIBI quality.

 
128. "Fidget" Attention Aides: Do They Work?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY TRUONG (SEEK Education), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Therapeutic fidget devices, notably fidget spinners and fidget cubes, have been suggested to be useful for individuals with impulsivity and attention issues. The prevalence of these devices has risen tremendously in the past year. Manufacturers and sellers often make claims of benefits for individuals with autism and/or attention deficit hyperactivity disorders (ADHD). However, these claims are rarely supported by any empirical evidence. This study utilized a multi-element design to compare the effects of access to a fidget cube with verbal prompts versus verbal prompts alone on off-task behaviors and for one participant, reading comprehension. The participants were two boys diagnosed with autism, ages eight and six. Results demonstrated that the fidget cube did not decrease the participants' off-task behavior nor did it increase participant Terrence's accuracy with reading comprehension questions. Off-task behavior was higher during several sessions with fidget cube access. The discussion will highlight the need for systematic evaluation of trending treatments and other interventions.

 
129. The Use of Contingency-Based Delay of Specific Mands in the Treatment of Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY SULLIVAN (May Institute), Ali Schroeder (May Institute), Yannick Andrew Schenk (May Institute)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Extensive empirical support exists for the use of a standard functional analysis in the identification of function for a variety problem behaviors (Iwata et al., 1994) such as aggression, self-injury, and property destruction. However, procedural variations of the standard analysis such as the synthesis of functional contingencies and the pairwise design have also received support in the behavior analytic literature. The present study utilized three participants, 16 to18 years old with a diagnosis of autism, whose multiply maintained problem behavior was identified using modified functional analysis procedures. Treatment included individually modified delay and denial tolerance procedures as described in the Hanley et al. (2014) study. However, due to the participants' complex mand repertoires, an omnibus mand was not taught. Instead, individualized, specific mands were targeted for the delay, denial, and tolerance chaining treatment components. Results indicated low rates of problem behavior during teaching sessions, a decrease in immediate reinforcement of mands and a simultaneous increase in the number and complexity of work tasks completed during the delay to reinforcement. Results are discussed in terms of individual participant procedural modifications, delay and denial tolerance acquisition, participant generalization, and suppression of problem behavior.

 
130. A Comparison of Baseline Procedures in Evaluating Skill Performance Within Task Analyses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (University of Florida), Jonathan K. Fernand (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Haleh Amanieh (University of Florida), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Task analyses are commonly used by behavior analysts to teach complex skills across many types of tasks. One variation in task analysis teaching procedures that has been discussed in the literature has been the use of the single-opportunity method (SOM) versus the multiple-opportunity method (MOM). In the SOM, the entire task is presented, and all steps that are completed by the subject are scored as correct. Once the subject meets termination criteria the task is ended and all remaining steps are counted as incorrect. In the MOM, the therapist presents the task, and if the subject stops responding the therapist sets up the next step in the task for the subject, who then has the opportunity to respond independently. Concerns have been raised regarding how each of these methods might change the baseline performance of a task, affecting the interpretation of experimental control. The purpose of the current study, therefore, was to conduct a within-subject comparison of both the SOM and MOM procedures. We extended the within-subject procedures of Williams and Cuvo (1986) with children with autism spectrum disorder and analyzed the individual data using methods similar to those used by Alexander et al. (2015).

 
132. Increasing Natural Reinforcement During Academic Tasks for Children With Autism in Inclusive Classrooms
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY GLUGATCH (University of Oregon), Robert L. Koegel (Stanford University; University of California, Santa Barbara), Mian Wang (University of California, Santa Barbara), Kelsey Oliver (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) show little to no interest in academic assignments that are challenging or uninteresting. This may lead to increases in disruptive behavior in order to avoid or escape non-preferred tasks. By incorporating motivational components of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) in homework tasks, previous studies have found faster completion rates, decreases in disruptive behavior, and improved interest (Koegel, Singh, Koegel, 2010). Overall, there is a substantial body of evidence indicating that motivation plays an important role in academic success, however, there is a gap in the literature about the incorporation of motivational strategies during academic tasks for children with ASD in classrooms. This study uses an alternating treatments design to investigate student behavior and the percentage of correct responses in reading and writing tasks during two conditions: a) Premack Principle condition and b) Natural Reinforcement Condition. The results suggested that incorporating natural reinforcers into academic tasks increased student interest, affect, and percentage of letters/words correct for two elementary students.

 
133. Skill Acquisition in a Short-Run Behavioural Program for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KARLI PEDREIRA (University of Manitoba), Rachel Roy (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

This study examines whether a seven-month, 20 hours-per-week Early Intensive Behavioural program (EIBI) can significantly improve skill acquisition in a sample of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Previous research has shown that children diagnosed with ASD make significant gains in EIBI programs that provide at least 20-25 hours per week when delivered over an extended period of time. However, previous research has not yet demonstrated that these gains can be replicated in a shorter program. It was hypothesized that the short-run program under study would be effective at improving skill acquisition in children with ASD. Service data were analyzed retrospectively using a within-subjects group comparison as well as a dependent samples t-test to compare mean skill acquisition before and after receiving treatment. Children, on average, made significant skill gains from intake to exit in the seven-month program. These results have implications for both service providers and clients. The success of this program suggests that shorter programs are a valuable option for children with ASD. Additionally, short-run EIBI programs may target long wait-lists that accompany publicly funded EIBI programs and as a result more children diagnosed with ASD will have access to effective treatment.

 
134. A Translational Evaluation of the Effects of Response Rate on Resurgence in Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FABIOLA VARGAS LONDOÑO (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (University of Texas at Austin), Ashley Bagwell (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Prior research has demonstrated that response rate pertaining to target responding can determine levels resurgence (Reed & Morgan, 2007; Da Silva, Maxwell, & Lattal, 2008). For example, the results of Da Silva et.al (2008) indicated that higher response rates during baseline produced higher levels of resurgence during extinction even when rate of reinforcement was held constant across responses. However, these results have not been replicated with clinically relevant population. In the current study, we evaluated the extent to which the results of Da Silva et.al would translate by assessing resurgence of respective mands with distinct response rates including a relative high response rate (i.e., under a FR 6 schedule of reinforcement) versus a relatively low response rate (i.e., under a FR 1 schedule of reinforcement) with an equal rate of reinforcement in individuals with autism. With our pilot participant, inconsistent with the results of previous studies, mands that were reinforced to produce low response rates during baseline recurred at higher rates during the test for resurgence relative to mands that were reinforced to produce high response rates. Future avenues of research and potential implications of the current results will be discussed.

 
135. Generality of Functional Communication Training Under Combined Conditions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Lauren Withhart (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) based on functional analysis (FA) results is highly effective for treating socially maintained problem behavior. In cases of multiply controlled problem behavior, combined FCT conditions have been documented to be efficient and produce immediate treatment effects (Wacker et al., 2013; Slaton, Hanley, and Raftery, 2017). In the present study, we evaluated the generality of initial FCT under combined conditions when the identified function of the target behavior was both escape from demands and access to tangibles. The participants included six families located in a large U.S. city and one family located in a small city in Greece. The caregivers received coaching from a behavior analyst via telehealth to implement FA and FCT with their children. The children participants, aged 4 years to 6 years, engaged in high rates of disruptive behavior and had autism diagnoses. Initially, all participants received FCT under combined conditions (toy removal and demand delivery). Following demonstration of treatment effects under combined conditions, the participants were tested in isolated conditions. The behavior of just one of the seven participants demonstrated immediate generalization under isolated conditions. The findings suggest that, combining conditions during FCT training may lead to treatment failures during exposure to isolated conditions or may lead to differential success following schedule thinning

 
136. An Evaluation of Omnibus Functional Communication Responses in Treating Multiply Controlled Destructive Behavior Across Separate Antecedent Conditions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA HARDEE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alicia Swanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is the most commonly published treatment for socially reinforced problem behavior (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008) and involves teaching a functional communication response (FCR; e.g., "Break, please") in order to access the reinforcer maintaining problem behavior (e.g., escape from academic demands). However, teaching and evaluating separate FCRs (e.g., escape, attention, and tangible FCRs) for multiply controlled problem behavior can be time-consuming and less effective if all relevant establishing operations are not addressed simultaneously (Ghaemmaghami, Hanley, Jin, & Vanselow, 2016). One alternative is to teach an omnibus FCR (Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014), which is a request that produces all reinforcers known to maintain problem behavior (e.g., escape to attention and tangibles). We evaluated omnibus FCRs across successive antecedent conditions (i.e., with certain establishing operations present) for two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder whose problem behavior was multiply maintained. The omnibus FCR quickly reduced problem behavior across all antecedent conditions for both children, albeit with more variability for one participant as compared to previously published data. We discuss our data with respect to increasing the efficiency of FCT evaluations while maintaining the precision of interventions informed by a functional analysis.

 
137. Relative Versus Absolute Reinforcement Effects for Tangible and Social Stimuli in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH SCHIEBER (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Social motivation theories of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) suggest that individuals with ASD may be relatively insensitive to social reinforcers, leading to downstream deficits in social interaction. Although tangible items may be preferred by individuals with ASD, it does not necessarily follow that social consequences are ineffective reinforcers in an absolute sense. In this study, participants completed a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) for social stimuli and another for tangible stimuli. The most highly preferred stimuli were then evaluated in a combined PSPA. The top stimuli of each type were then used in concurrent-schedule reinforcer assessments. When a preference for one type of reinforcer emerged, it was removed from the array, leaving the less preferred consequence as the reinforcer in subsequent sessions. Results showed that participants tended to prefer nonsocial to social stimuli, but completed tasks at similar rates for each type of reinforcer. Thus, a relative preference for nonsocial stimuli may not be indicative of the absolute value of social stimuli as reinforcers in this population.

 
138. An Evaluation of an Echoic Differential Observing Response and Identity Match Prompt to Teach Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSIE RICHARD (University of Cincinnati), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Ami J. Kaminski (Butterfly Effects), Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the presented study was to demonstrate the efficacy of using echoic responses as differential observing responses during auditory-visual conditional discriminations that include the identity match prompt within the least-to-most prompting hierarchy. Two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in this evaluation. Sessions consisted of nine trials where three stimuli were placed on the table in front of the child and provided the vocal SD. During the intervention phase, picture cards were placed in front of the child, their hands were blocked, and they were presented the discriminative stimulus (e.g., "whistle"). If the child independently echoed the SD within 5s of the presentation, we removed our hands and allowed the child to select a card. If the child did not echo the target within 5s, we provided an additional vocal prompt (e.g. "say whistle"). Following the second vocal prompt, we allowed a selection response, regardless of the child's response to the vocal prompt. If the child engaged in an independent correct receptive response, we provided descriptive praise and access to an edible item or the iPad for 20s. If the child selected the incorrect stimulus or the prompt delay interval elapsed prior to the child engaging in a response, the therapist held up a picture identical to the target response. Both children showed increases in the percentage of correct responding, and both acquired auditory-visual conditional discriminations with teaching procedures that included the echoic DOR and the progressive delay to the identity match prompt.

 
139. Competing With Stereotypy: An Evaluation of Matched, Unmatched, and Choice of Items
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JON PETERSON (University of St. Joseph; Norwich Public Schools), Andrea B. Courtemanche (University of Saint Joseph), Nicole C. Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph), Jessica R. Mias (Simmons College; Norwich Public Schools)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

A competing items assessment can be used to identify items that effectively reduce stereotypy displayed by individuals with autism. Items included in the assessment may or may not match the type of sensory reinforcement produced by stereotypy. We used an alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of matched and unmatched items (identified in competing items assessment) on the rates of stereotypy displayed by two students with autism. For one participant, both the matched and unmatched items reduced stereotypy compared to baseline levels. When offered a choice between the two items, this participant consistently chose the matched item. For the second participant, only the matched item produced reductions in stereotypy. When offered a choice between the two items, this participant chose the unmatched item across all opportunities. Results indicated that matched items might be more effective at reducing stereotypy, even though it may not be the most preferred item.

 
140. Short-Term, Home-Based, Applied Behaviour Analysis Training for Parents of Children With Autism: A Pilot Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN COWLED (Great Start Behaviour Services), Sheri Kingsdorf (BCBAhours)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Due the way disability services are funded in Australia, we were looking to create a new service delivery model of parent training that uses a short time frame (3 months). Our clients are school-aged children with autism, and their families. We interviewed the parents, using an adapted Functional Assessment Interview questionnaire, and conducted a parent self-efficacy questionnaire. We observed the clients over two weeks, gathering baseline data. A Positive Behaviour Support (PBS) Plan was developed. Parents will receive 5 home sessions (1 hour each). Sessions include implementation support by a BCaBA, in areas such as skills teaching, and reinforcement, using Behavioural Skills Training (BST). Parents will receive handouts, summarising topics including prompting and responding to challenging behaviour. We provide an implementation checklist, listing strategies, environmental supports, and skills teaching from the plan, to prompt parents to support the client throughout the week. Initial reports from families in regards to the service have been positive. Initial data indicate the rates of challenging behaviour have decreased for clients, and social validity data indicate parents feel more equipped to support their child. This is promising research, to show we can provide a short-term service, that is individualised, and beneficial.

 
141. The Perception of Performance: The Gap Between What is Needed and What is Done
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Caregiver Buy-In to a behavioral intervention is a critical piece to successfully reducing problem behavior and maintaining low rates. However, there may be a gap between how a caregiver perceives their own performance and how a therapist perceives the caregiver's performance. Such a gap between what the caregiver actually does versus what is actually needed, may have large effects on the results of a behavioral intervention. A questionnaire was provided to families receiving in-home services, asking caregivers to rate different aspects of their performance (e.g., comfort, confidence, enthusiasm, accuracy). A comparable questionnaire was filled out by the behavioral therapist to compare the perceptions of the caregiver and the therapist. Preliminary results suggest that one family was able to perceive their performance in the same way as the therapist and one family perceived their performance significantly different than the therapist. Narrowing or eliminating the gap between caregiver and therapist perception of performance may result in better understanding of what is needed to acquire and maintain behavioral change.

 
142. Evaluation of Online Parent/Staff Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Erin DiCesare (Mary Cariola Children's Center), Elizabeth Speares Robinson (State University of New York, Brockport), Mark Matz (State University of New York, Brockport)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

To increase access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) training, an evaluation of the instructional effectiveness of an online ABA training program for parents/staff with children with autism spectrum disorder was conducted. There were three staff members- and one parent-child dyads who completed the program. During phase 1, online, interactive, instructional modules concerning basic behavioral principles and procedures were completed by participants until they scored 80% or higher on a knowledge assessment. Of the four participants, two staff members required supplemental instruction. During phase II, online synchronous behavioral skills training was delivered to participants by a BCBA behavior analyst using Webcam and bluetooth technology within Blackboard Collaborate software. A multiple probe design across three staff-child dyads was conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the online behavioral skills training. Compared to baseline levels, each of the three staff members showed increases in percent quality training behaviors (i.e., prompting appropriate play, behavior specific praise, clear instructions) with their child following training. Using a case study design, the parent's training behaviors with her child also showed improvement. Social validation outcomes were also favorable. This online training strategy has implications to make behavioral skills training more accessible.

 
143. An Evaluation of Rote and Variable Vocal Model Prompting on Response Variability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Kathryn Glodowski (Pennsylvania State University-Harrisburg), Victoria Cohrs (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Maria Malachowski (Nationwide Children's Hospital), BRIANA JEAN LICHT (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kally Sorensen (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

An effective teaching strategy for children with autism is discrete trial instruction (DTI); DTI is criticized for contributing to rote or repetitive responding, which is already one symptom of autism (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Therefore, identifying procedures to improve variable responding within DTI remains a research focus. Peterson, Rodriguez, and Pawich (in press) evaluated response variability during the acquisition of intraverbal categorization with a variable and rote vocal model prompt within an adapted alternating treatments design. They found initial variability during both conditions. It's possible only initial variability occurred due to carry over from the rote prompt condition. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate both prompt types in isolation to eliminate the possibility of carryover. During Study 1 we evaluated response variability during the acquisition of intraverbal categorization with a variable vocal model prompt for six children diagnosed with autism; initial variability occurred for all participants. During Study 2 we conducted a similar evaluation with a rote vocal model prompt with four children diagnosed with autism; initial variability occurred for three participants. Additional research is needed to determine teaching procedures that promote response variability within DTI.

 
144. Reducing Problem Behavior During Functional Communication Training via a Multi-Component Environmental Enrichment Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL PATRICK MULLANE (Syracuse University; University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that environmental enrichment procedures (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement) can reduce problem behavior during functional communication training. The current study applied a multi-component environmental enrichment procedure to functional communication training with a nine-year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Following preliminary assessments, we began traditional functional communication training for attention-maintained problem behavior; however, we discontinued this treatment due to the occurrence of problem behavior during pre-training. To reduce problem behavior and minimize the establishing operation for problem behavior we implemented a phase of continuous reinforcement (i.e., toyplay) followed by a phase of multi-component functional communication training including fixed-time delivery of attention plus continuous access to tangibles. Using ABA reversals, we compared the multi-component treatment varying reinforcement for mands and problem behavior across phases as well as the multi-component treatment to traditional functional communication training. We observed changes in mands in the former comparison and changes in problem behavior in the latter. We attempted, but were not able to replicate these effects with escape- and tangible-maintained problem behavior as traditional functional communication training was effective across both. We conducted toyplay probes throughout treatment and lastly, conducted reinforcement thinning across all treatments. Results offer implications for troubleshooting ineffective functional communication training programs.

 
145. "Diverso un ca..lcio": Results After One Year From the Launch of the Adapted Soccer Pilot Project for Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADELE ANAGRAFICA CARPITELLI (Université degli Studi di Modena e Reggio Emilia; Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Valentina Petrini (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Jacopo Palmucci (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Claudia Poggiolini (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente)
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

In the present study we have investigated the effects of a motor training carried out in a naturalistic and inclusive context on the increase of Daily Living Skills (DLS), social and prosocial interactions, a decrease of problem behaviors and Body Mass Index (BMI). The participants were six students with Autism, with different level of verbal behavior (Greer & Ross, 2008) and an average age of 12 year and 6 months. For the DLS we create 4 different task analysis, (put and take off clothes, make a shower and take care of personal belongings) teaching by total task chaining and Constant Time Delay. for physical activity we created a curriculum based training that included jump, walk, balance and activity with ball. The results after one year of training showed a functional relation between the composite training and increase fo prosocial and social behavior, DLS and decrease of problem behavior.

 
146. Self-Determination Versus Contingent Primary Reinforcement for Increasing Self-Initiated Spontaneous Expressive Verbalizations in Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TERRE JOYCE GLAHN (Fun and Functional Behvaioral Services, LLC.; University of Arizona), Roberta Jackson (Eastern Washington University), Xiao-Li Glahn (Fun and Functional Behavioral Services, LLC.)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

This investigation studied the effectiveness for increasing spontaneous, self-initiated contextually relevant verbalizations in a 5 year, 5-month-old boy diagnosed with Autism and exhibiting minimal self-initiated language. Two distinct instructional strategies were implemented using an A-B-A design across several days within 5-minute time sample intervals noting the frequency of self-initiated verbalizations. The two instructional conditions consisted of Condition A: child determined use of language application on I-Pad with no external reinforcement, and Condition B: preferred primary reinforcers were delivered intermittently contingent upon increased self-initiated verbalizations. Results indicated a 34% reduction in verbalizations during the contingent reinforcement condition. The self-determined condition also provided a more fluid naturalistic instructional experience (Lane, Lieberman-Betz & Gust, 2015). Historically, self-determination is a relatively new behavioral concept but with historical ties to self-control (Premack & Anglin, 1973), self-regulation (Mahoney, 1976), and self-reinforcement (Rachlin, 1974). Later, the concept of self-management (Carr, et.al., 2002) brought the focus to the establishment of positive socially functional skills reducing the emphasis on decreasing socially undesirable behaviors. This positive nature of naturalistic instructional strategies spurred the current investigation.

 
147. The Effect of Motor Curriculum Training on Motor Milestone in Students With Developmental Delays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADELE ANAGRAFICA CARPITELLI (Università degli Studi di Modena e Reggio Emilia; Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Valentina Petrini (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Sara Nutini (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Giulia Restuccia (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente), Claudia Poggiolini (Centro di ricerca e apprendimento Allenamente)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Psychomotor development is a maturation process that allows children to acquire postural, motor, cognitive and relational skills in the first few months and years of life. In typical developing children, progression is steady and continuous, and this essentially depends on the maturation of the Central Nervous System (CNS), with varying times and modes for each child, but where it is possible to identify milestones that are reached according to a universally similar sequence (Jean Le Boulch, 2008). In motor development of students with autism or other developmental difficulties this is not true; It is also important to think that as a student with autism, motor activity can represent an important opportunity to develop functional abilities in areas that are most affected by the disorder: ??communication, social interaction, interests and behavior in general (Pontis, 2011). In the present study we have investigated the positive effects of a motor curriculum based training on the recovery of the deficit development milestone in students with developmental disabilities. we compare 2 year of training in two different groups of students; one received curriculum based training, the other one eclectic training. the results show that a curriculum based training is more efficient to recover the compromised motor milestones.

 
148. Selective Liquid Refusal
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAHNAE HARVEY (Tomorrow's Voices Bermuda Autism Early Intervention Centre)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract: This study reports on a 5-year-old male with autism who selectively refuses to drink water. This individual does not have total liquid refusal as he was quite receptive to accepting fruit juice. The dilution of juice along with reinforcement, using a stimulus-stimulus pairing method, and systematic increments of required quantities were used to condition water, increasing the probability of this individual accepting to consume water.
 
149. Using Eye-Tracking Technology to Operantly Condition the Gaze Behaviour of Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN GALLAGHER (Ulster University), Aideen McParland (Ulster University), Michael Keenan (Ulster University)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Eye-tracking equipment has traditionally been used to assess gaze behaviours across populations. However, the present studies use eye-tracking equipment as a teaching tool to operantly condition the gaze behaviour of individuals with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) towards social stimuli. Study 1 is a lab-based study in which 12 children with a diagnosis of ASD are taught to look towards social stimuli (i.e., faces) on a computer screen through reinforcement procedures in which points were accrued contingent upon the child fixating on a face for 1 second. All 12 children showed increased gaze duration and frequency towards faces post-training. Study 2 was a replication of Study 1 carried out in a classroom setting. Whilst the training was the same, the children's gaze behaviour was assessed using eye-tracking glasses in a real classroom environment. All 12 children showed increased gaze duration and frequency towards faces post-training.

 
150. Assessing Preference and Aptitude for Leisure Activities for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE SMITH (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Efrat Kemp (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study is to develop a user-friendly leisure activities assessment that considers both client preference and aptitude in determining appropriate leisure activities for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who require significant support. Two adult clients participated. The assessment is divided into three phases. During Phase 1 concurrent operant arrangements were used to develop a client profile for each of three critical leisure skills components: social interaction versus no interaction; electronic versus non-electronic tasks; and stationary tasks versus those that require movement. Learners were able to freely switch sides within session. Figures 1 and 2 show the percentage of session time learners spent on each side of room for each of the three component comparisons. Phase 2 will utilize a leisure activity matched to the profile generated in Phase 1 and compare it to an unmatched profile to determine if the clients are on-task more often for the matched activity. Phase 3 will assess client preference for the matched versus the unmatched activity using another concurrent operant paradigm. Future research will determine if clients learn new leisure activities more quickly if they are matched both to their critical skills profile and to their preference.

 
151. Effects of Procedural Fidelity of Photographic Activity Schedules on Client Performance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Missouri), Miriam Koech (University of Missouri Thompson Center), Alison Jo Cooper (University of Missouri), Savannah Tate (University of Missouri Thompson Center), Ashley Stevens (University of Missouri Thompson Center), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Photographic activity schedules have been shown to be effective at increasing appropriate and independent play skills with children with autism and other developmental disabilities (e.g., MacDuff, Krantz, & McClannahan, 1993) and are commonly used in clinical settings. However, little is known regarding the effects of fidelity of implementation of activity schedules on learner outcomes. It is possible, and likely, that improper implementation may hinder acquisition of schedule following. The purpose of the current study is to assess the level and types of errors that are being made by therapists implementing activity schedules, and to systematically evaluate the effects of poor and high procedural fidelity on learner outcomes. Data collection for this study is currently in progress. Three therapist-student dyads are participating (all students are diagnosed with autism). We have observed that therapists are making three main types of errors, and that improvements in therapist fidelity has resulted in improvements in student engagement with and acquisition of activity schedules for at least one participant.

 
152. Descriptive Analyses of Food Refusal and Acceptance in Two Groups of Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana), Rosa Carré (Universidad de Xalapa)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Functional analyses have found that the presentation of different forms of attention, escape and tangible items following food refusal could maintain that behavior. In the current investigation, we conducted descriptive analyses for children who present food selectivity to determine the kind of consequences delivered by parents following food refusal and food acceptance during parent conducted meals. The participants were five typically developing children and five children with an Autism Spectrum Diagnosis. The conditional probabilities for the delivery of attention, escape and tangible objects were obtained and compared to unconditional probabilities for those same events. Results showed that attention followed by escape were the consequences delivered most frequently by parents for both groups of children. The importance of tailoring procedures developed with children with developmental disabilities to evaluate food refusal and food acceptance with typically developing children, and to compare results between groups, will be discussed.

 
153. Systematic Removal of Treatment Package Components With Self-Injurious Behavior in a Teenage Girl With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE CRAN (Behavior Network; University of North Texas), Gabrielle Morris (Behavior Network; University of North Texas), Lesley MacPherson (Behavior Network; Endicott College), Amanda Collinsworth-Coffey (Behavior Network; Endicott College)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

A component analysis is being conducted for a punishment procedure that targets self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by escape and access to tangibles in a 16-year-old girl diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Components of the procedure includes: a contingent ponytail, vocal reprimand, blocking and/or physical redirection, and removal of reinforcers. The topographies include: hair pulling, face slapping, gagging, and hand/arm biting. All topographies of the target behaviors shared the same response class. Each component of the procedure will be systematically removed from the intervention as data on SIB are stable. Additionally, an 11-question social validity survey on a Likert Scale was administered to the participant's parents and therapists, all of whom were trained to implement the punishment procedure. Before each phase change, the survey targets the specific component that will be removed next. Questions on the survey target the validity, acceptability, preference, and reliability of treatment components. Thus far, results of this analysis indicate that SIB remains at a low, stable rate as components are removed. Additionally, results from the social validity survey suggest that the parents and therapists were likely to adhere to all of the punishment procedure components and believed all components were helpful for decreasing SIB.

 
154. Using Telehealth to Manage Problem Behavior: An Evaluation of Dropouts
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUNGEUN KANG (The University of Iowa), Pei Huang (The University of Iowa; Center for Disabilities and Development, University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Kenzie Marie Miller (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Telehealth is a promising approach for delivering functional analysis and functional communication training for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who display problem behavior (Wacker et al., 2013a; Wacker at al., 2013b). Researchers have investigated various aspects of behavioral assessment and treatment delivered via the telehealth model, such as cost benefits (Lindgren et al., 2016) and treatment fidelity (Suess, 2014). However, no research to date has evaluated dropouts within this model. The current study analyzed data from a telehealth behavioral assessment and treatment program, which is part of a randomized clinical trial of functional analysis procedures in progress across three sites (Lindgren & Wacker, 2015-2019; NIMH R01MH104363). Young children diagnosed with ASD who engaged in problem behavior and their primary caregivers participated in this study. Within a weekly assessment and treatment model employing functional communication training as the primary treatment, this study looked at the percentage of dropouts and the major themes among the reasons for dropping out. The results suggest that a common time for dropping out is prior to or at the beginning of assessment and common themes for dropouts include "family issues" and technology problems.

 
155. Assessment and Treatment of an Olfactory Stimulus as a Functional Reinforcer
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Sean Smith (Bancroft), KARISHA BRISTOW (Bancroft), Katherine Hurlock (Bancroft), Christina M. Vorndran (Drexel University)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

No previous research has been published that identified access to olfactory stimuli as a functional reinforcer maintaining severe problem behavior, however, one study has assessed olfactory preferences for individuals with developmental disabilities. In that study, Wilder et al. (2008) assessed three participants' preferences for various scents using a modified paired stimulus preference assessment procedure and subsequently confirmed the reinforcing value of these stimuli in a reinforcer assessment. In the current study, the self-injurious behavior of a 19 year old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and moderate intellectual disability, was assessed. A functional analysis identified that attention from a medical professional combined with the administration of liquid bandages functioned as a reinforcer. Based on the identified function, a paired choice olfactory preference assessment using methods similar to those described by Wilder et al. (2008) was conducted to identify scents that could be safely delivered on a dense schedule of reinforcement. Treatment consisted of functional communication training and noncontingent reinforcement throughout entire day using stimuli identified via the olfactory preference assessment. The effects of treatment were evaluated based on data collected continuously throughout the entire day and demonstrate the efficacy of the combined treatment for decreasing self-injurious behavior.

 
156. Low-Intensity Early Behavioral Intervention Among Japanese Preschoolers With Autism Spectrum Disorders -A Cooperative System Between Home and Kindergarten Using Closed SNS-
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MASAHIKO INOUE (Tottori Universisty)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

In Japan, existing intervention services are generally insufficient in terms of their quantity and quality to meet the identified needs of young children with ASDs and their families. To complement existing services, various ABA-based techniques combined with parental training are provided at a limited number of universities and private agencies, although of a lower intensity. This study reported of the 2-year outcomes in ASD young children who received low-intensity early behavioral intervention in community settings. Two children with ASD participated in this study. The training sessions at the training center in the university were offered once a week in about 90 minutes. Their parents participated in the parent training and trained their children at the home setting. The parents recorded movies of their home training, shared with the university staff and kindergartens using closed SNS, and received feedback from the staff. Also, the tasks at the training center were shared with kindergarten teachers through closed SNS and contributed to generalization in kindergarten. As a results, DQ and the adaptive behaviors and the other scores improved, and the generalizations were observed in their home setting and kindergarten. It was discussed that the usefulness of the support system by combining ABA with Japanese public service such as parent training and consultation to kindergarten.

 
157. Social Media and Autism: Review of Research and Recommendations for Practitioners
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
MARIA INATY (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The technology revolution in the past two decades has resulted in a society in which technology pervades every aspect of social and work life. In particular, the proliferation of smart phones and social media, and the necessity to use smart phone apps to navigate virtually every aspect of daily life, results in a lifestyle in which humans are connected to electronic devices on a near continuous basis. Most parents find it highly difficult to regulate phone and social media use and children often therefore never have the opportunity to learn what life is like without depending on interaction through devices. While there are certainly many threats posed by social media, there may be many potential benefits, especially to populations who may have challenges with traditional social interaction, such as those with autism. This poster reviews research on technology and autism. Results indicate that videogame use is generally negatively correlated with social success and positively correlated with challenging behavior. Little research has evaluated the potential positive contributions of social media to individuals with autism and what does exist has generally showed little or no benefit. However, relatively little research has been done on this issue and even less, or none, has been done within behavior analysis. After summarizing and discussing the current state of research, this poster provides tentative recommendation for practitioners on how to navigate social media until research is available that provides empirically derived guidelines.

 
 
 
Symposium #282
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Children With Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Discussant: Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include two presentations. The purpose of the first study was to evaluate the effects of a treatment based on the results of a trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) that utilized isolated and synthesized reinforcement contingencies. Across all participants, challenging behavior occurred during most during synthesized TBFA condition, but only occurred during one of the two isolated conditions. During the treatment evaluation, participants were taught three responses that corresponded to each of the conditions evaluated in the TBFA. All participants allocated responding to the response that matched one of the isolated contingencies, suggesting challenging behavior for was maintained by isolated reinforcement contingencies. The purpose of the second study was to evaluate the effect of demand fading on the resurgence of challenging behavior following functional communication training. Participants with autism who engaged in escape-maintained challenging behavior participated. During the treatment evaluation, functional communication training with demand fading was compared to functional communication training with a dense schedule of reinforcement. Resurgence of challenging behavior in each condition was assessed. Results indicate idiosyncratic responding across participants and suggest the need for further investigation of intervention variables that affect resurgence. The discussant will summarize implications for practice and directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): function-based intervention, functional analysis, resurgence
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is behavior analysts who work with children with autism and other developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: Following symposium attendance, attendees should be able to: 1. Describe trial-based functional analysis procedures 2. Identify intervention procedures matched to functional analysis results 3. Describe how resurgence can affect long-term reductions in challenging behavior
 

Treatment Evaluation Following Synthesized Trial-Based Functional Analysis

Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), MARIE DAVID (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Various methods have been developed to enhance the efficiency of functional analyses. One of these methods includes synthesizing all variables suspected of maintaining challenging behavior into a single test condition. The purposes of the current study were to (a) compare synthesized and isolated reinforcement contingencies in a trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) and (b) to evaluate treatment based on the results of the TBFA. Three children with autism participated in the current study. Results of the TBFA were consistent across all three children. Challenging behavior was observed during most of the synthesized trials. However, when reinforcement contingencies were evaluated in isolation, challenging behavior was sensitive to only one of the two contingencies. To clarify the results of the TBFA, we implemented functional communication training. Each child was taught three mands that corresponded to the contingencies tested in the TBFA. During treatment sessions, children most frequently selected the response corresponding to one of the isolated reinforcement contingencies. Additionally, challenging behavior immediately decreased. These results suggest that challenging behavior for all three participants was sensitive to isolated reinforcement contingencies.

 

An Evaluation of the Effect of Demand Fading on the Resurgence of Challenging Behavior

SUPRIYA RADHAKRISHNAN (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Amy Nicole Feind (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Resurgence, or the reoccurrence, of challenging behavior often occurs following successful treatment with functional communication training. It is important to identify treatment variables that reduce the resurgence of challenging behavior. The current study assessed the impact of demand fading (i.e., increasing the number of demands required prior to reinforcing mands) on resurgence of challenging behavior. Two participants with autism who engaged in escape-maintained challenging behavior participated in this study. Following the functional analysis, the efficacy of functional communication training was assessed within a reversal design. Throughout the functional communication training phases, the child participants were taught two mands during alternating sessions. In the second functional communication training phase, one of the two mands was associated with demand fading, while the other mand was associated with a consistently low task requirement (i.e., dense schedule of reinforcement). Following the treatment evaluation phase, resurgence was assessed in an extinction phase. Results of the resurgence evaluation varied by participant, with one participant engaging in challenging behavior across both conditions and the other participant not engaging in challenging behavior across either condition. We plan to conduct similar procedures with two additional participants and anticipate that data collection will be complete in February 2018.

 
 
Symposium #283
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing the Unique Social Needs of Individuals With High-Functioning Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Charlotte Mann (Western New England University; University of St Joseph)
CE Instructor: Charlotte Mann, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Adolescents and young adults with high-functioning autism (HFA) frequently have the content knowledge and vocational skills necessary to participate with typically developing peers in educational and employment settings. Their full integration in these settings, however, can be negatively impacted by differences in how they participate in verbal communities and resolve both social and non-social problems they encounter. We will present two empirical studies conducted with adolescents with HFA, one in which we taught problem-solving strategies that participants then successfully applied to solve novel problems in the natural environment. In the second study, we applied a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal interactions, to describe a novel outcome measure for assessing derivational stimulus control over intraverbal behavior. In addition, we reviewed literature on altering the prosody behavior of individuals with HFA. We will provide recommendations for clinicians on how to develop problem-solving and social skills in individuals with HFA, and for researchers interested in furthering our scientific understanding of these topics.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): high-functioning autism, intraverbal behavior, problem-solving, prosody behavior
Target Audience:

We will be making recommendations appropriate for practitioners and researchers, particularly relevant to those who work with individuals with high-functioning autism.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify procedures that have been effective in teaching problem-solving skills that can generalize to novel scenarios in educational and vocational contexts. 2. Participants will learn to apply a stimulus equivalence framework to examine intraverbal interactions. 3. Participants will be able to identify what researchers have learned about the prosody behavior of individuals with high-functioning autism.
 

Generalization of Problem-Solving Skills to Vocational and Educational Settings by Individuals With High-Functioning Autism

(Applied Research)
REGAN MADORE (The Gengras Center), Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph), Sarah Lessard (The Gengras Center), Laura B. Turner (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract:

To be successful in educational and vocational settings, individuals with disabilities must be able to use problem-solving strategies to determine effective and socially acceptable responses to problems that arise. We investigated the effects of teaching individuals with high-functioning autism (ASD) to discriminate problem and non-problem situations, and apply a problem-solving strategy in response to problems. During training sessions, participants were exposed to non-problem scenarios, problem scenarios they were not directly involved in, and problem scenarios including both social and non-social solutions. Participants learned to discriminate problems from non-problems, classify whether they were directly involved in the problems, and generate solutions to the problem scenarios during interviews that followed each training session. In addition, during in vivo scenarios that we staged prior to and throughout training, both participants successfully applied the problem-solving strategies learned to solve novel problems in educational and vocational settings. Data collected thus far suggest that it may be beneficial for clinicians to apply these procedures to teach other adolescents or young adults with autism an effective problem-solving strategy.

 

Conditioning Derivational Stimulus Control Over Intraverbal Behavior of Adolescents With Autism

(Applied Research)
ALEXANDRIA ARRIAGA (University of Texas at San Antonio), Lee L Mason (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Conditioning stimulus control over intraverbals, the operant class of social behavior, is a primary function of the verbal community. Addressing intraverbal deficits, however, continues to be a challenge for researchers, due to the lack of precise measures, as well as practitioners, because of the sparse literature on establishing discriminations between various verbal stimuli. Applying a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal interactions, this paper describes a novel outcome measure for assessing derivational stimulus control over the intraverbal behavior of adolescents with high-functioning autism. Using two-sentence affordance narratives, we evaluated the relative control of reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive stimuli over participants' responses to who, what, and where questions. Results show a derivation gradient analogous to the generalization gradients described by Guttman and Kalish (1956). Across the three variations of Wh- questions, reflexive questions generated the strongest responding, while transitive questions provided the weakest levels of stimulus control. Error analyses show response prepotencies across each level of derivation. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Prosody Behavior in Individuals With High Functioning Autism: A Review and Call for Research

(Theory)
CHARLOTTE MANN (Western New England University; University of St. Joseph), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University; Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Differences in prosody behavior between individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and their typically developing peers have been considered a central feature of ASD since the earliest clinical descriptions of the disorder (e.g., Kanner, 1943). Differences in prosody pose a particular concern for individuals with high functioning autism (HFA) who operate in environments designed for typically developing people. The purpose of this review is to examine the state of the literature focused on altering the prosody behavior of individuals with HFA and to provide recommendations for researchers who are interested in contributing to the scientific understanding of prosody.

 
 
Paper Session #284
Applications of ABA to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder in China
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT
Chair: Dorothy Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARD))
 

A Theoretical, Cultural, and Training Delivery Model of a Social Skill Training Program for School-Age Children With Autism in Mainland China

Domain: Service Delivery
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)), Xue Li (Peking University Sixth Hospital; Peking University Institute of Mental Health; Key Laboratory of Mental Health; Ministry of Health (Peking University)), Yu Qing Zhou (Peking University Sixth Hospital; Peking University Institute of Mental Health; Key Laboratory of Mental Health; Ministry of Health (Peking University)), Yanqing Guo (Institute of Mental Health, Beijing University), Jing Liu (Peking University Sixth Hospital; Peking University Institute of Mental Health; Key Laboratory of Mental Health; Ministry of Health (Peking University))
 
Abstract:

Over the past decade, there has been an increased level of service delivery for children with autism in mainland, China. This presentation focuses on a theoretical, cultural, and training delivery framework for a social skills training program for school-aged children with autism in mainland China. This on-going project was established and delivered by The No. 6 Hospital of Peking University. Thus far, 49 children between the age of 6 to 16 participated in this social skills training program, which took place across 14 weeks. Parents of the participants also received training on this social skill training program simultaneously to promote generalization post-training. This social training program achieved positive outcome in reducing inappropriate speech, irritability, stereotypic behavior, and hyperactivity among children. Parents also provide positive feedback about this program. This presentation will begin by providing an overview of autism diagnosis and ABA service delivery in China. Then it will focus on the cultural and demographic factors surrounding the development and delivery of a behavioral training model, providing the audience with tools and considerations for the establishment of an effective program when working with different populations.

 

Applied Behaviour Analytic Interventions for Children Diagnosed With Autism in Mainland China: A Rapid Review

Domain: Theory
YINI LIAO (Sun Yat-Sen University), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
 
Abstract:

There has been a lot of empirical research now proves the effectiveness of ABA, particularlyon children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The science of behaviour analysis is widely used on children with autism spectrum disorder from around the world, including China. Nevertheless, few researchers have synthesised the findings of these empirical studies of ABA-based interventions in China. This paper decribed an evidence summary of these studies with an aim to describe the status quo of the practices of ABA-based interventions in China. Six English language databases and two Chinese langauge databases were searched in two rapid reviews. The results generated eight articles that met the selection criteria, which summarised the status of ABA in research and in practice in China. The Chinese ABA-based programmes were featured by the parental involvement. A widely use of eclectic method and lack of well-designed experimental studies were discussed. The implications of these findings for future researchers and practioners were highlighted.

 
 
 
Paper Session #285
Promoting Social Interactions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT
Chair: William Earl Woods (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
 

Social Skills Modeling for Adolescents Autism Spectrum Disorder Eligible in Common Areas

Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM EARL WOODS (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
 
Abstract:

Adolescents identified on the Autism Spectrum have difficulty interacting with peers on a social level in common area settings, such as the cafeteria. While they may feel a strong sense of social anxiety stemming from approaching their peers and engaging in a conversation, the use of role-play may be a tool to aid them that can increase peer interactions. Our pilot study evaluated the Managing Feelings lesson from the We Have Choices (WHC) curriculum using a single-subject non-concurrent multiple baseline model to determine if a functional relationship was present. Each of the three participants had a history of low positive social behavioral interaction in the cafeteria. At the conclusion of our pilot study, each participant?s social behavior improved and social interactions increased in common areas. During the course of this study, the positive behavior of the participants increased ranging from 10 to 90 percent. Results are discussed in relation to utilizing WHC with adolescents, teachers, and parents.

 

Using Common Interests to Increase Socialisation Between Children With Autism and Their Peers

Domain: Service Delivery
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Tendrils Centre for Autism Research and Intervention), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
 
Abstract:

The skill deficits observed in developing social relationships is a defining feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The failure noted in the acquisition and maintenance of complex social behaviours may be associated with a motivation deficit often noted in this population. These social deficits are considered important targets for intervention due to their influence on long-term outcomes. In the present study, we assessed whether identifying and incorporating the common interests of children with ASD and their typically developing peers would result in increases in social engagement and initiations. Three children diagnosed with ASD were paired with three typically developing peers for the study. A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the treatment. Results showed that the intervention produced rapid increases in social engagement and initiations for all participants, without any direct social skill training. These results were also maintained during the follow-up session. Two out of the three participants showed generalization of skills to the natural environment wherein common interests were not incorporated.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #286
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

OBM and ACT: A Synergistic Powerhouse for Health and Wellbeing

Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth)
Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D., BCBA, Pn1 works as an Associate Professor of Psychology at the University of Minnesota Duluth and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She assisted with the proposal and development of a new masters graduate program in psychological science, served as Chair of the Teaching and Learning Committee within the shared faculty governance system, and assisted with the formation of the UMD Wellness Collaborative for which she is Co-Chair. Dr. Slowiak has taught and developed undergraduate and graduate courses on statistics, research methods, organizational behavior management, organizational psychology, personnel psychology, applied behavior analysis, organizational systems and development, personnel training and development, and worker wellbeing. Nominated by both faculty and students, she has received multiple awards at UMD to recognize excellence in teaching and advising. Dr. Slowiak is the founder of InJewel LLC and a personal and professional coach and consultant. She is an expert in the science of human behavior with an emphasis on performance management, behavioral systems analysis, employee motivation, and general behavior change. Current projects include facilitating performance management and leadership development workshops to local organizations, providing ongoing, voluntary organizational consultation to a animal shelter, and providing healthy lifestyle behavior change coaching to individuals.
Abstract:

Successful and thriving communities must adopt a strategic and adaptable approach health and wellbeing to create a sustainable culture of health. Now, while there is an increasing focus on mental health around the globe, is the time to broaden the reach of our science to support individual health and wellbeing. As behavioral scientists and practitioners, have the knowledge to apply our science to help individuals and the communities within which they live, learn, work, and play override their “default” actions, cultivate resilience, and develop supportive environments. In particular, the corporate world presents behavioral scientists with tremendous opportunities for large-scale interventions designed to increase psychological wellbeing, fueled by demand from lost revenue that could improve the lives of millions around the world. In this presentation, I will share my story and describe my experiences teaching others how to support everyday behavior and wellbeing using behavioral science. I will also share how my self-study in the area of acceptance and commitment training (ACT), along with my background in organizational behavior management (OBM), has enhanced my own life and has provided me with knowledge, skills, and tools to be a more effective teacher, coach, and consultant. Finally, I will share insights about the struggles I have encountered as an entrepreneur while conveying our science to those outside the field and how collaboration with other professionals is a key component to transforming culture on a large scale.

Target Audience:

Professionals, including behavior analysts, working with behavior change in any context, interested in doing practical work to support the health and wellbeing of individuals and organizations; psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) describe how behavioral science can support everyday behavior and wellbeing; (2) describe how the combination of OBM and ACT provide a unique perspective for the development of a strategic, adaptable, and sustainable approach health and wellbeing; (3) and describe why we might modify our language in a way that is functional for the rest of the world.
 
 
Panel #287
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Establishing Conditioned Reinforcement for Reading and Writing and Incorporating Functional Writing Contingencies in the General Education Setting
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Lara Gentilini, M.A.
Chair: Lara Gentilini (Teachers College, Columbia University)
COLLEEN CUMISKEY MOORE (Teachers College, Columbia University)
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University)
JENNIFER LEE (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for academic stimuli and subject areas is a critical educational objective—particularly conditioned reinforcement for reading and writing. When established, conditioned reinforcement for reading serves as an academic function, including increased reading comprehension repertoires. There are also academic benefits to establishing the reinforcement value of writing, as reinforcement for writing and the ability to write to communicate may not develop incidentally. Research has established conditioned reinforcement for writing through an observational procedure—specifically observing a writer communicating with his or her reader. It is also necessary to develop a functional writing repertoire, in which students come under the functional reinforcement of writing to affect the behavior of a reader. Functional writing can extend to other types of writing (i.e., writing math algorithms), where students contact the natural consequences of writing effective math algorithms and acquire functional reinforcement for solving new types of math problems. The purpose of this panel is to provide an overview of the protocols used to establish conditioned reinforcement for reading and writing and procedures for teaching functional writing repertories, as well as to explain the significance of such reinforcement value and repertories in the general education setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel includes teachers as strategic scientists, as well as those interested in learning more about the application of behavior analysis in the general education setting.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (a) describe the procedures for, and educational significance of, conditioning procedures for reading and writing, and (b) state the procedures for teaching a functional writing repertoire, and describe the ways that functional writing can extend to other types of writing (i.e., writing math algorithms) in a general education setting.
Keyword(s): conditioning reading, conditioning writing, functional writing, general education
 
 
Invited Paper Session #288
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

What is Delay Discounting, and Why Should I Care?

Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
Amy Odum is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Her research interests are in basic behavioral phenomena, such as response persistence, sensitivity to delayed outcomes, conditional discriminations, and environmental influences on drug effects. Her work has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute of Mental Health. She completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont's Human Behavioral Pharmacology Laboratory after earning her Ph.D. and MA in Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, from West Virginia University. She received a BS in Psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Odum has been Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She is a Fellow of ABAI and is currently Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
Abstract:

Delay discounting is, most simply, the decline in the value of temporally remote outcomes. Delay discounting represents a true success story for the experimental analysis of behavior: A procedure, born in the pigeon laboratory, extended in literally thousands of experiments across species, populations, domains, and fields of inquiry. What exactly is it though? Questions linger among behavior analysts about the validity, utility, and meaning of the procedures and processes. This presentation will try to address those types of questions as well as talk about exciting new directions and applications of delay discounting to problems of human concern.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Pending.
 
 
Symposium #289
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Student Progress on Goals in Public Schools: Results from Two Large Intervention Projects
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Discussant: Samuel L. Odom (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
CE Instructor: Laura J. Hall, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have lamented the infrequent use of behavioral strategies in public schools. This symposium will focus on: the process used to implement and measure progress on individualized goals for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The targets typically addressed in the goals and the progress on goals as a result of training and coaching from two large-scale, Institute on Education Sciences, funded projects will be presented. One study focused on the implementation of Classroom Pivotal Response Training in 109 classrooms grades pre-K to fifth, and the second, the Center on Secondary Education for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (CSESA), measured the results from a multi-component intervention in 60 high schools and 547 students across three states. Both studies used Goal Attainment Scaling (GAS) to measure progress with individual goals by developing a scalable assessment that enables comparison across goals and students developed by Ruble (2010). Working with teachers, target goals are created in observable and measurable terms using a 5-point scale. Sample single-case design graphs will be presented to supplement the GAS goal results. Information about ways to assist school personnel with the foundational skills of designing and measuring goals is important for all providing support in the schools.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Goal writing, Progress monitoring, School context, Teacher coaching
Target Audience:

Professionals working in schools with a BCBA

 

Goal Attainment Scaling to Measure Student Outcomes in Classroom Pivotal Response Teaching

JESSICA SUHRHEINRICH (San Diego State University), Sarah Reith (San Diego State University), Melina Melgarejo (San Diego State University), Janice Chan (University of California, San Diego), Aubyn Stahmer (University of California, Davis)
Abstract:

Autism interventions proven to be efficacious in controlled research settings are often not well integrated into school settings, demonstrating the need for adaptation for classroom use. Classroom Pivotal Response Teaching (CPRT) is a behavioral intervention for children with ASD adapted from Pivotal Response Training (Stahmer, Suhrheinrich, & Rieth, 2017). This paper provides an overview of a large-scale community effectiveness trial of CPRT and the use of Goal Attainment Scaling (GAS) to measure student progress toward individualized learning goals. Randomized waitlist-control design was used with 109 preschool and elementary classrooms over three years. Teachers (n=109) and students (n=256) from 17 school districts participated. Individualized learning goals using GAS methodology (Ruble et al., 2010) were used to measure change in student functioning over each academic year. Data collection involved teacher interview, observation, and review of data collection records. Child participants were 5.8 years old (r=3 to 11), 83% male and 46% Hispanic with cognitive functioning in the low-average range (M=69.68; SD=20.67). Overall group differences were limited, however a factorial ANOVA with contrasts indicated students in the CPRT group demonstrated significantly more progress on social goals (t(64)=3.60, p<.001). Results indicate GAS is a feasible method for standardizing measurement of student IEP goals.

 

Goal Attainment Scaling in a Large Scale Randomized Clinical Trial for High School Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BONNIE KRAEMER (San Diego State University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University), Kara Hume (University of North Carolina at Chapel HIll), Leann Smith-Dawalt (Waisman Center, University of Wisconsin), Jessica Steinbrenner (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Samuel L. Odom (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Abstract:

The Center on Secondary Education for Students with ASD (CSESA) recently completed an RCT to evaluate a comprehensive intervention model for high school students with ASD (n=547). The CSESA model targets four core domains: social competence, academics, independence and transition. Sixty high schools across three states (California, Wisconsin, North Carolina) participated in the IES funded project with 30 schools randomly assigned to the intervention (TX) and 30 to the services as usual (SAU) group. 303 participants across the 30 TX schools received a comprehensive intervention implemented over a 2-year period and 244 participants received usual services. Outcome data was collected at three time points and consisted of direct and indirect measures. This paper will present Goal Attainment Scale (GAS) outcome data for the TX vs SAU participants across the four domain areas and total. Each GAS goal was measured on a 5-point scale with 0 indicating no progress (baseline) and 4 indicating the goal was exceeded. Results indicate that post intervention GAS goals were higher overall (2.38 vs 2.18) and in each of the four target domains for TX vs SAU participants. Implications for using GAS as an outcome measure in large-scale projects and in schools will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #290
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Various Socially Relevant Skills Using a Stimulus Equivalence Training Framework With Commercially Available Learning Tools
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In recent years, research in the area of Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) has demonstrated that a variety of skills can be taught using basic EBI experimental preparations, including undergraduate and graduate academic content and behavior analytic skills. However, many questions remain (e.g., training/testing protocols, response-prompting, class sizes, reinforcement schedules, instructional feedback etc.). The three studies included in this symposium further investigated the use of equivalence-based procedures to teach typically developing adults complex socially relevant behavior (graphical analysis, identify medical conditions, and sight-singing). The three skills that were taught are ones that have proven to be very difficult to teach with traditional approaches. In addition, the three studies extended the literature to demonstrate that EBI can also result in the emergence of topographically dissimilar (e.g., selection-based vs. tact) responses. These emergent responses are analogous to the primary socially relevant skill for the target learner. In addition, inexpensive commercially available web-based applications were used for all training and testing.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): derived, emergent, s, stimulus equivalence, typically developing
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

 

Teaching the Visual Analysis of Graphs With Equivalence-Based Instruction: A Replication and Extension Using Commercially Available Learning Tools

BRYAN J. BLAIR (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated alarmingly low interrater agreement when visually inspecting trends in single-subject designs (see Wolfe, Seaman, & Drasgow, 2016). Typical didactic instruction of visual analysis for behavior analysts has yielded poor and unreliable results (Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, & Bouxsein, 2013). As such, a refined technology to improve the reliability among behavior analysts is warranted. Recently, developing research has focused on the emergence of untrained and novel responding with the use of Equivalence Based-Instruction (EBI) (Rehfeldt, 2011) and multiple-exemplar training (MET) for a variety of academic skills. Blair et al. (in preparation, 2017) demonstrated the efficacy of EBI for teaching the visual analysis of graphs. The current study extended and replicated Blair et al. (2017) by using commercially available learning tools for the EBI training platform and also included transfer-of-function probes (i.e., tacts). Initial results suggest that these learning tools are effective in establishing equivalence classes with undergraduate student participants and resulted in better generalization than previous studies, and that written tacts emerged with high accuracy.

 

Training Sight-Singing Using Equivalence-Based Instruction; A Preliminary Investigation

PAUL MAHONEY (Endicott College; Amego, Inc.), Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The current study evaluates the application of equivalence-based instruction to teach sight-singing two adults. Sight singing is defined as the singing of the correct notes as indicated on sheet music. Generally, this is considered a difficult task to master by learners of music. The purpose of this study is as follows: to extend the application of equivalence-based instruction to a relatively novel content-area (i.e., singing), assess if generalization occurs to a novel response topography (i.e., participant vocalization of identified note pitch), and to apply commercially-available technology to the instruction. To train sight-singing, equivalence-based instruction technology was applied using commercially available technology. Following an initial baseline in which all relations were assessed (AB, AC, BA, CA, BC, CB, and BD), match-to-sample (MTS) training was conducted using the commercially-available technologies. Equivalence tests and an evaluation of a novel response topography will be conducted. This study will determine if sight-singing can be taught using equivalence-based instructional procedures.

 

Using Equivalence Based Instruction to Teach the Identification of Asymmetrical Head Shapes in Infants: A Preliminary Analysis

ELIZABETH KIRBY (Endicott College; Hopeful Journeys Educational Center), Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the application of Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) to teach identification of symptomatic and asymptomatic head shapes in infants. EBI methodology employs match to sample presentation. In this study components were presented using commercially available computer based technology. This technology was used while maintaining instruction and application in an EBI model. The use of this EBI technology allowed the experimenter to quickly teach complex skills to a variety of individuals. Subsequently teaching nurses who generally interact with infants in a pediatrician's office provides the potential for earlier diagnosis of the targeted medical conditions that produces asymmetrical heads; craniosynostosis, and plagiocephaly. Craniosynostosis affects one child in every 2,000 children (Proctor, 2014). Plagiocephaly affects 20-25% of infants in the united states (CDC, 2017). Early diagnosis of craniosynostosis provides more treatment options, with the opportunity of lowering medical costs (Hashim, Patel, Yang, Travieso, Terner, Losee, & Mayes, 2014). The application of EBI will enhance the early identification of craniosynostosis and plagiocephaly in infants as well as demonstrate the use of a commercially available technology in the application of EBI.

 
 
Symposium #291
Removing Barriers in Our Science: How to Expand the Use of Behavioral Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: De'Lon Jaylen Dixon (Western Michigan University )
Discussant: De'Lon Jaylen Dixon (Western Michigan University )
Abstract:

This symposium will discuss several ways we can expand the use of Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavioral Management across all industries. Principles of our science can be applied in almost every industry from software, manufacturing, health care, criminal justice, to even entertainment. Our methods of problem solving are efficient and sound, therefore they should be applied widespread. Often times individuals tend to unintentionally set boundaries on our field by only conducting research on traditional topics, and working in traditional BA and OBM industries. While focusing on those topics and industries are important, we need to expand our horizon to non-traditional areas to justify the merit of our science to individuals that are unfamiliar with it. If behavioral analyst begin working and conducting research in new fields we can introduce our methods to a greater population ultimately expanding our field. The objective of this symposium is to motivate individuals to expand the use of these sciences and provide them with possible avenues of doing so.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Innovation, Instructional Design, OBM, Training Development
 

Training and Development With Behavioral Principles

JOSHUA JAMES TURSKE (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In many organizations it is common practice to compel employees to spend many hours attending training seminars with the hope they will acquire the necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities by the conclusion of the session. In practice, organizations will be lucky if 10% of what is presented during these training sessions transfer onto the job initially, and even luckier if what has been "trained" maintains over time. One solution to this training epidemic is a behavioral approach to training and development, which effectively and efficiently maps out the most productive way to design, build, and execute your training modules. This introductory talk to training and development will also cover a side that is often overlooked in the realm of training, proper instructional design, as well as how technology has been integrated over the years to continually build upon and strengthen the foundation of training.

 

Computer Based Instruction: Does a Behavior Analyst Belong?

AUSTIN SEABERT (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Computer based instruction (CBI) is a common tool used in training skills and developing repertoires in educational settings, as well training and onboarding within an organization. There are several reasons as to why CBI may be used, including flexibility, price, functionality, ect. Regardless of the reasoning behind using computer based instruction, several considerations should be made regarding the development of such instructional methods, so as to avoid developing instruction that is simply computer based without being effective. Given the impact behavior analysis has had on instruction and learning, it seems appropriate for behavior analysis to extend to the areas of computer based instruction. This presentation seeks to bring to light considerations for developing computer based instruction as well as identifying some important components of effective computer based instruction.

 
 
Panel #292
CE Offered: BACB
The Impact of a Leadership Training Package on Organizational Measures
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Alyssa Kavner, M.A.
Chair: Alyssa Kavner (Easterseals Southern California)
JENNIE MYHRA (Easterseals Southern California)
KIMBERLEY ANDREA ENLOE (Easterseals Southern California)
JACQUELINE B. GANLEY (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) is an area of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) which uses behavior analytic principles to improve employee performance, staff training, and management strategies (Reid & Parsons, 2000). The field of OBM is moving towards taking on a systems perspective when analyzing possible solutions to organizational problems (Abernathy, 2008, 2014; Brethower, 2001; Diener, McGee, & Miguel, 2009; Methot et al., 1996; Tosti & Herbst, 2009) including when attempting to improve employee performance. This approach emphasizes aligning leader behavior to organizational goals to improve organizational outcomes. Additionally, use of OBM strategies included in training procedures have been shown to effectively produce overall changes in employee behaviors (Langeland et al., 1997; Methot et al., 1996; Shapiro & Kazemi 2017). Panelists will discuss an intervention to train organizational leaders in departments consisting of several levels of management to improve outcomes on measures related to service line strategic goals. Similar to the study conducted by Szabo et al. (2012), the intervention consisted of didactic training paired with modeling and role-play with feedback, regularly scheduled meetings and use of performance scorecards. Specifically, panelists will discuss an overview of the scorecard system implemented in a human services organization and the leadership training package designed to increase associates use of that scorecard system. Additional discussion will include how performance assessment tools were used to further evaluate regional needs in implementing interventions to improve management strategies related to targeted organizational measures on the scorecard system.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Managers Supervisors Company Owners

Learning Objectives: Identify effective components of a Leadership Training Package for their Supervisors Identify and execute the steps for leading others in aligning staff to organizational priorities Identify the necessary components of assessing an organization's need for specific interventions
Keyword(s): Leadership, OBM, Scorecards, Training
 
 
Panel #294
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Rapid Prompting Method: Facilitated Communication in Sheep's Clothing and a Threat to the Delivery of Effective Interventions
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Paul A. Dores, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates)
PAUL A. DORES (Psychologist in Private Practice; Verbal Behavior Associates)
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
PAMELA TOWNSEND (Dannis Woliver Kelley)
Abstract:

Soma Rapid Prompting Method (RPM) is a methodology that purports to build communication and academic skills in learners with autism and other diagnoses using intensive verbal, auditory, visual, and tactile prompts. Use of RPM is often accompanied by extraordinary claims that learners exhibited exceptional skill levels, and even genius-like talents, even though most had shown no signs of such skills before RPM was used and no scientific research supports those claims. This panel discussion will address the similarities between Rapid Prompting Method and Facilitated Communication (FC) and threats that both represent to the effective implementation of applied behavior analysis interventions (for example, when false communications produced via RPM or FC replace actual, independent communication, or those methods supplant proven intervention methods). Objective procedures for testing the authorship of messages produced via RPM or FC and the ethical and legal challenges they pose for ABA practitioners and school districts will also be discussed.

Target Audience:

All ABA practitioners and educational professionals: BCBAs, BCaBA, School Psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel discussion, participants will be able to: 1) Identify the barriers to applying effective interventions when encountering non-evidence based practices. 2) List the ethical issues surrounding Rapid Prompting Method 3) Describe the Iaws and regulations around the usage of RPM in schools
 
 
Panel #295
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Effective Supervision: How to Balance Requirements of University Programs, Human Service Agencies, and Third-Party Payers
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Anna M. Young, Ph.D.
Chair: Anna M. Young (Montana State University, Billings)
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (Western Michigan University)
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence)
Abstract:

Amidst the ever-changing landscape of updated requirements for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Task List(s) and Experience Standards, agency directors often face organizational challenges balancing the needs of clients and their families, resource allotment, and third-party payers. The panelists in this session will highlight specific ethical and supervisory challenges that may exist when students working under BACB Experience Standards, human service operations (e.g., services for autism spectrum disorder), and a variety of payers (e.g., insurance, waivers, school funds, etc.) collide in the pursuit of socially valid behavioral treatment. Policies, procedures, training protocols, and parent handbooks can be developed with the purpose of supporting cooperation and increasing collaboration. When requirements change from any stakeholder, others must adapt and reflect the changes in practice. Building a culture that is responsive to change in many ways benefits the whole agency. Participants in this session will gain an understanding of recent BACB supervisory changes, related challenges presented by third-party payers, and creative solutions that have been developed in order to balance collaborative efforts.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

BACB Supervisors, Agency Directors, Billing/Insurance Managers, University Contact Faculty for BACB Practicum Programs

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify current and future BACB Experience Standards that may impact supervisee training in human service agencies (clinic, home-based, and school settings). 2. Gain an understanding of factors that may impact ethical supervision in practicum settings (e.g., requirements by third-party payers, family expectations, privacy policies). 3. Develop proactive solutions to challenges that may result from a clash between practicum supervisees, third-party payers, and agency policies.
 
 
Symposium #296
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions in Practice
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Experimental functional analyses are generally underutilized in practice settings given concerns regarding the time required to complete an experimental analysis. Trial-based functional analyses developed in recent years can address this concern, however, the time required to train practitioners to conduct such analyses can also contribute to underutilization. The first study in this symposium presents instructional methods that can be used to efficiently train practitioners to implement trial-based functional analyses. The second study in the symposium addresses a common practitioner concern of encountering an extinction burst when the identified reinforcer for a problem behavior is first withheld. Data on the prevalence of extinction bursts in applied behavior analytic research between the years of 2000 and 2017 are presented and implications concerning behavior intervention plans are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

practitioners and researchers

 

The Effects of Detailed Written Instructions and a Task Analysis Data Sheet on Staff Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis

(Applied Research)
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Jenifer Price (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This study examined the effectiveness of detailed written instructions (WI) and a task analysis data sheet (TA DS) in training three undergraduate students with no previous coursework in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to conduct trial-based functional analyses (TBFA). This study extended previous research by using instructional materials that were written using conventional language and did not include information on the principles of ABA or the underlying rationale for functional analysis methodology. Although the WI and TA DS produced significant increases in performance and reliable data collection on the targeted problem behavior, small-group performance feedback training was necessary to achieve mastery across all trial types. Results offer a socially valid training package to teach paraprofessionals to conduct TBFAs in applied settings.

 

The Prevalence of Extinction Bursts in Applied Behavior Analytic Research

(Applied Research)
MIA BROUSSEAU (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

An extinction burst is a temporary increase in the rate of a previously reinforced behavior when extinction is first implemented. Previous research has suggested that extinction bursts may be less prevalent than is commonly believed by practitioners (Lerman & Iwata, 1995). The current study is a replication of Lerman and Iwata’s 1995 review. We analyzed 100 cases of extinction in peer reviewed publications between the years of 2000 and 2017 and found that only 14% of cases demonstrated an extinction burst, a number even lower than the 24% reported by Lerman and Iwata. Furthermore, only 8% of the cases we analyzed implemented extinction alone, compared to 50% in the Lerman study. Changes in conceptions of what constitutes a complete behavior intervention plan are discussed, as are implications for practitioners.

 
 
Panel #297
CE Offered: BACB
Ethical Supervision of ABA Services Across Diverse Service Providers and Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, M.A.
Chair: Jessica Franco (University of Texas at Austin)
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon)
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network)
LUPE CASTANEDA (Behavior Pathways, LLC)
Abstract:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts supervise diverse service providers, those working toward their initial certification and those needing ongoing supervision (e.g., BCaBAs, RBTs), in different settings. Supervision may include behavior skills training with students at universities, teachers in schools, BCaBAs and RBTs in clinics and homes, and parents in homes and in the community. Effectiveness of the supervision may vary across these settings and supervisees (Dixon et al. 2016; Neely, Rispoli, Gerow, & Hong 2016; Stahmer et al., 2015). Thus, supervisors need to plan appropriate means of teaching and assessing in the various circumstances (Carr & Nosik, 2017). While the BACB provides extensive training and resources on the standards for effective supervision of those seeking certification, we have less information on how to adapt to the changing supervision needs across settings, especially for those who are receiving on-going supervision. Panelists will share their experience on various supervision scenarios they have encountered with diverse service providers in different settings. Panelists will discuss ethical issues that may arise during supervision and guidance on how to uphold the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2016). Participants are encouraged to ask questions and seek recommendations about their own experiences.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation is geared toward BCBAs who are supervisors of RBTs and BCaBAs. Participants will have the opportunity to ask questions about their experiences as a supervisor and ethical challenges involved in fulfilling the role.

Learning Objectives: Participants will have the opportunity to: 1. reflect on their own professional experiences as well as learn from the panel and audience participants, 2. gain knowledge of current research on supervision practices of BCBAs for BCaBAs and RBTs, and 3. advance understanding of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2016).
 
 
Symposium #298
CE Offered: BACB
Online Teaching 2018: Lessons Learnt and Next Steps
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Dipti Mudgal, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As providers of quality education via online platform, we are consistently striving to excel and keep up with the changing nature of our students and technology. Over the years, each one of us has evolved as a teacher while navigating through uncharted territories of teaching ABA online. With the fast changing structure of technology, we have to adapt fairly rapidly and modify our content. It has been a great shaping process for us as teachers and we have acquired some many interpersonal, educational, and technological tools along the way. The aim of this symposia is to discuss what we have learned about teaching and delivery of instruction in an online format. We will also be discussing the unique and complicated challenges we face as compared to an on-campus program.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): online education
Target Audience:

Academia, graduate students, supervisors, clinicians, and trainers.

 

Finding the Modus Operandi for Student Success in Behavior Analysis Programs

SHANNON TITUS DIERINGER (Ball State University), Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

The demand for quality online education for training future behavior analysts is at an all-time high; and we, as online educators, are required to ensure educational excellence. Over the past five years we have seen the characteristics of our students change dramatically. We often have students in our courses that are full-time employees who also have other multiple competing task demands with little time to engage in schoolwork during the typical 9-5 work day. As a result, we have had to adapt our teaching styles and strategies to fit their needs. We strive to create a learning environment that encourages positive interaction among peers and instructors. This presentation will discuss some of challenges we have faced in our quest to provide high quality instruction of applied behavior analysis coursework in an online venue. We will also discuss some "tricks of the trade" to engage students in the learning process thereby increasing their likelihood for success in the field of applied behavior analysis.

 
A Framework for Incorporating Student Preference in Online Courses
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University), Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: One of the major differences between on-ground and online courses is the nature of class discussions that take place within those courses. Discussion formats may include asynchronous written discussions, synchronous written discussions, synchronous video discussions, asynchronous video discussions, or some combination of the above. This presentation offers a framework for how one might assess student preference for discussion format, as well as how one might assess outcomes when students are given the option of choosing discussion format. This framework for incorporating student choice may be applied to other areas of course participation, such as lecture format and assignments.
 

Online Programs: Thinking Outside the Box

VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Alaska is the 43rd most internet connected state; only 78% of Alaskans have broadband coverage. Local studies highlight the significant cost for internet access in rural villages, the slow internet speeds (as low as 19.2 kbps in some communities), and intermittent quality of internet connection. Given these limitations, delivering a professional training program comes with significant challenges. How can we best train the future generation of behavior analysis in a state spanning over twice the area of Texas, with limited access to the infrastructure enjoyed by many in the continental united states? This presentation will highlight some of the challenges and successes of teaching online and blended courses at an open-enrollment Alaska university.

 
 
Symposium #299
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
A Comprehensive Evaluation of a Practical Functional Assessment Model
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Julia Iannaccone (Queens College)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) developed a functional assessment format intended to be practical and efficient. The process begins with an open-ended interview, the information of which is used to inform the unique contingencies evaluated in an analysis with a single synthesized test condition and a matched control. This symposium includes a comprehensive evaluation of the reliability, validity, generality, and efficiency of the functional assessment model. Study 1 of this symposium evaluates the reliability of the open-ended interview used to design the subsequent analysis by comparing the results of multiple interviewers. In Study 2, multiple contextually relevant variables are assessed to determine the generality of the treatment procedures in natural settings informed by the functional assessment in a consecutive case series analysis. Study 3 evaluated the efficiency of the functional assessment by reanalyzing session duration to determine the extent to which analysis duration can be reduced without detriments in interpretations of functional control. Comparative validity measures of the practical functional assessment and a traditional functional analysis format were obtained in Study 4 by conducting both formats with each of the adult participants.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional assessment, problem behavior, reliability, validity
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who are looking for information on how to conduct or how to teach someone to conduct a practical functional assessment and treatment model.

 

Is Functional Assessment Reliability Necessary to Produce Valid Treatment Outcomes?

ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University)
Abstract:

The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) is an efficient functional analysis that has led to the development of effective skill-based treatments for severe problem behavior (Ghaemmaghami, Hanley, & Jessel, 2016; Hanley et al., 2014; Santiago, Hanley, Jin, & Moore, 2015). The indirect assessment used in this functional assessment process takes the form of a semi-structured interview with caregivers that informs the design of a subsequent analysis. The reliability of the process of conducting an interview and designing an analysis from the interview has, however, not been assessed. This study aimed to (a) provide multiple measures of the reliability of the semi-structured interview and analysis design process and (b) assess the efficacy and generality of treatments derived from a functional assessment process on baselines established from an independent process. Results showed that reliability largely depended on the lens with which agreement was measured across two independent assessments; the assessment process was reliable on a general level but unreliable on a more specific level. The variability imposed by the unreliability of the assessment process did not negatively influence treatment utility, as the effects of the treatment designed in one context transferred to the other context.

 
Effectiveness of the IISCA and Skill-Based Treatment in a School Setting
JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Jessica Lee (Nashoba Learning Group), Chelsey King (Nashoba Learning Group), Rachel Sawyer (Nashoba Learning Group), Ashley Loomer (Nashoba Learning Group), Katlyn Phillips (Nashoba Learning Group), Ceara Carroll (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is recognized as the treatment of choice for problem behavior, and is more likely to be effective when a pre-treatment functional analysis (FA) is conducted first. However, practitioners report rarely conducting FAs, and there is a paucity of research on implementing FCT in natural settings (e.g., schools, homes) with relevant caregivers (e.g., teachers, parents) using contextually appropriate schedules of reinforcement and with socially validated outcomes maintained over time. Hanley et al. (2014) reported an FA and skill-based treatment (including FCT) that relied on synthesized reinforcers and was effective and socially validated. Jessel et al. (in press) obtained similar results when applying this FA and treatment model across a larger participant sample, but did not report data on long-term maintenance or generalization. The current project presents the first few data sets in an ongoing consecutive controlled case series of the IISCA and skill-based treatment in a school setting with children with autism. All sessions were conducted in the child’s typical school environments (e.g., classroom, library, gym) by multiple direct care staff, with problem behavior reduced an average of 97% from baseline. Secondary positive effects (e.g., reduction of restraint), social validity, and maintenance data will also be reported.
 

A Re-Analysis of Session Duration During Full- and Single-Test Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses

JOSHUA JESSEL (Queens College), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Catherine E Wiist (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Improving the analytic efficiency and control of functional analysis may reduce common barriers to its practical utility and increase the use of empirically-supported procedures for identifying the functions of problem behavior in clinical settings. We conducted this study to determine if the efficiency of the recently developed interview-informed, synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) could be improved without detrimental effects on control. In Study 1 we reanalyzed IISCAs conducted for the problem behavior of 18 children. We reinterpreted rates of problem behavior during the first 5 min and 3 min of the 10-min sessions and evaluated any changes in the level of control (i.e., strong, moderate, weak). In addition, the first test-session of each full IISCA was reanalyzed at the varying session durations to determine the possibility of obtaining functional control over problem behavior in, what has been termed, the single-test IISCA. In Study 2 we conducted 8 consecutive IISCAs with 3-min sessions to validate the results of the reanalysis. We found that strong levels of control over problem behavior can be maintained when conducting IISCAs with sessions as brief as 3 min.

 

Use of the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis With Adults in a Day Program

SARAH WEDDLE (May Institute), Margaret Walsh (May Institute), Jaclyn Caporale (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract:

Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis is increasingly recognized as a viable method for identifying operant function (Ghaemmaghami et al., 2015, 2016; Hanley et al., 2014; Santiago et al., 2016; Strohmeier et al, 2016). However, Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016) found that, for some individuals, combined contingencies can lead to false-positive results. In the current study, we extend this research to adults with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability in a day program; a population and setting relatively unexamined via functional analysis (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). Following initial interview and brief observations, we conducted both standard (Iwata, et al., 1982/1994) and interview-informed synthesized (Hanley et al., 2014) functional analyses in typical adult day program environments across participants. Using the results of the synthesized and the standard functional analyses, we evaluated hypotheses about environment-behavior relations using an intervention test analysis. In the intervention test we measured the occurrence of problem behavior when the putative establishing operations were present in the natural environment, and subsequently introduced intervention components until we achieved suppression of problem behavior. Participants' levels of problem behavior varied across the standard and synthesized approaches following treatment.

 
 
Symposium #300
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Academic and Employment Outcomes for Adolescents and Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leslie Quiroz (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Linda S. Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC)
CE Instructor: Linda S. Meyer, M.S.
Abstract:

Adolescents and adults with high functioning autism and intellectual disabilities might struggle with academics and often have difficulties finding and maintaining employment. Research on strategies for addressing academic and employment difficulties with these populations is limited. The four papers in this symposium focus on identifying procedures that are effective for improving academic performance, increasing independence on vocational tasks, and teaching job-related social skills to adolescents and adults with autism or intellectual disabilities. The first paper evaluated the effects of instructor presence, instructor absence, and instructor fading on the on-task behavior and accuracy of pre-vocational task completion by three adolescents with autism. In the second paper, the authors evaluated the effects of teaching a series of rules on the independent problem solving of common work-related problems by three young adults with autism. In the third paper, the authors evaluated the effects of behavior skills training and textual prompts on job-related social skills of three adults with autism. The fourth paper involved evaluating a modified classroom response system that included error correction and feedback on the lecture comprehension and subsequent writing performance of eight adults with intellectual disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Academics, Adolescents, Adults, Employment
Target Audience:

Individuals who do research in effectiveness of strategies to increase independence, social, and academic performance of individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. Also those who do related clinical practice.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify barriers to independence for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 2. Identify effective strategies for increasing independence of adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 3. Identify barriers to employment for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 4. Learn about effective strategies for overcoming barriers to employment for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 5. Identify barriers to academic success for adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. 6. Learn about effective strategies for increasing academic success of adolescents and adults with autism and intellectual disabilities.
 

A Comparison of Procedures for Maintaining On-Task Behavior in the Absence of an Instructor

AMIRA EL-BOGHDEDY (Caldwell College; Alpine Learning Group), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Erin Richard White (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Despite the vast amount of research on increasing independence for individuals with autism, there is a lack of research on techniques for fostering independent on-task behavior and accuracy in the absence of an instructor. Though fading the proximity of an instructor has been shown in a few studies to produce independence in the absence of an instructor, no study to date has compared the effectiveness of different methods. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of three conditions on the on-task behavior and accuracy of adolescents with autism: instructor present (instructor remains with the participant throughout entire session), instructor absent (instructor does not remain with the participant), and instructor fading (systematic proximity-fading to complete removal of the instructor from the room). A pre-post generalization probe was conducted across locations. Maintenance probes were conducted 1 week, 3 weeks, and 6 weeks after the participant met criterion on the final fading and schedule thinning levels. After viewing the videos, a questionnaire based on the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form- Revised (TARF) was given to the teachers of each participant.

 

Effects of a Problem-Solving Strategy on the Correct Completion of Vocational Tasks by High Functioning Young Adults With Autism

BERNADETTE CHRISTINE BALANE (Caldwell University; AHRC NYC), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

Learning skills to solve common workplace problems might reduce the number of individuals with high functioning autism who are unemployed or underemployed. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a rule-based problem-solving strategy on the independent completion of vocational tasks by high functioning young adults with autism. In addition, generalization of strategy use to novel vocational tasks was assessed. Vocational tasks were grouped into three categories (missing items, depleted items, dysfunctional items) and each category included four tasks. To program for generalization, three of the tasks were taught. One remained untaught to assess generalization. To ensure participants only problem solved when there was actually a problem, each task had two types of scenarios: problem and typical. Effects of the strategy were evaluated in a multiple probe across participants design. Prior to intervention, very few of the steps involved in each task were completed correctly. Following introduction of the problem-solving strategy, all four participants independently completed the tasks when a problem was presented and responding generalized to untaught vocational tasks. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 33% of all sessions and averaged 95% across participants.

 

Assessing and Teaching Job-Related Social Skills to Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CAROLYN GROB (Engage ABA), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston–Clear Lake), Channing Langlinais (Milestones Behavioral Services), Natalie Villante (University of Houston–Clear Lake)
Abstract:

In this study, we examined the efficacy of a treatment package for teaching several social skills that are critical to job success, such as responding appropriately to feedback and asking for a task model from the supervisor. Three adults diagnosed with an autism spectrum diagnosis, aged 19 to 27 years, participated. None of the individuals had been employed or had received training focused on job-related social skills. Initial training of each skill consisted of verbal explanations, modeling, and role-play with feedback, along with stimulus prompts to promote generalization to a different setting. Additional intervention components were introduced, as needed. Generalization across different social skills and evocative situations also was evaluated. Results indicated that the treatment package was generally effective in improving the targeted social skills and that stimulus prompts may be necessary for generalization to a job setting. However, generalized responding across social skills rarely emerged. These findings have important implications for preparing individuals with autism to function successfully on the job.

 

Effects of Error Correction on Lecture Comprehension and Writing of Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

JOLENE R. SY (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Marissa Erin Daly (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

With increases in the number of post-secondary educational opportunities for adults with intellectual disabilities, more research is needed on instructional strategies that would be beneficial for this population. Although classroom response systems are beneficial in that they allow all learners to respond and provide the instructor with immediate feedback about student comprehension, repeated contact with questions posed to the class may be necessary for some learners. The purpose of this study was to examine whether an error correction procedure, in which incorrect responses were followed with feedback and the opportunity to respond correctly, could improve lecture comprehension and subsequent writing performance of eight adults with intellectual disabilities. Classroom instruction included lecture plus a modified classroom response system, students were provided with cover letter templates, and conditions with and without error correction were compared. Data analyzed to date suggest that both error correction and no error correction conditions resulted in large improvements in content, and minor improvements in grammar.

 
 
Symposium #301
CE Offered: BACB
Habits That Hinder Health and Wealth: Using Behavior Analysis to Reduce Risky Behaviors
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Discussant: Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University; University of Pennsylvania)
CE Instructor: Kimberly C. Kirby, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to a recent national report (United Health Foundation, 2016), 72% of American adults report that they engage in least one unhealthy behavior. Although having multiple unhealthy habits is less common (24%), about 70% of our increasing healthcare costs are related to care for Americans with multiple chronic medical conditions. The efficacy of using positive reinforcement to counteract risky or poor health-related choices is becoming increasingly well-known. However, despite decades of research focused on a variety of health-related behaviors, very little attention has been paid to using a fuller range of behavior analytic principles and procedures and there are still risky health behaviors that have not yet been addressed. This symposium will include four presentations that together present a more comprehensive picture of the potential contribution that behavior analysis can make in addressing public health and safety issues. Presentations will address the use of functional assessments for smoking, behavioral economic strategies to address the relatively new public health risk of cellphone use while driving, a long-term behavior maintenance strategy using wage supplement incentives to promote employment and abstinence with adults who have opiate use disorders, and the social validity of behavior analysis strategies among medical professionals, substance abuse treatment providers, and the general public.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Behavioral Health, Contingency Management, Incentives
Target Audience:

Applied researchers; BCBA-Ds; BCBAs; BCABAs; Graduate students; Other healthcare professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will: (1) become familiar with the use of functional assessment for smoking reduction, (2) have learned about novel application of behavioral economics to reduce teen cellphone use while driving, (3) understand how incentive programs can be utilized to promote both substance use abstinence and steady employment, (4) be informed of the social validity of contingency management programs in healthcare settings, and (5) better apply behavior analytic theory to promote health behavior change.
 
A Functional Assessment Questionnaire for Smoking Treatment Recommendations
CONNOR ANDREW BURROWS (Rowan University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), SunnyJung Kim (Dartmouth), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Smoking is the leading cause of preventable death in the United States. In addition, smoking imposes a substantial economic cost, accounting for a total of more than $300 billion dollars of direct healthcare expenditure and lost productivity (CDC, 2017). Despite the well-established potential harm, relapse rates remain high during quit attempts. According to García-Rodríguez et al. (2013), relapse rates exceed 50% within the first 12 months of abstinence. In the realm of applied behavior analyses, functional assessment has long been recognized as a reliable method to increase the targeted effectiveness of treatments for a variety of problem behaviors (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). It has been suggested that the use of functional assessment may aid in designating targeted treatment for smokers based on the maintaining function of the behavior (Axelrod, 1991). The current study (N = 102) sought to assess the reliability and validity of the Functional Assessment of Smoking for Treatment Recommendations (FASTR). The full FASTR included five subscales: 1) Conditioned Reinforcement, 2) Social Reinforcement, 3) Negative Reinforcement, 4) Antecedent Stimuli, and 5) Positive Reinforcement. The full battery of subscales was found to be adequately reliable and valid, with a reliability coefficient of α = 0.81, with the subtests ranging between α = 0.67 and α = 0.84.
 

Behavioral Economic Strategies to Reduce Cell Phone Use While Driving Among Teens: Attitudes and Intervention Effectiveness

KATHRYN SAULSGIVER (University of Pennsylvania), Catherine McDonald (University of Pennsylvania), Jessie Hemmons (University of Pennsylvania), Mucio Kit Delgado (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

The majority of U.S. teens admit to handheld cellphone use while driving, an increasingly common cause of crashes. We examined teens' willingness to reduce cellphone use while driving, perceptions of potential strategies to limit this behavior, and effectiveness of several interventions across 2 experiments. Teen drivers (n=153), aged 16-17, completed an online survey and a subset (n=32) were enrolled into a randomized trial that examined the effectiveness of opt-out, opt-in, or opt-out blocking plus parental notifications for reducing distracted driving. Teens were willing or somewhat willing to give up reading texts (90%), sending texts (95%), and social media (99%). They were not willing to give up navigation (59%) and music applications (43%). Strategies perceived as being "very effective" included financial rewards (75%), loss-framed financial incentives (63%), insurance discounts (53%), and automatic phone locking while driving (54%). The predominant reason for not wanting to use this technology was not wanting parents to monitor their behavior (60%). Results from the randomized trial will be available at the time of this presentation. Promising strategies for increasing acceptance of cellphone blocking technology among teens includes automated locking and text responses and permitting hands-free navigation and music combined with behavioral economic incentives to sustain engagement.

 

Incentives to Promote Employment and Abstinence in Unemployed Adults With Opioid-Use Disorder

SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (Johns Hopkins University), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Poverty is a pervasive risk factor for poor health, often amplifying destructive effects of substance-use disorder. We describe an ongoing study evaluating abstinence-contingent wage supplements (ACWS) to promote abstinence and employment in chronically unemployed adults with opioid-use disorder. In Phase 1 (3 months), participants can work on job-skills training for 20 hr/week and earn ~$10/hr. Abstinence contingencies are introduced sequentially: Participants must provide opiate-negative and then opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples to continue earning maximum pay. In Phase 2 (1 year), participants are randomly assigned to receive Individualized Placement and Support (IPS) supported employment (IPS ONLY) or IPS with ACWS. IPS+ACWS participants can earn hourly stipends for participating in pre-employment IPS and up to $320/week in wage supplements for maintaining opiate- and cocaine-abstinence and full-time employment. Assessments are conducted every 30 days, at which participants provide urine samples and self-reports of employment. Preliminary data indicate that IPS+ACWS promotes participation in IPS and employment. Of the first 34 participants in the program, 11/17 IPS+ACWS participants reported employment in the first 6 months of Phase 2 versus 4/17 IPS ONLY participants. ACWS, if informed by principles of stimulus control and reinforcement, may be a powerful intervention to reduce socioeconomic health disparities.

 

Social Validity of Contingency Management Interventions: Comparison of Acceptability as a Function of Treatment Provider and Disease

MATTHEW J. DWYER (Rowan University), Mary Tabit (Treatment Research Institute at Public Health Management Corporation), Elena Bresani (Rowan University; Treatment Research Institute at Public Health Management Corporation), Dustin Fife (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Contingency management (CM) interventions have strong empirical support for treating a wide range of risky health behaviors, but are seldom adopted by treatment programs. The purpose of this investigation was to survey substance abuse treatment providers, medical providers, and the general public about their beliefs regarding CM. We surveyed 600 participants that included a sample of medical treatment providers (MP, n= 200), substance use treatment providers (SUP, n= 200), and the general public (GP, n= 200). Data were compared across groups and across different health conditions in which CM interventions have been demonstrated to improve health outcomes. Results indicate that incentive-based CM programs are not widely used in physical healthcare settings (8% reported using incentive programs) compared to specialty substance use treatment settings (37.5%), and were rated more favorably among the GP (4.0 on an 1 to 5 Likert scale with 1= strongly disagree and 5=strongly agree) and SUP (3.7) over MP (3.4; F = 3.01, p < .001, R2= .07). Although the effect size was small, the average scores made the difference between supporting and not supporting an incentive program. Also, the greatest difference was observed for those strongly favoring incentive programs. For example, the number of participants that indicated they strongly agreed that overall they were in favor of incentive programs was 56 and 37 for the GP and SUP groups respectively, while only 11 MP strongly agreed. Preliminary results also suggest differences in favorability as a function of disease treated. For example, over 70 % of the MP said they would favor CM to treat obesity and smoking, but less than 40% would endorse use for marijuana, opiates, or other drugs. These findings indicate the need for improving the social validity of CM interventions, particularly among healthcare professionals.

 
 
Symposium #302
CE Offered: BACB
Walking, Punching, and Eating: Approaches to Studying Health Behaviors
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Neil Deochand, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral medicine has become a fertile ground for research in behavior analysis. Health related operant behaviors, such as walking, exercising, and eating have been shown to be sensitive to experimental manipulations. Altering the frequency, intensity and topography of health behaviors have been shown to impact serious health conditions like cardiovascular disease, diabetes and some cancers (CDC, 2015). Additionally, 'impulsive' behaviors, like those measured by delay discounting, have been correlated with unhealthy behavior patterns. This symposium addresses many important factors to consider when undertaking a health behavior intervention: how to best measure and set goals for the target behavior, how to use contingency management to alter the frequency or intensity of the target behavior, and how to examine natural environmental variables, like time of day, that could alter the frequency or topography of health-related behavior. Finally, a discussant will summarize the contributions of behavior analysis to behavior medicine, and offer suggestions for further explorations

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingency management, eating, health, physical activity
Target Audience:

Behavioral researchers and practitioners interested in behavioral medicine and health related behavior change

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. Identify appropriate health behavior targets 2. Describe the use of contingency management to increase health behavior 3. Describe the use of delay discounting to study health behavior
 
Force to Volume and Speed to Beats per Minute: What Happens When Music is Tied to Punching Performance?
NEIL DEOCHAND (University of Cincinnati), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: There are limitations to using only visual feedback (e.g., visual depictions of heart rate, speed, distance traveled, duration of workout, or calories burned etc.) to track, or improve exercise performance, especially for some sports, such as boxing. This issue could be addressed by incorporating real-time audio feedback along with visual feedback on crucial dimensions of a boxing workout. Previous research has demonstrated that music synchronized to the cadence of the activity can improve physical performance. Therefore, embedding that audio feedback within a user’s preferred music individualizes the intervention, while enhancing physical performance. However, no research to this date has examined what happens when boxing performance alters dimensions of the music, such as speed or volume. Using a multiple baseline design across eight subjects, this study evaluates if our music/ visual feedback package results in better workouts and improved exercise performance, when compared to a standard punching bag workout with unaltered music.
 
Time of Day and Monetary and Food Discounting
YAEEUN LEE (Idaho State University), Darian Carter (Idaho State University), Luis Rodriguez (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Research suggests that time of day affects human behavior, with individuals who prefer evenings over mornings displaying greater trait impulsivity, sensation-seeking, and lack of response inhibition. Few studies have investigated time of day effects with impulsivity measured through delay discounting (DD). The present study examined the relationship between DD for food and money and the time of day the DD task was administered. Data from an ongoing study with 262 college-age participants were examined. Delay discounting (i.e., k rates) was regressed against time of day categories (morning, early afternoon, late afternoon, and evening). Participants displayed no time-related significant differences in delay discounting for food or monetary discounting, though there was a great deal of variability across time of day. Time of day does not seem to significantly affect individuals’ level impulsivity.
 
Are the CDC's Recommendations for Physical Activity Adequate? The Relationship Between Reinforced Step Counts and Sedentary Behavior
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Batchelder (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Several behavioral studies have been successful in increasing average daily step counts in adults. Many of these studies used criteria recommended by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) as the ultimate goal: 10,000 steps per day. Newer research published by the American Medical Association has argued that minutes of inactivity may be a better behavioral target to lower health risks associated with cardiovascular disease. They suggest that individuals should try to limit sitting and inactivity to fewer than 10 hours a day while awake (Pandey et. al, 2016). In this presentation, data from at least 140 people enrolled in several contingency management interventions will be used to examine the relationship of daily step counts to sedentary behavior. Preliminary analysis reveals that 10,000 steps a day may be an inadequate target to reduce sedentary behavior to less than 10 hours a day. Approaches to specifically target inactivity in behavior change interventions will be discussed.
 
Using Freely and Commercially Available Apps and Pedometers to Examine Contingency Management for Physical Activity
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University)
Abstract: Behavioral health problems such as inactivity, overeating, and obesity are risk factors for serious outcomes such as mortality. Behavioral procedures that utilize contingency management have been useful for a variety of behavioral health problems, and are increasingly shown to be successful with physical activity while delivered through mobile applications and other technological modalities. Mobile and computer software applications (apps) and pedometers were used in these studies to examine areas relevant to increasing physical activity. Physical activity was measured as steps taken per day. Areas studied included use of competition contingencies on physical activity, and access to online media as reinforcement with goal-setting. Participants were recruited from community and online samples and were included if interested in increasing physical activity for a health related reason. Some studies involved participants with overweight Body Mass Index. Data indicated that widely available apps and tools could be useful in contingency management for physical activity.
 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB
Efficient Procedures for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Discussant: Michael Kranak (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Michael Kranak, M.A.
Abstract:

The field of applied behavior analysis has numerous evidence-based interventions that facilitate effective teaching among individuals with developmental disabilities. In selecting and developing interventions, a component that is important for researchers and practitioners is the efficiency of procedural implementation. As such, the purpose of this symposium is to present efficient procedures, varying in topic, that have been effectively evaluated among individuals with developmental disabilities. This symposium is comprised of four studies. The first study will present a web-based program that was developed for the purposes of identifying video preferences and reinforcers among individuals with developmental disabilities. The second study will present findings of a systematic matrix training literature review for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The third study will present a 'bug-in-ear' coaching intervention for paraprofessionals working with children with developmental disabilities. Lastly, the fourth study will present the findings of a parent coaching treatment package that was implemented with a parent/child dyad. The authors will address the importance, efficiency, and limitations of their respective procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): coaching, developmental disabilities, efficient procedures, technology
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are practicing behavior analysts, program coordinators, and educators.

Learning Objectives: At the end of this symposium, attendees will be able to list the benefits of implementing efficient teaching procedures. At the end of this symposium, attendees will be able to summarize the need of incorporating technology into research and practice. At the end of this symposium, attendees will be able to discuss efficient coaching options.
 
Stimulus Preference and Reinforcer Assessment for Videos: A Web-Based Program
(Applied Research)
HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) and reinforcer assessments are integral components of intervention. The data supporting the use of various types of SPAs are plentiful; however, one stimulus format that has received limited attention are videos. In an effort to incorporate technology to our research and practice, a web-based program was developed with the capabilities of conducting multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments and single-operant reinforcer assessments for videos. This program was evaluated with five young adults with developmental disabilities. The program was sensitive in identifying video preference hierarchies for four of five participants. In addition, the identified stimuli were confirmed to function as reinforcers. Additional findings and limitations will be discussed.
 

Systematic Review of Matrix Training for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
EMILY CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Howard Goldstein (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Matrix training is an intervention that systematically programs for the occurrence of generative outcomes, mostly in the area of language (Goldstein, 1983). A literature search was conducted to identify studies that have implemented matrix training for individuals with ASD. Twelve studies were reviewed and analyzed for four research questions: To what extent has matrix training been used with individuals with ASD? What skills were taught with matrix training? What matrix designs and accompanying evidence-based teaching strategies were used? What percentage of learning occurred through direct teaching and recombinative generalization? Overall, findings suggest that matrix training produced on average about 69% learning without any direct teaching in the areas of language, play, sentence construction, and spelling.

 

The Effects of the Implementation of Parent Coaching to Increase Quality of Life for Children and Families Affected by Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract:

As the prevalence of children diagnosed with autism continues to rise, the need for high quality parent coaching practices to ensure generalization of skills targeting in early intervention services is pronounced. This study investigated the results of implementation of a parent coaching treatment package developed in alignment with adult learning and education theory, seeking to increase quality of life for families affected by autism. A multiple baseline across behaviors research design was used with a parent/child dyad. Results suggest that this intervention may be an effective and socially valid intervention for parents of children who engage in high rates of challenging behavior at home, and has the ability to increase parent implementation of target behavior skills taught in intervention. Parents identified intervention as having high acceptability and identified parent coaching treatment package as a highly effective intervention. Individual results discussed, as well as implications of this intervention as a whole.

 

The Use of Distant Bug-in-Ear Coaching to Teach Paraprofessionals to Implement Incidental Teaching Trials

(Applied Research)
Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Kathleen Meeker (University of Washington), ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington), Xueyan Yang (University of Washington), Shelly Huntington (University of Washington)
Abstract:

In the moment feedback by a skilled coach can be an effective method of teaching educators to implement evidence-based behavior analytic strategies. Research suggests that immediate feedback results in more efficient learning than does delayed feedback, where the educator receives feedback hours, days or weeks after an observation. However, real-time feedback has historically required the coach to be at the site of the learner. If target educators are not geographically near the skilled coach, this may require a great deal of travel, bringing the true efficiency of the coaching strategy into question. Technology now provides the tools to observe and provide real-time feedback over the Internet, reducing or eliminating the need for the coach to travel. This study examined the effects of distant "bug-in-ear" (BIE) coaching on four paraprofessionals' implementation of incidental teaching, an evidence-based behavior analytic strategy, to teach novel communication phrases to children with developmental disabilities. Distant BIE coaching was associated with immediate, increased rates of correctly implemented incidental teaching components and an increased number of incidental teaching trials by the paraprofessionals, with corresponding increases in rates of target student communication phrases.

 
 
Symposium #304
CE Offered: BACB
Making the Treatment Work! Recent Updates in Stimulus Selection as Reinforcers and Response Persistences
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cormac MacManus (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, M.S.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we will review strategies for identifying appropriate stimuli as reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities, and the parameters for the persistence of a targeted problem behavior when utilizing a reinforcement based intervention. The first presenter will share an assessment of preference and reinforcing value of social interactions via video presentation vs. picture presentation. Our second presentation will explore the correspondence between the results of a paired stimulus preference assessment and a progressive ratio schedule assessment. The third presenter will share data demonstrating the persistence strengthening effects of a reinforcement based intervention for automatically maintained behavior and a potential solution of this effect. Our final presenter will review data that suggests that resurgence of problem behavior during extinction following a reinforcement based intervention can mediated by programming a period of extinction prior to the implementation of treatment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral persistence, preference assessment, reinforcer efficacy
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe a method of determining a preference hierarchy for social stimuli 2. Describe additional assessments to determine the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli from preference assessments 3. Describe the predictions of behavioral momentum theory in relation to differential reinforcement of other behavior and behavioral persistence of automatically maintained behavior 4. Describe a method of mediating resurgence of problem behavior following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior interventions
 

Assessment of Preference and Reinforcing Value of Social Interactions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (Garden Academy), Lynn Service (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Lauren Goodwyn (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Pictorial depictions of social stimuli are most common for preference assessments of social interactions (Kelly, Roscoe, Hanley, & Schlichenmeyer, 2014; Lang et al., 2014). However, social stimuli are dynamic and videos may better depict the salient features of social stimuli (Synder, Higbee, & Dayton, 2012). The purpose of the study was to assess the preference and reinforcing value of social stimuli using a video-based preference assessment and subsequent reinforcer assessment. To date, two children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between 3- and 5-years old participated in the study. The study was conducted in three phases. First, the experimenter interviewed caregivers to identify a list of preferred social interactions. Next, the experimenter evaluated the top six ranked social stimuli using a video-based, paired-choice preference assessment. Finally, the experimenter evaluated the reinforcing quality of high- and low-preference social stimuli using a concurrent operants, progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment. The video-based preference assessment results were predictive of the reinforcer assessment results. The results will be discussed in terms of future research directions and clinical practice.

 

Correspondence Between and Stability of Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment and Progressive Ratio Schedule Data

SHAWN J. JANETZKE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments are used to identify a stimulus hierarchy, in which stimuli are ranked according to their relative reinforcing efficacy. Paired stimulus preference assessments (PSPA) and progressive ratio (PR) schedules are a commonly used method to determine the relative reinforcer efficacy of stimuli. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the correspondence between and stability of PSPA and PR schedule data for the same six edible stimuli. The data in the PR did not reach steady state for any of the three participants, whereas the data in the PSPA showed a relatively high degree of stability for all participants. This was supported by findings from secondary analyses, such as Kendall's W coefficient of concordance, relative variance, and mean correlation between sessions. Further analysis showed a limited degree of correspondence between the PSPA and PR rank data. Additionally, there was a range of positive correlation across participants (0.10, 0.43, 0.63, 0.85) between the PSPA and PR data. Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 33% of sessions with an average of 99.7% agreement in the PSPA and 95.2% agreement in the PR.

 

Assessing the Effects of a Modified Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Procedure From the Perspective of Behavioral Momentum Theory

Kylee Drugan-Eppich (New England Center for Children), ALEX ELFONT (New England Center for Children), Brandi Todaro (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Reinforcement-based decelerative procedures (e.g., differential reinforcement of other behavior or DRO and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior or DRA) are commonly used in applied settings. Research has found that these treatments can decrease problem behavior but may increase response persistence. Behavioral momentum theory predicts that reinforcers added to a situation in which problem behavior occurs may contribute to its overall persistence. The present study compared a DRO with a modified DRO to determine whether modifying the delivery of reinforcement could decrease the persistence-building effects of the intervention. Participants were two students at a school and residential facility for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Interobserver agreement was obtained for 30% of sessions and was above 90%. In the standard DRO condition, reinforcers were delivered in the context in which stereotypy was observed after a specified interval had elapsed in the absence of stereotypy. In the modified DRO condition, reinforcers were delivered in a different location after that interval had elapsed. While the modified DRO was found to be less effective, greater behavioral persistence was observed in the context in which the standard DRO was implemented. These findings suggest that modifying reinforcement delivery with single reinforcement-based procedures may decrease behavioral persistence.

 

Evaluating the Role of Extinction in a Human Operant Model of Resurgence

BRIANNA LAUREANO (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Resurgence of problem behavior may occur following the discontinuation of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). One possible explanation is that dense schedules of reinforcement for the alternative response, and the ensuing shift in response allocation, makes it unlikely that the target response fully contacts extinction. We examined this possibility in an analog model of problem behavior with college students. Some participants experienced the conventional ABC resurgence paradigm (A=reinforcement of target behavior, B=differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, C=extinction of both responses; the resurgence test). Other participants experienced a four-phase sequence in which extinction of the target response preceded DRA. If resurgence occurs because the target response is not fully extinguished in the conventional paradigm, we would expect less resurgence when extinction is implemented before DRA (i.e., the four-phase participants). The results thus far confirm this, but only if the target behavior shows evidence of extinction during the initial extinction phase.

 
 
Symposium #305
CE Offered: BACB
Basic and Applied Research on Relational Responding
Sunday, May 27, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College)
CE Instructor: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium will include studies that cover a variety of based and applied issues in the area of relational responding. In the first study, the experimenters evaluated whether the formation of equivalence classes of pictures of faces portraying happiness, neutrality, and anger in individuals with depression, and tested for transfer of function using a semantic differential. In the second study, the experimenters compared "direct" and "derived" extinction of avoidance responses in equivalence classes. In the third study, the authors assessed whether participants used verbal behavior to develop frames of comparison. Finally, the fourth study will review studies related to the application of relational training with individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Derived Relations, Equivalence, Relational Responding, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Students will learn to distinguish equivalence (coordination) and other frames 2. Students will learn to develop transfer of function 3. Students will learn the implications of derived relational research to application in early intervention
 

Formation and Maintenance of Equivalence Classes and Transfer of Functions in Individuals Diagnosed With Depression

(Basic Research)
Maria Alice dos Santos Cardoso (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), NATALIA MARIA AGGIO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal do ABC), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

A recent experiment with undergraduates verified that equivalence classes comprised of abstract stimuli and faces portraying happiness were more stable over time and exhibited stronger transfer of evaluative functions of faces to abstract stimuli, compared to classes with neutral or angry expressions. The present study is an ongoing replication with undergraduates with a high score in the Beck-depression scale. The Experimental Group (EG) learned matching-to-sample (MTS) relations to establish three four-member equivalence classes. Familiar stimuli from each class were pictures of faces portraying happiness (A1), neutrality (A2) and anger (A3). Remaining stimuli were abstract forms. After MTS tasks, participants evaluated the abstract D stimuli using a Semantic Differential (SD). A 30-day follow-up equivalence test and another evaluation of the D stimuli using the SD will be conducted for the EG. Preliminary results show that nine of the sixteen participants of the EG attained criteria for equivalence class formation. These participants rated D1 as more positive than the evaluation of A1 by the Control Group (participants with low score in the Beck-depression scale) and D3 as more negative than the evaluation of A3 by the Control Group. The maintenance tests are yet to be conducted.

 

"Direct" and "Derived" Extinction of Avoidance Responses in Equivalence Classes

(Basic Research)
Leandro Boldrin (Universidade Federal de Sao Paulo), PAULA DEBERT (Universidade Federal de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

Roche et al. (2008) compared "direct" and "derived" extinction of avoidance response in same/opposite derived relations. They found that "derived" extinction with C1 stimulus was more effective than "direct" extinction with B1 stimulus. However, C1 was presented in extinction more times than B1 and this could explain the observed effect. The present study compared "direct" and "derived" extinction of avoidance responses in equivalence classes, but with the same number of B1 and C1 presentations. In Phase 1, twelve undergraduate students established two four-member equivalence classes (A1, B1, C1, D1 and A2, B2, C2, D2). In Phase 2, B1 was paired with an annoying sound. In Phase 3, participants learned to emit an avoidance response to B1. In Phase 4, the other stimuli were presented to evaluate whether avoidance response would be transfer to stimuli of the same equivalence class. In Phase 5, participants were allocated in the "direct" or "derived" extinction group. Finally, the others stimuli were presented in the extinction transfer test. Only the "direct" extinction group showed transfer of extinction. These results differ from the Roche et al. (2008) findings. Future studies should control the number of stimuli presentation to compare "direct" and "derived" extinction.

 
The Role of Verbal Behavior in the Development of Comparative Relations
(Basic Research)
JOCELYN DIAZ (California State University, Sacramento), Shannon Luoma (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to assess the role of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. We trained three participants to select the smallest, medium, or biggest comparison stimulus in the presence of abstract samples. Next, we trained them to select an arbitrary stimulus, in the presence of one sample stimulus (e.g. small), to establish a size ranking among comparisons and tested for derived comparative relations. To assess whether verbal behavior mediated performance we implemented a talk-aloud protocol and tested for self-generated tacts in the presence of each sample. We also asked participants to describe how comparisons were related. Transfer of function was assessed via the rate of key presses in the presence of the nonsense syllables for two participants. We instructed the third participant to view different combinations of comparison images, and select the one that would deliver the most amount of points. One participant passed derived comparative relations tests and the tact test. The second and third participant did not meet mastery criterion on derived comparative relations test or intraverbal tests. However, the third participant passed tact tests. Additionally, none of the participants demonstrated transformation of functions. Further data may inform us on whether verbal behavior mediates performance during derived comparative tests.
 

Exploring Self-Emergent Verbal Relational Density in Complex Language Acquisition of Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract:

The self-emergent properties of human language and cognition can be described in terms of a theory of relational density, with immediate implications for children with autism and related disabilities. The theory postulates that verbal networks demonstrate mass as a function of the molar properties of network volume (i.e., the number of relations) and density (i.e., the strength of relations). Consistent with Newtonian classical mechanics, mass exerts force that operates along with environmental events that can accelerate learning of new verbal relations. We will describe the utility of the theory with this population and present data from several studies that support its application. First, that the acquisition of new verbal skills can be modelled as a function of the volume and density of prior established verbal relations. Second, that by teaching new skills (i.e., increasing network volume and density), the acquisition of later skills is correspondingly increased. Third, that relating in general also exhibits greater acceleration through the direct reinforcement of multiple relational exemplars, or increases in overall relational network volume. We will conclude by describing immediate implications for how language development programming can be conducted considering new data, to accelerate learning through use of established behavior analytic training technologies.

 
 
Symposium #306
The Application of Machine Learning to Improve ABA-Based Treatment Outcomes in Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erik Linstead (Chapman University)
Discussant: Erik Linstead (Chapman University)
Abstract:

Researchers in applied behavior analysis (ABA) have yet to leverage "big data" on the same scale as other fields of research; however, as digital data collection systems become ubiquitous, and advancements in easy and affordable data analysis emerge, the application of machine learning techniques are becoming available to mainstream behavior analysts. Indeed, given the importance of collecting accurate and detailed data in ABA, the field is ripe for the application of machine learning approaches. While the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder is only one facet of ABA, there has been a notable increase in research literature evaluating the effectiveness of machine learning for diagnosing ASD, exploring its genetic underpinnings, and designing effective interventions. This symposium presents two applications of machine learning techniques to improve ABA-based treatment outcomes in ASD.

Keyword(s): Autism, Data Mining, Machine Learning
 

Identifying Profiles of Challenging Behaviors With Unsupervised Machine Learning

Elizabeth Stevens (Chapman University), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Charly DeNocker (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), ERIK LINSTEAD (Chapman University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a greater risk for challenging behavior than individuals with other developmental disabilities. An essential step in the treatment of these behaviors is the identification of the specific topography and function of the behavior. In the current study, data were collected from a large database, in which supervising clinicians recorded the topography and function(s) of behaviors treated as a part of an individual's behavior intervention plan. In a sample of 3,216 individuals with ASD, we report on the frequency of the most common challenging behaviors and the identified function of the behavior. We apply cluster analysis to a sample of 2,116 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder in order to identify patterns of challenging behaviors observed in home and center-based clinical settings. Results indicate that while the presence of multiple challenging behaviors is common, in most cases a dominant behavior emerges. This work provides a basis for future studies to understand the relationship of challenging behavior profiles to learning outcomes, with the ultimate goal of providing personalized therapeutic interventions with maximum efficacy and minimum time and cost.

 

Identification of Diverse Behavioral Phenotypes in Autism Spectrum Disorder

DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Elizabeth Stevens (Chapman University), Marlena Novack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Erik Linstead (Chapman University)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a heterogeneous disorder, and individuals diagnosed with ASD exhibit diverse symptom presentation and severity, etiology, and treatment response. Research has explored potential ASD subgroups with preliminary evidence supporting the existence of behaviorally and genetically distinct subgroups; however, research has yet to examine treatment response across ASD subgroups. The present study investigated behavioral phenotypes in a large sample of children with ASD (N = 2400). Clustering methods were applied, revealing 16 subgroups. Further examination of the subgroups suggested 2 overlying behavioral phenotypes with a unique deficit profile each composed of subgroups that differed in severity of those deficits. Retrospective treatment data was available for a portion of the sample (n = 1,034). Treatment response was examined within each subgroup via linear regression methods. Results indicate that clustering has the effect of homogenizing treatment response, with over 70% of variance being explained by our models. These findings have implications on prognosis and targeted treatment of ASD.

 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and the Military: Veterans in College and Active, Reserve, and Veteran Suicides
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tom Buqo (Hofstra University)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Armies across the world have used both respondent and operant conditioning in initial training and task implementation for millennia. However, no military organization credits its use of such conditioning in the training of its troops. Grossman (On Killing, 1996), in his retrospective analysis of training is one of the very rare authors who stated that the US Army and Marine Corps rely on applications of the conditioning techniques of Pavlov and Skinner. The transition back to civilian life can prove difficult for those who have been deployed. The two studies presented here and their analyses are grounded in behavior analysis and standard celeration chart methodology. One presentation reports suicide data from all branches for all soldiers, those deployed, and veterans. Salem State University (Massachusetts, US) has implemented a program to assist returning military veterans with university success through the use of SAFMEDS cards (Say All Fast, Minute Every Day, Shuffled). Conclusions from both studies lead to the importance of using behavior analysis, both respondent and operant, with stateside, deployed and returning troops.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

People who will be interested in this presentation include those with an interest in: military issues college teaching standard celeration charts

Learning Objectives: Educate professionals about military veterans and enlisted military members; Raise awareness of veteran issues at universities; Raise awareness of military suicide issues; Encourage some to work in these areas
 
A Behavioral Analysis of Military Suicides
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (Xcelerate Innovations), James Meador (Xcelerate Innovations), Michael Kondis (Xcelerate Innovations)
Abstract: Suicide is currently a major issue in the US military. A 2012 Department of Defense report stated we lose 22 military veterans to suicide day. This is almost one veteran per hour that dies by suicide. Of those currently in the military—active duty and reservists in the four branches, and National Air and Army Guardsmen—to die by suicide the numbers are lower that are the veteran numbers. We used data from the US Air Force, including the Air National Guard (ANG) because it is the most complete and detailed. The ANG data shown on Standard Celeration Charts, are a part of this presentation. The additional data, also shown on Standard Celeration Charts, show that suicide continue to remain a significant issue among US troops--active, reserve or veteran. This presentation will include data displays from all branches of the US military as well as some specific data from the ANG. There will also be data from the Air National Guard about the demographics of those who have died by suicide, the manner of death, and other issues related to the suicides.
 
Using Behavior Analytic Methods to Improve University Study Skills for Military Veterans
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), Maria Pierce (Salem State University)
Abstract: Adjusting to an academic environment is challenging for many students, and especially the veteran student population. Transitions from military service to civilian life are often difficult due to a shifting role in identity and in the structure of the environments. Layering the challenges of beginning a new academic career and beginning their life as a student can be overwhelming. The goal of the current study was to provide students with a way to structure their time to become more effective at studying, and thus help with the adaptation to university. A series of workshops was developed that include instruction and practice using SAFMEDs (Say All Fast, Minute Each Day, Shuffled) and the PQ4R (Preview, Question, Read, Recite, Reflect, and Review) method. In this presentation, SAFMEDs fluency data will be presented along with an evaluation of the complexity of questions developed using the PQ4R method. In addition, discussion of longitudinal plans for evaluating and extending the workshop program will be included.
 
 
Panel #308
Are You Ready to Work in Healthy Behavior Change? (HINT: Success Relies on Becoming an Expert and Building a Business)
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Diah Askari (Behavior Man)
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewell LLC)
MERRITT SCHENK (University of South Florida)
GABRIELLE TRAPENBERG TORRES (Behavior Basics LLC)
Abstract:

Applications in health, fitness, and wellness are ripe for behavior analysts. However, many barriers exist that must be overcome when expanding our science into health and fitness. This panel will address common issues that behavior analysts must overcome to have success such as building expertise, recognizing business opportunities, and creating value for others.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #309
CE Offered: BACB
A Scientific Approach to General Education: Recent Advances in the Accelerated Independent Learner Model
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the Accelerated Independent Learner (A.I.L.) Model teachers apply the principles of behavior analysis to all aspects of teaching, with the goal to increase learner independence among a range of learners. Research derived from this model is based on the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS') model, where the learn unit is utilized and students are taught to a mastery criterion across subject areas. Systematic objectives are created from the school district, state and national standards across elementary grade levels in academic and self-management areas. Students are not only taught structure but also functional repertoires, which is often lacking in general education curricula. This includes incorporating the motivational conditions for learning, as well as the behavior and outcomes of behavior. Another essential component of the A.I.L. Model involves the establishment of verbal behavior developmental cusps. Coupled with the research rooted in the Verbal Behavior Development (VBD) Theory, we have identified to date key cusps or capabilities that are essential for success in the general education classrooms. Teachers establish these cusps when they are missing utilizing research-based protocols. Also, teachers can effectively and efficiently arrange instruction and the curriculum based on students' progress on the VBD trajectory and truly accelerate learning.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): A.I.L., General Education, Learn Unit
Target Audience:

Professionals in the field of ABA, Teachers, Adminstrators

Learning Objectives: N/A- optional for BACB
 

The Accelerated Independent Learner: Pre-Requisite Verbal Developmental Cusps and Capabilities

ANGELA CHEN (Morris School District; Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The push toward more inclusive educational opportunities for students with disabilities have been precipitated by state and federal mandates. This transition from self-contained (special education) classrooms to mainstream settings is dependent on a number of factors, many of which rely on the built-in supports provided by the classroom teacher and within the school community. However, students who are able to learn from direct instruction in a self-contained classroom may not always be able to acquire novel operants when placed in an inclusion setting. Transition criterion should include not only appropriate academic and behavioral standards but also the necessary verbal behavioral cusps and capabilities in order for students to be successful learners in an inclusive classroom. The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model has identified several pre-requisite verbal behavior cusps and capabilities that can facilitate a successful transition for students with disabilities. Some of these include the presence of Naming, observational learning, and say-do correspondence. When students have these cusps and capabilities in repertoire, they can learn incidentally and from observation, increasing the magnitude of learning opportunities not only from the teacher but also from their peers in an inclusive classroom.

 

Teaching Reading Repertoires Effectively and Efficiently Through the Fundamental Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom

BRITTANY CHIASSON (Morris School District, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Teaching independent reading skills is critical for the acquisition of a fluent reading repertoire and success in grade school. Independence is central to building a students' reading repertoire regardless of the students' standing as an early or advanced reader. A scientific basis of teaching reading involves teaching the foundational skills efficiently and effectively by application of the fundamental principles of applied behavior analysis. Scripting instruction explicitly and systematically with progressively sequenced and clearly defined objectives is important for a scientific basis of teaching reading. Independence is also cultivated in advanced readers by organizing and prioritizing instruction to include components of a Personalized System of Instruction (PSI). Learning to teach as a scientist is vital to students' learning. Teachers in an Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) utilize research-based protocols for reading instruction to move the student progressively towards independence. Early readers may be missing prerequisite reading repertoires and may require research-based protocols. Each of these components to teaching facilitates independence and builds strong reader repertoires.

 

Bringing Function to the Classroom: Instructional Tactics and Protocols in Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Accelerated Independent Learner Classrooms

VICTORIA VERDUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The function of behavior is integral to the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model. Behavior Analysts consider the function of behavior in all aspects of their daily work because it is fundamental to the defining characteristics of applied behavior analysis. In the same manner, teachers in Accelerated Independent Learner (A.I.L.) general education classrooms emphasize function across content areas including Math, Reading, Writing, and Social Studies. Several verbal developmental reader-writer cusps expand students' community of reinforcers through protocols that focus on the functional aspects of reading and writing. CABAS teachers utilize evidence based protocols to induce verbal behaviors such as reading governs responding, technical writing affects readers' behaviors, aesthetic writing affects emotions, and writers as self-editors. These cusps advance student repertoires and increase student independence. Teachers also script measureable, criterion-based objectives that not only meet the district and national and state standards, but also incorporate evidence-based tactics. Teachers in A.I.L. classrooms teach to mastery criterion and graphically display student responses using Learning Pictures to analyze individual, group, and class wide data. Functional, data based instruction is vital to progressive teaching strategies and student success.

 
 
Symposium #310
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction: Alternate Teaching Procedures and New Content Domains
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was used to teach academic content and socially relevant skills. In the first study, middle school students receiving EBI learned classes consisting of stimuli related to world religions to a greater extent than students who received a video lecture with a self-instruction workbook. In the second study, college students receiving a stimulus-pairing, yes-no procedure, which is a variation of match-to-sample (MTS), learned classes of logical fallacies to a greater extent than students who received traditional MTS, or those who engaged in self-study. The third study used EBI to teach elementary school children equivalence classes consisting of pictures of materials suitable for recycling, composting, or trash. Class-consistent responding generalized to accurate sorting of actual three-dimensional materials into their respective recycling, composting, or trash bins. These studies extend the procedures that can be used for EBI and the content domains for which EBI is effective.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): derived relations, recycling, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

BCBA practitioners and educators

Learning Objectives: By the end of this symposium, attendees should be able to describe what traditional instruction with stimulus equivalence-based instruction entails. By the end of this symposium, attendees should be able to describe what the stimulus-pairing, yes-no responding procedure entails. By the end of this symposium, attendees should be able to describe three recent studies that extend the literature on using EBI to teach academic and socially relevant content.
 

Comparing Video Lecture to Equivalence-Based Instruction to Increase Religious Literacy in Middle School Students

Daniel M. Ferman (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Craig H. Domanski (The DATA Group)
Abstract:

Being familiar with other religions and their practices is referred to as religious literacy (American Academy of Religion, Religion in the Schools Task Force, 2010). Although American children spend a great deal of time in schools, many schools do not teach about world religions. Our study compared equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to a video lecture (Lovett, Rehfeldt, Garcia, & Dunning, 2011) to teach middle-school students five, 6-member equivalence classes representing Judaism, Islam, Christianity, Hinduism, and Buddhism. Class members consisted of (A) religion's name, (B) religion's symbol, (C) sacred text, (D) a notable figure, (E) service leader, and (F) major holy day. Students were randomly assigned to either EBI or video lecture. Participants in the EBI group demonstrated higher levels of correct responding across the vignette, and match-to-sample posttest measures than those in the lecture group. These results show that EBI was a more effective treatment than a video lecture. Educational implications of these results will be discussed.

 
Comparing Match-to-Sample, Stimulus-Pairing Yes-No Responding, and Self-Study to Teach Equivalence Classes of Logical Fallacies to College Students
EMILY GALLANT (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Abstract: We compared the effectiveness of traditional match-to-sample (MTS), stimulus-pairing yes-no responding (SPYN), and self-study to teach four, 3-member equivalence classes of logical fallacies to college students. The fallacy classes were ad hominem, circular argument, faulty analogy, and slippery slope. Class members were (A) a description of the fallacy, (B) the fallacy’s name, and (C) 3 vignette exemplars illustrating the fallacy. A pretest-train-posttest design with a between-subjects group comparison was used. Across groups, difference scores for both written and computerized pretests and posttests were compared. Two additional, untrained vignette exemplars were used to assess generalization during computerized testing. Maintenance of written and computerized class-consistent responding was assessed one week after the posttests. Although students in all three groups improved on their scores from pretest to posttest on the written and computerized tests, the results showed a small advantage for the SPYN procedure over both MTS and self-study. These data indicate that the SPYN procedure provides an additional equivalence-based instruction option to effectively teach academic content to advanced learners.
 
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Young Children to Sort Recycling, Trash, and Compost Items
JUANA BOLANOS (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Briana Ostrosky (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract: In the present study, three young children were taught classes of stimuli related to trash, recycling, and compost items using equivalence-based instruction (EBI). Three 4-member classes were taught. The three classes were recycling, composting, and trash. Each class consisted of the written word (A), corresponding receptacle symbol (B), color of corresponding receptacle (C), and item pictures (D). All training and testing trials were conducted using match to sample with a binder on a table top. In addition, generalization of class-consistent responding and sorting were programmed for by using multiple exemplars and common stimuli. A multiple-baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of EBI across various emergent relations. All participants formed the equivalence classes and learned to appropriately sort actual three-dimensional items into their respective bins (i.e., trash, recycling, compost).
 
 
Symposium #311
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Classroom Behavior in Children With Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Classrooms are complex environments that require teachers to implement a variety of management strategies to minimize problem behavior and maximize learning time. Given the difficulty of selecting and implementing behavioral interventions in the school setting, there is a need for interventions that are contextually fit with the school environment. This symposium presents findings from three papers on improving individual student classroom behavior in elementary school classroom settings, using interventions that teachers can easily implement with fidelity. The first study evaluated the use of the Class Pass Intervention to decrease problem behavior and increase academic engagement of three students with disabilities in three classrooms. The second study focused on comparing the impact of student-chosen versus teacher-chosen group contingency criteria on disruptive behavior and academic engagement in using the Caught Being Good Game with four students with problem behavior in two classrooms. The final study examined the use of computer-assisted instruction to decrease transition times for three students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who engaged in problem behavior during transitions between activities. All three papers reported positive outcomes when using the interventions for students with and without disabilities engaging in problem behavior during classroom activities or routines.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain key components of Class Pass Intervention; (2) describe the role of teacher and student choices on reinforcement criteria in implementing group contingencies; (3) explain how computer-assisted auditory and visual cues can be used to improve transition behavior in the classroom setting.
 

Using the Class Pass Intervention: An Application to Improve Classroom Behavior in Children With Disabilities

(Service Delivery)
LEANN SARAH AVILA (University of South Florida), Rachel M Sofarelli (University of South Florida), Taylor Narozanick (Pasco County Schools), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

One intervention that is easy to implement and requires minimal school resources is the Class Pass Intervention (CPI). The CPI is used as a class-wide or secondary level intervention to decrease escape-maintained disruptive behavior in the classroom. The purpose of the study was to extend the literature on the CPI by further evaluating the impact of the CPI on disruptive behavior and academic engagement of elementary school children with disabilities who are engaging in disruptive behavior. Three students and their respective teachers participated in the study. A multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded reversal was used to demonstrate the impact of the CPI on student behavior during a targeted problematic classroom activity. The results indicated that the CPI was effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing academic engagement for all participating students. Results were maintained for one participant while fading the magnitude of the intervention. Students and teachers rated CPI as effective and acceptable.

 

Choices on Reinforcement Criteria in Using the "Caught Being Good Game" to Improve Classroom Behavior

(Applied Research)
BETH GIGUERE (University of South Florida), Michael Marotta (University of South Florida; Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The Caught Being Good Game (CBGG), a variation of Good Behavior Game, is an interdependent group contingency that focuses on giving students points for engaging in appropriate, rule-following behavior. The present study aimed to expand the literature on CBGG by targeting students in general education classrooms and comparing the impact of student-chosen versus teacher-chosen contingency criteria on disruptive behavior and academic engagement. Four students who were at-risk for developing emotional disorders in two general education elementary classrooms were targeted in the study. A multiple-baseline across participants design with an embedded alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the intervention outcomes. Results indicated that the CBGG intervention resulted in decreased disruptive behavior and increased academic engagement for all four students although data demonstrated limited experimental control. Moderate differences in improvement in classroom behavior were observed when comparing teacher-chosen and student-chosen contingency criteria; however, the teacher-chosen criteria condition led to overall lower levels of disruptive behavior and higher levels of academic engagement. Social validity assessments indicated that both the teachers and the students found the intervention to be acceptable.

 

Using Computer-Assisted Instruction to Decrease Transition Times for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
JESSICA MOORE (University of South Florida), Kristina Ashlee Bewley (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Transitions within the school setting have been a challenge for school staff when working with students that have autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Students with ASD typically have a difficult time transitioning frequently throughout a school day, and problem behavior can be more apparent during this time. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a similar computer-assisted instruction (CAI)-based intervention to decrease latency to on-task behavior during transitions in a classroom with students diagnosed with ASD. Two different transitions that occurred within a classroom were compared using the CAI-based intervention with three student participants. Results indicated that using the CAI-based intervention in collaboration with teacher input decreased latency to on-task behavior for all three participants for both transitions without the use of a group contingency or reinforcement component.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #312
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Discipline Without Punishment

Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D.
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
DICK GROTE (Grote Consulting Corporation)
Dick Grote is President of Grote Consulting Corporation in Dallas, Texas. He is the author of the book, Discipline Without Punishment. Now in its second edition, Discipline Without Punishment has become a management classic. Paramount Pictures bought the movie rights to Discipline Without Punishment and produced the award-winning video series "Respect and Responsibility" with Dick as on-camera host. His other books include The Complete Guide to Performance Appraisal and The Performance Appraisal Question and Answer Book, both published by the American Management Association. Forced Ranking: Making Performance Management Work, was published by Harvard Business Review Press in 2005. His most recent book, How to Be Good at Performance Appraisals, was also published by the Harvard Business Review Press in 2011. His books have been translated into more than a dozen languages, including Russian, Chinese, Vietnamese, Arabic, and Thai. In 2013, the Harvard Business School made a series of videos of Dick Grote providing his observations and counsel on performance management for Harvard's executive education programs. In 2016 the Harvard Business Review produced and published a series of Dick Grote's "Tools" to help managers on the subjects of goal-setting and performance appraisal. For five years, he was a regular commentator on National Public Radio's "Morning Edition" program. For twenty years Dick Grote was adjunct professor of management at the University of Dallas Graduate School. His articles have appeared in Cosmopolitan and the Wall Street Journal.
Abstract:

An obscene message written on a potato chip triggered the development of a radically different approach to dealing with disciplinary problems. Discipline Without Punishment is the innovative performance management system that replaces traditional disciplinary policies and procedures with a positive, responsibility-focused approach. Like conventional approaches, the Discipline Without Punishment procedure provides a progressive series of steps to handle the everyday problems of absenteeism, bad attitudes and poor performance that arise in all organizations. But Discipline Without Punishment gets rid of traditional disciplinary responses—like warnings, reprimands, and unpaid disciplinary suspensions—that focus on punishment. Instead, the DWP system requires employees to take personal responsibility for their own behavior and to make real decisions about their performance and continued employment. Unique to Discipline Without Punishment is the final step before termination: the Decision Making Leave. The employee is suspended from work for one day. He receives full pay for his time away. But this is no extra vacation day. On "Decision Day" the employee must make a final decision: either to solve the problem completely, or to quit and find greener employment pastures elsewhere. Dick Grote created Discipline Without Punishment. Through his books and consultations he has helped some of the largest organizations around the world eliminate punishment as a disciplinary tool and replace it with a system that demands personal responsibility. Dick will explain how he created the approach and why it has been successful for over 40 years.

Target Audience:

The target audience is any individual who is responsible for managing the performance of other people; any individual who is called upon to provide counsel and advice about how to manage problem employees and solve performance issues; any individual who is interested in learning about the mechanics involved in creating and implementing a major management system that changes organizational culture.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the creation, mechanics, and vital elements of the Discipline Without Punishment performance management system; (2) understand the rationale, value and increased effectiveness of using an approach based on personal responsibility to solve common organizational �people problems� rather than using an approach based on punishing misbehavior; (3) understand the psychological and emotional mechanisms that cause problem employees to decide to change their behavior and perform at a fully acceptable level.
 
 
Paper Session #313
OBM in Higher Education
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
 
Utliizing OBM to Excel Your Higher Education Institution (and Academic Career)
Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA M. ALVERO (Queens College and The Graduate Center, CUNY)
 
Abstract: Applying the principles of ABA to organiztaions is common practice among OBM practitioners, however, it does not allows translate into a resistance-free implementation. This presentation will summarize the subtle and creative ways in which an OBM professor utilized behavioral interventions to help overcome common obstacles within a higher education institution. Training, system analysis, and performance feedback are some of the interventions used to help improve instructor teaching evaluations, increase student evaluation response rates, develop efficiency in student advisement, enhance communication among adjucnt faculty, and increase the validity and reliability of course content across course sections. Each small success created a minor career shift from OBM professor to OBM internal consultant and resulted in a unique journey within academic administration. Details of each project, results, recommendations, and the importance of such findings will be discussed.
 
Sustaining Long-Term, Systemic Change at Large Organizations Experiencing Leadership Succession
Domain: Applied Research
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: This paper discusses the authors' research that establishes empirically-based principles of good practice regarding successful executive leadership succession in large universities engaged in long term, systemic change. The particular interest is change aimed at improving undergraduate student success (on-time graduation and retention; national data source: Integrated Postsecondary Educational Data System, or IPEDS). The sample consists of 32 universities that comprise the membership of the Coalition of Urban Serving Universities (USU), a subset of the Association of Public and Land-Grant Universities (APLU). The universities in the study sample share these characteristics: (a) are located in metropolitan regions of 450,000 or more inhabitants; (b) enroll 10 or more doctoral students per year; (c) expend $10 million or more annually on research; and (d) engage meaningfully with their local metropolitan region. Of particular interest in the analysis are: (a) the universities’ various selecting environments, (b) pertinent macrobehaviors (behavioral patterns shared by a large proportion of individuals who occupy various roles in the university), and (c) pertinent metacontingencies (recurring patterns of interlocking behavior contingencies that occur in nested hierarchies and exist at the cultural level). The discussion includes working hypotheses used in the current analysis of the 12 year performance (2004-2015) of these universities.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #314
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

A Tale of Two Rats: The Backstory of a Clever Cartoon

Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Kennon Andy Lattal, Ph.D.
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
Andy Lattal is Centennial Professor of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he has taught and mentored 44 doctoral students in behavior analysis since 1972. Andy's research, covering a host of topics across the discipline's spectrum, has appeared in more than 160 research articles, chapters, and edited books. Included among them are several on the history of behavior analysis. He has been recognized for his professional service with the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis's awards for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis and for the International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis. A past Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, he currently serves as the Editor for English Language Submissions of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis and as the Associate Editor for Translational Research of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis.
Abstract:

Behind this well-known cartoon [https://www.abainternational.org/media/130027/LattalCartoon.jpg] is a story bringing together the personal histories of two undergraduate alumni of a foundational psychology course at Columbia University and the history of a program in behavior analysis that both was central in the evolution of behavior-analytic education and spawned some of the most important figures in the development of our science. This presentation tells the story of the cartoon's creation, context, significance, and impact.

Target Audience:

Undergraduate through professional-level behavior analysts, historians of psychology, anyone with a good sense of humor.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the relation of the cartoon to the curriculum in psychology at Columbia University in the 1950s; (2) describe the history of the apparatus used in the introductory psychology course; (3) explain the impact of the program at Columbia University on the history of behavior analysis; (4) explain the significance of the cartoon for the issues of control and countercontrol.
 
 
Symposium #315
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Horizons: Addressing Conceptual and Methodological Limitations in Analyses of Complex Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis as a field is growing at a phenomenal rate, with behavior analytic services available to more in need than ever before. The range of applications of behavior analysis, however, in research and practice remain somewhat limited in many ways. In some areas, a lack of variability in experimental and observational methods allow for those methods to become conflated with the observations themselves. In other areas, philosophical and theoretical concerns keep us from consuming and building on non-behavioral findings. In either case, scientific progress is slowed. This symposium will explore two examples where horizons could be pushed to optimize behavior analysis' influence in important domains of social significance. The first paper will review new or uncommonly used approaches to training and testing derived relational responding. The second paper will seek to describe cognitive phenomena in behavioral terms and propose approaches for researching them. The discussion will focus on ways to continue to expand the influence of behavior analysis in meaningful ways.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behaviorism, Cognitivism, Derived-Relational-Responding, Relational-Frame-Theory
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in relational frame theory, derived relational responding, cognitivism, and behaviorism.

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Describe one new method of training and testing derived relational responding. 2) Describe one cognitive phenomenon in behavioral terms. 3) Describe general variables limiting the expansion of behavior analysis.
 

Beyond Match-to-Sample: New Methods in Training and Testing Derived Relational Responding

REBECCA NOEL TACKE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Melissa Morgan Miller (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Derived relational responding (DRR) is a key concept in Relational Frame Theory that has been applied to exploring and intervening on a range of complex behaviors from literacy to perspective taking. The basic research on DRR has been rather prolific, typically making use of match-to-sample preparations, where participants engage in a series of conditional discrimination tasks. It has, also, however relied almost solely on MTS and closely related methods. To the extent that the basic functional characteristics proposed to define DRR are observed only with MTS, our understanding of this phenomenon is necessarily limited. This presentation will first briefly review the phenomenon of DRR as proposed in Relational Frame Theory, along with an overview of MTS methodologies as they've been applied to basic research in the area. Next, it will provide a review of the strengths and weaknesses of alternative technologies for training and testing DRR. Recommendations for future research will be offered.

 

Overlapping Perspectives: A Conceptual Talk on the Overlaps Between Cognitive Psychology and Contextual Behavioral Psychology

MELISSA MORGAN MILLER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Rebecca Noel Tacke (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Behaviorism has long been committed to exploring all behaviors of social significance from a solid philosophical and theoretical foundation. That foundation is distinct, in part, for its rejection of mentalism—the explanation of behavior by appealing to cognition or other "mental events." With this, however, has come the frequent rejection of certain phenomena as topics for behavior analytic study—particularly those phenomena frequently studied in cognitive psychology. For behavior analysis to continue to grow in both basic and applied domains, we must seek to understand the implications of data collected from a cognitive perspective. Once we are able to look past differences in terminology, theory, and methods, we have the opportunity to do what we do best—to apply behavioral principles and methods to (1) determine the conditions under which certain cognitive phenomena are exhibited and (2) manipulate those conditions to improve cognitive functioning. This presentation will review several key cognitive phenomena of social significance along with how we might define and analyze them from a behavioral perspective.

 
 
Symposium #316
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Behavioral Technologies Across Different Populations and Targets
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The utility of behavior analysis is vast. Behavior analytic technologies may be used to improve a myriad of behavioral excess and deficits, and have been demonstrated to be effective across a wide variety of populations, including individuals with developmental and/or intellectual disabilities. While much of the research within the field of behavior analysis targets interventions for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder, it is important to also recognize the efficacy of behavior analytic interventions with other populations, including individuals with comorbidities and individuals without intellectual disability. The purpose of the current symposium is to provide a sampling of research conducted across different populations to address various skill deficits. All research presented in the current symposium was conducted in applied settings, to address the unique needs of individuals in these settings. Research reviewed will include utilizing behavior analytic methodology to increase exercise behavior in middle-aged women who are overweight, the application of equivalence-based instruction to teach a child with hearing impairment and cochlear implants to communicate, and improving accuracy of preschool-aged children during delayed multi-step listener tasks via teaching a rehearsal response.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral health, behavioral medicine, hearing impairment, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed behavior analysts, other related professionals (masters and doctoral level)

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify methods to increase physical activity in middle-aged women 2. Identify how equivalence-based instruction may be utilized to increase communication skills in a child with hearing impairment 3. Identify how teaching a rehearsal response may improve accuracy of responding in preschool-aged children on a multi-step listener task following an imposed delay
 
Effects of Technology and Behavioral Coaching on Daily Activity
(Applied Research)
JESSICA R. MIAS (Simmons College), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
Abstract: Optimal health outcomes are positively correlated with regular exercise, yet nearly one quarter of the adults in the United States reportedly do not participate in physical activity during their free time. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring, feedback, and goal setting, while wearing a Fitbit One device with or without behavioral coaching. Participants included eight overweight but otherwise healthy, adult women. During the condition in which the participants only wore the Fitbit, the Fitbit program generated generic goals and feedback. During behavioral coaching, feedback and goals were individualized for each participant, and step count goals were determined using percentile schedules. For two participants, mean daily step counts were higher during the behavioral coaching condition; for all other participants, mean daily step counts were higher in the condition with just the Fitbit. Caloric expenditure and distance traveled increased for all participants during the intervention conditions.
 

The Inclusion of Listener and Speaker Behaviors in Equivalence Classes in a Child Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Hearing Loss

(Applied Research)
SIMONE VILAS BOAS PALMER (Simmons College; Crossroads School)
Abstract:

The acquisition of language allowed individuals to access further complex skills, different environments, and become more independent. The stimulus equivalence research has demonstrated effective results in teaching skills, especially language. The present study evaluated the establishment of listener behavior in one child with autism and hearing loss, and tested the relationship between the speaker and listener behavior as becoming part of an equivalence class. Three communication modes (i.e., symbolic pictures, American Sign Language, ASL, and the participant's voice output device) were evaluated in order to demonstrate the effectiveness of those modalities in skill acquisition. The results demonstrated the effectiveness of using visual stimulation in establishing listener behavior, as well as the class formation between listener and speaker behaviors. However, ASL was not an effective mode of communication and transfer of stimulus control did not occur in this study. Limitations, confounding variables, and contributions were discussed in the discussion section.

 

The Effects of Teaching a Rehearsal Response on Delayed Multi-Step Selection-Based Responding

(Applied Research)
KELLY HURLEY (Simmons College), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Children with autism often exhibit deficits in verbal and non-verbal behaviors. Researchers within the field of autism and other developmental disabilities often study language, and how language is acquired. Understanding how one acquires language can lead to more effective interventions when teaching this population of individuals. The current study looked at the effects of teaching a rehearsal response on participants' ability to emit a multi-step listener response when a delay interval was imposed. Six students with autism served as participants in the study, four males (ages 4-5) and two females (age 4). Students were first taught to tact or select novel pictures. Following mastery of the tact or listener response, probes were conducted to see if participants could emit the corresponding listener behavior, consisting of a multi-step selection response following a delay. Participants who were unable to accurately emit the listener behavior were then taught to rehearse the directive across the imposed delay. Preliminary results for one participant suggest that accuracy for multi-step listener responses may be improved when the directive is rehearsed over the delay interval. The efficiency of this procedure when teaching individuals with limited language repertoires and suggestions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Panel #317
CE Offered: BACB
Behaviorism in the Great Beyond: A Panel on the Dissemination of Behavioral Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Adrienne Fitzer, M.A.
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC)
GARRET M. CANTU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
ADRIENNE FITZER (The Applied Behavior Analysis Center, Inc.)
AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has seen an increase in popularity over the past two decades. Mobilized by increased demand, ABA has developed considerably as a profession, developing standards for training and certification that support ethical and effective practice of behavior analysis. Most of the public's awareness, however, is limited to the incredible effectiveness of applied behavior analytic (ABA) interventions for autism spectrum disorders. In this way, the maturation of behavior analysis as a profession has not been matched by the improved effectiveness of dissemination of general principles of behavior analysis. This is unfortunate, as behavior analysis has the demonstrated potential to effect socially significant change in a broad range of domains. The members of this panel are professionals who have committed huge amounts of time and other personal resources to promote the accurate, ethical, and effective dissemination of behavior analysis with varying emphases. Panelists will discuss key objectives, strengths, challenges, and new opportunities for the dissemination of behavior analysis, as well as the criteria for evaluating dissemination efforts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in promoting effective dissemination of behavioral analysis, discussing new challenges and way for disseminating behavioral analysis, and criteria for evaluating dissemination efforts.

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Promote effective dissemination of behavioral analysis. 2) Discuss new challenges and way for disseminating behavioral analysis. 3) Criteria for evaluating dissemination efforts.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Public Awareness, Social Influence
 
 
Invited Paper Session #318
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

A Synthesis Model of Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis

Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Dr. Greer is Professor of Psychology and Education at the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University where he heads the MA and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis and the education of students with/without disabilities. He has served on the editorial boards of 10 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 20 journals and is the author of 13 books in behavior analysis. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, and Italian. Greer has sponsored 224 doctoral dissertations taught over 2,000 teachers and professors, originated the CABAS model of schooling used in the USA, Ireland, Italy, England, and founded the Fred S. Keller School (www.cabasschools.org). He has done basic and applied experimental research in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his colleagues have identified verbal behavior and social developmental cusps and protocols to establish them when they are missing in children. He is a recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, recipient of May 5 as the R. Douglas Day by Westchester County Legislators. He has served as guest professor at universities in China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, Korea, India, Ireland, Italy, USA, and Nigeria.
Abstract:

The presentation will share curricula/pedagogy developed over four decades for MA and Ph.D. students, synthesizing basic, applied, and conceptual repertoires for educating children. Students spend days in R&D school and evenings attending university classes that reflect the training in the schools (www.cabasschools.org). Training requires mastery with criterion referenced measures of completion of progressively advanced modules that synthesize basic and applied behavior analysis reflecting Behavior Selectionist, Interbehavioral, and Pragmatism epistemologies. Component objectives will be described including: experiments, data decisions, errorless TPRA observations, applied and basic research summaries, accurate visual displays, and pre-verbal and verbal behavior developmental protocols to establish verbal/social cusps.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how the modules synthesize applied, basic, and conceptual objectives across the university courses and the related internship; (2) describe the TPRA observation procedure and how the procedure allows collection of data on both student/client and teacher/therapist; (3) define verbal behavior about the science, contingency shaped behaviors, and verbally mediated behavior; (4) explain how this model of teaching behavior analysis determine mastery of applications or contingency shaped behaviors of teaching or doing therapy with children.
 
 
Paper Session #319
Teacher Training
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA
Chair: Ozlem Toper Korkmaz (Uludag Universitesi)
 

Globalization of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Nigerian Education System: Capacity Building in Inclusion Schools

Domain: Service Delivery
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Bosede Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, Lagos, Nigeria), Isuan Suzy Asikhia (University at Buffalo: Jacobs School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences-Department of Psychiatry)
 
Abstract:

PREAMBLE In this 21st century, Africa and its states remains a 'dark continent' in the era of the fastest developing profession - applied behavior analysis worldwide. The population of Africa is currently 1.24 billion. The World Health Organization has described the situation with autism in Africa as a 'developmental disability pandemic' that is largely under recognized, under appreciated in its impact, and under resourced. Nigeria's current population is about 193million and nearly 1.9 million is projected to be affected. In the entire Africa, the number of Registered Behavior Technicians is 22; BCaBA 4; BCBA 6; BACB approved training institution one, and there is no approved test center in the continent. Specifically, no functional disability legislation in Nigeria rather there exists ineffective infrastructure for special needs service delivery, exclusion on grounds of disability, abuse and violation of human rights. Only one state in Nigeria has 32 government owned inclusion schools staffed with very limited number of under qualified teachers attending. ABA is currently the only scientifically validated intervention for children with Autism and other Developmental Disorders and it comprises of a series of clinically articulated procedures that are systematically performed based on set principles and taught in a highly structured, culturally sensitive manner. The technological know-how involved in this science requires good supervision to ensure competent practice by the professionals CONCLUSION: There is strong need for sustainable capacity building through the transfer of ABA technology, and culturally sensitive manpower development in Nigeria and Africa at large.

 
 
 
Symposium #320
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Refinements in Skill Acquisition Research
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The collection of studies in this symposium will explore how variations in prompting procedures, reinforcement procedures, and mastery criteria can influence the acquisition and maintenance of skills. First, Lauren Schnell will present a study evaluating the use of an individualized assessment to identify the most efficient prompt and prompt fading procedures for individuals with autism. Second, Jennifer Owsiany will present a study examining the use of an abbreviated assessment to compare the effectiveness of consequences for correct responses on skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. Third, Sarah Richling will present a study assessing the relation between a mastery criterion rule and skill maintenance for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Fourth, Brittany Juban will present a study evaluating a component- or trial-based mastery criterion when teaching a least-to-most prompting strategy to undergraduate students. Finally, Dorothea Lerman will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research on skill acquisition.

Keyword(s): Discrete-Trial Instruction, Mastery criterion, Skill Acquisition
Target Audience:

The target audience is practitioners and researchers in applied behavior analysis

 

Using Assessment to Identify Learner-Specific Prompt Type and Prompt-Fading Procedures

Lauren Schnell (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Kathleen Emily Marano (Caldwell University), Casey Nottingham (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Assessment plays a vital role in the programming and education of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To date, only a small handful of studies have evaluated the use of assessment to identify the most efficient instructional practices for individuals with ASD. This is problematic as these individuals often have difficulty acquiring skills and the procedures that may be efficient with one individual may not be for others. We conducted individualized instructional assessments to identify the most efficient prompt type (model, partial physical, full physical) and prompt-fading procedure (progressive delay, most-to-least, least-to-most) for teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations (AVCDs) for individuals with ASD. We determined efficiency by measuring the total number of trials and training sessions required to mastery as well as the total training time and mean training time per mastered target for each of the conditions. Each assessment was conducted at least twice to establish generality. To validate our assessment results, we combined the most efficient and least efficient instructional components into treatment packages applied to teaching a novel set of AVCDS with participants.

 

Using an Abbreviated Assessment to Identify Effective Consequences for Correct Responses for Individual Learners During Discrete-Trial Instruction

JENNIFER M OWSIANY (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Previous research suggests that the type of consequence provided for correct responses during discrete-trial instruction can influence skill acquisition for children with intellectual disabilities. The most effective consequence tends to vary across learners, suggesting the need to conduct individualized assessments. In the current study, we used an abbreviated assessment to compare the effectiveness of consequences for correct responses on skill acquisition for three children with intellectual disabilities. During the abbreviated assessment, we sampled participants' responding with each procedure for up to 60 trials and completed the assessment before participants reached our mastery criterion. Then, we used the results of the abbreviated assessment to predict the most effective and efficient procedure for each participant. Next, we conducted validation assessments, comparing the number of sessions and time required for participants to master targets with each procedure. Finally, we assessed participants' preferences for the different consequences using a concurrent-chains assessment. The results suggest that an abbreviated assessment may be a useful tool for identifying consequences for correct responses that will lead to the quickest skill acquisition for individual learners.

 

The Effects of Different Acquisition Mastery Criteria on the Skill Maintenance of Children With Developmental Disabilities

SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The demonstration of behavioral acquisition and the maintenance of performance following treatment is fundamental within the fields of behavior analysis and education. The acquisition of skills for individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism has historically focused on the attainment of a certain mastery criterion. The current study involved a survey of clinical practices of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA's) and Doctoral Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA-D's) which indicates the most commonly utilized mastery criterion is 80% accuracy for three consecutive sessions. Based upon these results, a series of experiments were conducted to evaluate the extent to which the adoption of this mastery criterion rule is correlated with skill maintenance for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders. Results demonstrate that this mastery criterion rule alone may be insufficient for producing maintained effects of skill acquisition programming as early as one week post-acquisition for approximately half of the data sets. Implications and future research are discussed.

 

A Comparison of Component and Trial-Based Mastery Criteria on Outcomes of Video Modeling Training

BRITTANY ANN JUBAN (May Institute), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee), Jennifer Martin (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee), Victoria Fletcher (University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Mastery criteria are used as an objective marker to evaluate when an individual has mastered a skill. It is common to use a criterion of at least 90% correct responding when teaching adults or staff more complex skills (e.g., Deliperi, Vladescu, Reeve, & DeBar, 2015; Gianoumis, Seiverling, & Sturmey, 2012). However, mastery criteria may be misleading when identifying the extent to which an individual has learned a new skill that requires many training or component steps. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a component- or trial-based mastery criterion when teaching the least-to-most prompting strategy to three undergraduate students. More specifically we evaluated the duration of training and the accuracy of each of the twelve component steps in an error analysis when comparing a mastery criterion of 90% correctly completed steps to 90% correctly completed trials. Results showed that the less stringent criterion of correctly completed steps overestimated mastery of the skill, and error analyses revealed that several critical steps of training were missed. This findings suggests that a more stringent trial-based mastery criterion may be necessary when teaching more complex skills. Clinical implications when choosing a mastery criterion for staff training and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #321
CE Offered: BACB
Home and Community Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Trained professionals often treat children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) using a previously ordered and established curriculum. However, adjunctive treatment protocols are necessary if we are going to provide optimal functioning for the children within home environments and within the community. Such additional programming for example, include targets such as athletic training, cooperative play and social interactional training, and safety training. The research presented here will highlight some of the ways in which children with autism spectrum disorder can acquire athletic skills for later participation in sports programs, cooperative play with siblings and peers, furthering conversational speech for "phrase only" speakers, and finally, to teach children with autism spectrum disorder awareness of the dangers that strangers may bring within the community. These socially valid behaviors are necessary complements to the basics of any applied behavior analysis program. The importance of these behaviors within home and the community is emphasized in the symposium.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, practitioners, and researchers

 

Teaching Athletic Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Benjamin Thomas (Claremont Graduate University), CAITLYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Participating in community sports is associated with a healthy lifestyle, and can also increase children with autism spectrum disorder's (ASD) opportunities for social development (Weiss & Harris, 2001). Unfortunately, children with ASD are often lacking in appropriate play and athletic skills (Potvin et al., 2013), and there are few guidelines in the literature for teaching them these skills. In the present study, we used a multiple baseline across participants and skills design to assess the effects of visual and positional prompting, fading, and differential reinforcement on the acquisition of two athletic skills by two boys with ASD. Social behaviors of communication and joint attention with peers were also measured before and after training for both children. Results indicated that the children acquired the athletic skills during training, and corresponding gains were observed in the peer play probes. Discussion will focus on the implications of targeting physical activity within interventions for individuals with ASD, as well as on considerations for structuring athletic skill teaching interactions and types of prompting methods.

 

Effects of Teaching Cooperative Puzzle Play on the iPad to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JENNA GILDER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

The present study examined a strategy for encouraging social play among children diagnosed with ASD through teaching cooperative play skills using the iPad®. Specifically, the children were taught to play with the puzzle cooperatively by moving the puzzle pieces together. The study used a multiple baseline design to teach five dyads with ASD to play with the puzzle cooperatively. The dyads were observed in the puzzle sessions and in subsequent free-play sessions and their cooperative play and verbal behaviors were recorded. During baseline, the children did not play cooperatively. The intervention phase involved cooperative puzzle play training sessions, where the experimenter taught the children to move the pieces together using physical/verbal prompts. All ten participants learned to play the puzzle cooperatively. For seven of the participants, cooperative play and verbal communication also occurred in free-play. Follow-up data demonstrated that some children maintained cooperative play behaviors both in the puzzle and free-play settings 3-weeks to 15-weeks following treatment. These findings provide preliminary support for teaching cooperative play to individuals with ASD using an iPad®.

 

Increasing Phrase Speech Within the Community With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CAITLYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Jenna Gilder (Claremont Graduate University), Brittany Nichole Bell (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Typically, communication interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) target nonverbal children and highly verbal children, but tend not to focus on those children in the middle who are considered "phrase speakers." For non-verbal children, The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) (Bondy & Frost, 1994) has successfully increased speech (Charlop-Christy, Carpenter, LeBlanc & Kellet, 2002), while script programs have been successful in increasing conversational speech in verbal and literate children with ASD (Charlop-Christy & Kelso, 2003). The present study used a multiple baseline design across participants to examine the effects of a PECS-based script program with three school-aged, phrase speakers with ASD in the community. Conducting training sessions indoors during play and outdoors during recreational activities, the present study focused on increasing each participant's contextually-appropriate speech while increasing varied responding and length of utterances through the inclusion of action verbs and descriptors (i.e., colors, numbers, sizes). Initial results are promising and additional data are being collected. Findings from the current study may have implications for communication interventions for phrase speakers with ASD, both in therapy and community settings.

 

Using Video Modeling to Teach Abduction Prevention Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BRITTANY NICHOLE BELL (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are especially vulnerable to potential abduction by predators within the community. Video modeling was used to teach children with ASD how to respond to taped stranger lure scenarios and in-situ stranger lures. A multiple baseline design across 6 participants was used to assess treatment effects. Measures consisted of reported verbal and motor responses to three stranger lure scenarios and actual responses to stranger lures planted near the children's therapy program and within the children's communities. Prior to intervention, participants displayed few appropriate responses to taped and in-situ stranger lure scenarios. Each participant rapidly met criterion during video modeling treatment. Results indicated that all six participants displayed increases in appropriate responses to taped stranger lure scenarios and in-situ stranger lures post-treatment. Participants demonstrated maintenance of the target behaviors three months following the intervention, with one hundred percent accuracy to taped stranger lures. This study indicated that children with ASD learned to appropriately respond to a stranger's lure and demonstrated the learned behavior in multiple contextually appropriate settings.

 
 
Symposium #322
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Translational Research Informing Treatments for Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, M.A.
Abstract:

It is important for the experimental and applied domains of behavior analysis to collaborate. Recent translational research has demonstrated that practitioners can use quantitative models and analog arrangements to improve applied treatments. The presentations in this symposium will discuss the implications of translational research for treatments for problem behavior. The symposium will consist of four presentations followed by comments from Dr. Christopher Podlesnik. First, Faris Kronfli will present on the use of the matching law to analyze a caregiver-training model. Next, Sarah Weinsztok will discuss the effects of reinforcer quality and magnitude in mitigating treatment degradation when integrity errors occur. Ryan Kimball will present on context renewal and discuss the implications for training for stimulus generalization. Finally, Dr. Andrew Craig will discuss research on behavioral momentum theory and its predictive validity for reducing resurgence of problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): problem behavior, quantitative models, translational research
Target Audience:

Practitioners, faculty, graduate students, and professionals

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to: 1. Describe how the matching law can be used to analyze training models 2. Discuss the effects that reinforcer quality and magnitude can have on target behavior in the face of treatment-integrity errors 3. Describe context renewal and its implications for applied treatments 4. Discuss behavioral momentum theory and how it can be used to predict the resurgence of target behavior
 
A Quantitative Description of a Caregiver Training Model
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: We assessed and treated problem behavior with individuals diagnosed with autism and analyzed the data using the matching law. First, initial observations were conducted in the home to identify a pre-intervention measure of caregiver behavior. Second, functional analyses were conducted to identify contingencies maintaining problem behavior. Third, function-based interventions were implemented to reduce problem behavior and teach appropriate behavior. Fourth, caregivers were taught to implement the intervention followed by post-intervention observations in the home. Last, an analysis of the initial and post-intervention observations were conducted using the matching law. The matching law accurately described a shift in inappropriate behavior to appropriate behavior following caregiver training.
 

The Mitigating Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude and Quality on Treatment Degradation: A Translational Approach

SARAH WEINSZTOK (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Brianna Laureano (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity errors, or any deviation from a treatment program, may be unavoidable in the natural environment and may be detrimental to the persistence of treatment effects. We devised an analogue preparation of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with young learners with ASD to investigate ways to mitigate treatment degradation when integrity errors occur. We parametrically increased combined omission and commission errors, and examined how the manipulation of reinforcer magnitude and reinforcer quality in favor of the alternative response affected responding as errors increased. Results indicate that higher magnitude or higher quality reinforcement for alternative behavior may have some mitigating effects when treatment degrades (i.e. the amount of treatment integrity errors increase), but that manipulation of reinforcer quality may be more effective than magnitude in doing so. Additionally, these manipulations may increase persistence of the alternative response even when schedules of reinforcement favor problem behavior. We discuss the implications for programming behavioral interventions for problem behavior.

 

Translational Evaluation of Operant ABA Renewal During Alternative Reinforcement: A Preliminary Investigation

RYAN KIMBALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Operant renewal is the reemergence of a previously extinguished behavior due to a change in stimulus context after extinction. Renewal is problematic in the context of the treatment of severe behavior disorders because destructive behavior may reemerge from simply transitioning from a treatment context to another context (e.g., home). In the current study, we examined a modified ABA renewal procedure in a translational format with analogue tasks. First, we reinforced target responding in Context A. Next, we concurrently extinguished target responding and differentially reinforced an alternative response in Context B. Finally, we tested for renewal of target responding in a return to Context A while extinction and differential reinforcement remained in place for target and alternative responding, respectively. Participants (diagnosed with ASD or other developmental disabilities) were exposed to both a typical ABA renewal procedure and the modified renewal procedure. For some participants, the results of the current experiment demonstrated the renewal of operant behavior despite the continued presence of extinction for target responding and the presence of differential reinforcement for an alternative response. The present findings spotlight the conditions under which context renewal occurs and provides evidence for further research on training for stimulus generalization.

 

On the Predictive Validity of Behavioral Momentum Theory for Reducing Resurgence of Problem Behavior

ANDREW R. CRAIG (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katherine Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Resurgence refers to recurrence of eliminated behavior when an alternative source of reinforcement is discontinued. This form of relapse poses unique challenges for maintenance of positive treatment effects following alternative-reinforcement based interventions for problem behavior. Behavioral momentum theory provides specific insights into procedural manipulations that should reduce the likelihood that problem behavior will resurge in the face of treatment challenges. For example, momentum theory suggests that resurgence should be reduced by using lower rates of reinforcement during treatment or longer periods of exposure to treatment. Further, presentation of either response-noncontingent reinforcers or stimuli associated with reinforcer unavailability after suspension of treatment should minimize resurgence. Four recently published studies that aimed to test one or more of these predictions will be reviewed. In each study, a treatment that was informed by momentum theory to reduce resurgence was compared to a control treatment using within-subject designs in individuals with developmental disabilities. Together, the results from these studies provide support for the predictions of behavioral momentum theory: In 75% of cases, resurgence was lower following the momentum-informed treatment than the control treatment. Implications of these findings for alternative-reinforcement based treatments will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #323
Social and Health Aspects of Discounting Research
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Recent discounting research has shown that steep discounting is associated with a wide variety of problem behaviors, such as obesity, pathological gambling, and substance abuse. The current set of talks describe in more detail either how different pathological behavior is related to aspects of discounting, or how changing specific aspects of the discounting task can result in measurable changes in discounting. The specific problem behaviors include individuals with extreme body mass index (BMI) levels (both underweight and overweight), pre-diabetes and Type II diabetes. The specific aspect of the discounting task that are manipulated is how the discounting task is described to the participants, as either an individual or group outcome. The current set of talks will show the importance of discounting research in relation to important problem behaviors, and how changes in discounting procedures can change discounting outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Diabetes, Discounting, Framing, Obesity
 
Framing Effects on Discounting: Individual and Group Contexts
LAURA BARCELOS NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Correlations between steep delay discounting curves and many forms of pathology (substance abusers, pathological gambler, etc.) suggest that how people answer these types of questions relates to their behavior outside the study environment. Altering how situations are described in discounting questionnaires has also led to differences in responding. In particular, some have attempted to change responding by having the results of the decision affect multiple people rather than just the participant, what has been called “group-context” discounting. This procedure has yielded mixed effects on discounting. Participants in the current study completed an online survey that included both individual and group-context delay discounting questionnaires. Preliminary analysis of the data indicates that framing the outcomes as a group outcome rather than an individual outcome produces small changes in discounting rates. Specifically, the group-context seems to reduce discounting at larger delays (of a year or more). These results have implications for both the social aspects of discounting and how language (framing) influences discounting rate.
 

The Relationship Between Delay and Social Discounting and Body Mass Index in University Students

KATHERINE WAINWRIGHT (University of Texas, San Antonio), Paul Romanowich (University of Texas, San Antonio)
Abstract:

Delay discounting is associated with body mass index (BMI), with individuals who discount more having higher BMIs. This same relationship was found when a social component was added during a social temporal discounting procedure. However, no study has tested whether the social component by itself is related to BMI. The current study tested the relationships between social discounting, delay discounting, and BMI. Eight hundred seven undergraduates completed delay and social discounting measures, and a demographic questionnaire from which BMI was calculated. Social discounting was not significantly related to age-adjusted or non-age adjusted BMI. However, using non-age-adjusted BMI scores and dichotomizing individuals as either non-obese/obese resulted in a significant relationship between social discounting and BMI in the predicted direction, whereby participants with a higher BMI shared significantly more than non-obese individuals. Consistent with previous research, there was a significant relationship between delay discounting and BMI, and a significant correlation between delay and social discounting. Additionally, participants with low BMI (< 18.5) appeared to substantially contribute to the significant results. The current results replicated a previous delay discounting and BMI relationship, but also demonstrate the need to standardize how BMI is calculated and focus on participants with low BMI in relation to discounting measures.

 

The Role of Delay Discounting and Impulsivity in Diabetes Self-Care Adherence

PAUL ROMANOWICH (University of Texas, San Antonio), Katherine Wainwright (University of Texas, San Antonio)
Abstract:

Diabetes is a chronic disease requiring extensive self-care such as daily blood glucose monitoring, diet and exercise routine adherence, foot care, and medication self-administration during disease management. Increased delay discounting, and impulsivity more generally, may decrease adherence with these self-care behaviors. To examine the relationship between delay discounting and diabetic self-care behavior, 101 adults (~ age = 51) diagnosed with either prediabetes (n = 51) or Type 2 diabetes (n = 50) completed a delay discounting task, the behavioral inhibition scale (BIS), self-care profiles, a diabetes knowledge test, and a measure of diabetes management self-efficacy. Higher self-reported knowledge levels and self-efficacy both independently predicted better adherence to foot care practices. There was no relationship between delay discounting or BIS and diabetes self-care adherence for participants either diagnosed with prediabetes or Type II diabetes. Although previous research had indicated a relationship between delay discounting and diabetes (Lebeau et al., 2016; Reach et al., 2011), the current results did not replicate those results. There are procedural differences that may explain the discrepant findings. However, the current results are consistent with Stupiansky et al. (2013) who found that diabetes-specific self-efficacy partially mediated the relationship between impulse control and diabetes self-care, when impulse control was self-reported. Future research is needed to identify the exact association between diabetes, self-efficacy for foot care, and impulse control.

 
 
Symposium #324
Alternative Model Organisms: Alcoholic Bees, Mutant Mice, Robotic Zebrafish, and T-Mazing Octopi
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: David Matthew Cole (Utah State University)
Discussant: Brady J. Phelps (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: A defining strategy of behavior analysis is to understand human behavior through basic principles derived from simpler organisms. The pigeon and the rat are the field’s standard-bearers. This partiality has only strengthened over time such that 85% of animal models in the Journal for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior were pigeons or rats from 2008 to 2012, compared to 76% fifty years earlier from 1958 to 1962. By adopting default organisms, researchers stand atop a mountain of species-specific knowledge, to which they strive to add their own nugget of wisdom; by adopting alternative organisms, they start at sea level. Nevertheless, model selection should be a deliberate one, and sometimes, experimental questions or laboratory resources dictate alternative paradigms. With the premise that maintaining model variability is essential to the long-term health of the field, this symposium describes four lesser-known options collected from sea, air, and land. Presenters will address the relative merits of their model organism, as well as practical considerations for investigators receptive to adoption.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethanol consumption, genetic modification, preference assessment, social behavior
 
Adding Genetically Modified Mice to the Armamentarium of Behavior Analysis
DAVID MATTHEW COLE (Utah State University)
Abstract: From its earliest days, behavior analysis parsed biological correlates of behavior with a toolkit that included drug administration, lesions, and cranial stimulation. Today, missing from this armamentarium is genetic modification. One downside is that translational research into genetic disorders like autism—a mainstay of clinical behavior analysis—has been stymied. Why has adoption of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) lagged? One explanation is that GMOs have not been rejected in principle, but rather, only in the past decade has genetic modification been available for a default organism in behavior analysis: the rat. Yet, modifying the mouse (Mus musculus) germline has been possible for nearly four decades. In adopting the most productive model organism in medicine, behavior analysts gain access to hundreds of models of psychiatric disease. In this talk, I comprehensively review (a) model organisms reported in the Journal for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and (b) mouse models of autism reported in the archives of PubMed. I touch on breeding, genetic modification, genotyping, phenotyping, and modifying behavioral assays for mice. The mouse is not a miniature rat; however, most points will apply to genetically modified rats, with the expectation that they will become a primary target for future behavioral investigations.
 
Honey Bees as a Behavioral and Biological Model of Ethanol Consumption: Research on Proboscis Extension Conditioning
CHRISTOPHER ALLEN VARNON (Converse College), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University), David Craig (Oklahoma State University), Tim Black (Oklahoma State University), Christopher Dinges (Oklahoma State University), Harrington Wells (University of Tulsa)
Abstract: In this presentation, we discuss the importance and findings of using honey bees (Apis mellifera) as behavioral and biological models of ethanol consumption, with a focus on two recent experiments. In both experiments, we investigated the effects of ethanol using a proboscis extension response (PER) conditioning procedure, where restrained bees were taught to associate odors with repeated sucrose feedings. Bees were also administered 0%, 2.5%, 5%, 10%, or 20% ethanol solutions. In experiment 1, we investigated the ability of bees to respond to reversals in CS+ and CS- roles. We found that while ethanol inhibits behavior, the bees were able to adapt to the stimulus reversal at lower doses. In experiment 2, we tested if bees learned a conditioned odor aversion by associating that odor with ethanol prior to a PER procedure where the odor was a CS. We found that our bees did not learn a conditioned aversion despite the inhibitory and aversive effects of ethanol. The findings of both experiments will be related to the current understanding of the effects of ethanol, as well as the behavioral ecology of honey bees. We also discuss future directions for honey bees and other invertebrates as models of substance use.
 
Who Is Influencing Whom? Unveiling Causal Relationships in Social Behavior
MAURIZIO PORFIRI (New York University)
Abstract: The quantification of causal relationships underlying animal interactions is of critical importance in the study of social behavior. Information theory offers a powerful framework to measure social influence from tracked trajectories or behavioral observations. By encoding animal behavior through a stochastic process, we leverage the concept of transfer entropy to measure social influence. In this talk, we demonstrate the validity of this approach through experiments on zebrafish, a popular animal model in preclinical research. Our experiments include a series of preference tests, in which zebrafish are exposed to biologically-inspired robotic stimuli. These stimuli are designed to mimic the morphology and swimming style of zebrafish, while affording full control over their behavior. In open-loop experiments, the stimulus moves along predetermined trajectories, such that a causal relationship should be detected from the response of the live fish. In closed-loop experiments, the stimulus is instead commanded to follow the live fish in real-time, such that the direction of influence should be reversed. Through the notion of transfer entropy, we demonstrate the ability to detect these interactions from tracked data and we comment on extensions to live stimuli and larger groups.
 

Operant Conditioning in Octopus Bimaculoides

AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Kevin Erdner (SIU)
Abstract:

Conditional discrimination has been used to examine learning and other psychological aspects of human and animal behavior, however, even though the octopus has a large brain and advanced learning capabilities among invertebrates little research has been conducted in this area. This presentation will cover three studies using the species Octopus Bimaculoides. Study 1 conducted a preference assessment of four different foods (frozen crab/shrimp, live crab/shrimp) for three octopuses. Latency to eat each food was recorded and the results found that the live crab was most preferred for all subjects. Study 2 examined a shaping procedure that involved opening a container that housed a live crab. The results found that the two octopuses latency to open the container decreased with training, suggesting that the shaping procedure was effective. Study 3 evaluated whether octopuses could conditionally discrimination in a T-maze. After the shaping procedure, two octopuses were then trained to enter a T-maze, in which both arms had eggs at the end of them but only the right side held a crab. Results of this study found that the octopuses were able to conditionally discriminate in the T-maze. Implications of the findings and avenues for future research will also be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #325
Practical Issues in Treatment
Sunday, May 27, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Kelli Minton (ECU)
 
A Behavioral Approach to Sleep Coaching for Children With Autism and Other Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Domain: Service Delivery
KATHRYN HOLLORAN (A Piece of Mind)
 
Abstract: This paper will outline a behavioral approach to teaching children with Autism or Developmental Delays to sleep independently. Strategies and interventions will follow the A-B-C framework, and modifications and specific applications to different situations will be discussed. The paper will include detailed plan templates for children in early-, intermediate- and advanced- learner stages. Additionally, the paper will outline strategies around the three major areas of sleep challenges: trouble falling asleep at bedtime, trouble staying asleep, and nighttime sleep disorders such as Obstructive Sleep Apnea, Restless Leg Syndrome, Sleepwalking and others. The first section of the paper will outline general issues faced by families with kids with Autism and Developmental Delays. The second section of the paper will outline the Functional Behavior Assessment information of sleep challenges faced by children with Autism and Developmental Delays. Utilizing a Competing Pathways Model, the paper will identify Antecedent, Teaching and Consequence Strategies. Next, specific sleep disturbances will be explored and addressed through behavioral strategies. Lastly, plan templates / outlines will be shared for early learners, intermediate learners, and advanced learners. Modified materials, strategies and interventions are imperative for effective sleep plans. Data sheets, progress monitoring resources and troubleshooting strategies will be shared as well.
 
Impact of Functional Behavioral Assessment and Independent Group Contingencies on Activity Levels of Obese Adolescents
Domain: Service Delivery
KELLI MINTON (East Carolina University)
 
Abstract: Traditional exercise group interventions fail to identify each person’s unique reason for target sedentary behaviors (i.e. escape from aversive physical sensory experience, escape from difficult or lengthy task). Thus, traditional group interventions can lend themselves to encouraging escape, avoidance, and terminating behaviors. All exercise activities consist of chains of behaviors which are specific, objective, directly observable and measurable. In our work, we conducted functional assessments using three-term contingencies (ABC profile) and collected data on frequency and duration of target behaviors. This informed individualized function based interventions in an individual group contingency.
 

Training Parents on How to Implement Preference Assessments Critical Steps

Domain: Service Delivery
DANIELA MENDONÇA RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de Alagoas; Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cognição e Ensino, Brazil), Fernanda Mota (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Leonardo Brandão Marques (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brasil)
 
Abstract:

For years, the scientific literature has shown that training parents in the implementation of behavior analytic procedures can be beneficial to both the child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and to the parents themselves. One skill that tends to be a part of any parent training in behavior analytic procedures is how to assess child's preference. The purpose of the present paper was twofold, to review the literature on preference assessment training, and to develop a curriculum to teach parents to implement different preference assessment procedures. We identified 14 basic steps that should be mastered by parents, such as filling out a preference assessment form, sorting out and presenting stimuli, giving efficient instruction, and giving access to the preferred item. We designed a simulator which will implement the teaching procedures for the 14 basic steps by playing both the trainer's role, providing instructions and feedback for parents' responses, and the child's role, providing the parents the opportunity to respond based on the child's behavior on each trial. We discuss the feasibility of remote training and its advantages and disadvantages when compared to live training.

 

Assessing Behavior to Inform Treatment: A Behavioral Interpretation of Cognitive Screening Instruments Used in Aging Primary Care

Domain: Service Delivery
BRIAN MACNEILL (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), Lyndsay R. Williams (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

The number of individuals with dementia is large and growing in the United States. Cognitive screening instruments are a common tool used to identify individuals with impairments and track the progression of those impairments. These instruments typically assess deficits using a structural (e.g., focusing on cognitive domains) rather than functional interpretation (e.g., focusing on stimulus-response relations). This paper provides a functional analysis of cognitive screening instruments, followed by guidelines for how behavior analysts can interpret and use assessment results for treatment planning and research. In this paper, we (a) briefly review common cognitive screening instruments used in primary care settings and their utility, while noting cognitive domains assessed (b) interpret those domains from a behavior analytic perspective and (c) provide recommendations for those providing services in the area of gerontology, including the potential behavior analytic utility of existing cognitive screening instruments as well as possible behavioral assays that could be developed. The benefits of a behavioral interpretation for those administering cognitive screening instruments and future directions regarding the role of behavior analysis in the development and refinement of assessments in the area of neurocognitive disorder are discussed.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #326
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Zoo Animal Welfare: Implications for the World’s Most Iconic Species

Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Valeri Farmer-Dougan, Ph.D.
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
GREG VICINO (San Diego Zoo Global)
Greg has spent the past 25 years straddling the line between animal care, behavioral research, conservation, and animal welfare. A unique set of circumstances has positioned him to apply this experience to a myriad of species in virtually every context. After studying Biological Anthropology at UCDavis, Greg went on to work for the University, first as an animal care specialist, and then as a Research Associate. He worked on projects ranging from vocal and social development, to geriatric cognition and aggression. His laboratory experience allowed him to ease back into animal management, applying science to the art of animal husbandry. He has consulted extensively on non-human primate socialization and group formation as well as behavior based enrichment programs and welfare monitoring. When he returned to his home town in 2007 to begin working for the San Diego Zoo he was invited to develop a more modern enrichment program, and ultimately form a comprehensive animal welfare program. He has focused on promoting positive indicators of welfare, as well as mitigating negative indicators all within the framework of a species natural behavioral repertoire. By emphasizing the frequency and diversity of behavior, he and his team have worked on developing integrated management strategies that exploit the adaptive relevance of behavior and making behavior meaningful for managed populations. This strategy is designed to be applicable to all species both captive and wild and he has extensive experience in the Middle East and East Africa applying these concepts to in-situ conservation programs and rehab/re-release sites. Greg has continued to work towards his institutes' mission of ending extinction, and has staunchly stood by the idea that all animals should be given an opportunity to thrive.
Abstract:

Modern zoos continue to transform both their mission and their execution as they reach the end of a decade’s long transition from animal attractions to sincere conservation entities. A heightened awareness of the science of animal welfare, the value of measuring behavioral outcomes, and the realization that zoos represent the last hope for many species has thrust us into a paradigm driven by natural history. The aim of this lecture is to highlight the modern approach to zoo animal welfare and the prevalence of behavioral science and its application to effective conservation programs. By using examples of how modern science has helped the management and conservation of species like the African elephant, I will review some of applications of zoo-based findings on in-situ conservation programs. I will cover some of the metrics used to measure animal welfare in zoos, as well as how the frequency and diversity of behavior can be used as a functional indicator of animal welfare. Finally, I will outline some of the strategies used to turn caretakers into stakeholders, primarily in cultures where animal husbandry and welfare are viewed in contrasting terms.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand zoo animal welfare; (2) understand the connection between animal welfare and wildlife conservation; (3) describe the current tools in use at modern zoos related to animal welfare.
 
 
Panel #327
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Employment Options for Adults With Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University; Eden II Genesis)
ERIN ARCHIBALD (Eden II Genesis)
SANJA CALE (SUNY Old Westbury)
ANYA K. SILVER (QSAC)
Abstract:

According to the United States Department of Labor, as of July 2015, labor force participation of people with disabilities is 19.8% and 69.0% for people without disabilities. The unemployment rate of people with disabilities is 10.4% compared to 5.4% people without disabilities. The employment rate is not only lower for people with ASD compared to people with other disabilities, the pay for jobs, if they are able to secure them, is significantly lower, compared to others with disabilities. Only one in five young adults with ASD work full time at a current job with the average pay being $8.10 an hour. It is due to this limitation that a discussion is needed regarding innovative options for employment and building employment skills for individuals with ASD. The panel will focus on vocational assessment, taking into account individual preference. Specific assessment tools will be reviewed and discussed. There will be a review of employment models and discussion of the development of a new social enterprise.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Clinicians, Behavior Analysts, Vocational Specialists, Transition Coordinators, Adult Program Staff, Secondary Teachers, Administrators, Psychologists

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify a minimum of two vocational assessment tools to be used to assess vocational skills through the observation of behavior. 2. Participants will be able to identify at least two ways to assess vocational preferences in individuals with ASD through behavioral observation and preference assessment technology. 3. Participants will be able to list steps needed to develop a social enterprise. 4. Participants will be able to identify at least 2 specific behavioral techniques used within the development of a social enterprise.
 
 
Symposium #328
Conceptual and Practical Challenges for Applied Behavior Analysis in Brazil
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis in Brazil had its initial development centered in experimental and theoretical research. Nowadays, its applied branch is expanding, especially dealing with Autism Spectrum Disorder. These matters have prompted the behavior analytic community, who discusses the need for clear parameters about academic curriculum, professional experience and performance standards. This presentation will address these points, a) considering the challenges and possibilities of an intervention in Brazil that takes in the dimensions discussed in Baer, Wolf, and Riesley; b) analyze the importance of theoretical reflections for an intervention with the conceptual dimension, as when using concepts like "executive functions", imported from the cognitive-behavioral therapy, whose meaning to the behavior analyst has to be understood through the analysis of the smaller units that compose this concept, and without mentalist interpretations; c) To compare and consider how the behavior analyst has worked with intervention models like the Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) and Prompts for Restructuring Oral Muscular Phonetic Targets (PROMPT), its terminologies, and the importance of these models for naturalistic teaching and consequent reach of the dimension of the generalization of abilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ABA Dimensions, Executive functions, Verbal Behavior
 

Applied Behavior Analysis in Brazil: Challenges and Possibilities

(Theory)
MARILU MICHELLY CRUZ DE BORBA (Integra Comportamental)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis in Brazil had its initial development centered in experimental and theoretical research. Nowadays, its applied branch is expanding, especially dealing with Autism Spectrum Disorder. This development has produced questions in the social community, to witch the perception about the behavior analyst work is that ABA is only the application of certain techniques, the "ABA Method." These matters also have prompted the behavior analytic community, who discusses the need for clear parameters about academic curriculum, professional experience and performance standards. This presentation will address these points, considering the challenges and possibilities of an intervention in Brazil that takes in the dimensions discussed in Baer, Wolf and Riesley: how to make a conceptual-based work when the courses in psychology target a generalist coursework; how to make a intensive care, but with accessible cost to the population; how to make an intervention based on scientific principles, with a clear methods, with data taken and collected, when these skills are not taught in the traditional graduation - or understood only as academic requirements; and, without all this, how to deliver socially relevant consequences.

 

Executive Function From the Standpoint of a Behavior Analyst

(Theory)
CINTIA GUILHARDI (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Paula Suzano Gioia (Cintia Guilhardi)
Abstract:

Executive function (EF) is a broad term that refers to the cognitive processes that help us regulate, control and manage our thoughts and actions. It includes planning, working memory, attention, problem solving, verbal reasoning, inhibition, cognitive flexibility, initiation of actions and monitoring of actions. Most people on the autism spectrum have some degree of impaired executive function. Because executive function is such a complex concept, it can it can negatively impact success at school, home, the community and work. It is challenging to translate such a cognitivist conception into behavioral terms. First, behavioral psychology is not concerned with mentalistic causes of behavior and instead focuses on the behavior itself. Behavioral psychology is interested in behaviors and their relationship with the environment. Second, EF as a complex ability must be analysed into different behavioral units related to verbal behavior and rule-governed behavior. The understanding of such ability in behavioral terms will lead in techniques increasingly clear.

 

Early Start Denver Model and PROMPT Description as Interventions for the Language Teaching for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Theory)
RENATA DE LIMA VELLOSO (NEXO Intervenção Comportamental), Mateus Brasileiro Pereira (ABPMC)
Abstract:

Many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) do not speech due presenting motor speech issues (Apraxia of Speech). Because of the importance of the intervention focusing on the speech and language abilities for nonverbal children with ASD this study aims to describe two interventions that have been widely applied: The Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) and Prompts for Restructuring Oral Muscular Phonetic Targets (PROMPT). The ESDM is an early intervention for children with ASD the suggest a in individualized curriculum focussing on the current child ability, using naturalistic teaching strategies, based on Applied Behavior Analysis and also developmentalist theories. PROMPT is a technique that has as its final goal to re-establish the patient speech motor control through fiscal and gestures prompts for each phoneme. In the discussions, the importance of the research about interventions models for language is brought back, showing the efficiency of the studies. Both models have in their assumptions similarities and differences, but both use naturalistic teaching. It is essential that the evaluation and planning establish which techniques should be used, aiming language abilities teaching through interaction or through the oral motor abilities teaching. It is important to emphasize the importance of an integrated teamwork.

 
 
Symposium #329
Cultural Contingencies and Perceptions of Sexual Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Barbara Gross (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality)
Discussant: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract: Perceptions of sexuality and gender identity, as well as value judgements about sexuality and gender identity are a culturally selected behavior. The impact of public perception and verbal communities on shaping ontogenic behavioral repertoires is an important behavioral phenomenon. This symposium presents data on the impact of behavioral education involving LGBTQ issues on self-reports of individual behavior, and on cultural contingencies maintaining misogyny and rape culture. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, and will discuss recommendations for future research, instruction, and applied projects.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): gender identity, LGBTQ, rape culture, sexuality
 

Boys Will Be Boys: A Behavioral Account of Rape Culture

(Service Delivery)
JANANI VAIDYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The likelihood of abusers being punished when incidents of rape or sexual assault are reported is less than desired. Behaviors that could be considered precursors to sexual assault, such as are often dismissed as genetic, attention-maintained, or "inherent." Outdated gender roles that can be harmful to cisgender men are also selected and reinforced across generations. Morality culture dictates that rape is the result of the behavior of victims, not their abusers. Often, victims experience feelings of guilt or shame, and these covert behaviors are reinforced by their verbal community. This can lead to victims not reporting their assault, or the latency between the occurrence and reporting of the incident being quite long. Meanwhile the likelihood of aversive consequences for a perpetrator is quite less, if any at all. This talk will examine how behavior analysts can teach our clients about the patterns of this cultural phenomenon in order to influence how people view abusers and victims, potentially leading to systemic change in behavior.

 
The Effects of LGBTQ Variability Education on Self Reports and Tolerance Related Behaviors
(Applied Research)
YASH BHAMBHANI (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Lainy Day (University of Mississippi ), Jaime Harker (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: LGBTQ+ individuals are facing new challenges, and there exists significant stigma in the South for individuals who identify as LGBTQ+. Is there a way that we could incorporate teaching acceptance of sexual and gender diversity in undergraduate classes to influence citizens to be more tolerant? In this experiment, professors at a large Southern university from Biology, English, and Gender Studies departments collaborated and in their classes, focused on normalizing variable or marginalized sexual preference or gender identity, and discussed these variations as naturally occurring phenomena, from their own theoretical background. Students were asked to fill out survey questionnaires at three time points in the semester, to indicate verbal reports of pro-LGBTQ+ and tolerant behavior. Thirty-one students provided data at two or more time points and were included in the statistical analysis. Results showed that there were marked ceiling effects – many students showed behaviors and attitudes that were consistent with being pro-LGBTQ+ at all three time points. Results of the study will be discussed in their cultural context.
 
 
Symposium #330
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies to Increase Physical Activity in Children and Adults With Intellectual Disabilities and Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Physical inactivity can lead to a variety of health concerns over the lifespan. Individuals with intellectual disabilities often engage in sedentary behaviors and individuals with autism have been found to be at greater risk for becoming obese compared to typically developing individuals. Several factors have been listed as barriers to increasing physical activity with these populations such as preference for sedentary activities and deficits in social skills which impede engaging in team sports. Despite potential barriers, researchers are beginning to examine a variety of behavioral approaches to increasing physical activity with individuals with Intellectual Disabilities and autism. The first study examined the use of goal-setting and monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity in adults with intellectual disabilities. The second study compared exergaming to traditional exercise in adults with intellectual disabilities. The last study examined the use of Pictorial Activity Schedules to promote physical activities in school aged children with autism.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Exercise, Health Behaviors, Physical Activity
Target Audience:

Master's level behavior analysts and above

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe 3 methods of increasing physical activities in individuals with DD 2. Describe risk factors associated with low physical activity 3. Describe factors affecting maintenance of increases in physical activities
 

Monetary Reinforcement for Increasing Walking in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of South Florida), Lindsey Slattery (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Physical inactivity is a widespread problem associated with numerous health problems. Individuals with intellectual disabilities are at a high risk of living a sedentary lifestyle. Although a few studies have examined interventions consisting of goal-setting and reinforcement for increasing physical activity, no studies have evaluated the use of monetary reinforcement. Interventions consisting of goal-setting and monetary reinforcement have been shown to be effective with typically developing adults. The present study evaluated monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity in adults with intellectual disabilities. We evaluated a session-based intervention where participants earned monetary rewards for attaining step count goals as recorded by pedometers in one hour sessions each day in a work setting. The study also assessed the fidelity of staff implementation of the intervention and its acceptability. Five participants increased their steps when the intervention was implemented in an ABAB design. In addition, staff implemented the intervention with high fidelity (93%-100% accuracy).

 

Effect of Exergaming on Physical Activity of Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

JENNIFER VERGARA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida, Tampa)
Abstract:

Physical inactivity is the fourth leading risk factor related to death and the World Health Organization (2016) suggests engaging in at least 150 min of physical activity (PA) throughout the week. Many individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) engage in sedentary lifestyles that raise concern about their long-term health. Thus, interventions that aim to increase physical activity in this population are needed. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of exergaming on hysical activity and intensity when implemented with adults with intellectual disabilities. Four adult males diagnosed with ID participated in the study. During the traditional exercise condition and exergaming condition, there was no significant difference between the levels of physical activity observed. Percent occurrence of intensity was higher at ratings of 2, 3, and 4 during the exergame condition when compared to the traditional exercise condition and when given a choice participants chose exergaming over traditional exercise.

 

Using Pictorial Activity Schedules to Increase Physical Activity in Children With Autism

M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (May Institute), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Kristen K Criado (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University)
Abstract:

Children with autism are 40% more likely to be overweight and obese compared to their typically developed peers. Although evidenced-based interventions for weight management exist for other pediatric populations, these approaches may require adaptation for children with ASD. A key component of existing interventions is to increase time in physical activity. Individuals with developmental disabilities often require specific interventions to remain on task or complete activities with extended durations. Activity Schedules have been shown to be effective with this population in increasing time on task. The current study extended the use of Activity Schedules to promote sustained engagement in physical activities with 3 children diagnosed with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. All three participants showed increases in total time spent engaged in physical activities following intervention; however, engagement reduced to baseline levels when the Activity Schedule was removed. Thus, Activity Schedules appear to be an appropriate method of increasing physical activity in children with autism but more research on fading out the schedules is needed.

 
 
Paper Session #331
Recent Developments in Behavioral Development and Behavior Variability
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Recent Developments in Behavioral Development: Behavioral Systems Theory and Developmental Psychology
Domain: Theory
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University Stanislaus), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: We outline the basics of Behavioral Systems Theory (BST), a contextual behavior analytic alternative to traditional developmental psychology. The theory provides an understanding of changes occurring in individuals across their lifespans with learning processes, especially operant learning, playing the key role in development. In order to apply behavioral principles as a natural science to the long-run, multi-input open system that characterizes the life of an individual, we have included concepts from inside and outside behavior analysis. We will describe the role of concepts from dynamic systems approaches, both behavioral and non-behavioral, including multiple determination, coalescent organization, system levels, hidden skills, non-linearity, cascading, and others. The ever-changing reciprocal interactions (transactions) between the person and the environment, the treatment of organismic variables, including genetic inheritance, and the emergence of novel behaviors out of existing repertoires will be presented. The paper will conclude with illustrations of how BST can be applied to explain recent developmental findings in areas such as conduct problems, human aggression, and autism.
 
Behavioral Variability in Development: A Comparison Study Between Variable and Repetitive Behaviors
Domain: Basic Research
MIKE PERFILLON (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: In a study we compared the emission of repetitive and variable behaviors in the acquisition of complexes target sequences with four groups of human participants (n=20). Subjects had to emit sequences of three keys (AZE) on a computer to obtain a maximum amount of points. The experiment was divided into two phases: a training phase for each group and a phase in which difficult target sequences had to be emitted. In the variable group, sequences of the subject have to be different from the n previous to be reinforced. In order to increase variability we shaped the criteria of the lag procedure from a lag 3 to a lag 10. In the second group, repetitive behaviors were realized by producing reinforcement if sequences were similar to the n previous. Repetition was shaped in the same way as in the lag procedure (repetition 3; 5; 8; 10). Groups three and four were yoked respectively to the repetition and variable group. In the second phase, all participants had to learn specific sequences based on their lowest relative frequencies of the training phase. Results with adults suggest that behavioral variability facilitates the acquisition of difficult response.
 
 
 
Symposium #332
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting Schools in Working With Their Most Challenging Behaviors
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew McNally (Grossmont Union High School District)
Discussant: Paul A. Dores (Psychologist in Private Practice; Verbal Behavior Associates)
CE Instructor: Matthew C. Howarth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As a field, behavior analysts have seen much success in working with individuals with challenging behaviors in the home, private school, and clinic settings. Public school systems, however, generally do not have rigorous behavior analytic programs, and when available, these behavior analytic services are provided in a limited capacity. Effective implementation of applied behavior analysis in public schools and fidelity of implementation of behavior plans can be a difficult task, due to various reasons, including: lack of regulations with regards to credentials required for individuals in "behavior specialist" roles, vague criteria for what constitutes an appropriate functional behavior assessment in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) 2004, school district- employed Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) working administrative and program specialist positions rather than in direct supervision roles, and insufficiencies in training for district 1:1 aides as well as in the staffing ratios necessary to provide effective 1:1 ABA instruction to students. In this symposium, we demonstrate how Non-Public Agencies (NPA) who practice rigorous applied behavior analysis programming can successfully support districts in working with their most challenging cases in a systematic step-by-step manner. Effective staff training and instructional tactics will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Behavior Plans, Challenging Behavior, FAA, Public School
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, behavior specialists in public school settings, and other educators or professionals who work with individuals with problem behaviors

Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, participants will be able to 1) Describe effective tactics for training staff to accurately implement an individual's behavior intervention plan and instruction for replacement behaviors. 2) Describe three critical components that contribute to successful implementation of applied behavior analysis interventions within the public school setting. 3) Describe delay and denial tolerance training and how to implement it with individuals.
 

Conducting Functional Analysis Assessments in School Settings and Training District Staff to Implement Behavior Plans With Fidelity

(Applied Research)
MATTHEW C. HOWARTH (Verbal Behavior Associates), Cleo Schmitt (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kaitlin Johannsen (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

We examined the efficacy of conducting Functional Analysis Assessments (FAA) in public school settings, and training school staff to implement behavior plans with fidelity based on FAA findings using a multiple single-subject AB design. The independent variable was the implementation of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services delivered by a non-public agency (NPA) which occurred as follows: 1) conducting an FAA and developing a behavior intervention plan based on FAA results, 2) NPA aide implementing the behavior plan 1:1 with the student until identified maladaptive behaviors decreased to target levels, 3) using a fidelity of behavior plan checklist to train district aides to implement the behavior plan and Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy scale (TPRA) feedback to train accurate instruction for replacement behaviors, and 4) systematic fading of NPA aide to consult services only once district aide demonstrates mastery of behavior plan and instruction, and low levels are maladaptive behaviors maintain across transitioning of staff. The dependent variable was the level of support required by the student, measured as restrictiveness of placement on an intensity scale, and the frequency of occurrences of maladaptive behaviors. Data indicate a functional relationship between NPA ABA intervention and improvements in restrictiveness of placement, and decrease in maladaptive behaviors for all participants.

 
Using Delay and Denial Tolerance Training to Reduce Emission of Maladaptive Behaviors
(Applied Research)
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), CLEO SCHMITT (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kaitlin Johannsen (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: Part of functional communication skills training involves the systematic fading of consistent and immediate delivery of reinforcement following the emission of mastered replacement behaviors (functional communication), as access to reinforcement is not always possible or realistic in the natural environment. Therefore, teaching the skills of waiting for reinforcement, as well as appropriate responding to denial of reinforcement is necessary. We tested the effects of a delay and denial tolerance training procedure (Hanley, 2014) in applied settings (public schools) on the reduction of maladaptive behaviors using a delayed multiple baseline across participants. The independent variable was the implementation of the delay and denial training protocol. During the delay training phase, the participants were taught to “wait” following the emission of an appropriate mand, in increasing durations of time up to 2-min, without emitting maladaptive behaviors, before allowed access to the specified reinforcer. Following mastery of the delay phase, participants were taught to emit appropriate responses to the denial of reinforcement following appropriate mands, until they met the mastery criterion of zero emission of maladaptive behaviors when 60% of mands are denied within 20 trials (of mands) training session. The dependent variable was the rates of target maladaptive behavior. Data indicate a functional relationship; reductions of behaviors were observed following delay and denial tolerance training across all participants.
 
 
Paper Session #333
Assessment of Key Metrics Within Organizational Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
 
Employee Satisfaction and Work Characteristics: A Twist on Preference Assessments
Domain: Service Delivery
SHANNON BIAGI (Florida Tech; ABA Technologies, Inc.), Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Increasing employee satisfaction and motivation is often a huge challenge for organizations, regardless of the industry in which they operate. In the field of organizational behavior management (OBM), research has been conducted on preference and reinforcer assessments for employees meeting their performance targets, and this work will be reviewed in brief in this paper. However, in this presentation, cross-disciplinary approach will be taken to propose a shift in management and supervisor focus on, not only rewards, recognition, and incentive systems, but to altering the characteristics of the tasks and work itself to increase employee satisfaction and performance. A work characteristics preference assessment tool will be provided to attendees in order to help practitioners implement such an assessment in their own organizations, influenced by OBM, industrial/organizational (I/O) psychology, and business management literature and strategies.
 

Organizational Behavior Management in Action: An Analysis of a Company's Key Metrics Before and After a Behavioral Systems Analysis

Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE GORBOLD (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.), Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

Measuring and analyzing a company's performance from a behavioral perspective is an important part of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). This is an in depth look at a company's key metrics before and after a Behavioral Systems Analysis. It will review the assessment process, lessons learned, and actions taken, as well as the impacts of those actions and considerations for the future.

 
 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances on the Use, Analysis, and Validity of Single-Case Designs in Practice and Research
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite the widespread adoption of single-case designs by behavior analysts, there is still considerable debate as to how to use, analyze, and report the data. Research on the topic is important to develop guidelines and criteria that are empirically derived, which should support practitioners and researchers in their decisions. The purpose of the symposium is to address some of these issues by examining recent advances on the use, analysis, and validity of single-case designs in practice and research. The first presentation will examine guidelines for reporting the results of multiple baseline designs and to what extent these guidelines have been adopted by applied researchers. The second presentation will describe implicit criteria that are used by single-case researchers to determine the effects of independent variables within AB and multiple baseline designs. Finally, the third presentation will review previously published data to examine whether using AB designs in practical settings may be appropriate. Altogether, the presentations will provide an overview of recent research on the use and analysis of single-case designs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AB design, Data analysis, Multiple baseline, Single-case designs
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts and researchers

 
Application of Multiple Baseline Designs in Behavior Analytic Research: Evidence for the Influence of New Guidelines
(Applied Research)
JODI COON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: The multiple baseline (MBL) design is a single-case experimental design (SCED) that has both research and applied utility. Although the concurrent and nonconcurrent MBL variants are valid designs, each rules out different threats to internal validity. To help clarify these differences, Carr (2005) provided guidelines for graphically depicting and distinguishing between concurrent and nonconcurrent MBLs. This study assessed the extent to which Carr’s guidelines have been adopted by examining SCED studies published in three behavior-analytic journals from 2000 to 2015. A total of 1,636 articles were reviewed for this study. Results show that there were increases in researchers’ adherence to guidelines provided by Carr (2005). For example, from 2000 to 2005 there were no graphed CMBLs that were described as a CMBL in the respective manuscript. After 2006, there was a substantial increase in CMBL specification in most years; however, the percentage of CMBL graphs specified as such in the manuscript was still consistently below 50%. These findings suggest that SCED researchers are adhering more closely to Carr’s guidelines for graphically depicting CMBLs than to specifying the use of a CMBL in the manuscript; however, researchers’ adherence is not optimal for either guideline. As a whole, results suggest that the stipulations set forth by Carr influenced research practice in that researchers not only increased the specification of the MBL variant, but they also aligned their data in a way that was congruent with the specified MBL variation to a greater extent after 2005.
 
Criteria for Determining Behavior Change in AB and Multiple Baseline Designs
(Applied Research)
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study attempts to describe implicit criteria used by researchers to identify effects in AB and Multiple Baseline Designs (MBL). We extracted raw data from 100 published articles published across 36 journals between the years 2012 and 2015, and calculated the effect size, percentage of overlapping data points, and standard deviation for each tier of 177 MBL graphs. Data were then separated and analyzed depending on if the authors said if intervention was effective or not and means for effect size, percentage of overlap, and standard deviation were calculated. Results showed that there was no observable difference in standard deviation between graphs in which the authors said there was an effect versus when they did not say there was an effect. However, the effect size was greater and percent overlap between baseline and treatment data was smaller when authors said there was an effect versus when they did not. These results indicate that authors may take into consideration data features that roughly correspond to the number of overlapping data points and the overall increase or decrease between baseline and treatment phases when identifying effects.
 

Using Single-Case Designs in Practical Settings: Is Replication Always Necessary?

(Service Delivery)
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Stephanie Turgeon (Université de Montréal), Patrick Cardinal (École de technologie supérieure), Tara L. Sankey (Halton Catholic District School Board)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have widely adopted single-case experimental designs to demonstrate and replicate the effects of treatments on behavior. However, the withdrawal of treatment, which is central to most of these designs, may not be desirable, feasible, or even ethical in practical settings. To address this issue, we extracted 501 ABAB graphs from theses and dissertations to examine to what extent we would have reached correct or incorrect conclusions if we had based our analysis on the initial AB component only. In our first experiment, we examined the proportion of datasets for which the results of the first AB component matched the results of the subsequent phase reversals. In our second experiment, we calculated three effect size estimates for the same datasets to examine whether these measures could predict the relevance of conducting a replication. Our results indicated that the initial effects were successfully replicated at least once in approximately 85% of cases and that effect size may predict the probability of replication. Overall, our study suggests that practitioners may not need to conduct replications when the implementation of an empirically-supported treatment produces (a) clear change with a large effect size or (b) no clear change with a small effect size.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #335
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Matter, Movement, and Mind: The Order Is Important

Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Marcus Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
J. A. SCOTT KELSO (Florida Atlantic University; Ulster University)
For most of his scientific career Scott Kelso has been trying to understand how human beings (and human brains)—individually and together—coordinate their behavior on multiple levels, from cells to cognition to (most recently) social settings (see http://www.ccs.fau.edu/hbbl3/). Since the late 1970's his approach has been grounded in the concepts, methods and tools of self-organizing dynamical systems tailored to the activities of animate, living things (moving, perceiving, learning, remembering, developing, etc.), a theoretical and empirical framework that has come to be called Coordination Dynamics. From 1978 to 1985 Kelso was Senior Research Scientist at Yale University’s Haskins Laboratories in New Haven, Connecticut. Since then, Kelso has held the Glenwood and Martha Creech Eminent Scholar Chair in Science at Florida Atlantic University (FAU) in Boca Raton, Florida where he founded The Center for Complex Systems and Brain Sciences. Kelso is also Emeritus Professor of Computational Neuroscience at Ulster University in his home town of Derry, in the north of Ireland. Kelso and colleagues' research has been published in Science and Nature as well as other prominent journals in the fields of neuroscience, physics, biology and psychology. His books include Dynamic Patterns: The Self-Organization of Brain and Behavior (MIT Press, 1995), Coordination Dynamics (Springer, 2004) and The Complementary Nature (with D.A. Engstrøm) published by MIT Press in 2006. Kelso is a Fellow of APA, APS, SEP and AAAS and has received a number of honors and awards for his work, including the MERIT, Senior Scientist and Director’s Innovations Awards from the U.S. National Institute of Health. In 2007 he was named Pierre de Fermat Laureate and in 2011 he was the recipient of the Bernstein Prize. He was inducted as an Honorary Member of the Royal Irish Academy in 2016. Trained in a specifically interdisciplinary setting, Kelso’s PhD students and Postdocs have gone on to careers in some of the top academic and research institutions in the world, a fact that he is especially proud of.
Abstract:

This lecture will explain, by means of a theory of coordination, the relationship between matter, movement and mind. There will be a little physics (self-organization), a little biology (synergy selection), a little math (mostly nonlinear), a little theory (coordination dynamics) and a little experimentation (from fingers and babies and brains to ballet dancing and beyond)—all presented at the level of the proverbial educated layperson. The story is one of emergence, how spontaneous processes give rise to properties not usually ascribed to ordinary matter, but rather to living things, such as agency and goal-directedness. Paradoxical though it may seem, the self–the “I”– emerges from self-organization which, by definition, means the system organizes itself. In these open, complex systems, there is no organizer doing the organizing. The path, made by walking--as Machado would have it--is from nonequilibrium phase transitions in matter and movement (including motor development and learning) to the “eureka effect” of experiencing oneself as an agent for the first time. Who cares? Well, if you have ever wondered how mind gets into matter or how matter produces mind, please join me: like a choreographed script, the order of matter, movement and mind might be important. Phase transitions offer a transcendental mechanism, “the way in” to their relationship. Via symmetry breaking, “the way out” is the modern, metastable mind.

Target Audience:

Everyone who is interested in a novel, or different approach to the age-old mind-matter relation and the possibilities it creates.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the concepts, methods, and tools of the science of coordination (informationally coupled dynamical systems, aka coordination dynamics) and how it closes the loop (‘reciprocal causality’) between spontaneous, self-organizing processes and mental constructs such as intentionality, purpose and will.
 
 
Symposium #336
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Physical Performance and Gym Safety
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (Penn State Harrisburg)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although the benefits of routine physical fitness and activity are well documented, there is limited behavioral research on this important repertoire. Additionally, the gym environment contains multiple potential health hazards, such as unclean gym surfaces that can cause infection. The behaviors related to both physical performance and gym safety could be improved using behavior analysis. This symposium presents a series of successful interventions that improved behaviors related to physical performance and gym related safety with different populations. The first presentations showcases a treatment package of teaching with acoustic guidance, modeling, and feedback, and was successful in teaching a golf swing to a novice golfer without disabilities. The next presentation discusses how a physical activity routine was taught to three people with severe intellectual disabilities. Results of this study indicated moderate success using the simultaneous and least to most prompting package. We end with a presentation on the use of an antecedent intervention package to increase cleaning gym equipment post-use . Results of this last study indicated that a combination of a visual prompt and accessibility to cleaning supplies were needed for the greatest increase in cleaning behavior. The results of these presentations will be discussed as will the potential for behavior analysis in this non-traditional are of applications.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cleaning, Exercise, Physical Activity, TAGteach
Target Audience:

Practitioners, graduate students, and researchers interested in the application of behavior analytic principles in the field of physical activity

Learning Objectives: A the end of this symposium the participants will be able to: 1. describe the research based-extensions in prompting in the field of physical activity 2. Identify critical components of a TAGteach program 3. identify adaptions necessary to teach physical activity prerequisites to adolescents with severe to profound intellectual disabilities
 

The Acquisition of Exercises in Adolescents With Severe to Profound Intellectual Disabilities

(Service Delivery)
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

People with intellectual disabilities are at higher risk for obesity and associated disease. Often they do not engage in enough physical activity. By teaching people with intellectual disabilities how to engage in physical activity, there are not only health benefits but also the potential to develop a new leisure activity. Previous literature has shown that evidence-based practices are needed to teach people with intellectual disabilities physical activities. The purpose of this study was to teach three adolescents with a severe to profound intellectual disabilities how to engage in three different exercises a. Three multiple probe across behavior designs were used and results indicated that using this prompting package was only moderately successful. Future research is needed to find best practice techniques for teaching physical activity to people with intellectual disabilities. Furthermore, examining the effects of fluency training, compliance training, and gross motor assessments has on teaching physical activities to this population would be beneficial.

 

The Application of Teaching With Acoustical Guidance Treatment Package and Training a Novel Golfer

(Applied Research)
ANDREW STEVEN MASSEY (St. Cloud State University), Edward Justin Page (Duquesne University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAGteach) was used as a treatment package along with modeling, feedback, and error correction procedures to train a novel male golf. Using a multiple baseline across behaviors probe design with a two-week follow up, the participant met mastery in all six skill sets and behavior maintained for all skill sets that entered maintenance. During a two-week follow-up, four of five skill sets eligible for follow-up remained at mastery during all five attempts, and the fifth skill set met mastery criteria during the final three attempts. Limited research is available on Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAGteach) methodology and skill acquisition in sports, but results from the current study add to the available literature.

 
Increasing the Post-Use Cleaning of Gym Equipment Using Prompts and Increased Access to Cleaning Materials
(Service Delivery)
ILEXIS ELBA (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: A multiple treatment reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of three differentantecedent-based interventions on the post-use cleaning of gym equipment. Unidentified students, faculty, staff, and community members participated in this study. An announcement, signs, and signs together with increased accessibility to cleaning materials were evaluated. The highest level of post-use cleaning was observed under the signs plus accessibility condition. These results indicate that the use of antecedent-based interventions may be a viable option for increasing cleaning behavior.
 
 
Panel #337
CE Offered: BACB
Coaching for Behavioral Supports: Systems and Practices
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jodie Soracco, M.Ed.
Chair: Jodie Soracco (University of Nevada, Reno)
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno)
KACI FLEETWOOD (University of Nevada, Reno)
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida; Florida Mental Health)
Abstract:

As accountability of school policies and practices rise, schools in the United States are focusing on educational reform. However, there is little research focusing on coaches who engage in implementation strategies geared towards school reform (Mayer et al., 2015) and even fewer examining behavioral coaching of groups of individuals (Hackman & Wageman, 2005). These challenges arise at both the systems and content level. Currently, minimal literature exists that provides guidance for coaching processes that address systems-level features necessary for effective behavioral systems. Developing and implementing a structured coaching process that focus on implementing behavioral supports at both the systems and content level are necessary. This panel will provide guidelines and processes for building capacity of coaching at the systems level and content-level. Examples of an adaptation of Bill Abernathy's Total Performance System was applied at the systems level as well as practice-based coaching applied to building the skills of educators who are behavioral support coaches. Professional development assessments, tools, and data will be shared that have been used in efforts to improve behavioral systems and practices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Educators, behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: By the end of this presentation participants will be able to describe behavioral coaching systems components, identify the competencies necessary for behavioral coaching, as well as discuss the use of tools for enabling coaching of behavior systems and practices.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Coaching
 
 
Symposium #339
CE Offered: BACB
Training and Tools for Addressing Social Issues Using a Behavior Analytic Perspective: Some Curricular Considerations
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Courtney Moore (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have long argued that we can and should be doing more to contribute solutions to the world's most pressing problems. Most social issues involve human behavior; therefore, the natural science of behavior has much to offer. Despite an increase in university-based training programs in the last decade, there is still limited application of our science to address broad and diverse social issues. Through the MATRIX Project, the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group is identifying barriers to involving various societal sectors in applying behavior analysis to address social and global issues. The MATRIX Project seeks to identify practices that support the utilization of behavior analytic and behavioral systems approaches. This symposium focuses on exploring feasible practices identified for both university-based training programs and faculty including: incorporating coursework and lectures around applications of behavior analysis to social issues; including cultural/behavioral systems level content particularly with emphasis on social issues in curricula; and encouraging students to enroll in related coursework in other disciplines. Each presentation in this symposium provides an example of how social issues have been incorporated into coursework and training in an effort to expand the reach and impact of our science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): college teaching, curriculum design, social issues, systems
Target Audience:

University faculty

 
Introducing Students to Behavior Analysis and Social Issues in Basic Principles and Ethics Courses
(Applied Research)
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility )
Abstract: The number of university-based training programs for behavior analysts has increased in the last ten years perhaps as a function of applications of behavior analysis with individuals affected by autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) and the growing need for well-trained service providers in this area. Simultaneously, more and more behavior analysts have argued for increased diversity within the application of our science, frequently referencing Skinner’s (1982/1987) paper, Why We Are Not Acting to Save the World? Some (have argued that one reason behavior analysts have not been successful working in more diverse areas is a lack of coursework focused on areas outside of the application of behavior analysis to ASDs. The purpose of this presentation is to provide two examples of how course instructors can introduce students to applications of behavior analysis to social issues in their courses. Fortunately, most graduate training programs in behavior analysis share a common set of courses, particularly those training programs that house a verified course sequence by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Course units introducing students to behavior analysis and social issues in two courses common to BACB verified course sequences: Basic Principles and Ethics will be described.
 

Can a Behavior Change Project Help to Save the World?

(Applied Research)
CARLOS LOPEZ (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas), Michaela Smith (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Rittel and Webber (1973) outlined 10 characteristics of "wicked problems". Some might argue that 40 years later these problems have shown an exponential shift toward the worst rather than improving on any measurable dimension. As society falters and people become exasperated with the problems facing them daily, we might ask if behavior analysts are well positioned to work toward the development of solutions for "wicked problems." Further, we might begin to wonder if there are enough behavior analysts to make a cultural shift. Undergraduate studies, for many students, are a time of mass exploration. Introducing undergraduate students to the philosophy of radical behaviorism could prove particularly impactful. In this study, experimenters explored the effects of a behavior change project on undergraduates' identification of functional relations and behavior analytic explanations of their behavior over the course of three semesters. The results suggest that the behavior change project was successful at assisting undergraduates in adopting a behavior analytic worldview. The results are discussed in the context of how behavior change projects might encourage undergraduate students to adopt the philosophy of radical behaviorism. More adopters of this philosophy may prove influential in the quest toward applying behavior analysis to improve the human condition.

 

Integrating a Multidisciplinary Perspective to Address Large-Scale Social Issues and Action through Behavioral Coursework

(Applied Research)
DARYL E. STEWART (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

A multidisciplinary and multisectoral approach may contribute to solving problems of societal importance by modifying environmental and social conditions that support widespread behavior change and improvements across a range of outcomes (e.g., youth development, substance abuse, public safety, income inequality) (Fawcett, Schultz, Watson-Thompson, Fox, & Bremby, 2010). Training in behavior-analytic educational programs and courses may promote behavioral research and action that advances student learning by occasioning conditions for students to contact rewarding multidisciplinary experiences through course activities including community engagement and service-learning opportunities. The presentation shares a gradient of feasible activities for university staff and behavior analysis programs interested in starting or expanding current practices to address societal issues through course and program activities. Examples of undergraduate, graduate, and university-level educational practices will be provided to integrate a behavior analytic perspective for training students to address population-level social issues. A guiding framework will be presented to support a process for providing training in addressing social issues through the use of resources including the Community Tool Box (www.ctb.ku.edu). To produce students and future community-behavior analytic researchers and practitioners working to solve issues of societal importance, conditions can be created for multidisciplinary and service-learning contingencies from the classroom to the community.

 
 
Symposium #340
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Elopement: Where Are We Now?
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andrea Clements (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analyses and treatments of elopement remain critical areas for investigation given the serious and sometimes fatal consequences associated with elopement (e.g., traffic injury, drowning). The first paper in this symposium (Nevill et al.) summarized data on outcomes of functional analyses and treatment evaluations from a consecutive controlled case series of 27 individuals who engaged in elopement. In the second paper, Scheithauer et al. conducted a small randomized clinical trial to assess the feasibility of a manualized elopement intervention that included a functional behavioral assessment and subsequent function-based treatment. The second and third papers took a slightly different approach in which they began the functional analysis process by tailoring the test and control conditions based on information gathered from interviews. The focus of Jessel et al. was on evaluating a comprehensive assessment and treatment package with socially valid outcomes with two individuals diagnosed with autism. The focus of Blowers et al. was to evaluate the potential reinforcement value of a common consequence of elopement that has yet to receive attention in the literature—chase. We are fortunate to have Dr. Terry Falcomata, known for his research on the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior, serve as the discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): elopement, functional analysis
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) discuss common functions and treatments for elopement, (2) understand the role and advantages of randomized clinical trials, (3) describe how the interview-informed assessment process can apply to elopement, (4) describe why it might be important to consider the role of chase and retrieval in the assessment and treatment of elopement.
 

A Consecutive Controlled Case Series for the Assessment and Treatment of Elopement

ROSE NEVILL (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Prior research in the treatment of elopement indicates that developing a function-based treatment results in a more effective intervention (Lang et al. 2009; Piazza et al.1997). We conducted a consecutive controlled case series on the Neurobehavioral Unit with 27 individuals who engaged in elopement. For 20 individuals (74%) a functional analysis (FA) was conducted specifically targeting the participant's elopement while the other participants had a functional analysis that targeted a broad range of problem behavior including elopement. Of the 20 individuals with an elopement FA, 8 were inconclusive, and the most common function identified was social positive only (7), multiple functions (7), and automatic reinforcement (5). There were no participants who engaged in elopement to escape. The most common treatment for those individuals with an elopement FA were reinforcement-based (using differential or noncontingent reinforcement) whereas for those individuals for whom a more generic FA was conducted, response reduction interventions (e.g., response cost) or response blocking was more likely to be used. Treatments based on an elopement FA were also more likely to be effective. Figure 1 includes an FA and treatment from one participant who was included in the analysis and published in Piazza et al. (1997).

 

A Feasibility Study of a Manualized Intervention for the Assessment and Treatment of Elopement

MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Elopement is common in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and can be incredibly dangerous. There are examples of successful treatments, but most use single-subject design or summaries of clinical data. Randomized clinical trials (RCTs) are an important next step to support classification of behavioral interventions targeting elopement as an empirically supported treatment and to disseminate this treatment to individuals outside the field of behavior analysis. This study conducted a small (N = 24) RCT to assess feasibility of a manualized elopement intervention. The manual included a functional behavioral assessment and subsequent function-based treatment. Appointments took place in the home, with a heavy focus on caregiver training and safety measures. Primary outcome measures of feasibility were adequate: > 80% completion of treatment, therapist integrity > 80%, and caregivers rated the intervention as acceptable. Preliminary efficacy results demonstrated a significant improvement from pre to post for the treatment group on the irritability subscale of the Aberrant Behavior Checklist, the child-domain of the Parenting Stress Index, and a checklist designed to measure safety measures for elopement. Results suggest that an RCT with this population is feasible and that the manualized intervention shows promise for future efficacy trials using a larger sample.

 

Treatment of Elopement Following a Latency-Based, Interview-Informed, Synthesized Contingency Analysis

EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), Ruth Whipple (Child Study Center), Hillary Kirk (Child Study Center), Lauren Solsbery (Child Study Center)
Abstract:

Using a latency measure during a functional analysis of problem behavior increases the brevity of the assessment period and decreases risks resulting from exposure to contexts intended to evoke problem behavior. In addition, latency-based functional analyses may be especially suitable for discrete behaviors such as elopement, which require resetting the environment after each instance of the response. We evaluated a comprehensive assessment and treatment package (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) for the elopement of two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We observed short latencies to elopement during the test condition of the analysis and no elopement during the control condition. We then taught the participants multiple forms of functional communication of increasing complexity while elopement was blocked. This was followed by the thinning of reinforcement to a terminal goal, creating a treatment package that nearly eliminated elopement and was socially validated by caregivers.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Elopement Maintained by Chase

ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Victoria Cohrs (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Elopement can have serious or fatal consequences associated with a lack of supervision or getting lost (e.g., traffic injury, drowning). Given the potential dangers associated with elopement, caregivers are likely to chase after their child when elopement occurs. Like any other event that follows problem behavior, the chase and physical attention that occurs when retrieving the child may serve as a reinforcer and therefore maintain elopement in the natural environment. The potential reinforcing effects of chase, retrieval, or both has led researchers to attempt to control for, or at least minimize the influence of, these variables when conducting non-attention conditions (e.g., escape, tangible) of a functional analysis of elopement. However, no study to date has evaluated whether elopement is indeed sensitive to positive reinforcement in the form of chase. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of chase on elopement with an X-year old boy diagnosed with autism. Elopement was found to be maintained, at least in part, by chase. We then conducted a treatment evaluation in which we assessed the effects of various antecedent- and consequence-based treatment components within a multiple schedule.

 
 
Symposium #341
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research for Training Parents, Educators, and Direct-Care Staff to Implement Behavioral Assessment and Treatment
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Training others to implement behavioral assessment and treatment procedures expands accessibility for behavior analytic services. While much research has demonstrated procedures for teaching these procedures, additional research is needed to train others in more efficient and cost-effective means (Blackman & Jimenez-Gomez; Romani, Boorse, Carson, & Loving) or in unique areas (Nipe; Suberman & Cividini-Motta). Nipe and Suberman and Cividini-Motta provide data showing effective ways to train others to implement physical restraint procedures (Nipe) or in the use of speech-generating devices (Suberman & Cividini-Motta). The next two symposia present current research on the use of telehealth to expand access to these training services. Blackman and Jimenez-Gomez compare two modalities of remote training in the context of caregiver training, and Romani and colleagues present current research on the use of telehealth to train educators to implement behavioral assessment procedures. After listening to these presentations, audience members will become familiar with strategies to teach others to use behavioral assessment and treatment procedures via in-vivo and remote modes of instruction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Augmentative Communication, Behavioral-Skills Training, Physical Management, Telehealth
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be certified behavior analysts and educators who want to learn new ways to train their staff to implement behavioral assessment and treatment procedures.

 

Effectiveness of Online Vs. In-vivo Training for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (University of Kansas), Samuel Shvarts (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often receive Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) to acquire skills. However, these skills often do not generalize and/or maintain without parental involvement in behavioral treatment. Parent training is commonly provided in-vivo, which can be costly, time consuming, and inaccessible to some families. There have been a number of studies which have validated the effectiveness of online training for parents of children with ASD. However, there has yet to be a study to conduct a direct comparison of the effects of in-vivo versus online training. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of online, self-paced modules (i.e., asynchronous training) to in-vivo parent training sessions. Effectiveness was evaluated by comparing pre- and post-intervention measures, with both direct and indirect behavioral measures being utilized. Of the four dependent variables assessed, the direct behavioral measures of positive parent-child interaction and knowledge assessment score improved significantly for parents in online and in-vivo groups, but not for the parents in the control group. These results suggest that online training can be a cost-effective alternative for the delivery of parent training and potentially other behavior-analytic services.

 
The Effects of Rate-Building on the Demonstration of Physical Management Procedures
TIMOTHY NIPE (Melmark)
Abstract: The nature of some challenging behaviors such as aggression and self-injury may require the use of manual restraint to ensure the safety of the individuals targeted by these behaviors. There are significant risks that these procedures pose to both those who implement them as well as for those who are being restrained (Weiss, 1998; Lee, et al., 2001). Staff training is widely considered one of the most important methods to decrease these risks to staff and clients during physical management (Fisher, 1995), however there remains a paucity of research demonstrating effective training of behavioral safety curriculums and retention of physical management skills (Bell & Stark, 2006; Lee et al., 2001). The majority of behavioral crisis training curricula employ accuracy as the measure of competency of manual restraint procedures. However, research has demonstrated training packages that include a criterion combining rate with accuracy may have benefits for trainees beyond those that utilize accuracy as the sole measure of mastery (Binder, 2003). This study explores the potential benefits of a training package consisting of timed practice, fluency aims based on the rate of performance by experts, and access to visual representation of ongoing performance, on the demonstration of physical management procedures.
 

Teaching Caregivers to Implement Speech-Generating Device-Based Mand Training: Evaluating the Efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training

RACHEL SUBERMAN (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Many individuals with developmental disabilities do not develop vocal repertoires. Thus, teaching the use of an augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device is imperative. A speech-generating device (SGD) is an example of an AAC that is universally understood. Individuals with developmental disabilities have been taught to communicate using such device. Teaching caregivers to conduct communication training with their children may be one to way to foster communication in an individual's natural environment. Thus, the purpose of this study was to extend previous research by using behavioral skills training (BST) to teach caregivers to implement SGD-based mand training using an adapted training sequence. Additionally, we evaluated whether training caregivers to implement mand training with their children resulted in an increase of independent mands emitted by their children. This study found that BST was effective in teaching caregivers to implement SGD-based mand training with their children. Additionally, independent mands increased from pre-training to post-training observations for two children.

 

Training Educators to Conduct Stimulus Preference Assessments via Telehealth in School Settings

PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Andrea Boorse (University of Denver), Brooke Carson (Colorado Department of Education), Kate Marie Loving (Colorado Department of Education), Antoinette Donaldson (Children's Hospital Colorado)
Abstract:

We present data from six educators who participated in a training program to learn functional behavior assessment skills conducted via telehealth. Schools employing the educators were an average of 166 miles from Children's Hospital Colorado. Interobserver agreement was collected on an average of 33% of sessions for each child and averaged 90%. Within a multiple baseline across participants, we first collected baseline data on educator implementation of the multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment (MSWO) when they were only given a protocol to review prior to conducting the assessment. Following baseline, a training program matched to individual skill deficits was conducted to increase procedural fidelity. After each educator conducted at least 80% of steps on the preference assessment accurately, we evaluated maintenance by having the educator conduct the preference assessment with a student diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder enrolled at their school. Results showed that fidelity of MSWO assessment implementation increased following training delivered via telehealth and maintained when implemented with a student. The current study will be discussed in terms of how telehealth can be an effective way to expand training opportunities for educators.

 
 
Symposium #342
Punishment: Don't Throw the Baby Out With the Bathwater!
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University)
Discussant: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Reinforcement and punishment are the two pillars of operant conditioning. Yet punishment has not been investigated as extensively as reinforcement, sometimes leading to throw-the-baby-out-with-the-bathwater claims against its use with limited understanding of basic processes and effects. This symposium presents a series of laboratory experiments on punishment with a variety of experimental arrangements and species, investigating more about procedures and variables that lead to behavior reduction (e.g., the use of non-harmful punishers). Kuroda et al. investigated the punishment effects of predator videos on the sensor-approach behavior of zebrafish. Bland et al. assessed the punishment effects of discriminative stimuli correlated with the absence of reinforcers (S-) on pigeons' key-pecking for food and on humans' key-pressing for money. Whirtley and Perone experimentally analyzed how the rate of reinforcement affects the punishment effects of timeout from positive reinforcement. Fontes et al. found that resurgence—the recurrence of a previously extinguished target response, usually upon the termination of reinforcement for an alternative response—occurs when electric shock is delivered as a punisher for the alternative response. With Dr. Cynthia Pietras as a discussant, we will discuss what punishment is, what it does, and what it does not do in relation to its negative image.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): discriminative stimulus, punishment, resurgence, timeout
 

Punishment of Zebrafish (Danio rerio) Approach Behavior With the Motion Picture of Their Predator

TOSHIKAZU KURODA (Aichi Bunkyo University), Yuto Mizutani (Aichi Gakuin University), Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Zebrafish (Danio rerio) are a widely used animal model in biological research for having such features as fully sequenced genome and transparent embryo. A number of studies demonstrate operant behavior in zebrafish. The present study investigated whether a motion picture of their predator (Indian Leaf fish; Nandus nandus) functions as a punisher of operant behavior. The predator image served as an ecologically relevant alternative to a more common punisher, namely electric shock, which can directly stimulate the brain under water and alter behavior. We established approach to a sensor reinforced with decapsulated brine shrimp eggs with a variable-interval (VI) schedule of reinforcement (Experiment 1) or in a concurrent VI VI schedule (Experiment 2). Next, the predator picture was presented on a monitor according to a VI schedule and moved in one of five different directions across presentations. Responding decreased relative to the absence of the predator picture in both experiments with little change in the unpunished response. Therefore, the motion picture of a predator functioned as an ecologically relevant punisher of zebrafish operant behavior.

 

Using a Negative Discriminative Stimulus as a Punishing Consequence in Pigeons and Humans

Vikki J. Bland (University of Auckland), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland), Jason Landon (Auckland University of Technology), STEPHANIE GOMES-NG (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Ellen Michie (Auckland University of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The use of punishment in behavioral treatments is restrained by ethical concerns. However, there remains a need to reduce harmful behaviour unable to be reduced by alternative methods. We used two studies to investigate whether a negative discriminative stimulus signaling an absence of reinforcers would function as a punishing consequence for pigeons' key-pecking for food, and humans key-pressing for money. Subjects were trained to discriminate between a positive- (S+) and negative discriminative stimulus (S-). After training, every five responses on average during S+ resulted in S- being super-imposed on S+ for 1.5-s. In addition, any response could produce reinforcers. Log proportion of S+ response rate was negative in most tests for all five pigeons, whether the corresponding log proportion of S+ reinforcers was positive or negative. Therefore, S+ response rate was relatively suppressed in punishment tests. Log proportion of S+ response rate was negative, or suppressed relative to S+ reinforcer rate, for 7 of 11 humans. We also used pigeons to show that a S- contingent stimulus will shift choice from a punished- to an unpunished alternative, despite a 1:1 reinforcer ratio. These findings provide a foundation for continued investigation of a negative discriminative stimulus as a punishing consequence.

 

Effects of Reinforcement Rate on the Aversive Function of Timeout From Positive Reinforcement

CORY WHIRTLEY (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Although use of timeout is widespread and has largely been shown to be an effective punisher, the factors responsible for its effectiveness are not fully understood. Our research program seeks to identify these factors. Of present interest is the rate of reinforcement underway during periods of time-in. Our first experiment underscores the complexity of this factor as it affects two countervailing forces: the aversive function of timeout (which would increase its response-reducing function) and the strength of the responding that the timeout is supposed to punish (which would resist reduction in responding by timeout). A second experiment, currently underway, continues the study of these forces. Rats' lever pressing is maintained on variable-interval schedules of food reinforcement in a multiple schedule with two components. Across conditions, the reinforcement rates in both components range from 0.5 to 6 pellets per min. In one component, some presses are followed by a 30-s timeout during which a tone sounds, the component light is extinguished, and the food schedule is suspended. These manipulations are designed to clarify the relations among reinforcement rate, response strength, and the aversiveness of timeout.

 

Punishing an Alternative Behavior Generates Resurgence of a Previously Extinguished Target Behavior

RAFAELA FONTES (Universidade de Brasilia), João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously extinguished target response when a more recently reinforced alternative response is also extinguished. Although resurgence is typically observed during extinction of an alternative response, other means of devaluation may also lead to resurgence. The present studies investigated the effect of punishment of the alternative response on the recurrence of target response in rats. In Experiment 1, lever presses (target) were reinforced on a VR 20 during Phase 1, extinguished while nose pokes (alternative) were reinforced on a VI 15 s during Phase 2, and during Phase 3 a punishment contingency (0.05 s 0.6mA shocks with a 0.5 probability for each response) was superimposed for the alternative response, while target remained on extinction. Resurgence was observed for three out of six rats. In Experiment 2, the same contingencies as Experiment 1 were programmed, except that lever presses (target) were reinforced on a VI 15 s during Phase 1 and the shock intensity during Phase 3 was escalated from 0.25 mA to 0.75mA across sessions. Resurgence was observed in all rats and was replicated in two subsequent exposures to the sequence of conditions.

 
 
Symposium #343
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence-Based Support Across a Continuum of Service: Outcomes Associated With Applied Behavior Analytic Intervention for Learners With Varying Needs in Home- and School-Based Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center; The Learning Consultants )
CE Instructor: Janice Doney Frederick, Ph.D.
Abstract:

An increasing literature outlines empirically supported criteria related to treatment components shown to produce the most robust outcomes for children participating in ABA programs. Larger scale analyses of ABA outcomes with children have been heavily focused on examination of intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) delivered in home-based settings. This literature has been a primary contributing factor to the introduction of insurance reform laws in a majority of states mandating coverage of ABA intervention for individuals with ASD. The accessibility of ABA intervention has grossly increased as a result of funding made possible by insurance reform. Treatment outcomes for ABA involving provision of services in alternative settings such as public schools are much less prevalent in the literature. Similarly, outcome analyses related to intensive behavioral intervention for children with developmental delays other than ASD are sparse. Replication and presentation of outcomes is necessary to support further funding and access to ABA across populations, needs, and settings. The current symposium examines delivery of ABA in home, specialized education, and general education settings. First, an analysis for children enrolled in either focused or comprehensive ABA home-based programming will be presented in related to skills acquired and outcomes achieved with varying levels of service. Next, various outcomes including skill acquisition rates within and across developmental domains and for children with ASD as well as other delays enrolled in a public school program in which they were provided intensive ABA will be discussed. Finally, the outcomes obtained for general education students exposed to a treatment package involving goal setting and daily feedback will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): general education, insurance, outcome analyses, special education
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Graduate Students approaching certification

 
An Outcome Analysis for Various Learners Enrolled in Focused and Comprehensive Insurance-Funded Behavior Analytic Programs
(Service Delivery)
Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), M. FERNANDA WELSH (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: Various studies have examined some critical elements of behavior analytic services in relation to advantageous outcomes. Examples of critical components include the frequency and duration of intervention services, as well as the age that intervention begins. Increased outcome research over time has since secured improved funding for behavior analytic services given the medical necessity. Despite this funding, families and clinicians still have logistical difficulties in providing the number of treatment hours recommended, possibly impacting the outcomes achieved. This presentation will focus on the outcomes that are achieved with varying amounts of behavior analytic services for different types of learners including those enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis program. An analysis of the skills acquired across developmental domains including cumulative skill acquisition will be presented for a large sample of participants falling within either the focused or comprehensive service group. The relative outcomes, including further analyses such a mean number of skills acquired per treatment hour, will be presented and the discussion will focus on sharing the best predictors of treatment outcomes that were revealed in the analysis.
 

Measuring Treatment Outcomes for Insurance-Funded ABA Programs: An Analysis of Acquisition Rates, Standardized Assessments, and Learner-Specific Variables

(Service Delivery)
Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), SAMUEL GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the treatment of children with autism has been widely accepted as an empirically validated treatment, therefore many health insurance carriers now provide funding for such services. Reporting on learner treatment outcomes as a result of participating in these programs, however, may often be limited to mastery of treatment goals or other insensitive assessment measures. The current paper seeks to discuss and examine learner outcome data such as skill acquisition data in relation to variables such as standardized assessment and reassessment results, age, duration enrolled in the ABA program, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, and treatment goals met across multiple participants enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive ABA insurance-funded treatment program. Results are discussed in terms of the potential relationship between the proportion of recommended treatment hours received and reassessment results and overall learner outcomes. Moreover, recommendations and rationale toward additional measurement and analysis beyond the standard skill or goal mastery are provided. In short, the outcome data presented provide continued support for insurance funded ABA treatment while providing a unique conceptualization of learner outcomes.

 

Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Public School Classrooms: Outcomes for Students With Varying Developmental Delays Enrolled in a Collaborative Program

(Service Delivery)
JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Marlena Jacobson (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson-Raabe (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Intensive behavioral intervention based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has been repeatedly shown to be effective for children with autism spectrum disorder as well as other developmental delays. The literature outlines an empirically-supported criteria related to the treatment components that have shown to produce the most robust outcomes for children participating in ABA intervention programs. Many times, ABA intervention programs that meet the outlined recommendations involve provision of services within the child's home or in private school settings. The current paper presents various outcome data collected for periods extending up to 3 years for students receiving behavior analytic intervention within a public school district. The classrooms involved are a result of multiyear collaboration between a public school district and an ABA organization. In particular, outcomes related to rates of skill acquisition, maintenance and generalization of acquired skills, and undesirable behavior will be presented for students with a range of developmental disabilities including autism spretrum disorder, downs syndrome, and cerebral palsy. The implications of these data as well as future directions related to student progress and methods for measuring and evaluating outcomes will be discussed.

 

Supporting Students in Becoming Present, Positive, Participants in Their Education: Outcomes for General Education Students Exposed to a Behavior Analytic Intervention Package

(Applied Research)
Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), MARLENA JACOBSON (The ABRITE Organization), Caitlin Manning (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

This study examined the effectiveness of goal setting, performance feedback, and a reinforcement contingency on goal mastery for general education students ranging from the elementary to high school levels. Fifteen students and their primary classroom teachers were involved in goal setting. Students received daily written feedback related to their goals via a paper form or text message depending on grade level and participated in a brief weekly meeting with a "coach" during which they received feedback via a graph of their performance toward their goals. Students earned access to entry in a weekly lottery conducted at each school campus contingent on each daily goal met. Measures of social validity were collected for students and teachers pre and post participation in the study to examine intervention acceptability as well as concerns, attitudes, and information related to student performance. Results indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing student's performance on goal related tasks. Teacher and students responses on the post participation questionnaires were consistent with student improvements observed in the data.

 
 
Symposium #344
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research Through Partnerships With Industry and Communities to Impact Safety
Sunday, May 27, 2018
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effective and sustained application of behavior analysis to safety is characterized by intervening on active response classes for both personal protection and the protection of others in industry and communities. Behavioral safety systems in these contexts rely on tactics discovered through translational research including direct behavioral observation, data collection, and analyses paired with prompts, social contingencies in the form of feedback, and systemic environmental change. Behavior analysis has been able to translate its research in safety into effective programmatic processes through the involvement of industry and community partners. In this symposium Wirth & Ludwig introduce the behavioral standards through which the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) Commission on Behavioral Safety Accreditation uses as criterion for partnerships in industry documenting their best translational practices. Hebein, Alavosius, & Houmanfar analyse 45 field site assessments by the CCBS Commission using Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering framework. Dagen discusses the application of behavior analysis in catastrophic incident prevention in high-hazard industries. Finally, Van Houten will explore how the motivating operation to increase acceptance and sustain changes in the safety culture of a community.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Engineering, Behavioral Safety, Motivating Operation, Translational Research
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts interested in translational research in the real world

Learning Objectives: Understand how the principles of behavior analysis can be translated into real world application Learn to apply Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Model Link Motivating Operations to popular descriptions of safety culture
 

Establishing a Strong Safety Culture Through Accredited Behavioral Safety Programs

(Service Delivery)
OLIVER WIRTH (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract:

Safety culture and climate have become important concepts for addressing occupational injuries and fatalities, and they are almost always cited as important factors responsible for work-related injuries, fatalities, and industrial disasters. Most definitions of safety culture refer to individual and group values, attitudes, perceptions, competencies, and patterns of behavior that relate to an organization's commitment to health and safety. These involve several factors, including management decision making, organizational safety norms and expectations, safety practices, policies, and procedures that together serve to communicate organizational commitment to safety. Recently, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Commission for Behavioral Safety Accreditation has revised its standards used as criterion for their assessments. The new standards are organized across ten different focus areas that span the behavioral processes and organizational features that are necessary to sustained and effective safety program. This presentation will show how an empirically effective and comprehensive behavioral safety program, as espoused by the CCBS's accreditation standards, fulfills many of the purported organizational requirements for establishing a strong, positive safety culture while demonstrating sustained reduction in injuries.

 

Are We Checking All the Boxes? Accreditation Recommendations Guide Behavioral Safety System Interventions

(Applied Research)
CHRISTOPHER HEBEIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) has accredited behavioral safety programs since 2003 completing 45+ site assessments. Via accreditation, CCBS commissioners guide organizations toward safer systems. Each site assessment is a case study demonstrating the impact of safety behavior management with recommendation to enhance results. The CCBS accreditation process encourages and shapes safety best-practices within multiple industries. Accreditation entails analysis of principles of behavior and interlocking contingencies within effective behavioral safety systems that control deviation from safety standards and result in industry leading safety results. Assessments offer insight to science-based methods applied by safety managers within high performance sites. One coherent methodology to assess sources of behavioral variation and guide system interventions within organization comes from Thomas Gilbert's book Human Competence, first published in 1978. Gilbert's (1978) behavior engineering model, a 6-box matrix designed to focus analysis on "improvements in behavior efficiency" within organizations provides a framework to inventory the CCBS safety accreditation recommendations provided since 2003. A meta-analysis of accreditation recommendations reported by CCBS commissioners across 45 site assessments using the framework of Gilbert's behavior engineering model provides data to illustrate evolution of the CCBS accreditation process and reveal safety trends emerging in accredited organizations.

 

Enhancing Major Accident Prevention Methods With Behavioral Science

(Theory)
JOSEPH CHARLES DAGEN (BP)
Abstract:

The impacts of catastrophic incidents are often felt on a global scale. For example, many people are familiar with high-profile catastrophic incidents such as Chernobyl, Space Shuttle Columbia, and Deepwater Horizon. The interdisciplinary efforts of countless professionals have significantly reduced the likelihood of catastrophic incidents in many industries (e.g., aviation). Behavioral science has an opportunity to make an important contribution in further driving down the likelihood of these incidents. This talk will explore behavior analysis in the context of a global business operating in a high-hazard industry. Specific areas of focus will include catastrophic incident prevention methods, the human element of process safety management, and leadership development in dangerous contexts. Suggestions will be made for applying our science to the global challenge of understanding and preventing catastrophic incidents in high-hazard industries.

 
 
Symposium #345
CE Offered: BACB
The Potential Symbiotic Relationship Between Behavior Analysis and Clinical Psychology
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lauralee Davis (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Though there is much overlap between the work of behavior analysts and clinical psychologist, there often lacks communication between the disciplines. In fact, many graduate programs in clinical psychology do not expose their students to the study of behavior analysis, and vice versa. This symposium seeks to demonstrate the mutual benefits that behavior analysis and clinical psychology have to offer one another. First, a case example will be used to demonstrate the need for behavior analytic consultation in psychology clinics where difficult behavioral cases are presented with nowhere else to turn for services (e.g. rural communities). The second presentation will focus on evaluating clinical psychology literature from a behavior analytic lens and discovering what this literature has to offer to behavior analysts. The symposium will close with a discussion about how we can change our context to make it more likely that behavior analyst and clinical psychologists can work together to improve the lives of others through behavior change.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): cbs, interdiciplinary, psychology
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: - Identify challenges faced by clinical psychologists in areas with limited behavior analytic support - Identify areas of behavior analytic service that can be improved by clinical psychology literature - Discuss the formation of a mutual relationship with a clinical psychologist
 
The Things You Can Teach When They Seem Out of Reach: The Product of Clinical Psychology and Applied Behavior Analysis Co-Therapy
EMMIE HEBERT (University of Mississippi), Brooklee Tynes (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: In rural Mississippi and communities throughout the United States, there are few, if any, qualified service providers for psychological and/or behavioral difficulties. This means that individuals in rural areas fail to receive evidence-based services that can significantly increase their quality of life. Two graduate students found themselves referring to the APA ethics codes when a 25-year-old client with autism presented to a university psychological services center in north Mississippi. After being denied services for years, the request for treatment by this client’s aging parents was likely his last chance for services. While this clinical graduate program, and many programs like it, trains their graduate students in basic behavioral principles, students are rarely provided the opportunity to receive direct training or supervision on applying these principles. This presentation is a call for a stronger working relationship between behavior analysts and clinical psychologists, particularly when the services of one of the fields are scarce. Specifically, skills that behavior analysts can bring to a clinical psychology practice or consultation with clinical psychologists will be discussed.
 

Peering Over Walls: Psychology as a Sister Science to Behavior Analysis

EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is distinguished from psychology, in part, by the adherence to unique and well-integrated philosophical, theoretical, and methodological standards. This adherence serves to protect behavior analysis from disciplinary drift as novel terms, analytical approaches, and data are subjected to strict scrutiny. This scrutiny often amounts to, "Is this behavior analysis?" When the answer is "no," when the terms, approaches, or data are not based in behavior analysis, they are typically rejected. This is observable, not only at the individual level, but also systemically. Behavior analytic practitioners and academics often earn terminal degrees having barely been exposed to basic psychological science (outside of direct training in its rejection). This may be unnecessarily problematic, especially for behavior analysts embarking on the analysis of complex human behavior. As recognition grows for behavior analysis as an effective approach to socially significant change, behavior analysts are increasingly likely to face problems that applied psychology has grappled with for ages. This presentation will argue for the importance of behavior analysts'consumption of psychology as a sister science of human behavior. Thus, when faced with non-behavioral theories, terms, or methods, we might ask not, "is this behavior analysis" but "how would behavior analysis approach this?"

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #346
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Brief Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety and Depression: Developing Efficient Interventions for Pediatric Care

Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
V. ROBIN WEERSING (San Diego State University)
Dr. Weersing is the director of the Child and Adolescent Anxiety and Mood Program (ChAAMP) at San Diego State University (SDSU) and a professor in the joint doctoral program in clinical psychology at SDSU and UC San Diego. Her research centers on the development of efficient interventions for anxiety, depression, and somatic distress in youth. Dr. Weersing’s research group has probed the effectiveness of usual community care for internalizing youth, sought to understand the effects of evidence-based interventions for these conditions when tested active healthcare practice, and developed novel treatments for internalizing youths focusing on core, behavioral transdiagnostic mechanisms of action that may be robust to dissemination. In addition to her empirical and theoretical papers in these areas, Dr. Weersing is an author of five psychosocial treatment and prevention manuals for youth internalizing disorders, and she has served as an expert consultant on practice guidelines for the screening and treatment of adolescent depression in primary care. Her program of work has been acknowledged with honors and awards from the Klingenstein Third Generation Foundation, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, Beck Institute for Cognitive Therapy and Research, and William T. Grant Foundation and research support from the National Institutes of Health.
Abstract:

Depression and anxiety in youth are prevalent and impairing conditions, with a high degree of current and lifetime comorbidity. Targeting the internalizing disorders as a unified problem area is in line with calls for new approaches to conceptualizing comorbidity and a focus on transdiagnostic processes. This lecture details a 15 year program of work to develop an efficient transdiagnostic brief behavioral therapy (BBT) for internalizing problems in youth focusing on the core behavioral process of avoidance of negative affect and threatening situations. Development of the initial BBT program is described, including illustrative cases. As a capstone, results are presented of a recent major randomized controlled trial designed to test the effects of BBT compared to assisted referral to specialty mental health care (ARC) in a large sample (N=185) of children and adolescents (age 8-16) presenting with anxiety and/or depression in pediatric primary care. Overall, BBT youth had significantly higher rates of clinical response than those in ARC (56.8% versus 28.2%), and these superior effects were replicated for anxiety-specific measures and functioning outcomes. Results were particularly strong for Latino youth suggesting BBT may help reduce disparities in care outcomes. Implications for the development and dissemination of behavioral treatments are discussed.

Target Audience:

mental health professionals, intervention developers, intervention researchers, behavioral health consultants, primary care / pediatric care providers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the shared mechanisms underlying the comorbidity of anxiety and depression; (2) evaluate the value of a brief behavioral therapy designed to impact core behavioral processes of anxiety and depression; (3) assess critical factors involved in fitting interventions to the constraints of care settings and samples, with a focus on primary care.
 
 
Symposium #347
CE Offered: BACB
Seeing Eyes and Helping Hands: Behavioral Conceptualizations of Perspective Taking and Prosocial Behavior
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rebecca Noel Tacke (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Amongst humans most exceptional behaviors are those that involve helping another at great cost to ones self, or understanding anothers perspective as if it were ones own. Despite the importance of altruistic behavior and perspective taking to human functioning, however, these behaviors have rarely been investigated from a behavioral perspective. As a result, the dominant literatures in these areas are limited with respect to conceptualizations that lend themselves to behavioral analysis and with respect to data on the conditions under which perspective taking and altruism are probable. The papers in this symposium will review the literatures on perspective taking and altruism in hopes of creating a foundation to promote future research. The first paper will focus on behavioral approaches to conceptualizing and assessing perspective taking. The second paper will focus behavioral approaches to assessing and intervening on altruism. The discussion will focus on implications of and next steps in these and related efforts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and behavior therapists with an interest in altruism, perspective taking, and diectic relational responding.

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: 1) Describe a behavioral conceptualization of perspective taking. 2) Describe a behavioral conceptualization of altruism. 3) Describe behavioral approaches to assessing and training perspective taking or altruism.
 
How May We Assist?: Exploring Altruism in Applied Behavior Analysis
CALEB FOGLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: To the general public, altruism is conceptualized as behavior that is wholly “selfless,” motivated only by the desire to help another. Scientists and philosophers have not found defining or studying altruism so simple. Definitions tend to vary in the degree to which certain functional criteria must be met for the behavior to be characterized as “true altruism.” Such criteria are typically dependent on whether or not the behavior functions to benefit the helping individual. In fact, some conceptualizations would propose “true altruism” as occurring without any reinforcing consequences. These conceptual issues have resulted in difficulties assessing altruistic behavior, limiting scientific progress. This presentation will first provide a broad overview of dominant views of altruism. Next, it will offer behavioral conceptualizations of altruism along with a review of strengths and weaknesses of behavioral methodologies for assessing altruism in and outside of the lab. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.
 

Non-Mentalist Theory of Mind: Conceptual and Empirical Advances in Perspective Taking From a Behavioral Perspective

REBECCA COPELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Theory of Mind (TOM) has been defined in non-behavioral traditions as, "the ability to impute mental events to oneself and to others." Developmentally, this is typically described as perspective taking (PT), and is thought to involve a gradual change in a child's innate ability to understand their internal events (i.e. thoughts, beliefs, and desires) as different from another person's internal events. As behaviorists, we are concerned with these private events about private events not as innate abilities or causes of overt behaviors. Instead, we are concerned with perspective taking as socially significant in its own right, as part of a class of responses that characterize effective relating to others. This presentation will first provide a brief description of PT and TOM from dominant non-behavioral perspectives. Next, it will provide an overview of conceptual and empirical advances in PT from a behavioral perspective, ending with recent work in deictic relational responding. Implications for assessment and training of perspective taking in research and practice settings will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #348
CE Offered: BACB
Intervening in Infancy to Address Persistent Weaknesses in Vocal Repertoires in Down Syndrome
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Theresa Fiani (City University of New York - The Graduate Center)
Discussant: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Theresa Fiani, M.A.
Abstract:

The significant deficits in expressive language in individuals with Down syndrome begin in infancy, pervade multiple aspects of development, and negatively impact opportunities and outcomes. This symposium will describe research findings from two intervention studies targeting individuals with Down syndrome. The first presentation discusses the use of behavioral interventions targeting babbling in 3-4-month-old infants with Down syndrome, the second presentation discusses teaching vocalizations to children with Down syndrome by addressing mode and function of communication (i.e., vocal and gestural prompts, and social functions). We will highlight how knowledge about the behavioral phenotype for Down syndrome can inform intervention strategies for this population.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Phenotype, Down Syndrome, Sign Language, Vocalization
Target Audience:

Practitioners and Researchers

 

A Behavior Analytic Model to Increase Vocalizations in Infants With Down Syndrome

THERESA FIANI (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Individuals with Down syndrome show a distinct behavioral phenotype characterized by relative weakness in expressive language and relative strengths in social interest. Expressive language deficits present in infants with Down syndrome as delays in the onset of babbling, decreased speech sounds, increased non-speech sounds, and poor vocal imitation. Factors that may affect expressive language include fluctuating hearing loss, physiological deficits, and competing behaviors that result in the same consequence. We proposed a behavior analytic model, which explained the early differences in speech sound production in infants with Down syndrome. Using this model, we examined contingent vocal imitation and social consequences as reinforcers to increase the rate of babbling in infants with Down syndrome. Infants showed increases in rate of vocalization during both contingent vocal imitation and social consequences conditions when compared to baseline and a control condition in a reversal design. Findings and collateral changes in related skill areas will be discussed.

 

Addressing Mode and Function of Communication to Teach Infants With Down Syndrome to Vocalize

SALLY M IZQUIERDO (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Infants with Down syndrome show weaknesses, especially in expressive communication, which, over time, lead to delays in problem solving and a strong tendency to avoid learning opportunities. Strengths in social engagement and motor imitation may be incorporated into interventions. Recent studies teaching manding have drawn on social strengths, but not gestural strengths and motor imitation. Teaching gestural and vocal modes of communication together (total communication) may be particularly beneficial for infants with Down syndrome due to relative strength in motor imitation and gesture use and may even lead to the development of vocalizations. Preliminary results suggest that sign language taught to infants with Down syndrome in a manding intervention with social consequences may facilitate the acquisition of mands with vocalizations and increase the rate of speech sounds. When the total communication mode is combined with a social function, rather than a mand, as the first point of intervention, improvements in vocalizations may be even more robust.

 
 
Symposium #349
CE Offered: BACB
Planarians on Drugs and Cockroaches in Shock: Welcome to Animal Labs Version 2.0
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kevin Erdner (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has its roots set in research on animal behavior. From traditional white rats to shelter dogs to aquatic animals, behavioral researchers have been able to consistently create new experimental procedures to analyze basic animal behavior. More recently, invertebrate laboratories have become more popular as the research benefits begin to present themselves. The current symposium will showcase research from two different laboratories studying invertebrate behavior. Planarians, a type of flatworm, were given various doses and types of metabolites from nicotine. These planarians were further examined for reinforcing effects of the metabolites and organism mobility. For the second presentation, Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches were placed on a shock grid in an operant chamber to evaluate the organism movements and the latency to terminate the shock. These two university laboratories will discuss the implications and benefits of using an invertebrate model for basic behavioral research and further research avenues for these organisms.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cockroach, Invertebrate Lab, Planarians, Shock
Target Audience:

Animal researchers, behavior analysts, students of behavior analysis, animal science researchers

 
An Assessment of Escape Responding in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The following study presents an investigation of escape responding in Madagascar hissing cockroaches (Gromphoradhina portentosa). Using a standard operant chamber with shock grid, the effect of varying shock amperages on cockroach escape behaviour were assessed. A piece of textured Plexiglas was placed on the shock grid of the operant chamber, whereby movement of the cockroach to the Plexiglas would terminate shock. Cockroaches were placed in the apparatus and shock was presented; latency to escape response and duration spent on the textured Plexiglas were measured as the dependent variables. Results of these data suggest that Madagascar hissing cockroaches exhibit escape responding in the presence of electric shock. Variability of escape response was evidenced in all shock conditions. Additionally, greater response variability of escape responding was noted in the presence of higher amperages of shock. Though response variability of escape responding was shown, escape responses occurred in nearly all trials where shock was presented. Limitations of the procedures, as well as possible extensions will be discussed.
 

Assessment of the Interaction of Nicotine and Its Metabolites

BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Katelynn Erickson (South Dakota State University), Skylind Dvoracek (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University)
Abstract:

We are collecting data pertaining to the psychoactive properties of the major and minor nicotine metabolites, namely cotinine, anabasine and nornicotine, using Planarians. In addition, we will present data on the effects of nicotine and metabolites delivered together, which is more likely to be what an organism experiences due to the metabolism timeframe. So far, our most promising data comes from examination of cotinine. Unlike nicotine, cotinine lacks stimulant properties but like nicotine, cotinine will establish a conditioned place preference, which is an assessment of reinforcing effects. The effects of cotinine combined with nicotine remain to be examined, data collection is on-going. The stimulant properties will be assessed with two measures involving human observers: motility measured as the number of grid lines swam across over a 1cm2 grid placed underneath a Petri dish in a five minute interval, in different nicotine + metabolite concentrations and stereotypy/hyperkinesias-abnormal stereotyped movements indicative of strong stimulant concentrations. Stereotypies were counted as number of occurrences per five-minute interval during exposure to different concentrations of solutions of nicotine + the metabolite cotinine. The typical concentrations we assessed are .01mM, .03mM and .06mM, .1mM, .3mM., .6mM, 1mM and 3mM for nicotine combined with cotinine.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #350
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Supervision

Using Behavioral Science to Support Educators During Consultation

Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
Dr. Florence DiGennaro Reed, a board certified behavior analyst, received a doctorate in school psychology from Syracuse University. She also completed a clinical post-doctoral fellowship at the Institute for Child Development and a pre-doctoral internship in clinical psychology at the May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation and the May Center for Child Development. Presently, Florence is an Associate Professor in and Chairperson of the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where she directs the Performance Management Laboratory. Her research examines effective and efficient staff training and performance improvement practices. She also conducts translational research in on-campus laboratory facilities. Florence has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, performance management, assessment, and intervention. She has served on the editorial boards of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavior Analysis in Practice, The Psychological Record, and School Psychology Review and is an Associate Editor for Journal of Behavioral Education and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Florence is co-editor of two books published through Springer titled Handbook of Crisis Intervention for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities and Bridging the Gap Between Science and Practice in Autism Service Delivery.
Abstract:

Despite serving as effective change agents for clients, behavior analysts often struggle with motivating and supporting the educators with whom they consult. This presentation will propose a three-term model for targeting educator behavior, describe evidence-based performance management procedures, and share experimental data and case studies supporting the effectiveness of a behavior analytic approach to educator training and professional development.

Target Audience:

Supervisors, consultants, educators, or staff interested in training others.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe why targeting educator performance is important; (2) identify and describe the components of behavioral skills training and an evidence-based approach to performance management of educators; (3) discuss results of studies evaluating the components of behavioral skills training.
 
 
Symposium #351
CE Offered: BACB
OBM Research Innovations: From the Laboratory to the Office
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Eli T. Newcomb, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Methodology derived from Organizational Behavior Management has been effective in producing significant gains in employee performance. However, it is possible that as research continues to refine the assessments and interventions, even greater gains can be realized. This symposium contains three empirical presentations that investigate areas related to functional assessment, sustainability, and reactivity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, reactivity, sustainability
Target Audience:

OBM practitioners and behavior analyst researchers

 

An Analysis of Inter-Employee Responding on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist: Human Services

TING CHEN (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) was implemented across 32 employees. The PDC-HS was used to assess maintaining variables related to employees clocking in and out for work shifts. Taken together, the results of the PDC-HS suggested two domains for intervention. However, responses varied across employees, suggesting the need to conduct multiple interviews when using the PDC with large groups of employees.

 

It's Good to Shut the Hood: Decreasing Energy Consumption in University Laboratories With Behavioral Science

NELMAR JACINTO CRUZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Matey (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has made great strides in impacting employee performance. One area where OBM can make more significant contributions is sustainability. Universities have made efforts to reduce energy consumption by tackling a space that can consume five times more energy than a standard office-laboratories (Emig, 2006; Kao, 2007). One reason laboratories likely consume so much energy are common ventilation devices known as fumehoods. This study evaluated an intervention to increase closing of fumehoods when not in use at a private university. Results of the study and their significance will be discussed.

 
An Analysis of the Role of Reactivity in the Observer Effect
ALLISON KING (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that individuals improve their performance of a task as a result of observing and evaluating other people perform that task. This is known as the "observer effect." Most of the research has demonstrated this phenomenon when the observers were aware that their performance of the task was also being observed. The current study examined whether conducting safety observations results in stronger improvements in the observers’ subsequent safety performance when they are told that their safety performance is also being observed and evaluated. Implications for OBM practitioners and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #352
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond Autism: Expanding Our Scope of Practice by Examining Licensing Laws, How to Broaden Our Scope of Practice, and Results of ABA Intervention on Typically Developing Children
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shannon Shea McDonald (Endicott College; WCI - Work, Community, Independencce)
Discussant: Michael Weinberg (Amego, Inc)
CE Instructor: Shannon Shea McDonald, M.S.
Abstract:

ABA has made a name for itself as a treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorders, while excluding itself from being viewed as an accepted treatment of psychiatric disorders or to promote general behavior change in typically developing individuals. Behavior Analysts have a unique, valuable perspective to contribute regarding behaviors associated with psychiatric disorders and widespread behavior change. ABA need not be limited to the treatment of individuals diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities (ID/DD). A review of the subjects in JABA articles from 1968-2013 will be presented, with an analysis of current trends in ABA licensing. Additionally, data will be presented on the effective use of ABA to treat typically developing children diagnosed with PTSD, ADHD and ODD. A discussion of future directions for ABA applications, such as analyzing meta-contingencies to address group behavior and expand potential populations served, climate change, increasing healthy behaviors, and so on.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): clinical, licensure, psychiatric disorders, scope
Target Audience:

Basic to intermediate level BCBA or BCaBA practitioners.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to evaluate the current scope of practice and discuss future directions for ABA as a profession. Participants who attend this talk will be able to use conceptually systematic language to refer to emotional instability and other mental health issues in clients, as well as identifying metacontingencies that shape challenging behavior in marginalized populations and subsequent appropriate interventions.
 

The Narrowing Scope of Practice in Applied Behavior Analysis

(Applied Research)
SHANNON SHEA MCDONALD (Endicott College)
Abstract:

ABA as a profession is growing rapidly, largely due to the rising number of individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. As BCBAs grow in number to meet this need, research and application of ABA to behaviors associated with psychiatric disorders and general behavior change with typically developing individuals has been largely ignored. A review of journal articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis was conducted to evaluate trends in ABA research and subjects of interest. Behavior Analysis has a unique, valuable perspective to contribute regarding these behaviors. ABA need not be limited to the treatment of individuals diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities (ID/DD). However, if we are to expand our scope of practice beyond Autism, we must do it quickly as our profession matures.

 

An Effective Use of ABA to Improve the Social Skills of Severely At-Risk Youth

(Applied Research)
KATE MERRILL (COMPASS)
Abstract:

While students with Autism diagnoses are likely to have ABA consultation and services included in their IEPs, students with Social-Emotional Disabilities and related psychiatric and mental health disorders are often only provided counseling services to generate behavior change. Typical school interventions include CBT and Psychotherapy, with OT interventions becoming more popular in recent years. As ABA works to improve its public perception, there are many valuable contributions to be made in both general and special education with the growing number of Emotionally Impaired students. Data will be presented showing an effective use of the Good Behavior Game to decrease out-of-class time in a therapeutic classroom for students who have diagnoses of PTSD, ODD, ADHD, as well as mood and other conduct disorders. Further implications for use of radical behaviorism to create efficacious interventions for children and adults with trauma histories, as well as improve general education practices, are discussed.

 
 
Panel #353
Continuing Insight on Increasing Behavior Technician Retention
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gabriela Zapatero McWhorter (Old Dominion University)
GABRIELA ZAPATERO MCWHORTER (Old Dominion University)
JOYCE ORD (Butterfly Effects)
LISA OZOWARA (Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

The primary goal for the panel is to discuss key characteristics that effective behavior technicians (BTs) possess. Identifying these characteristics could assist supervisors in hiring exceptional BTs that would be more likely to remain with their companies for prolonged periods of time. Selecting BTs who could outlast low retention rates is essential when considering, the rapport built with clients, the cost of initial BT training, gaps in services while new BTs are located, and the cost of recruiting new BTs. Additionally, the Autism Society (2015), has reported that ASD is the fastest rising development disability in the United States. They claim that the North American children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) increased 119.4% from 2000 to 2006. While the number of children receiving ASD diagnosis increases so does the need for early interventionists, such as BTs, to provide critical services, such as Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Current research on BT retention indicates that of their pool of participants 38% indicated a desire to leave their BT position, which was significantly higher when compared to the 17.9% of the average workforce (Kazemi, Shapiro & Kavner, 2015). This further suggests the necessity for additional research into increasing retention rates of BT. Data was collected through semi-structured interviews and focus groups; participants were located through snowball sampling.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
 
Panel #355
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Strictly Business: How the BACB Professional and Ethical Code of Conduct Makes for Good Business Policies and Decision-Making
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D.
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC)
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD; Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center)
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC)
Abstract:

This panel will focus on how businesses of various sizes have created policies and decision-making processes for preventing ethical dilemmas throughout various aspects of the business of providing ABA services. Even with the best antecedent and reinforcement-based interventions in place, misconduct may still occur. Thus, agencies should create, implement, and evaluate procedures to address misconduct within agencies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practicing Behavior Analysts, Business owners, Supervisors of BCBAs, BCaBAs, and RBTs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe how the current BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code applies to organizations providing ABA services. 2. Participants will identify effective strategies for assigning cases within the agency. 3. Participants will identify possible ethical dilemmas faced when providing ABA using an insurance carrier funding source. 4. Participants will identify agency-wide strategies for preventing ethical violations.
Keyword(s): Business Ethics, Ethics, Organizations, Service Delivery
 
 
Panel #356
CE Offered: BACB
Selection by Resonances
Sunday, May 27, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Marcus Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University)
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
J. A. SCOTT KELSO (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract:

Dennett used the metaphor of “skyhooks vs cranes;” the wondrous living world can be easily explained by positing a Creator who organized the whole thing; one who lived in the sky and raised the structures of life with a sky-hook attached to the clouds. Alternatively, one could find a way for those structures to build from the ground up. Darwin did this with variation-selection-retention, along with the competition for survival. These were his cranes, solidly planted on the bedrock of observation and logic. Can we do the same for the development of individuals’ behavior, for complex social behavior, for the mind? Kelso shows us that we can: His cranes are self-organization, synergy selection, and coordination dynamics. These cranes have not risen very far from the bedrock yet, giving job opportunities on the construction site for everyone in this audience. The panelists will check in by relating these cranes to some of the construction tools and results that we as behaviorists have mastered; then to the machinery developed by Steve Grossberg and Roger Sperry. They will also comment on the plausibility and strength of the cranes, and relate the first crane to the work of Gerald Edelman and Stephen Wolfram.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, and behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentaton, participants will be able to discuss the metaphor of "skyhooks vs cranes" and relate it to behavior analysis.
 
 
Business Meeting #357
Autism Special Interest Group: Business Meeting
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Presenting Authors:
The meeting will review past and current activities/initiatives of the SIG. We will discuss future directions of the SIG, new bylaws, and awards. The meeting will also include a discussion of topics related to autism intervention.
Keyword(s): autism, business meeting
 
 
Business Meeting #358
Military and Veterans Issues Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Presidio 1-2
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:

The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to military service members' and veterans' issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK/Canadian veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, post traumatic stress, suicidal issues, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population.

 
 
Business Meeting #359
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this business meeting is to update members on ways the VB SIG has been promoting theory, research, and practice in Verbal Behavior. There will be presentations from the Chair, TAVB Editor, Student Liaison, and other officers. We will present awards to the winners of the VB SIG Student Research Competition, the VB SIG Student Grant Competition, and the Jack Michael Award. Attendees may become members prior to attending the meeting or at the front door. We will provide all attendees with a new issue of the VB SIG newsletter, VB News.
Keyword(s): Business Meeting, Special Interest, Verbal Behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #360
Perspectives on Behavior Science
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Presenting Authors:

Annual meeting for editorial board members and prospective authors.

 
 
Business Meeting #361
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Chair: Robin K. Landa (Western New England University)
Presenting Authors:

The current editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will present the annual report and discuss journal policies and initiatives. All interested parties are encouraged to attend.

Keyword(s): Business Meeting, JABA, Journal
 
 
Business Meeting #362
Health, Sports, and Fitness SIG
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3
Chair: Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC)
Presenting Authors:

All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year we will focus on funding for students, supervision options and discussion of current and future research projects and collaborations. The aim will be to facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion on HSF related topics. Anyone interested in these areas should attend.

Keyword(s): Exercise, Fitness, Health, Sport
 
 
Business Meeting #363
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Business Meeting
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Presenting Authors:

The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues.

 
 
Special Event #364
New US and Non-US Program Accreditation Through the ABAI Accreditation Board
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Chair: Jenna Lynn Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open meeting to disseminate information to programs interested in pursuing accreditation through the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

 
 
Business Meeting #365
Student Committee Business Meeting
Sunday, May 27, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors:
ABAI Student members constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for all ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The student business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., academic engagement, events, and outreach).
Keyword(s): Professional Development, Student Committee, Student Representatives, Students
 
 
Reunion #366
Florida Institute of Technology Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)

Florida Institute of Technology's department of Continuing Education invites students, alumni, faculty and friends to reunite with fellow classmates, faculty and to meet new ones while we celebrate more than a decade of helping students accomplish their dreams.

Keyword(s): FIT, Florida Tech
 
 
Reunion #367
Northeastern University Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Regatta ABC
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
Northeastern University alumni, students, faculty and friends are invited to reunite with old friends and learn about our current programs in behavior analysis. Whether you graduated in 1979 or 2009, we hope you will join us to reminisce!
 
 
Reunion #368
Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)

This year marks the 27th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We are looking forward to reuniting with old friends, making new friends, and celebrating our accomplishments at ABAI 2018: (1) We were awarded the "Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis" award by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. (2) Our Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. (3) Our On-Campus Master's program has conferred over 80 Master's degrees. (4) Our Satellite Master's program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Master's degrees in multiple national andinternational locations. (5) Our undergraduate specialization in behavior analysis received ABAI accreditation in 2016.

 
 
Reunion #369
Western Michigan University Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Students, faculty, alumni and friends of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University are invited to join us for fellowship and fun. We would love to see you at our reunion!
 
 
Reunion #370
University of Kansas
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
2014 marked the 50th anniversary of the founding of the University of Kansas behavior analysis program. It began in 1964 as the Department of Human Development and Family Life (1964-2004) and evolved, later, into the Department of Applied Behavioral Science (2004-present). The ABAI reunion offers anyone associated with the program an opportunity to meet again and to meet anew, including current and past faculty members, undergraduate and graduate students, alumni and friends of the departments, and their families. The next 50 years have begun.
 
 
Reunion #371
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Old Town AB
Chair: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more that three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.

Keyword(s): @untbehavioranalysis #untdba
 
 
Reunion #372
University of Florida
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Chair: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)

We will be hosting a reunion for all University of Florida alumni, current students, current and past faculty, and friends of the program.

 
 
Reunion #373
The Chicago School, B. F. Skinner Foundation, and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Chair: Leslie A. Morrison (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California)
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Departments of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (Chicago, Southern California, Washington D.C., and Online campuses) to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. Dr. Julie Vargas and Dr. Joyce Tu will be present on behalf of the BF Skinner Foundation; Dr. Rob Holdsambeck and Dr. Hank Pennypacker will represent the Cambridge Center; and Dr. Ashley Whittington-Barnish, Dr. Leslie Morrison, Dr. Mary Caruso-Anderson and Dr. Susan Flynn will represent the ABA Departments of The Chicago School in Chicago, Southern California, D.C., and Online respectively. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts and friends of behavior analysis, from students to seasoned faculty, to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time!
 
 
Reunion #374
St. Cloud State University Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Cortez Hill A-C
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University)

Hosts: Eric Rudrud, Kim Schulze, Michele Traub, Ben Witts, and Jerry Mertens. Current and former students, faculty, and friends are invited to join us for an evening of celebrating and good conversation to share stories, meet new friends, see old friends, win door prizes, share a snack, tell us what you have been doing (or plan to do when you grow up), or share some common interests. Please contact me if you are coming, I will try to keep you current on new plans for San Diego, and certainly do suggest activities if you have any.

Keyword(s): Reunion, SCSU Gathering, St. Cloud
 
 
Reunion #375
Simmons College, Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
All current students, faculty, alumni, staff and friends are invited to join us at this year's Simmons College reunion.
Keyword(s): "Reunion", "Simmons College"
 
 
Reunion #376
The Sage Colleges Alumni and Current Student Get-Together!
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Chair: Cheryl J. Davis (The Sage Colleges and SupervisorABA)
Current students, faculty, alumni and friends of The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges are invited to mingle with each other as we actually see each other face to face! This will be a great time to meet professors, students you had classes with as well as new friends. This will surely be a great time for us all!
Keyword(s): Reunion, Sage Colleges
 
 
Reunion #377
Texas State University Alumni and Faculty Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Chair: Evelyn Amanda Boutot (Texas State University)

Catch up with former classmates and Drs. Boutot & Lang as we host our second annual TSU Alumni/Faculty Reunion. Stop by with your favorite beverage and we will give you a cookie!

Keyword(s): Reunion
 
 
Reunion #378
California State University, Northridge (CSUN) Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Ocean Beach
Chair: Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)

Come meet with your peers and faculty at California State University Northridge's Applied Behavior Analysis reunion. A great opportunity to mingle with old friends, meet new colleagues, and celebrate our commitment to ABA.

Keyword(s): CSUN, CSUN ABA, CSUN BCP, Reunion
 
 
Reunion #379
Annual Celebration for Beacon ABA Services, Beacon CT, Evergreen Center, and Friends of MassABA
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services)
All colleagues, acquaintances, friends, and staff are invited to an evening of engaging social interactions, spirits/food, and team trivia.
 
 
Reunion #380
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS professionals and friends from around the world.
Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia University, Teachers College
 
 
Special Event #381
Friends of SABA Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)

ABAI members who donated to the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) in 2016 and 2017 are invited to a reception in honor of their contributions and commitment to the field. We are grateful for the generosity of those who support the activities of ABAI and SABA.

 
 
Reunion #382
Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis (AzABA)
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Gaslamp AB
Chair: Aaron Blocher-Rubin (Arizona Autism United)
A get together for Arizona BCBAs and members of AzABA.
 
 
Reunion #383
UNCW Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate our MA and new Ph.D. program.

Keyword(s): Soaring Seahawks, WingsUp
 
 
Special Event #385
Perspectives on Behavior Science Launch Party!
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Mission Beach A-C
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)

Join hosts Don Hantula, Tom Critchfield, and Erin Rasmussen to celebrate ABAI's newest and oldest journal, Perspectives on Behavior Science. The journal formerly known as The Behavior Analyst is rebranded with a new mission and focus. Perspectives on Behavior Science is ABAI's flagship journal and will feature the best on theory and methodology papers in the field.

 
 
Reunion #386
Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group Reunion, Social, and Networking Reception
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.)

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of speech/language pathology and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interests in clinical practice and research as well as to further inter-professional collaboration. This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. Bring your friends!

Keyword(s): gerontology, rehabilitation, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior
 
 
Reunion #386C
CARD Happy Hour
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Chair: Veronica Hinojosa (The Center for Autism and Related Disorders, LLC)

Come and join us at the CARD BCBA Happy Hour! Enjoy free open bar and hors d'oeuvres, win raffle prizes and our exclusive CARD-designed shirts of B. F. Skinner! Limited supplies!

 
 
Reunion #386D
Autism Business Association Reception
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Bankers Hill
Chair: Michele Stone (Autism Spectrum Therapies)

Members of the Autism Business Association invite you to join us for refreshments. We will have a fun raffle and be sharing information about the Autism Business Associations efforts to ensure that families with children with autism can access evidence-based, ABA treatment. All ABAI attendees are welcome to stop by.

 
 
Reunion #386E
Endicott College
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Balboa A-C
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)

Please join us for an Endicott College reunion.

 
 
Reunion #386F
The Ohio State University Reunion
Sunday, May 27, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Hillcrest CD
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)

Alumni, students, faculty, and friends of The Ohio State University are invited to join us for an evening of fun! The reunion will be a great opportunity to mingle with old friends, share stories, and make new connections.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}